Hope you are all doing well. I know I am. Um, since we last spoke, oh my goodness, so much has gone on. Um, October, I must say, was one of the best months of my entire life so far. If not, dude, I might say it was the best month ever.

I went on this amazing road trip through Gansu, Qinghai, Inner Mongolia, and Ningxia. And it could only be described as nothing short of spectacular.

I saw so much natural beauty. I met so many amazing people from seven different ethnic groups. Had some amazing food. Uh, saw some great history. Uh I spent most of it like really kind of exploring like the Western Xia dynasty and learning more about the history of Islam in China.

However, it’s really unfortunate there just was not much enough time to do local research about the cultural revolution and everyone else that I was with just, you know, they weren't interested.

But, you know, I really wasn't there for research. I was having way too much fun to be honest and seeing just some sights and sounds of the frontiers and margins of China that just, you know, you most people will never get to see.

If you ever have the chance, I highly recommend if you ever can to just disappear into the Chinese countryside for a while. if you ever can do it, no matter what part of China, and just just really get to know the Chinese rural working class and the farmers and the minority nationalities because they are legitimately some of the most amazing people in the world.

Also, I am now officially married. Yes, that's right. I am now a happy hubby. Not just in spirit, but on paper. Guo Youkun and Andrew Smith are now officially in accordance with the laws of the People's Republic of China and Shaanxi Province, husband and wife.

Uh what a feeling I must say. I mean, I will say this, you know, it really hasn't changed that much because we've been cohabitating for so long and uh not much else has really changed materially just legally. You know, I've um you know, I've called her the misses for so long. Um and she's called me hubby for so long that you know, it's not not much really. It's it's just a it's now a matter of paperwork.

Um yeah, actually, I kind of take that back. I've noticed definitely a change in some ways. uh like I feel uh both of us feel like more uh initiative around certain things like household stuff, miscellaneous duties and uh we definitely I think there is a little bit of us that feels more secure in the relationship. I don't know y'all in the audience who are married y'all feel me, right? I can't really put it into words, but anybody who's listening who is married uh will understand what I mean.

Um I also got to have lunch and had tea with Fred Engst uh aka Yang Heping, nephew of William Hinton and son of Erwin Engst and Joan Hinton. Uh yeah, he was in town for the unveiling of a statue of his parents here in Xi’an. And guess what? he came and knocking on my door because he's a fan of the podcast.

So anyways, it was great to chop it up, hear his perspective on a lot of things and uh talk with him about the city of Xi’an, how it's changed since he was a kid because he and I both have a deep love for the city. And um he will be appearing on the podcast uh later onwards when we do our special episode about expats, uh defectors and tourists and other sorts of foreign friends in China during the cultural revolution. So look on out for that.

All right, my friends. So, with that out of the way, let's get into the year 1970. Yes, we're doing an entire year in this episode. Um, we're we're kind of switching to that format. Uh, so, uh, you know, for various reasons, but, uh, trust me, you guys are going to love this episode.

All right, so let's set the scene. It's a frigid, cold New Year's Day in Beijing. A new decade of hope and excitement where new possibilities seem to be endless after the consolidation of the victory of the 9th Party Congress and reconstitution of the party on several levels. All newspapers issued a joint New Year editorial usher in the great 1970s which trumpeted the quote volcanoes erupting and crowns falling and signals that capitalism was irretrievably in decline.

The editorial, which I honestly recommend uh all comrades study, said that Brezhnev is doing even worse than Khrushchev and had put the USSR on the road to total collapse, which you know, considering how the Soviet economy was grinding into a deep stagnation and was developing in a highly lopsided way, you know, it wasn't entirely false. It wasn't just propaganda. And indeed, 15 years later, the Kosygin reforms would come to their final fruition with the disastrous and ultimately Soviet Union ending in perestroika reforms.

So it was uh very uh you know a lot of people say that at that point the Chinese were uh just giving wishful thinking but it's pretty uh pretty much there's a lot of foreshadowing in what they say.

Um while it is definitely true that the Sino-Soviet border conflict had ended with a truce in autumn of 1969, the threat of Soviet invasion still called for a strengthening of the party building process by reconstituting party committees on all levels and reconsolidating the people's militia on a red leftist line so as to once again they love saying this drown the imperialists and socialist social imperialists in a sea of people's war in the event of an invasion.

Like I said, it's a slogan we hear again and again we hear it across the year 1970.

It also meant that unfortunately a lot of decision making on many levels disproportionately was left in the hands of the top brass of the People's Liberation Army and its Central Military Commission ostensibly in the name of national defense against American imperialism and Soviet revisionism.

Indeed, the next day, Soviet diplomats returned to Beijing ahead of the resumption of border negotiations. This time, their arrival did not set off any fear of a nuclear crisis. And indeed, there was even a cordial sense to the meeting with uh Soviet and Chinese attendees referring to each other once again as comrade and both paying tribute to Lenin together in the first significant way since the 1963 and 1965 polemics back and forth between the CPC and CPSU.

After a few days, progress was made. The ceasefire armistice was extended and the two sides agreed to meet once again at a later date at either a party level or national government level.

The last day of negotiations uh for the peace though were quite literally rattled. However, on the night of January 5th, a huge earthquake hit central Yunnan at 7.7 on the Richter scale, it destroyed 300,000 buildings and buried tens of thousands of people alive with over or uh 10,000 people confirmed dead immediately and hundreds of thousands more severely or permanently injured.

Help had to arrive from Kunming and Beijing with thousands of party cadres, revolutionary worker Congress activists, barefoot doctors and volunteer staff pouring into the affected counties with crucially needed supplies and medicines and mobile surgery stations. Waving the Little Red Book, these barefoot doctors and party members declared that it was Mao Zedong Thought that drove them to selflessly and tirelessly work to rescue the people and comfort grieving families without hesitation or want of extra compensation.

Again, like I like to say, just because the Red Guard and rebel movements were essentially over and the PLA was highly in control of society doesn't mean that, you know, there still wasn't a great revolution within the minds, actions, and cultures of everyday people. Um, it was still, you know, in some ways the Cultural Revolution was still a revolution of everyday culture and interpersonal relationships.

Well, anyways, after the mixed success of negotiations with the Soviets, the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs decided to turn their attention to the Americans.

On 7th of January in Warsaw, PRC diplomats asked the US embassy for a meeting. The last talks were back in February of '69, but ultimately failed. China's chargé d'affaires in Warsaw arrived by limousine at the US embassy where a short amicable meeting set up formal talks for the 20th of the month.

On the morning of the 20th in Warsaw, top Chinese and American diplomats held their first bilateral meeting for over since 1969. They talked for about an hour, mostly about Taiwan, but eh no major breakthroughs came.

Then um on January 24th, Vice Chairman Lin Biao warned a meeting in the Great Hall of the People again of a nationwide conspiracy by a May 16th group and called for them to be exposed. Jiang Qing and Huang Yongsheng echoed Lin's fervor to once again defeat the new May 16th conspiracy.

Jiang claimed that she had not slept in 3 days working on the case. And all I got to ask, you know, I'm just going to be real. Are we really doing this again, guys? You know, I've already discussed the May 16th conspiracy in early episodes and showed that, you know, it was real. It happened, but there was a massive exaggeration of it and the party center greatly overestimated the size and influence of the original May 16th conspiracy. So like I'm kind of feeling like ‘we bringing this back for real? Come on y'all. Come on.’

Well, Mao took this time to really make a great point though. He said, quote, "We have won a great victory, but the defeated class will still struggle. These people are still around and this class still exists. Therefore, we cannot speak of final victory, not even for decades. We must not lose our vigilance."

This quote reminded the party in the masses that in the state that the revolutionary transformation of society and mass criticism of the capitalist roaders and the state apparatus was far from over and that the Cultural Revolution still had yet to achieve absolute and final victory.

Because of this, this quote was often repeated in local editorials and dazibao around factories and neighborhoods when debates around certain local policies or the decisions of certain politicians became points of contention, especially when there were claims like that the May 16th conspiracy was once again rearing its ugly head.

However, things got really intense on February 5th, 1970 when Zhou Enlai sent out a central directive that called for a massive fight against graft, embezzlement, profiteering and extravagance and waste by local revolutionary committees.

The campaign was to become the One Strike Three Anti campaign. Striking once against corruption and counterrevolutionary activity and striking three times against embezzlement, profiteering and extravagant waste.

Now this, uh, the One Strike Three Anti campaign is one of those things where one really divides into two. The thing is there was a legitimate mobilized mass movement around these things and there was also a lot of top-down brutal imprisonments and executions orchestrated by the PLA leaders of the revolutionary committees in order to settle scores against former Red Guard and rebel leaders or to execute people who no longer served them in some sort of way.

So before I get into the further narrative or chronological aspect of this episode, uh let's park things right here cuz this this campaign, this One Strike Three Anti campaign. We really need to address it in a critical but nuanced way. Things started on a local level with quite a bang. 6 days later in Ningxia province, uh, middle school math teacher Zhū Shǒuzhōng, who was very pro-Liu Shaoqi, but who had overall been neutralized on a political and social level, was arrested and summarily executed without trial.

Suicide spiked among academics especially especially in my research when I was going through uh some of the like university chronicles and archives at Fudan University in Shanghai, Xi’an Jaotong University in Xi’an and Shaanxi Normal University here in Xian as well as many teachers at high ranking middle schools and high schools in Beijing. Yeah, there was a lot of suicides across March.

Reports flowed from across the country that the campaign was causing waves in society. A mass public trial in Wǔtái Shān Stadium in Nanjing was a site where 11 people were sentenced to death and shot immediately for various crimes of corruption and other financial misgivings. A month later, a similar mass trial at the same stadium ended up with 12 more counterrevolutionaries publicly shot.

In Gansu province, authorities calculated that 225,000 people had been brought into police stations or in front of discipline committees by the Three Antis campaign, including 169,000 capitalist roaders.

Reports like this, however, did cause some concern in Beijing. No doubt a central directive told authorities to avoid forced confessions and rely on education and unity-struggle-unity when investigating the supposed May 16th group.

Um, one thing that really caught my eye and that didn't come across in my research for the uh, Guangzhou episode that I did a few months back was that on April 1st, Radio Guangdong announced a crackdown on a supposed anarchist organization, an anarchist organization calling itself the World Freedom Party made up of ex-Red Guards who had supposedly uh attacked at police stations with firebombings.

This really shocked me. Um, and I'd like to dig more into this and see if there was an actual organization or if this was a fabrication by revisionists who had been rehabilitated and elected into the provincial revolutionary committee. If anyone knows anything about this, please let me know.

This really like made me go whoa. Well, across its entire duration, the One Strike Three Antis campaign saw uh something like 284,800 arrests with many executed and 1.9 million people officially criticized for various crimes from February to November 1970.

The One Strike Three Antis campaign did not have a definitive end uh as it came to conclusions at various times across different provinces but it was generally over by the end of the year in the capital. The proceedings were largely over by summer of 1970 and had petered out by uh the time that the November 1st official report put an indefinite pause on the campaigns.

Although what's interesting is that the Shanghai Revolutionary Committee spearheaded by Wang Hongwen uh and the Revolutionary Workers Headquarters and the Shanghai Municipal People's Militia continued the campaign on a local level as a series of quote unquote ‘Red Typhoons’ in which militiamen teams of workers would take part in raids around the city looking for lumpenproletarian activity and corruption by workplace managers.

So, huh, how about that? And uh this is something that I want to make a point about when it comes to the One Strike Three Anti's campaign. It definitely had a brutal negative bureaucratic character that we see in mainstream scholarly works and in the archives, but I want to say we also see a positive mass character.

If you uh if any of you have read in uh Maria Macciocchi's uh work Daily Life in Revolutionary China or in other eyewitness testimonies such as the short book Philosophy is No Mystery, you'll see in these works that the people really did seriously take the calls to uncover wastefulness and extravagance and many debates on how to minimize uh such things in industry and commerce were very fierce.

In fact, I personally know an older Chinese gentleman who as a teenager joined a squadron of youth in Zhengzhou who were ordered to patrol business districts of the city wielding baseball bats and inspecting shops and markets to make sure that the shopkeepers and small business owners were not engaging in embezzlement or money laundering or wasting important materials.

If they uncovered evidence of such, they'd give the culprit a beatdown and then drag him to the local police station or people's militia garrison for them to be handled accordingly.

Uh so would I say the One Strike Three Antis campaign was an outright negative thing as say as like you know the cleansing of the class ranks campaign. Well, I can't say I would consider myself an enthusiastic supporter of it, but honestly, I don't I would say it wasn't as bad as the cleansing of the class ranks campaign. The death toll wasn't as high, and although the amount of people investigated and arrested was very high, a greater amount of people were absolved.

Um, a lot of people had their charges dropped compared to the CCRC of 68 and 69. And uh, there also seems to be a lot more of a democratic or mass character to it than the CCRC did. So, you know what they say, two things can be true at once. And you know, the laws of dialectics, one divides into two.

One thing that really advanced during 1970 was China's international relations. On February 2nd, Zhou Enlai chaired a Politburo meeting to set up Chinese positions for a second bilateral meeting with the US. Uh, as you know, they were planning for February 20th in Warsaw. On February 12th, Mao approved the Politburo's suggestion to tell the Americans that the Chinese government would be willing to receive a special envoy from Nixon.

On February 20th, the Chinese and American delegations flew into Warsaw where diplomat Lei Yang told US Ambassador Walter Stoessel that the PRC government would be willing to receive a high-level American visit. Lei Yang also warned that relations with the US would not fundamentally improve, however, until all American troops leave Taiwan and the Strait. The meeting due to this ended yet again in a deadlock impasse with Secretary of State Henry Kissinger saying to Nixon, "Don't hold any higher meetings with the PRC without further preconditions for Mao." But I'll get back to US-China relations in 1970 in just a few minutes. So let's get on with our chronology and get back to March 1970.

So on March 7th, Mao wrote to Zhou Enlai from Wuhan suggesting that it was time to convene a Fourth National People's Congress and therefore thereby revise a new state constitution. Mao had been eager to reestablish the National People's Congress and revise the national constitution of the People's Republic of China. But there was a major problem: the question of the head of state of the People's Republic of China.

Now before the Cultural Revolution, Liu Shaoqi had been president of the People's Republic of China while Chairman Mao was Chairman of the Communist Party and Chairman of the Central Military Commission. So, you know, and the president of the People's Republic of China was just technically a ceremonial head of state. After Liu's ouster, of course, the position had been vacant and its duties divided between Mao and Zhou.

Many in the government like Lin Biao and Chen Boda, however, wanted to bring back an official head of state position and referred to it as the state chairman. The state chairman would be a very powerful position. According to their plan, it would officially consolidate the office of president of the PRC, chairman of the Central Military Commission, chairman of the Chinese People's Political Consultative Conference and take on many of the duties that at that point were relegated to the office of premier. It would also expand the ability of the executive branch to be able to issue executive orders and official decrees much more easily than before 1966.

It would also make it so that the chairman of the party or the vice chairman of the party all but had to be the state chairman. Now, I don't know about you guys, but this sounds like a very autocratic position to me. One that if it were to fall into the wrong hands could cause a lot of trouble. Mao shared that sentiment. He completely opposed the idea of the creation of a state chairman even if it meant him being elected as such. Instead, Mao said that the chairman of the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress should act as ceremonial head of state.

On the 9th in Suzhou, Lin Biao learned that Mao was against the idea of the state chairmanship.

Uh Lin, although initially one of the biggest proponents of the idea, then automatically—I, you know, because Lin just did things like this—told General Huang Yongsheng that yes, he agreed with Mao. Uh yeah, 'I'm against that idea.' Uh yeah, Lin being Lin. 'I was against that idea all along. And what are you talking about? I was never for the state chairmanship, right?' Well, we'll see later on in this episode how that goes.

On March 15th, Mao set aside the debate about the state chairmanship and the new constitution and sent out an order to curb the factional fighting that, much to my shock, was still lingering in remote parts of the country since the 9th Congress had officially brought the rebels and conservatives into an uneasy alliance.

Andrew G. Walder states in his text, Agents of Disorder, quote, "The year 1970 marked the end of an era of violent warfare. Of the four clashes recorded in the annals for that year, two were in Xinjiang, one in Sichuan and one in Zhejiang. The last recorded factional battle, leaving five dead in August of 1970, occurred in a county that spanned a chain of islands populated by fishermen off the coast of Zhejiang."

So, huh, how about that? I had no idea there were any factional battles past 1969, but there turns out there were four factional battles during that year and there were no more after that. Um the next day the Politburo accepted a set of principles for a new state constitution drafted by a small group of four radicals and Jiang Qing. The following morning a work conference started the planning of the structure of the new National People's Congress and Mao once again refused to accept the role of state chairman.

The Chinese revolutionaries had a lot to juggle during the second half of March. Though this time also on the international side, foreign affairs are a fickle thing, especially when you're trying to maintain a socialist state that's in the midst of an internal revolutionary movement.

On March 18th, anti-communist military officers and politicians led by Lon Nol enacted a coup d'état in Phnom Penh, Cambodia with right-wing mobs being whipped up to destroy Vietnamese and Chinese families' homes. Prince Norodom Sihanouk fled to Beijing and declared over radio that he wanted a united front with the Khmer Rouge rebels waging protracted people's war in Cambodia. On March 21st, Zhou Enlai received a memo from the Pakistan government that US President Nixon and Secretary Kissinger were offering a secret direct telephone line to him.

Sadly, one week later, one of China's most steadfast American friends, Anna Louise Strong, whose 1946 interview of Mao is included in his Selected Works, died in a hospital in Beijing and was given a state funeral. She is currently buried in Babaoshan Revolutionary Cemetery in Beijing alongside many other great communist and patriotic Chinese revolutionaries.

On April 4th, Zhou Enlai arrived in Pyongyang, North Korea to mend relations, which had been, to say the least, strained since 1966 when Red Guards deemed the Workers' Party of Korea chairman Kim Il-sung a fat revisionist, and border skirmishes between the PLA and KPA troops occurred. Although, unlike the Soviet and Chinese ones, they didn't actually have any casualties. They just exchanged gunfire.

Um so that was during the Sino-Soviet border conflict of '69. At a rally of hundreds of thousands in Pyongyang, Zhou Enlai gave greetings to the Workers' Party and Korean People's Army and gave solidarity to South Koreans under the dire misery of fascist rule. After several days of hours-long meetings and solidarity conferences, Zhou Enlai flew home with DPRK-PRC relations once again friendly, at least ostensibly.

On April 4th, Mao left Wuhan for Changsha where he had a brief meeting with provincial revolutionary committee vice chairman and central committee representative for Changsha, Hua Guofeng. The meeting was cordial and Mao was optimistic about Hua's work for the people of Hunan and respected his ability to unite rebel, conservative, and ultra-leftist factions within the Hunan Provincial Revolutionary Committee.

But well, let me tell y'all something. Watch out for Hua later on in this series. He's not quite what he seems. And when Chairman Mao dies in 1976, a lot of good comrades learned that the hard way.

On the 11th, as Mao was touring Changsha with Hua, Lin Biao sent Mao a note begging him to accept the position of state chairman. I thought, wait, Lin, I thought you said you were against it all along. Well, whatever.

Well, anyways, Lin in his note said very strangely, if I add, that the psychology of the people requires that Chairman Mao become state chairman. Mao laughed at the note, calling it absurd and dogmatic, and promptly tossed it in the trash.

On April 22nd, 1970, a momentous occasion occurred for communists around the world. Vladimir Ilyich Lenin's 100th birthday.

Local and national papers around China carried a whole front-page image of Lenin with a quotation by Stalin to celebrate Lenin's centenary. And a huge anti-Soviet social imperialism parade was held in Tiananmen Square with people holding up massive portraits of Lenin, declaring that the Communist Party of China had reclaimed Lenin from the Soviets. Major newspapers carried joint editorials on how the Soviet Union had abandoned Leninism for revisionism and social imperialism.

2 days later on April 24th, the Chinese people made history. From his villa in Changsha, Mao telephoned a control room in Beijing filled with statues of the Chairman and told PLA technicians that it was time for liftoff. China would be launching its first satellite on a Long March One rocket. The satellite Dongfanghong I, or The East Is Red One, successfully launched into orbit. It broadcasted a loop of its namesake revolutionary song with a lullaby-like chime. In fact, let's listen to the historic sound right now.

And with that distant quiet anthem, the Chinese space program was born and China entered the space age alongside the USA and USSR.

Pretty amazing for a country that 21 years prior was one of the most war-ravaged, famine-ravaged, naturally devastated and poverty-stricken countries in the world.

On April 27th, Mao returned to Beijing for the first time in over 6 months when he and most senior leaders had dispersed in anticipation of a Soviet strike.

Mal received the pullet bureau in his bedroom and once again many of the Politburo begged him to assume the position of state chairman. Rolling his eyes he once again declined and told them to drop the matter and maintain the chairman of the standing committee of the national people's congress as China's official head of state and furthermore demanded that nobody nominate him for that position either.

Few days later, well, Mayday 1970, International Workers Day, one of my favorite holidays and the most sacred day in the calendar of the International Proletariat. The East is Red one satellite passed overhead while the usual annual Mayday crowd gathered in Tiananmen Square and Mao met with foreign dignitaries.

After the parade and during the afterparty banquet, Mao discussed with various heads of state, ambassadors, and leaders of various pro-Beijing anti-revisionist parties about the question of continuing possible negotiations with the USA.

However, two weeks later, the Chinese government decided to postpone the next round of Sino US talks, which had been scheduled for the 20th of that month on account of the American invasion of Cambodia and the escalation of aggression against Laos and Vietnam. And this I love. This I love right here.

In response, on May 20th, when the meeting was supposed to happen, the Communist Party of China held a massive rally against US imperialism in solidarity with the peoples of Vietnam, Cambodia, and Palestine. Almost 1 million people attended with Mao waving to the crowds on the rostrum, declaring, "People of the world, unite and defeat the US aggressors and all their running dogs." 3 days later he published an editorial of the same name in the People's Daily and Peking Review which was published in multiple languages and distributed around the world.

And what's interesting to me is that despite the anti-Soviet demonstration a month earlier and repeated almost daily denunciations of the Soviet Union in the Chinese press and the fact that the Soviet armed forces were continuing to build up troops and aircraft on the uh Sino Mongolian border, the Soviets actually sent a delegation to this rally and stood alongside Mao on the rostrum. I mean, I I guess since it was an anti-US pro-Vietnam rally, it kind of makes sense. And you know, the Chinese were hoping to uh you know, maybe by inviting the Soviets that to an anti-American event that that might ease tensions further.

Then in June, on June 5th to be exact, something very interesting happened. Now, a lot of you guys know that one of the constant criticisms of the cultural revolution was that the schools were closed, that there was no education during that time, and you know, nobody was allowed to go to college. Well, on June 5th, Mao reviewed a report on the prospect of fully reopening universities and rehabilitating academics, even those who he said were really impossible. The report stated that the old university system must be destroyed, but that does not mean losing the scientific advances made under it.

On the 27th, a central directive let Qinghua and Peking universities Qinghua and Beida start enrolling new students for the first time since the cultural revolution had begun. A pilot group of 40 4,100 students were selected by cadres taking in account to ability class and practical experience as well as dedication to Marxism Leninism. As per Mao's often repeated preferences, the courses taught were going to be shorter and peasants were going to return to their home units after graduating.

um you know as the um Marxist Leninist Maoist Revolutionary Study Group pointed out in their summation of the cultural revolution and I'm going to quote it at length because I think it's great. Um quote

“In study and work individual and collective creativity was encouraged. While it was understood that students had different abilities, creativity was not seen as only individual. Rather the view was that it comes from combined intelligence and cooperative efforts of many people. Discourse of study and work graduated middle school students ready to contribute to socialist society."

"Of the 1970 graduates of one Beijing middle school, 60% started working in factories, 30% went to the countryside to work in small factories and health clinics, schools or in the fields and 10% joined the army and some went into study at universities or technical universities."

"When Qinghua University in Beijing reopened in June 1970 under the worker peasant soldier student study program, 45% of the students were selected by factories, 40% by the rural communes and 15% by the PLA. Before the cultural revolution, 60% of students were of non-working class origin.”

And uh just an aside Drew's note, when Qinghua reopened that month, only seven, count them, seven students in the entire university were accepted from bourgeois, landlord, or petty bourgeois backgrounds.

So yeah, anyways, to continue the quote from the ML-MLM RSG, “it was expected that these worker-peasant-soldier students would be more mature, more motivated, and have greater knowledge of the pressing problems of Chinese society. For students who hadn't graduated from senior middle school, a special half-year course was provided before they began their regular program at Beijing University.”

So, as we can see, the new university system was going to be built on a completely new basis of actual Marxist pedagogy that would transform the people and the nation, not just, you know, replicating the western or even old Stalin era Soviet university systems.

On July 1st, all major newspapers shared an editorial to mark the Communist Party's 49th anniversary. Communists should be the advanced elements of the proletariat. It's a really interesting article and I think uh I really honestly think all communists should study it to be honest. It might be good for comrades to study it as part of like a study group or when uh doing research about party building in one's own country.

A month later on August 1st, you know, Army Day in China, Zhou Enlai and Chen Boda attended a Ministry of Defense reception marking the PLA's 43rd anniversary where, oddly enough, a Soviet armed forces delegation was also present, just like that at the May 20th anti-US imperialism rally.

Um the next day Zhou Enlai greeted a delegation from the People's Democratic Republic of Yemen, South Yemen, and accompanied them from the airport. Hundreds of thousands of Beijing lined the route to greet them.

Mao also met with them and told the delegation that the USSR was going to try to use economic aid to control them, but said that China's aid would be unconditional.

In the conversation with Mao, however, what's interesting is that the South Yemenis asked why, um you know they had defeated the British, why hadn't the Chinese defeated the British when it came to Hong Kong? And Mao simply said he lets them keep Hong Kong for now because it's useful as a trade and diplomatic outpost.

Then on August 13th, in a meeting about revising the state constitution, Air Force commander Wu Faxian tried to add a reference to Mao's genius guiding China. And Chen Boda agreed. Now notice this is interesting because we're talking not about the party constitution. We're talking about the country's constitution.

Wu Faxian obliquely accused Zhang Chunqiao, who opposed the change, of trying to use Mao's great humility to sideline Mao Zedong Thought. Chen Boda invited Wu Faxian to discuss their class with Zhang Chunqiao earlier uh and asked Huang Yongsheng to brief Ye Qun on what had happened.

The next day, Chen Boda and Huang Yongsheng arrived at the state constitution drafting committee armed with quotes to defend references to Chairman Mao's great genius. Zhang Chunqiao let the genius draft pass. Uh but Lin actually correctly predicted that this would be a big issue at the upcoming central committee plenum in Lushan.

August 18th, Edgar Snow, who had been invited to China for the first time since 1960 on Ma's initiative, met with Zhou Enlai and conducted an interview. In it, Zhou Enlai said that he felt that soon the time would be right for true friends of China to enter the country. And indeed, a year indeed a year later, a large amount of friendship tours of China began to be offered by Chinese travel agencies.

All right, now we're getting to the big part. Um we are going to be discussing probably the most important part of this of uh 1970. And uh this this event is why this episode is going to be a bit long. So uh you may want to get some snacks and a drink.

So, if you guys know where Lushan is, it's in Jiangxi Province. It's where the 1962 Lushan conference happened. Um, and on August 19th, Mao arrived at Lushan and ascended the mountain. On the 22nd, Zhou Enlai held an expanded politburo meeting in the evening during which he affirmed that yes, Mao did not want to serve as state chairman. Despite uh telling the leaders that he wouldn't, Lin Biao volunteered to address the central committee plenum's opening session on the 23rd.

So on August 23rd, 1970, Mao presiding over the plenum told Lin Bao not to criticize Zhang Chunqiao by name when speaking on the genius issue. As the plenum opened, top leaders followed Mao into the hall, waving the little red book. The plenum's agenda comprised mainly of the state constitution, the economy, and war preparedness. Mao had called for the meeting to be one of unity and victory.

In an hour-long speech, Lin Bao stood by enshrining Mao Zedong Thought in the state constitution as the nation's guiding principle. Lin continually labeled Mao a genius and navigated the state chairmanship issue with the formulation of head of the proletarian dictatorship. Kang then made the next speech along similar lines to Lin's. He explicitly stated that the people wanted Mao to be state chairman.

Then Lin Bao's wife Ye Qun and then of course Chen Boda visited Li Zuopeng, Wu Faxian and Qiu Huizuo to discuss pushing the genius of Mao rather than the state chairmanship. Chen Yi asked Wang Dongxing whether uh whether to self-criticize at the plenum and Wang told him no. Zhang Chunqiao will be in the firing line instead.

Wu Faxian got the politburo to agree to put the distribution and discussion of Lin Biao's unexpected speech at the top of the plenum agenda. And on Zhou Enlai's orders, Wang Dongxing checked with Mao whether to distribute Lin Biao's speech. Mao just shrugged and said, "I have no opinion, so print it."

The next day, on the 24th, Wang Dongxing printed a set of Engels, uh, Lenin and Mao quotes compiled overnight by Chen Boda as a Marxist basis for labeling Mao a genius. The central committee members listened twice to a tape of Lin Biao's speech from the day before before breaking into regional workshop sessions.

The North China group was led by Chen Boda and Chen obliquely attacked Lin Biao for denying the existence of Chairman Mao's genius and that he was supposedly insulting and debasing Mao.

Chen alleged that some counterrevolutionaries jumped for joy on hearing that Mao would not be state chairman and Guō Mòruò supported him on that. Chen Yi said that Mao was the best person to be state chairman and that his genius is a historical fact, which had some in the party had conspired to deny.

Wang Dongxing told the North China group also that his uh military unit 8341 wanted to wanted Mao to serve as state chairman.

In the Southwest group, Wu Faxian used Lin Biao's forward to the little red book to make his own defense of the theory of genius. And in the margins of the meeting, Wu Faxian told two delegates that he was criticizing Zhang and had discussed doing so with Ye Qun.

Li Zuopeng warned the South Central group of the existence of a wind against Marxism Leninism and against Mao and Lin Bao themselves. In Zhang Chunqiao's East China group Wang Hongwen sided with Zhang's uh critics actually and told that he supported the theory of genius.

One cadre in the East China group told Zhang Chunqiao that he should be sent for labor reform for denying Mao's genius. Zhang turned pale but said that he was simply opposing dogmatism, not opposing chairman Mao.

The next day, the North China group sent a briefing around the plenum calling the deniers of the genius theory reactionaries, traitors, and careerists just like Liu Shaoqi.

The briefing told central committee members to overcome the efforts of swindlers and make Mao state chairman and Lin Bao his deputy. Mao received the briefing and a petition from central committee members asking him to reconsider his decision not to serve as state chairman. Jiang Qing brought Zhang Chunqiao and Yao Wenyuan to visit Mao and complained about Chen Boda.

She accused Chen of trying to drag out Zhang. Mao scolded Wong Dongxing for failing to quash the state chairmanship issue, even after sending him to block it at the politburo way back in March.

Mao then summoned the politburo at short notice and told them all angrily that if they want him to die soon, well, that's the best that making him state chairman would be the best way to do it, accusing Chen Boda of launching a surprise attack when the state chairman issue was settled. Mao ironically proposed Chen take the job. “If you want a state chairmanship so much, why don't you take the job, Chen?”

Mao told the leaders to never raise the state chairmanship issue again. He froze distribution of Lin Biao's plenary speech and told everyone that that day's meeting was over. The next day, Mao suspended the regional groups. He called up Chen Boda into his office for criticism and told him to relay it to Wu Faxian, Li Zuopeng, and Qiu Huizuo.

Upon when meeting with the politburo, Mao resoundedly rejected the four great titles bestowed upon him by Lin Biao and Lin's slogan that his sentences are worth 10,000s from others.

Zhou Enlai and Kang Sheng oversaw Wu Faxian, Li Zuopeng, and Qiu Huizuo in self-criticism sessions later that day and as they did and then the next day generals Wu Faxian, Li Zuopeng, and Qiu Huizuo attended individual criticism sessions once again with Zhou Enlai and Kang Sheng.

Chen asked Wu if it was true that on the 8th uh on the 13th of August that he had accused Zhang Chunqiao of using uh Mao's great humility as an cover to attack Mao.

On August 29th, Lin Biao chaired the politburo. Zhou Enlai blamed Chen Boda for derailing the entire plenary meeting over the state chairmanship idea and the whole genius thing. Chen self-criticized saying that he realized now that it was against chairman Mao's wishes. Wu and Wang also self-criticized.

As the conference went on, tensions continued to grow and criticisms continued to fly. Mao annotated Chen Boda's genius briefing, repudiating the quotation's significance and called Chen's reputation as a theoretician "hollow." He said Chen Boda had never cooperated with him and even conspired with Peng Dehuai when he and Mao clashed at Lushan 11 years prior.

On the 31st, Huang Yongsheng arrived in Lushan. Having originally planned to miss the plenum, aware of his allies' gaff, he visited Mao and told him that he plans to study well. On September 1st, after deleting a perhaps slightly ironic reference to Lin Biao from yesterday's disquisition on Chen Boda, Mao discusses his next speech with Zhou Enlai.

Then Mao distributed the comments about Chen Boda's factionalism and theoretical ignorance to central committee members as simply "some views of mine." Later in the afternoon, Zhou met with Chen. Afterwards, the politburo, having read Ma's blistering "some views of mine," met to criticize Chen.

On the second, Lin Biao chaired a session for top leaders to self-criticize for their part in the Lushan Plenum's stark deviation from what Mao had attended.

On the fourth, Mao deferred that the Lushan plenum is not closed until the 6th. He barred Chen from remaining sessions, but said that he does not need to be purged.

On the 5th, Chen met with Mao and requests to quit politics and work as a simple farm laborer. Instead, Mao instructed him to just simply unite with colleagues. But as we can see, the damage was done.

On that same day, Ye Qun visited with Jiang Qing to make peace after Jiang had objected to Ye's associates attacking Zhang Chunqiao. Jiang accepted the apology and shook Ye's hand.

Jiang Qing said that Chen and Zhang are just literary people scorning each other and said that at the end of the day, she still respected Lin Biao. In a later meeting with Zhou Enlai, Kang Sheng and Huang Yongsheng, Mao said that leaders need to read more Marxist books to understand theory.

Mao also added a line about convening the National People's Congress again to a plenum communique draft then approved it for group discussion. Lin Biao chaired the next day on the 6.

Lin Bao chaired the close of the Lushan plenum. Leaders passed a communique which said that the whole party had achieved unprecedented unity.

When Lin Biao invited Mao to address the meeting, Mao declined and asked Zhou Enlai instead. Zhou uh simply uh repeated the points from the communique that had just passed. And with that, the Lushan conference ended.

But let me tell you, it was, as you guys can see, it was uh not exactly uh a great a great victory for party unity. Um, in fact, all historians pretty much say that this is the point, this is the point where Mao and Lin begin to fracture and become, you know, their differences become irreconcilable and this begins the slow buildup to the Lin Biao incident in September of 1971.

Um, Jin Qiu says in her book, the uh the culture of power, the Lin Biao incident and the cultural revolution, um, I'm going to quote from her. She says,

"According to the written record of Lin's speech at the opening session, Lin emphasized the importance of the new constitutions confirming Mao's position as a great leader, head of state, and supreme commander. "

"By saying that Lin revealed his opinion that there should be a state chairmanship and that Mao should hold the office. Lin also suggested that the constitution acknowledged that Mao Zedong Thought is at the guiding principle of the country. "

"Further he stated that it could not be denied that Mao was a genius” which was, as I said before, a reply to Zhang Chunqiao's previous speech at the constitution preparation meetings.

Lin however did not mention Zhang's name as Mao requested. delegates received Lin's speech favorably, especially those who knew of the conflict between Lin's group and the former cultural revolution group.

Most of the delegates had, and this is important y'all, most of the delegates had suffered during the red guard stage of the Cultural Revolution and still resented the treatment they had received.

When they learned that Zhang Chunqiao was the individual Lin was criticizing for opposing the idea that Mao was a genius, many of them took pleasure in Zhang's misfortune. So, a lot of uh a lot of these guys who uh had been toppled and then rehabilitated were like, "All right, if we dogmatically claim that Mao is a genius, if we all side with Lin Biao, this is our chance to get back at the Maoist left."

Um, another thing that Jin says is that uh Mao was uh actually really concerned about this point because military control of the governments seemed to have become an obstacle to rebuilding an effective civilian administrative system. It was time for the PLA to hand power back to the civilian administration.

And this may have affected Mao's decision to side with the cultural revolutionaries against Lin and the military. So I think that there is definitely some truth to that. I think that at that point um Mao was realizing how this - he had realized for a while but now it was like really right in front of his face how disproportionately powerful the PLA was within the government and within the party and he wanted to find some way to curtail that.

All right. Well, thankfully on a happier note, on National Day, October 1st, major newspapers carried a joint editorial, Advance from Victory to Victory, marking the 21st anniversary of the founding of the PRC.

While leaders and assorted dignitaries waited for the National Day rally and parade to start, Mao met with Edgar Snow inside the Tiananmen gate. Snow apologized for criticizing the cultural revolution in a book which he said he now realized was wrong.

Mao said, "Oh, I hadn't read that." Assuring Snow that his main critics were ultra-leftist and were now sidelined, Mao said that foreign friends should get some leeway anyway. Mao then told Prince Sihanouk of Cambodia that the best way to train his army is by fighting. American West Point graduates arrive in Vietnam ill-prepared.

And then after that, 10,000 balloons were released and a great grand speech by Lin Biao was given. The dignitaries watched a vast and spectacular parade through Tiananmen Square with giant portraits of Mao featured in many of the parade floats and a 100,000 strong crowd using bouquets to spell out long live chairman Mao. When the parade ended, the 100,000 strong crowd formed ranks and charged towards Mao to wave the little red book and chant 'long live chairman Mao. Long live chairman Mao.'

After nightfall, the leaders returned to the Tiananmen rostrum to watch revolutionary model opera numbers and of course the fireworks. And uh if you want to definitely you can actually watch this parade on YouTube. Just look up uh China October 1st, 1970 National Day Parade. The now defunct channel Revolutionary Front still has uh it up and it's it's pretty good. It's a It's a really good uh video and so definitely check that out. Definitely check that out.

It's a little nippy right now, but I think it's going to become nice and hot today, and I'm just getting this recording out of the way before I have a long day of, um, lecturing and classes and just, you know, overall educating the young people, broadening their horizons, getting them to question the world around them and to transform the world around them, because that's what I love.

To quote Young Jeezy: "If Drew is what they want, then Drew is what they gettin'." They ask me what I do, I tell them teaching for a living. That's all I gotta say, I gotta say. Well, hey guys, um, no real updates on the personal front, so let's just cut the chitchat and get straight into it.

So, here we are, we're going into a really interesting time of the Cultural Revolution, because the Ninth Congress happens and the Sino-Soviet border conflict begins, and that gets pretty wild and wooey, so let's get into it. Here we are, beginning the wild and gnarly year of 1969. In the summer of '69, a global year of continuing change, continuing radicalism, and of course in China the Cultural Revolution was continuing, all but in a very different way than the first three years. So let's start with the cold light of day on New Year's Day.

So on New Year's Day, the front page editorial in the People's Daily and other newspapers announced joylessly that the CPC was going to be holding its Ninth Party Congress this upcoming year, and that it would cement the glorious victory of Chairman Mao's line on a nationwide basis and would reconstitute the party entirely on a Mao Zedong-Thought basis.

However, what's interesting is that it did not specify when the Congress would happen; all it said is, "It's going to happen this year." Indeed, it was decided ahead of time at the plenum back in October and November that the Congress would be held at a secret time so as not to give the Soviets the ability to kill off the entire Chinese leadership in a nuclear strike on Beijing.

Sounds a bit paranoid, maybe, but with the Soviets amassing large amounts of troops, missiles, and long-range nuclear bombers on the Sino-Soviet and Sino-Mongolian border, eh, I think the authorities in Beijing had, uh, had right to be a little cautious.

Newspapers that month were also filled with a noticeable ramping up of the Mao cult. It was reported that in Shaanxi Province alone there were now 3,149 shrines to the Little Red Book. The Xinhua News Agency that week reported that 740 million little red books and 150 million copies of Mao's selected works had been published and would continue to be published and proliferated around China and around the world.

And also at that time that year, the spring festival, the Chinese New Year, was revolutionized to be centered around praising Chairman Mao as the new spring, as the morning sun.

And of course, my favorite thing, Mao badges were still being churned out at an obscene rate. Indeed, if you want to know more about the jaw-dropping amount of Mao badges that were being made at that point, go back to episode 24 for our special episode about Mao badges. Every day, people around the country would take part in loyalty dances or sing Chairman Mao's quotations in ways that were set to music.

The personality cult around Mao was bigger than ever, and to outsiders it seemed to have taken an almost religious dimension.

Again, if you want to learn more about this as well, if you want to learn more about the Mao cult more broadly, um, refer back to episode 18, my special episode about the Little Red Book, where I dive a little more deeply about how the Mao cult went from 1969 to, let's say, 1971, and like the question of how much of it was, you know, genuine popularity, how much of it was Mao doing it, how much of it was Lin Biao doing it.

It's - it’s a tricky thing, it's a tricky thing. But yeah, one thing that's interesting is that it's really after the Red Guard movement subsides that the Mao cult gets really intense. But things were about to get real ugly and real fast. In the middle of the Ussuri River, right on the border between Russia and Heilongjiang Province, sits a tiny little island.

Russians call it Damansky Island, while Chinese people call it Zhenbao Island. This tiny, seemingly meaningless piece of land became the flashpoint for a conflict that would push the Soviets and the Chinese into a full armed conflict and almost to nuclear war. On the morning of January 4th, Soviet troops arrived on Zhenbao Island for what should have been a routine patrol.

After all, both sides viewed it as their own territory, as the border between Russia and China had been a source of contention dating well back to the 1800s. When they arrived on the island, they immediately confronted the Chinese People's Liberation Army outpost on the island, and in the ensuing scuffle, four Chinese troops were wounded.

The next day, two Chinese fishermen who used Zhenbao Island as a place to catch their fish were seized on the island by Soviet troops and were beaten mercilessly with rifle butts.

The people of Heilongjiang were outraged, quite understandably, and many demonstrations against Soviet social imperialism were held on the river, calling for the Soviet troops to put down their arms and to work to topple the Brezhnev-Kosygin revisionist clique.

On January 23rd, the situation was even further exacerbated. A Soviet jeep intercepted a PLA patrol between Zhenbao Island and the Russian bank of the frozen Ussuri River.

The Soviets, aided by three trucks of reinforcements and attack dogs, battered the PLA patrol into a hasty retreat, leaving nine comrades wounded. A Russian officer broadcasted to Chinese radio stations on the river that if he has to eject the Chinese troops from Zhenbao Island again, he will use deadly force.

The Chinese people were no longer simply directly confronting revisionism within their own ranks, but were now forced to directly and physically confront Soviet revisionism.

Meanwhile, back in Beijing on January 28th, Mao approved a new policy called ‘Reeducation and Offering a Way Out’, which emphasized that bourgeois academic authorities and others in society who had been deemed revisionists or capitalist roaders could redeem themselves through education.

This was important at this point because Mao had begun to see the need to scale back the brutal and bloody class cleansing of the class ranks campaign, and as a need to promote the May 7th Cadre Schools, where intellectuals and party cadres were educated through labor and intensive Marxism-Leninism Mao Zedong-Thought education classes. Mao firmly believed that the time for destruction was over, and it was time to rebuild the newly red society before the Ninth Congress.

Meanwhile, in Washington, in the first week of February, newly inaugurated President Richard M. Nixon instructed his Secretary of State, Henry Kissinger, to use his contacts to give every encouragement to the idea that the U.S. is open to rapprochement with China.

The Chinese and Americans had been in contact with each other for about a year via each other's embassies in Warsaw, but with the Chinese and Soviets now on the cusp of open conflict, and with Vietnam still raging just south of China, Nixon thought now would be an opportune time to fully negotiate with the Chinese. Kissinger ordered aides and advisors in the White House to launch a study into U.S.-China relations, particularly both with Beijing and Taipei, and an evaluation of possible alternate U.S. approaches to China.

In just a few years, these studies would pay off on both sides. And honestly, the Americans had every reason to think that the Chinese would be conducive to coming to the negotiating table, as fighting between the Chinese and Soviets was getting worse.

On February 6th, around 100 Chinese and Soviet troops came into contact on Zhenbao Island, but the Chinese decided to avoid an escalation and withdrew immediately. The next day, Soviet soldiers launched a sporadic amount of machine gun fire at Chinese troops upon sighting them across the river, but both sides withdrew once again.

Thankfully, nobody was killed or wounded on either side at this time, but it showed that the Soviets were in no mood to play nice. Indeed, the Soviets opened fire on the PLA once more on the 9th and again on the 16th, although once again with casualties on neither side.

Meanwhile, in Beijing, on February 7th, Mao assigned Lin Biao to develop, deliver the CPC Ninth Congress political report, and called for Chen Boda to draft it alongside Zhang Chunqiao and Yao Wenyuan.

I'll tell you guys a little more about that process around this report in a few minutes, but needless to say, it was the subject to the clash of many different lines and very different personalities.

On February 19th, the Foreign Ministry and PLA leadership approved a Zhenbao Island counter-interference struggle plan from the Heilongjiang PLA command.

Later that day, Chen Yi, Ye Jianying, Nie Rongzhen, and Xu Xiangqian, some of the marshals of the PLA who had been toppled, were recalled from manual labor or from their May 7th Cadre Schools and were brought to a meeting with Mao, Lin Biao, Zhou Enlai, and others from the Central Cultural Revolution Group.

Mao asked Chen Yi to lead the group of out-of-favor marshals in studying international strategic issues, emphasizing the skirmishes at Zhenbao Island and the recent talks with the USA in Warsaw. Zhou Enlai told Chen Yi to convene an international relations study group once a week, but to not be bound by, as he said, "the old frame of thinking."

While this was happening, yet more bloodless skirmishes between the Soviets and Chinese happened on the 22nd and 25th. Then, in the wee hours of the morning on March 2nd, the shit really hit the fan on Zhenbao Island. Under the cover of darkness, several PLA platoons entered Zhenbao Island undetected. They set up a telephone link with the shore, dug in, and began to wait.

PLA Captain Sun Yuguo led a patrol around Zhenbao Island but was immediately intercepted by Soviet troops. At that point, Sun's men opened fire without hesitation and immediately killed seven Russians.

The Soviets scrambled to counterattack but were aided by a large force. Hidden on Zhenbao Island, Sun Yuguo's troops destroyed the rest of the Soviet patrol in 20 minutes of intense fighting.

Reinforcements from a nearby Soviet border post made their way to Zhenbao Island under rifle and mortar fire, but a well-placed rocket from the PLA forces across the river destroyed their command car. The Soviet relief force inflicted heavy casualties but failed to retake the island.

After two hours, both sides withdrew from the Ussuri River, with the Chinese declaring themselves the victors of the day. But that day, uh, after two hours, both sides withdrew from the Ussuri River, with the Chinese declaring themselves as having won the day and 31 Soviet soldiers laying dead in the snow. Uh-oh.

When the news hit Beijing, protesters surrounded the Soviet embassy because Xinhua and the People's Daily had spun it that the Soviets had attacked first. Demonstrators screamed, "Fry Brezhnev, hang Kosygin!" for yesterday's border clash. Under the headline "Down with the new Tsars," the People's Daily said that the PLA would wipe out any invaders from the "fascist USSR." Anti-Soviet demonstrations took place in Xinjiang, Inner Mongolia, and other big cities.

Meanwhile, Vladivostok and Khabarovsk held anti-China demonstrations. Speakers at a gigantic rally in Harbin and Heilongjiang called on the population to make every home a guard post to defend China's sacred territory.

That day, the protests, which was surrounding the Soviet embassy on Beijing's anti-revisionism road, swelled to a million people. The People's Daily continued to publish story after story and editorial after editorial about the crimes of the Soviet revisionists, both in the USSR against their own people, against the Chinese people, and Soviet social imperialism in Eastern Europe, Asia, Africa, and Latin America.

The editorial staff accused the Soviet Union of conspiring with Chiang Kai-shek against the People's Republic of China and called for increased war preparedness. The Soviets responded in kind. In Moscow, a crowd of 50,000 threw rocks, ice, and paint at the Chinese embassy in one of the biggest protests the city had seen in decades.

The Soviet press referred to Mao as a fascist with severe mental health issues. Some newspapers began to armchair diagnose Mao with everything from paranoid schizophrenia to antisocial personality disorder, and said that Maoism was a Nazi ideology that could destroy the international communist movement from within.

Mao replied by saying that such attacks would be responded tit for tat, and he accused the fascist USSR leadership of betraying Lenin's legacy and betraying the Soviet people. On March 14th, things got even worse.

A Soviet armored vehicle, on a routine patrol, onto Zhenbao Island while PLA troops were laying down landmines on the island. Um, a second PLA squad crossed the frozen Ussuri River and took up positions. Four more Soviet armored personnel carriers landed on the island in hopes to expel the PLA forces. The Chinese sent out a radio message to all Soviet troops that they were to leave immediately, and then they themselves withdrew.

The next morning, PLA artillery began shelling Zhenbao Island. Infantry crossed the river and forced the Soviets to withdraw after 90 minutes of fighting, led by four cutting-edge T-62 tanks. Soviet forces mounted a counterattack a few minutes later. Their artillery remained silent to avoid hitting the Chinese bank. Then the T-62s shrugged off RPG hits from the Chinese, but one was knocked out by a mine in front of the Chinese shore.

The crew abandoned it but were gunned down immediately. On direct orders, telephoned in from Moscow, a new Grad rocket artillery system fired a huge salvo at Chinese reserves, massing far inland, wiping out many Chinese troops and wounding hundreds of others. Top Soviet leaders in Eastern Europe for a Warsaw Pact meeting put the nation's strategic rocket forces Far East section on high alert.

After hours of fighting, both sides finally retreated from exhaustion. After the smoke cleared, 100 Chinese troops were dead, and 20 Soviet troops lay dead alongside them. Hundreds more were wounded on both sides.

The Soviets tried to counterattack again on the 16th and 17th, but were repelled without any further deaths, but several dozen wounded. Both sides claimed the other side shot first, and for several years, who shot first, 'did Han or Greedo shoot first', was a major subject of heated debate among Chinese, Russian, and American scholars.

Personally, I think the Chinese shot first. Yes, I'm gonna say it, the Chinese shot first. Lyle J. Goldstein, in his report about the Zhenbao Island incident, says that it is possible the Chinese PLA had their own reasons for shooting first.

There was hopes that upping the prestige of the PLA on the battlefield would help solidify Lin Biao's place as Chairman Mao's successor in the upcoming Ninth Congress and overall military control of the Revolutionary Committees.

There was also the possibility that leftist or, you know, very hardline Maoist officers within the PLA Heilongjiang command wanted to continue the class struggle against revisionism, only this time against the Soviet social imperialists rather than the revisionists at home.

However, this is just a theory, albeit one that makes a bit of sense, especially because Goldstein points out that despite amassing dozens of army divisions and long-range nuclear bombers on the border with China, the Soviets did not have a technological or even numerical superiority over the Chinese at that point.

Goldstein and other Western scholars essentially say that while the Chinese shot first, they do admit the Soviets kind of started the matter by repeatedly provoking the Chinese for years prior.

Kind of one of those, like, it's like when a little kid bothers their sibling by going, "I'm not touching you, I'm not touching you," kind of like hovering the finger just over you, just like threatening to poke you but never poking you, and you finally slap, slap their finger away, and they're like, "Ow, you hit me!" Yeah, it was kind of one of those situations.

On March 21st, Soviet Premier Alexei Kosygin attempted to speak to Mao and Zhou at Zhongnanhai by telephone, but the switchboard operator in Beijing refused to connect that dirty revisionist.

Zhou Enlai declined a second attempt by Kosygin to telephone him and replied that such informal channels were no longer advantageous. Mao approved a memo closing informal communication channels with the Soviet Union but told Zhou Enlai to be prepared to negotiate with them in the future.

The next day, despite their last effort overtaken by other events, Mao asked Chen Yi's group of marshals for a second broader report on international relations. Mao told the radicals in the party that he was protecting Chen Yi in hopes that he could use him to liberate Zhang Pinghua and Zhao Ziyang once the masses' anger had subsided. Oh, remember the problem with Mao badges wasting too much aluminum, like I talked about in episode 24?

Well, on March 24th, Zhou Enlai closed the National Planning Conference and criticized the use of 5,000 tons of aluminum to cast bigger and bigger Mao badges. Mao co-signed the criticism, saying that, uh, saying that it was wasteful of army and air force technology to, uh, use so much aluminum. He called for the end of large-scale manufacturing of badges, and Mao said, gave the directive, quote, "Give us back our airplanes."

And from then on, you really see the Mao badge factories slowly start to close, and by, I'd say, yeah, by January 1970, all the big Mao badge factories had closed. You still see a lot of badge sets for the Ninth Congress, um, come around. I have some Mao badges from summer and autumn of '69 in celebration of the Ninth Congress, but overall, by January of 1970, Mao badges were no longer being produced. But it was okay, 'cause there was literally billions of them. Um, so there you go.

Well, the next day, exchanging planning notes for the Ninth Congress, Mao told Zhou Enlai that he and Lin Biao would be chairing the Congress with Zhou acting as Secretary General through the whole thing. But the question of the political report remained. Mao and Lin Biao received Chen Boda's first draft and Zhang Chunqiao and Yao Wenyuan's second draft for Lin's political report to the Congress.

But Mao, uh, felt that Chen Boda's draft was too economistic and was too preoccupied with building up the productive forces and stabilizing the economy. Mao said it reminded him too much of Eduard Bernstein's old idea of "the movement is everything, the final goal is nothing." The Zhang and Yao draft, however, was much more to Mao's liking. He felt it was more balanced, with a radical thrust of keeping politics in command while still promoting the stabilizing of the economy. Essentially, Zhang and Yao centered their report on the idea of "grasp revolution, promote production."

On March 27th, Zhou Enlai drafted up a list of 115 names for Mao to, uh, to Mao for election to the Central Committee at the upcoming Congress. Mao was okay with the list but felt that maybe the Central Committee needed to be expanded.

Oh, and this is a fun aside, off-topic, I know, but on March 29th, in the Philippines, a few dozen Maoists from the Communist Party of the Philippines, which had been, um, refounded a couple of months prior, um, formed a new People's Army commanded by veteran Communist Party insurgent Bernabe Buscayno. Hey, uh, could any of my Filipino, uh, ND listeners help me with that name? I probably just butchered it. So anyways, happy birthday, NPA. Much love to all the Kasamas down there.

Um, then on March 30th, provincial delegates from all around the country were secretly carried into Beijing. Yeah, it was super secret, at night, by PLA aircraft for the big shebang. The Ninth Congress was to begin. Let me tell you how secret it was.

They were transported from the air force base in blacked-out armored vehicles to their hotels, which they were not allowed to leave until the morning of the first, and they had the telephones in their rooms confiscated. The party center wanted to risk absolutely no chances of Soviet or American intelligence finding out anything about this.

Now, one question I've had for many years is, if the party was still being reconstituted, how did they elect the delegates to Congress? Well, Yang Jisheng finally answered that for me. When, uh, in his text, um, it says,

"The delegates attending the Congress weren't elected, um, by party committees, but were designated by the core party groups of the Revolutionary Committees at various levels. At that time, the party organization had yet to be restored in the provinces, so military-dominated core party groups played a decisive role," end quote.

The next day, on March 31st, Mao approved the final draft of the political report for Lin Biao to deliver to the Ninth Congress the next day. Against Mao's advice, Lin still had yet to read it, possibly because, well, frankly, he deeply resented that Zhang and Yao, not Chen, had been the ones who headed the finalizing of the final draft, although that's just my personal speculation.

The next day, the Ninth National Congress of the Communist Party of China opened in Beijing. At 5:30 p.m., 1,512 delegates from across China crowded into the Great Hall of the People and took their seats. The People's Liberation Army band began to play "The East is Red," and Chairman Mao, the man of the hour, strolled onto the stage, flanked by Lin Biao, Zhou Enlai, and Jiang Qing. Everyone gave Mao a rapturous welcome, waving their little red books in a chopping motion, clapping frantically, and yelling,

"Long live Chairman Mao! Long live the great proletarian cultural revolution! Long live the Communist Party of China!" at the top of their lungs. Getting straight down to business, a 167-strong Congress presidium, led by Mao and Lin Biao and comprising a delicate mixture of CCRG radicals, PLA loyalists, and rehabilitated party veterans, was elected by the delegates to preside over the Congress.

When it came time to elect the chairman, vice chairman, and secretary general of the presidium, uh, quite the scene followed. Mao said, "I nominate Comrade Lin Biao as chairman of the presidium. Do you all agree?" Lin Biao rushed to the microphone and said, "La-li-li, no, no, please, I refuse. Our great leader, Chairman Mao, must be chairman of the presidium."

Mao said again, "Comrade Lin Biao, I want to be chair, I want to be vice chairman, and I want you to be chairman, all right?" Lin Biao stood up once again, smiled at the crowd, and said, "Our great leader, Chairman Mao, will be chairman of the presidium. All who agree, please raise your hands."

Of course, the delegates all smiled, all 1,510 of them, raised their right arms high in the air, and Lin Biao said, "Passed!" The conference hall once again rang with thunderous applause and shouts of, "Long live Chairman Mao!" Mao said, "Okay, if you insist, I can be chairman."

He then nominated Lin Biao as vice chairman and Zhou Enlai as secretary general, and both were readily elected by a show of hands and applause. There were 1,000, you know how I said there was 1,512 delegates? Well, actually two requested leave, so in the hall, there were 1,510 delegates, and Mao was elected unanimously by a full 1,510 to zero, while Lin Biao had 1,508 votes.

An authoritative source said afterward that Lin and his wife, Ye Qun, were the ones that voted against Lin to ensure that Mao would have the largest number of votes. Zhou Enlai received 1,509 votes and Jiang Qing 1,502 votes. Resentful of missing eight votes, Zhang later alleged mischief and demanded an investigation into who voted against her. Jeez, Jiang Qing, calm down. Don't take it so personally, girl. It's just eight votes.

It's, that's, that kind of reminds me of, um, if any of you guys are big fans of the old, uh, sitcom Frasier, I'm a big fan. There was an episode where he, uh, had a sample audience, and all of the sample audience loved him except for this one guy who was just kind of like, "Eh, I don't really like him." And, like, Frasier goes completely bonkers trying to analyze why that one guy didn't like him even though, like, 50 other people said they liked him. So it's, yeah, it's, it's kind of like that.

Um, well, anyways, on a more serious matter, this is interesting because it shows that during this time, it was becoming abundantly clear that there was a growing rift between the PLA faction headed by Lin Biao and the radical rebel faction headed by Jiang Qing and Zhang Chunqiao.

The Ninth Party Congress was supposed to formalize the victories of the cultural revolution and chart the course forward. However, tensions emerged between Lin's military-backed faction and Zhang's radical civilian faction over the future direction of the revolution and the role of the PLA.

You have to understand that Lin Biao's power was obviously rooted in the military, and, you know, it had just been the one that had been sent into more or less, quote-unquote, "restore order" after the factional violence of '66 through '68.

And while Mao had embraced the cultural revolution to secure his position as Mao's successor and had been accepting of the fall of many of the rightists in the PLA, kind of as sacrificial lambs of sorts to divert mass anger at those officers within his camp, his faction favored stability and some level of restoration of top-down bureaucracy.

Jiang Qing and her radical allies, by contrast, saw the military's growing influence as a threat of their vision of continuous revolution and hopes to resume the cultural revolution eventually as once again a series of radical mass movements.

Um, despite the fact that Lin Biao was too timid and unambitious of a man to go head-to-head with Mao so brazenly, this didn't mean that he didn't have his issues with the radical rebels that Mao wanted to grand-alliance with, and this would eventually boil over into very open tensions at the Lushan Conference in 1970.

But we'll get to that when it comes. Um, another thing that I wanted to say, um, before I go on, is that there is kind of in the historiography, um, a lot of debate of, is the Ninth Congress where the cultural revolution ends?

Or at least that's when the radical phase ends. I often see, um, um, some historians say that the cultural revolution lasted from 1966 to 1969, and it's kind of interesting because the, like, if you read Mao's speech and Zhou's speech and Lin Biao's political report and some of the editorials that were in Peking Review, People's Daily, Liberation Army Daily, a lot of them talk about, like, the, uh, the great victory for the cultural revolution.

And, um, you even noticed in a lot of, um, eyewitness accounts of the cultural revolution from, like, 1970, 1971, 1972, um, you see that when, like, foreigners are visiting China and they interview and talk to Chinese people, the Chinese people seem to talk about the cultural revolution in the past tense, although that might not necessarily mean anything because you got to remember that there really is no past tense in Chinese.

Um, so that leaves things kind of ambiguous and lost in translation. Personally, you know, I still think that if you look at what was going on at a grassroots level, um, and at a provincial and county level, there still was a lot of mass struggle and, uh, like, debates around the nature of society.

There was a great revolution in people's thinking. So I think that while I understand why some people say that the Ninth Congress was the end of the cultural revolution, I still go with the traditional historiography of 1966 to 1976.

But we will continue this debate on in further episodes, especially at the season, uh, when we get to the series finale where we're summing up this podcast, so check that out. So after the presidium was elected, Mao made the keynote speech.

In his speech, he called for unity of all factions at this Congress of Victory, saying that the cultural revolution was going on swimmingly and had achieved a great victory, but to remember to never forget class struggle.

Then Lin Biao delivered the political report to the Congress, which was his first look at it, in which he gave a glowing summation of the cultural revolution and said the Chinese people must resolutely stay the course, carrying out the revolution till the end. The next day, delegates had breakout sessions, um, inter-region, and started discussion about the political report that Lin Biao gave the day before.

Every provincial and regional delegation passed the political report. Zhou Enlai warned Mao and Lin Biao that the USSR could make an empty show of strength at the border to coincide with the Congress and that the PLA should be placed on high alert. Mao said he'd put it into consideration.

On April 11th, as the Congress resumed its sessions, the Soviet Union submitted a second request to resume talks over Zhenbao Island in four days, or any time that would be convenient to the Chinese side, but the request was ignored.

In fairness, the party center was, uh, you know, a little busy with the Congress. Addressing leaders of the Ninth Party Congress's regional delegations, Mao said that the political report could be altered after being passed, and then he actually did something really interesting.

He said that the ‘cleansing of the class ranks’ campaign had to be put to a halt. He said, quote, "To kill too many people is a bad thing," and he said it had been too far-reaching and had targeted too many people on the basis of unreliable evidence.

This officially, thankfully, put a stop to the terrible campaign, although the campaign did continue on a limited scale on a local level in some isolated parts of China as late as 1971 due to the influence of some factions within the army. But overall, thankfully, the senseless imprisonment and killing of the left that had been done by the cleansing of the class ranks was over.

Two days later, Mao received more delegates, uh, including Sun Yuguo, the troop, the guy who led the troops at Zhenbao Island, and the Dazhai Commune head, Chen Yonghui, in his office at Zhongnanhai. The day after that, Mao returned to the Great Hall of the People to put the new draft constitution of the CPC to vote.

The Ninth Congress voted unanimously to adopt the new constitution, which designated Lin Biao as Comrade Mao Zedong's close comrade in arms and successor. Furthermore, the constitution added a new section to its, uh, article on ideology, stating, "The Communist Party of China takes Marxism-Leninism Mao Zedong Thought as the theoretical basis guiding its thinking."

Prior to that, the Communist Party of China simply said Marxism-Leninism. Anyways, “Mao Zedong Thought is Marxism-Leninism of the era in which imperialism is headed for total collapse and socialism is advancing to worldwide victory. For half a century now, in leading China's great struggle for accomplishing new democratic revolution, in leading her struggle for socialist revolution and socialist constructing, and in the great struggle of the contemporary international communist movement against imperialism, modern revisionism, and the reactionaries of various countries, Comrade Mao Zedong has integrated the universal truth of Marxism-Leninism with the concrete practices of revolution, inherited, defended, and developed Marxism-Leninism, and has brought it to a higher stage and completely new stage.”

After the passing of the constitution, Zhou Enlai made a speech praising Mao's universally recognized successor, who elicited great joy, while Chairman Mao elicited boundless joy. Zhou called Mao a genius, which Mao found a bit gratuitous.

Reacting to Zhou Enlai's speech, Lin contradicted all the praise about his wisdom and theoretical understanding and said that all credit was to Mao. Lin Biao went on to tell the Congress that Mao's leadership had made China a more prosperous and more powerful country than any other country in history. Big words.

So on April 15th, delegates broke out into their regional groups once again to discuss who should be elected to the party's new central committee. Kang Sheng said, speaking to one delegate group, that it was good that the CPC Ninth Congress had been held eight years late because otherwise Liu Shaoqi would have wielded power at it.

Five days later, on April 20th, Zhou Enlai chaired a large meeting of leaders to approve a list of candidates for the new central committee, one candidate for each seat. After four days of discussion, consultation, and resolutions being brought to the floor, on April 24th, the Ninth Congress elected a new, 170-strong party central committee from a short list of 170 candidates approved by Mao the night before. More than 80% of the members of the central committee were first-timers.

The PLA ended up clenching a disproportionately large 35% of the seats, the most the PLA had ever had since the founding of the army in 1927. Ex-BeiDa Red Guard leader Nie Yuanzi, released from solitary confinement for the Congress, was also elected to the central committee.

On April 27th, Zhou Enlai gave Mao and Lin Biao the short list of names for the Politburo and Politburo Standing Committee to be elected. On April 28th, the first plenum of the new central committee began in the Great Hall of the People with the task of formally electing the new Politburo. Mao opened the first plenum with a speech. He said that the advanced tanks and planes of China's enemies had yet to be proven, had been proven, sorry, easy to deal with.

In reply to Wang Ming, his exiled rival, who was living in Moscow at the time, claiming that China had a military coup in March of '67, Mao said, "Giving officers civil posts does not imply a military system." Uh, to be more specific, what Mao said is, "The Soviet revisionists are attacking us with their task broadcasts. Wang Ming's materials and tirades in the Communist, uh, journal, which was the theoretical journal of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, say we now have a military bureaucratic system."

System is a Japanese term. The Soviet call it, Soviets call it military bureaucratic dictatorship. Although Mao expressed disagreement with the idea that China was now a military dictatorship, that didn't mean he didn't have some similar deep-seated anxieties.

After all, he now, I think he was beginning to realize that the PLA did have a disproportionate influence on society at that point. Mao, in his speech, went on to recount the hardship of the civil war and said that ever since the party had entered the cities and declared nationwide victory, it had deteriorated and it had to be rebuilt, and that this was the beginning point.

After Mao's speech, the new Politburo was elected. Zhou Enlai told returning member Chen Boda, "Hey, I didn't expect to see your name after Mao's comments about him."

The new Politburo met together immediately and in turn appointed members of the Central Military Commission and other military organs. And with that, the Congress was over. All 1,510 present delegates sang the internationale, chanted "Long live Chairman Mao," and dispersed back home to tell their families and comrades of the joyous news.

Now onto my analysis.

In many ways, Mao's vision of establishing a new order had fallen greatly short. I mean, was the Ninth Congress a victory for the left? In some ways, yes, it was. Liu Shaoqi was dying in a prison hospital in Kaifeng while Deng Xiaoping was exiled and working in a factory in a rural village in Jiangxi. Many writers had been expelled or had been frankly killed during the prior three years.

But at the end of the day, the PLA were the real victors of the Congress, and the PLA had not been sufficiently cleared of the revisionist capitalist roaders within its ranks. The PLA officer corps and most PLA cadres may have denounced Liu and Deng, you know, officially, but they, including Lin, as we will later see, were still quietly sympathetic to them.

With the revolutionary committees now highly controlled by these old-school army brass, the victory for the Maoist left around the chairman, in retrospect, was, uh, I wouldn't say a hollow victory, but it was very much a partial victory.

While the entire country was celebrating the success of the Ninth Party Congress with gongs and drums and red flags, the conflict between Mao and Lin was rapidly fermenting. And like I said earlier, 15 months later, during the second plenum of the Ninth Central Committee in autumn 1970, a.k.a. the Second Liu Shan Conference, the conflict between Mao and Lin would burst into the open.

To be continued. Yes, that, my friend, is another, friends is another story for another day. So hey, let's put a bookmark in the story and let's leave it there for now. Um, I'm gonna be busy in the month of May, so most likely I'll be taking time off from a new episode.

I want to have June's, uh, I originally wanted to have June's episode be about the economy during and the politically, the political economy of the cultural revolution, but that's kind of a hefty topic to take on, um, especially during the school year. So I might have to have June be either an interview episode or maybe a book review or, or something like that.

Something that's like neither a thematic or a chronological episode. Um, I don't know. I'll keep y'all in the loop. If you guys have any ideas, send them my way on the Twitter. Um, oh, and a preemptive Happy International Workers' Day, comrades. Let's say it. Long live Revolutionary May 1st. Long live Marxism-Leninism-Maoism.

Yeah. Until then though, be resolute, fear no sacrifice, and surmount every difficulty to win victory, comrades. From the ancient city of Xi'an, the ancient Han, Sui and Tang capital of Chang'an, I bid you a warm and hearty zai jian.

Today's sources for today's episode were

The World Turned Upside Down: A History of the Cultural Revolution by Yang Jisheng,

Turbulent Decade: A History of the Cultural Revolution by Yan Jiaqi and Gao Gao,

Mao's Last Revolution by Roderick MacFarquadah and Michael Schoenhals,

The Tragedy of Lin Biao, The Riding the Tiger During the Cultural Revolution 1966 to 1971 by Frederick Hughes,

The Culture of Power: The Lin Biao Incident in the Cultural Revolution by Jin Qiu,

Documents of the Ninth National Congress of the Communist Party of China from Marxist Internet Archives, the Marxist Internet Archives Peking Review Archive,

New Documents on the Sino-Soviet Ussuri River Order clashes of 1969, compiled and published by Dmitry S. Ryabushkin ,

The Sino-Soviet Border Conflict 1969 National Security Archives Electronic Briefings, edited and published by William Burr,

The Sino-Soviet Border War of 1969, Volume 1 by Dmitry S. Ryabushkin ,

Return to Jianbao Island: Who Started Shooting and Why It Matters by Lyle J. Goldstein, and

the Chinese University of Hong Kong Cultural Revolution Database.

All right, have a great day, guys.

Glad to be back once again in the saddle after a long hiatus. Uh, actually, we haven't talked since December, have we? Since uh before the holidays. A lot has happened since then. I was actually supposed to go back to the USA for January and February, which was the original reason for our hiatus. But unfortunately, we do have some bad news.

My father-in-law got diagnosed with stomach cancer. But on the bright side, uh he was able thanks to some strings being pulled or as we say in uh Chinese, guānxi, connections and networking, he was able to start treatment at Beijing's People's Liberation Army General Hospital number 301, which is considered the best hospital in China. in China. Not just the best in Beijing, not just one of the best in the country, the best.

It's where uh Chairman Mao, Zhou Enlai, and Kang Sheng all spent their final days. And when Xi Jinping and other top government brass uh get sick or need a medical procedure, they go there. So, he is literally in the best of hands. In fact, his current doctor is considered one of the foremost world's foremost experts on stomach cancer. Not just China's foremost expert, he is one of the world's foremost experts on stomach cancer. So, he's getting top of-the-line frontline treatment. So, we're hoping for the best.

It's been rough for all of us. I gotta admit, my winter break, uh, it it really was not a break, you could say. It was, uh, it was a lot of helping around the house, taking care of the in-laws, and all such and such. But the new semester has begun, and we're back in the saddle of teaching and research. So, I guess that's all we can hope to ask for.

So today we're going to be covering the first half of the year of 1971. A year which marks the beginning of a 2-year long process that is seen as one of the most important series of meetings in world history. Not just Chinese history, but world history. And is still one of the most controversial meetings among Marxists on both sides of the Pacific to this very day.

That's right. We're going to start with the negotiations between the People's Republic of China and the United States of America, the two geopolitical archenemies. Negotiations that ended up in the culminating of Richard Nixon's trip to China in 1972.

In this episode, we'll talk about the phenomenon of ping pong diplomacy and how that culminated into a secret meeting with Premier Zhou Enlai and US Secretary of State Henry Kissinger in July 1971, which is where we'll end the episode.

Yes, folks, in 1971, China began to slowly but surely open up to the world. Well, I mean, not really. As we've seen in prior episodes, foreign delegations and diplomatic relations between China and various countries seeking national liberation or post-colonial development and various pro-Beijing parties. You know, it was still very much a thing during the tumultuous years of 1966 through 1968. But I guess you could say this is where China really opens up diplomatically to the western capitalist powers. I don't know. There's actually been a recent debate on this question of when did China open up or was it ever closed to begin with. I think there's actually a new book coming out. The name of it escapes me. It's supposed to come out in July of 2026. I posted about it at uh on my uh Twitter account, but the name of the book and the name of the author, I'm having a brain fart. It's a new book that is supposedly challenging the idea that prior to 1971, Mao's China was a hermit kingdom. uh sort of like you know people talk about the Democratic People's Republic of Korea today being a hermit kingdom and you know was that really true? But I digress. I don't know. You guys be the judge of it.

So let's get into it. So let's pour up some poor tea. Grab some Asian snickity snacks from your local HMart or your 99 Ranch supermarket or your local Asian farmers market. Change into your pajamas and panda slippers. Turn down the lights and let's get into it.

The year 1971 began on January 1st as uh you know years tend to do in the Gregorian calendar with an editorial in People's Daily and Red Flag called ‘Advance Victoriously along chairman Mao's revolutionary line’. The editorial was uh was very interesting because between the 9th Congress in 1969 and into December of 1970, many people spoke of the cultural revolution in the past tense.

But in this editorial, the opposite was in fact true. As you guys might know, there is no past, present, or future tense in the Chinese language.

You kind of have to do it through context. But what you'll notice is that in English translations, you see them start to use the present tense once again. The editorial announced “This year will witness the deepening of the struggle criticism transformation movement of our current great proletarian cultural revolution.” Notice that it says current.

“We should firmly grasp revolutionary mass criticism on the political and ideological front, the cultural and educational front and the economic front in all spheres of the superstructure and to continually criticize the ideological trends of modern revisionism with Soviet revisionism at its center and eliminating the remaining pernicious influence of the counterrevolutionary revisionist line of the renegaded hidden traitor scab Liu Shaoqi”

and uh what's interesting is is that in that issue of red flag and then also in that issue of Peking review that came out that time you see them once again encouraging mass criticism sessions in the factories and workplaces like you saw during the uh mass movement campaigns that you see in late '66 through mid 68.

So that's interesting. The editorial concluded, "This year the party, the army, and the people of the whole country should continue to implement the grand strategic principles of heighten our vigilance, defend the motherland, be prepared against war, be prepared against natural disasters, and do everything for the people."

"The People's Liberation Army should continue to enhance revolutionization and militancy in army building by carrying out the four requirements of the four good units. Militia building must be done well and carried through organizationally, politically and militarily."

"It is necessary to support the army and cherish the people and support the government and cherish the people, strengthen the unity between the army, the government, and between the army and the people, and be better prepared ideologically, materially, and organizationally against any war of aggression. "

"Furthermore, we must be determined to liberate our sacred territory of Taiwan province. We are now engaged in a great and most glorious cause never attempted by our forefathers. Our goals must be attained. Our goals can be certainly attained. The whole party, the whole army, the whole people of all nationalities in the country shall unite still more closely."

"Comrades, let us advance victoriously along Chairman Mao's proletarian revolutionary line under the leadership of the party central committee with Chairman Mao as its leader and vice chairman Lin as its deputy leader. Long live the People's Republic of China. Long live the Communist Party of China. Long live the great proletarian cultural revolution and carry it out until its end."

Another notice in that issue as well is that in provincial daily newspapers in every part of the country was a call from the party center to hold provincial party congresses in every province, every autonomous region and independent municipalities like Beijing, Shanghai, Tianjin and Chongqing. Everywhere in China above the municipal level was to hold a provincial party congress.

While the party committees had been reconstituted on a national level, you know, there was now once again a solid Politburo, a solid central committee. There were now municipal party committees and grassroots level village and district party committees and county party committees that had been reconstituted across summer of 1969 through December of 1970. and the workplace party committee reconstitution had been all but complete.

There had still been no provincial party congresses to solidify these reconstitutions with provincial level party work being carried out almost entirely by the party groups within the provincial revolutionary committees.

The central committee said it was time to change that and said that by the end of the year all provinces should have new provincial party committees elected by congresses on a Marxism Leninism Mao Zedong Thought basis.

However, I'm going to wait to get into that a little deeper with the next chronological episode because the provincial party congresses start in January, but they don't end until late August. And this episode will be finishing with July of 71.

So, I think it might help to begin the next chronological episode with a quick discussion and analysis of the provincial level reconstitution and the provincial level party congresses and how that unfolded before.

Well, you know that big thing that happens in September of 1971 where a certain someone catches a little plane to Moscow or tries to and uh doesn't go so well, but we'll cross that bridge when we come to it. Anyways, let's get back to the main theme of this month's episode. China opening up to the West. Well, like I just said a few minutes ago, that's very much a misnomer.

As I've talked about foreign guests and delegates visiting China multiple times across the podcast, and not just the Albanians and the Vietnamese, but the first 6 months of 1971 are definitely a noticeable PR blitz that ends with a meeting that changed the world.

On January 2nd, a 100,000 strong rally at Kunming, the capital of Yunnan Province, welcomed a self Vietnamese uh communist delegation that had been touring the provinces since December.

The tide was gradually turning in Vietnam against the US and South Vietnamese puppet forces, but the war was still a few more years away from being over. and the Vietnamese people still needed all the solidarity and support they could get from the Chinese. So this tour and subsequent rally were a major morale boost for the South Vietnamese comrades who were on the trip.

6 days later, the PRC table tennis or ping pong team arrived back in Beijing after a successful European tour that visited Romania, Yugoslavia, Albania, Sweden, Denmark, Norway, and Finland. The Chinese government had decided to dip their toe in the waters of using sports, particularly ping pong, to open the country up to broader diplomacy by sending ping pong teams to their lone ally in Europe, Albania, of course, along with some more neutral Western European states like the Nordic countries and even one non-aligned states who they weren't particularly friendly with, Yugoslavia.

And you know what? It surprisingly turned out to be an enormous success. Many Chinese officials saw this as a sign that using friendly pingpong meets could be a way to reopen lines of communication with Western imperialist countries, especially with the Soviets once again building up troops and equipment in Siberia and Mongolia.

Now, I know I was going to say that I was going to talk about the the party congresses, the provincial and independent municipality party congresses in the next chronological episode.

But I want to talk real quick though about one of them and that is on January 10th, the Shanghai Municipal Party Congress was held and elected not only a new municipal party committee but also elected Zhang Chunqiao and Yao Wenyuan's uh revolutionary committee team to lead the new party committee.

The Shanghai delegates resolved to go all out, achieve high and greater and faster and more economic results and build socialism to the fullest extent. Shanghai radio announced that Shanghai had formed a new party committee that was based on the 3in1 combination but in an interesting way.

Instead of party cadres, mass orgs, and PLA, it was also going to be old, middle-aged, and young cadres. So, how about that? Another thing to notice is that the workers headquarters still greatly dominated the municipal party committee.

On January 23rd, a bit of foreshadowing occurred in the press. The People's Daily ironically thanked their American lords for in recent American press sending cables to the Chinese embassy in Warsaw, suggesting that China may be a superpower someday, but made it clear that they rejected the idea of China being a superpower that would lord over other nations.

Still, the fact that the Chinese were flattered by such talk rather than responding with vicious vitriol and venom was an interesting change in earlier rhetoric. All was not necessarily well within the halls of power though. Do you guys remember what happened last time at the Lushan conference in the last episode?

Well, on the 26th of January, the party center in response to Chen Boda's behavior at the Lushan conference in September of 1970 distributed a nationwide packet of evidence of various historical crimes committed by the anti-party element Chen Boda.

It was clear Chen was in big trouble and not just in terms of private behind closed doors admonishment and demands to self-criticize by the polit bureau. He was now being publicly seen as a black element within the party.

Then Zhou Enlai as premier and international face of China decided that he didn't have much time for this whole Chen Boda business. And on the 28th, he personally received the president of the Japanese Pingpong Association in preparation for China's return to international tournaments.

Yes. Yes. Yes. My friends, gasp. The Chinese were talking to the Japanese. the Japanese of all people on how to get China back into the international athletics community on a big scale.

Two days later, the Chinese gymnastics team left for Baathist party led Baghdad for a fortnight-long friendship tour of Iraq, where they performed for 10,000 people, including Iraqi President Ahmed Hassan Al Bakr and his vice president and premier Saddam Hussein.

On February 2nd, Chairman Mao and Zhou Enlai met with a proposal to let 1,000 foreign leftists and workers visit China in then in this year. This was a raising of the cap. Originally, it was only going to be a couple of hundred.

And Mao did something interesting. He said, I think we should add rightists to the list of people that may come. that is delegations from pro-s Soviet revisionist parties.

So not only did he want groups like you know the revolutionary union or the black panthers or the you know gauche proletarien in uh France to come. He he wanted people from the CPUSA or the PCF and uh PCI to come and uh see revolutionary China for themselves.

6 days later on February 8th, Finland and China signed a trade treaty that would allow the free flow of goods between the two countries. Finland had had diplomatic relations with the PRC since 1954, but trade between the two countries had stalled in 1966, and Finland never really fully committed to the one China policy.

But with this treaty, Finland declared the People's Republic to be the one true China with the ROC in Taiwan to be an illegitimate state. and Taiwan was to be seen as a province of China by Finnish authorities. Finland also reaffirmed its belief that the PRC should have a seat at the UN.

On the 10th of the month in Cairo, Chai Zemin signed a recognition agreement with Nigeria, affirming that the Nigerians saw the PRC as the sole legal government of the Chinese people and declared that Nigeria would back China having a seat at the UN.

While back-channel discussions between the USA and China were going better than ever, on the surface things were, well, obviously still tense.

A Chinese state council statement indignantly condemned US escalation of the Vietnam War in Cambodia and Laos and pledged to take effective measures to help defeat them. Cities across China held mass demonstrations in support of the government's condemnation of US aggression.

Half a million people marched in Beijing and demanded further military and financial aid for the Vietnamese, Laotian, and Kampuchean people.

Then something very interesting happened that week. The Xinhua news agency reported something that was very, very interesting.

The party central committee was calling for the resuscitation of the old Communist Youth League. The CYL had been replaced by the Red Guards in 1966 and had been officially dissolved in January of 1967 because the central committee of the CYL was very pro-Liu Shaoqi.

But with the university red guard movement having been disbanded 3 years prior in July of '68 and the red guard detachment in China's middle and high schools still existing but being essentially toothless after school extracurricular clubs that were really no different from the pre-1965 youth league. It made sense that reconstituting the Communist Youth League might be a good idea at the time.

It would have be a two-year long process and the Communist Youth League would not be officially revived until 1973 and the middle and high school Red Guards would continue to ostensibly exist until 1977 as a parallel organization.

But this was still a big thing. Soon, talk of reviving the All-China Federation of Trade Unions and the All-China Women's Federation also began stirring among the party center. But we will talk more about that in our episode about 1973.

On February 19th, Zhou Enlai submitted to Mao a foreign ministry paper on letting Americans visit China for both political and non-political purposes. With 830 US applicants already having submitted their applications since Nixon took power, Mao said he'd think about it, but he was more concerned with the issue of Chen Boda that day.

In the same meeting, Mao granted Zhou Enlai approval to invite non-members of the Politburo to the Politburo meeting so that he could underline the imperative to criticize Chen Boda. Mao complained that the central military commission conference had barely criticized Chen Boda and that this should be the focus within party ranks from now on.

Across late February, once again, the Chinese press flip-flop between calls for Sino-American friendship and calling for the crushing of American imperialism. Reacting to the wild war cries of US press conference about operations in Laos, the People's Daily labeled Nixon a diabolical warmonger.

The friendship endeavors once again swung back to more safer nations. On the 25th, the North Korean football team were treated to a banquet by the National Sports Commission in Beijing and went on a two-week friendship tour, despite many in the party leadership still viewing the DPRK as a puppet of Soviet social imperialism.

But you know, and hey, at this point, you take what you can get. And as I said in the last episode, Mao and Kim had spent the year of 1970 trying to rekindle their old friendship and once again lock arms in anti-imperialist solidarity, even with their ideological differences.

In terms of scientific development, China was actually doing not too bad. the GDP per capita (editor's note: questionable, at least GDP PPP should be used as a measure) and industrial output were doing much better. Food security was still, you know, it still wasn't as good as developing as many developing countries. But there were no more mass shortages or starvation. And that's really important.

The most important thing though was that China was able to launch its second ever satellite, the East Is Red 2 from the desert in Inner Mongolia. Based on the first, it carried a sensor suite and weighed 50 kg more.

Something that made the Chinese scientific community very happy and made a lot of space programs around the world, particularly the Americans and the Soviets, sit up and take notice. China had gone to space not once but twice now showing that the Chinese were going to continue to make progress into the space age alongside their American and Soviet colleagues.

Oh, and yes, yes, I know I said I only talk about the provincial party congresses at the beginning of the next chronological episode, but I had to mention this one because I'm biased like that. you know, living in Shaanxi myself.

On March 5th, the New Party Congress in Shaanxi elected Revolutionary Committee chairman Li Ruishan to the head of a resurrected provincial party committee. Now, what's interesting is that the 1971 Shaanxi CPC provincial party congress was not held in Xi’an like it usually is, but was in fact held in Yan’an, which I think is very interesting and was definitely a flex.

By the way, I actually kind of like Li Ruishan. He was an OG, a veteran of Yan. He was a rebel cadre during the 1960s, personally took part in the power seizures and uh was actually one of the few top leaders who tried at least to stay a leftist into the 1990s. He was able to avoid being toppled during the coup in the late 70s.

uh He was not implicated as part of the Gang of Four clique or the Lin Biao clique and he stayed on the central committee until 1985 but due to being unrepentant about his red past he eventually got sidelined to some low-level agricultural paper pushing job until his death in 1997.

So, uh, you know, Li Ruishan got lucky to have a good revolutionary committee chairman and provincial party committee secretary. But I digress. Again, we will talk more about the party provincial congresses in the next episode.

Meanwhile, on March 7th, Zhou Enlai took a trip to Hanoi where he met with Le Duan. Low had taken notice of the Chinese government's recent overtures to more and more capitalist countries, but Zhou assured him that support for people's revolutionary struggles must never be sacrificed for the sake of diplomacy.

Then on March 28th, history was made. The 1971 World Table Tennis Championships was held in Nagoya, Japan with the Chinese national team making their triumphant comeback after being absent since 1966. Their Chinese athletes competed and got to fraternize with fellow competitors from Austria, Czechoslovakia, the UK, West Germany, Hungary, India, Japan, North Korea, South Korea, Romania, the Soviet Union, Sweden, and Yugoslavia.

Many countries which would have been unthinkable for a Chinese person to visit or fraternize with citizens of outside of you know pro-Beijing communist party delegations or embassy work. At that point the Chinese really did clean up. They won 11 gold, eight silver and two bronze. So good for them.

Many radicals within the central committee, particularly former central cultural revolution group members and many leftists in the military and workers congresses opposed sending a team to this 1971 championships in Nagoya.

And even many of the players on the national Ping Pong team believe that China should not have sent them due to the fact that Japan was an imperialist state and still had yet to apologize for their aggression against the Chinese people during World War II. Ultimately, however, Chairman Mao reviewed and approved the plan and submitted it to the team.

Mao and Zhou instructed its members not to conduct propaganda to foreigners and that while they should not initially initiate conversations with the American team, they should shake hands with the American players at matches and if the American players struck up conversations first to be cordial.

However, once in Japan, the Chinese players immediately engaged in conversations with other foreign teams after they were greeted by their American counterparts.

On March 30th, 1971, American player Graham Steenhoven and the head of the Chinese delegation Sun Zhong struck up not one but two friendly short conversations. Steenhoven had told Sun that the United States had just lifted its ban on travel to China.

He also expressed his regret that the ban meant that the American team did not get to attend the 1961 World Table tennis championships which had been held in China. He hoped the US team would be able to compete in China in the future.

The Chinese delegation relayed this interaction to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and the National Sports Commission requesting instructions on how to respond.

The Foreign Affairs Ministry and the Commission of Sports did not respond positively, honestly viewing it as inappropriate to invite American athletes to China before inviting American Maoists like the Revolutionary Union or October League.

Zhou Enlai agreed, but requested that Chinese officials obtain the American delegation's mailing address and inform them via official letter of China's position on the Taiwan issue.

Mao initially agreed that the American communists should visit before athletes, but two days later, he changed his mind and called for the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to invite the American Ping Pong team to visit China.

The third incident, and perhaps the most dramatic incident that really got the ball rolling even further, was the unexpected but dramatic meeting between the American player Glenn Cowan and the Chinese team captain Zhuang Zedong, the three-time world championship winner of many table tennis events. On the morning of the championship, Cowan overslept and missed his own team's bus.

So, he hopped on the next bus to the stadium, which well just so happened to belong to China's national team. Many of the Chinese players were initially suspicious of Cowan. But Zhuang Zedong had read that Mao Zedong had hung out with Edgar Snow just a few months prior and knew the line of the Communist Party was to support proletarian internationalism, particularly towards the American working class and oppressed nationalities.

So he decided, sure, why not go up and talk to an American? Maybe he's a comrade. Zhuang approached Cowan on the bus, shook his hand, and spoke to him through an interpreter. He presented him with a silkscreen portrait of Huangshan Mountain, a famous product from Hangzhou.

Cowan wanted to give something back, but all he could find from his back was a comb. The American hesitantly replied, "I can't give you a comb. I wish I could give you something, but I can't." Cowan would later reciprocate Zhuang's gesture by gifting them a T-shirt embroidered with a peace sign.

When they exited the bus, journalists snap photos of the two together. Two days later, the US team received an official invitation to travel to China and play exhibition matches against the Chinese team with the Chinese with the United States accepting the invitation.

In the midst of this budding peace on March 18th, 1971, communists, socialists, and anarchists around the world celebrated the centenary of the establishment of the Paris Commune, the first elite very short-lived working-class socialist government in human history. The Chinese press put out a provocative editorial called "Long Live the Dictatorship of the Proletariat" in commemoration of the centenary of the Paris Commune.

In the editorial, the Communist Party of China declared that the 1917 Russian and 1949 Chinese revolutions were the culmination of the uprising of 1871 and that the current Cultural Revolution was the latest stage in the realization of the Paris Commune.

While I can't find any footage of any parade or rally in Beijing for that day or any other day in March, April or May in celebration of the Paris Commune, posters, dazibaos and subsequent editorials were published all around China and many commemorative meetings were held on local levels, particularly in Shanghai, no surprise there, to celebrate the 100th anniversary of the Paris Commune. One worker proclaimed, "The Commune was never defeated. People's China is now the Paris Commune."

On April 7th, the US table tennis team received their invitation to China. A press conference was held that very same day, and the next day, a statement from the team was ran in all major newspapers across the country.

Zhou Enlai was happy to hear the news and told the diplomat Huang Hua that the visit of the US table tennis players offers a very good opportunity to open relations with the USA.

Two days later, the US table tennis squad and a team of journalists minus a South Korean-American player, whose anti-communist police compelled him to decline visiting China, arrived in Hong Kong. Later that afternoon, the Canadian table tennis team arrived in Beijing.

The first of several Western teams, who competed in Japan last week, had been invited. The next morning, a 15-strong party around the US table tennis team walked from Hong Kong and into China. They were received by party and army officials and were given Little Red Books in English and Chairman Mao badges.

On the 13th, the British national table tennis team entered Guangdong from Hong Kong and were met with another delegation of workers, cadres, and soldiers who also handed out Mao badges and Little Red Books.

In response, on April 14th, the US government lifted its ban on all Chinese visitors to the United States and relaxed its trade restrictions with Nixon's calling for America to trade with China and the USSR on a roughly equal basis.

That same day, in the Great Hall of the People, Zhou Enlai received table tennis players and reporters from Canada, Colombia, Nigeria, the UK, and the USA.

Zhou Enlai told the US table tennis players that your visit has opened a new chapter in relations between the Chinese and American people. Ping-pong diplomacy, it seemed, was going completely according to plan, and a new chapter in Chinese-American relations was slowly but surely beginning.

During the meeting, Glenn Cohen asked Zhou Enlai his view on the hippies. Zhou, thinking back to the Red Guard movement, responded surprisingly positively, saying they manifest young people's frustrations, but not necessarily with mature thought.

On April 20th, Australia's Ping Pong team arrived in Guangzhou, accompanied, like the teams before them, by their own journalists.

On the 21st, US magazines and newspapers printed Edgar Snow's account of his December 18th, 1970 conversations with Chairman Mao, including an open invitation to Nixon to have a visit for some negotiations.

Also that day, Zhou Enlai sent a letter to President Nixon via Pakistan calling for a meeting with Kissinger or above to fundamentally restore relations.

But not all was well entirely in the halls of power.

That evening, Lin Liguo, the son of Lin Biao, met with other Air Force officials to discuss the Chen Boda inquiry. The inquiry's request for Lin Biao and Mao to speak had been ignored. This meeting, which ended up with Lin Liguo storming off in anger, will become a major foreshadowing for our next chronological episode, which you won't want to miss.

Still, on the diplomatic front, things were looking good. The morning of the 27th, People's Daily carried an editorial called "Salute the American people who are fighting valiantly," a tribute to the anti-war movement in the United States, as well as various national liberation movements like the Black Panthers and the Brown Berets, as well as, of course, various new communist movement groups and pre-party formations inspired by Mao Zedong Thought.

That morning over breakfast, Nixon received Zhou Enlai's letter inviting Kissinger, the US Secretary of State, or Nixon himself to Beijing for talks to restore relations. Nixon then told a press conference that he wants a more normal relationship with the Chinese and I expect to visit in some capacity one day.

May Day 1971 was an interesting one because of just how many foreigners were on the roster. Half a million people filled Tiananmen Square for the usual May Day celebrations. Cambodian Prince Norodom Sihanouk was made guest of honor for the parade. One of 2,000 foreign dignitaries invited.

But something funny happened that made many on the roster take notice. Lin Bao, vice chairman and designated successor to Mao, was late, very late. Zhou Enlai made excuses for Lin Biao, saying he hadn't been feeling well that day. Mao was vocally skeptical about this and said that Lin had always been idealistic about his health.

Near the end of the parade, Lin Bao finally arrived and sat opposite of Mao, but they ignored each other and Lin declined to give a speech. Lin, visibly nervous, stayed just long enough to be photographed, have dinner, and then left immediately without speaking to any of his comrades.

Two days later, People's Daily launched Palestine International Week with a salute to the Palestinian guerrillas. Li Xiannian led a 10,000-strong rally in support of Palestine with many Fatah, PFLP, and DFLP leaders on the Tiananmen roster.

On May 5th, the Chinese ambassadors to France and San Marino, as well as their two counterparts, signed a mutual recognition agreement. France and San Marino had maintained diplomatic relations with China since 1954, but also maintained relations with Taiwan.

This treaty would change that. And with that, yet two more European nations switched over to the One China policy and called for the People's Republic of China to replace the Republic of China's seat at the UN General Assembly.

On May 10th, two American academics arrived in Nanjing, the first to visit China in over 20 years. The team of American scientists and professors had been in Hanoi, studying US defoliant poisoning, and had come to the conclusion that America was committing war crimes by using illegal biological and chemical weapons against Vietnamese civilians and wanted to report their findings to Vietnam's ally China.

Meanwhile, in DC, it became official. Henry Kissinger officially agreed with Zhou Enlai and began mapping his itinerary. The trip, codenamed Operation Polo, was to be kept secret initially. The idea was that if the meeting ended in failure or in a deadlock, it'd be erased entirely from history and no one would ever know about it.

However, if it was a success, they would later publicize it and get the ball rolling on normalization of diplomatic relations between the US and PRC in full. Kissinger, being very serious about keeping this secret, proposed that his planned meeting with Zhou Enlai had to happen in China to stop the Pakistanis from taping it in a memo to Nixon.

On the other side, diplomacy with other states continued. Staff from the North Korean embassy visited the China-North Korea Friendship People's Commune outside Beijing and began to help locals plant crops, showing that the DPRK and China were both open to expanding joint agricultural ventures.

On May 20th, something really interesting happened. Soviet border negotiators came to Beijing and had an 11-day trip around Shanghai, Jiangsu, Jilin, and Zhejiang, meeting leaders and seeing sites.

This was extremely important because while technically the Soviets and Chinese had been on ceasefire since 1969, you know, with the border conflict and all, the Soviets were once again amassing troops and equipment on the Siberian-Hong Kong and Chinese-Mongolian border.

Chinese reconnaissance planes and US CIA spy planes noticed that in the early spring of 1971, 44 Soviet infantry divisions had moved towards China along with a large amount of T-62 tank divisions and Scud missile systems.

Most concerning, however, was the SS-12 Scaleboard nuclear missiles that were beginning to be stationed along the northeastern Sino-Soviet border. In other words, now the Soviet Union could easily nuke Beijing and Shanghai very quickly.

While the Chinese had hoped that the May 1971 friendship tour with the Soviet border negotiators might curry some favor with the Soviet military brass, the fact of the matter was that the PLA and the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs came to the consensus that at this point Soviet social imperialism was still the primary contradiction against the Chinese nation.

And talking to the American imperialist, the secondary contradiction about the issue wasn't such a bad idea.

I mean, yeah, you know, 44 infantry divisions, a bunch of T-62 tanks, Scud missiles, and a bunch of nukes that could nuke the capital within minutes. Thinking you might want to put out a line to old Nixon in that case.

The next day at a meeting at the White House, President Nixon told Kissinger that he had a hunch that he could visit China, but kept him in the dark about the plans about how to do so.

Meanwhile, Zhou Enlai received American Maoist and Fanshen author William Hinton and his family at his official residence in Beijing, who had arrived yesterday at Zhou's invitation.

Zhou and Hinton briefly discussed Sino-American relations and Zhou expressed hope that soon there would be a breakthrough in friendship between the two countries.

On May 25th, the first visit by US academics to the PRC came to a close. The two biologists had toured cities and met Joan Lie and Prince Sihanouk.

On May 26, Austria and China's ambassadors to Romania signed a communique in Bucharest, establishing full diplomatic relations between Austria and China and called for the opening of embassies in each other's capitals.

Meanwhile, back in Beijing, Zhou briefed the Politburo that rapprochement with the USA could enable peaceful reunification with Taiwan and prevent Soviet hegemony. Many in the Chinese government began to believe that with Vietnamization occurring in Vietnam, with American infantry troop levels dropping from 540,000 to 300,000 and America shifting their war effort towards bombing campaigns against Laos and Cambodia rather than ground operations in Vietnam, that the US was in a position of weakness, a perfect time to bring the Americans to the negotiating table.

Chinese economists also mentioned that inflation and the cost of the Vietnam War was forcing Nixon to take the US off the gold standard, which if any of you guys took AP US history or freshman college US history, you might remember that known as the Nixon shock.

Domestic anti-war protests were tearing the social fabric apart in the US and many youth in America were beginning to flirt with Maoism, Trotskyism, and other radical left-wing ideologies.

Some Chinese political analysts posited that Nixon's primary foreign policy goal despite the escalation of bombing campaigns was achieving, quote, "peace with honor," which required a gradual withdrawal that would spread out over the next few years. That wouldn't look like an outright defeat.

The Chinese defense analyst came to the conclusion that the US was desperately needing Beijing to stop fueling the North Vietnamese war machine and was looking for a diplomatic cover for an American exit.

Zhou agreed in full and, at the risk of looking like China was collaborating with their arch enemy against the nominally socialist Warsaw Pact countries, gave the green light to meet with the Americans.

The meeting continued the next day and Zhou told delegates to work on the basis of a new, more open foreign policy paradigm with all countries including Western imperialist powers. After the meeting, Zhou sent a telegram directly to Nixon recommending that Kissinger come to Beijing before the end of June and suggested that the trip be made openly.

On June 3rd, Mao made a call to Romanian leader Nicolae Ceausescu. Mao bluntly said that the USSR had continued to piss on our heads and told Ceausescu that he will stay firm with them even if relations worsened further with the rest of the Warsaw Pact.

The next day, Zhou met with the entire Central Committee for an extended work conference where he gave a report about the conference a few days prior with the Politburo on the possibility of Sino-American talks. His report was met with hesitant agreement. Later that afternoon, the US government replied to Zhou Enlai via Telegram proposing that Kissinger come to China on July 7th and demanded that the trip remain a secret.

On June 5th, Ceausescu and the Romanian delegation arrived in southern China and began a tour of the south, starting in Nanjing accompanied by Zhou Enlai, Zhang Chunqiao, and Xǔ Shìyǒu . Two days later, the American anti-Vietnam War activist group, the Committee of Concerned Asian Scholars, received a government invitation to visit China.

On June 10th, the White House authorized 47 types of nonstrategic exports to China, such as agricultural machinery, consumer products, and steel.

Two days later, in an attempt to smooth out relations with the UK, Ji Pengfei, deputizing for ailing foreign minister Chen Yi, attended the newly renovated British diplomatic mission for a birthday celebration for Queen Elizabeth. How about that?

On June 20th, after a cholera outbreak hit the Republic of Chad hard, the Chinese Red Cross Society decided to demonstrate their proletarian internationalism and diplomatic acumen by donating vaccines for 200,000 people plus 1 million RMB with no expectations of the Chadian government paying them back.

On the 23rd, the 15-strong friendship delegation from the US Committee of Concerned Asian Scholars arrived in Guangzhou to commence a one-month visit.

The day after, Wu led a rally in Beijing celebrating PRC-DPRK militant friendship. Guo Moruo, Li Xiannian and the Korean ambassador all made speeches, showing that no matter their past differences around Juche and Marxism-Leninism and the Sino-Soviet split, the Chinese and North Korean people would continue to stand against American imperialism and global capitalism no matter what.

That same day, however, a Canadian delegation arrived in Beijing, hosted by trade minister Bai Xiangguo.

On July 7th, 1971, the Communist Party of China celebrated its 50th anniversary with a celebration that not only included a lengthy editorial, but a large party in Beijing that included many foreign dignitaries from enemy nations, as well as leadership from both pro-Beijing and pro-Soviet communist parties. Even Trotskyist parties were invited. It was a sign that China wasn't playing around.

They wanted to show that the Communist Party of China 50 years later was still a militantly Marxist-Leninist anti-revisionist organization, but was also dedicated to peace between nations and willing to take part in new forms of statecraft and diplomacy.

A week later, Zhou Enlai and Ji Pengfei received British Trotskyist Ken Coates in Coates' capacity as head of the Bertrand Russell Peace Foundation. Now, you might be thinking, why were Trotskyists being invited to China in the midst of the Cultural Revolution? Didn't Trotsky view Mao as a dirty, murderous Stalinist or at least China as a deformed worker state? Well, uh, yes.

But we have to remember, and I've heard this from elderly British militant tendency, uh, Socialist Workers Party UK and Socialist Workers Party USA types, that at the end of the day, the Trotskyists were still a major part of the anti-Vietnam War movement and viewed American imperialism as the greater evil than Chinese Stalinism.

And at the end of the day, anti-imperialist friendship trumped anti-Stalinism. So, I guess it makes some sense. Still surprised me a bit, though.

All right, here my friends. Here we go. I'm cracking my knuckles, refilling my coffee, and we're about to get into it.

The secret meeting that changed the world. You might want to get a refill on your drink, too. Use the bathroom and curl up with a pet cuz things are about to get way interesting for the last few minutes of this episode.

So, in the early morning hours of July 9th, 1971, US Secretary of State Henry Kissinger flew to Islamabad, Pakistan, and boarded a plane under the cover of darkness. The American press and indeed most of the State Department and CIA were deceived into thinking that Kissinger was struck down by food poisoning.

He arrived in Beijing under the cover of darkness and immediately was greeted by a military delegation and then began the negotiations immediately in the back of the limo. Yep. They got straight to business. No small talk, no chitchat. The moment they got in the car, the negotiations began.

When they arrived in the Western Hills, Zhou Enlai greeted him, and the famous picture of Zhou and Kissinger shaking hands was snapped, and they got right down to business.

The next day, Zhou Enlai started another meeting with Kissinger and said that China had been building air raid shelters against attacks by the USA, USSR, or both.

Kissinger, despite this, told Zhou Enlai that Nixon would be willing to support a policy statement that there are not two Chinas and that Taiwan is in fact a part of China.

Zhou Enlai surprisingly said that he saw no great importance in the China UN seat and wouldn't take it unless it represented all of China, including Taiwan.

Kissinger replied that Nixon was uniquely positioned to throttle the Taiwan independence movement because he couldn't stand to be attacked from the right. The question of Taiwan was tabled and Kissinger and Zhou began to talk about Vietnam.

During the conversations, Kissinger expressed openness to ending the war in Vietnam and pulling out all American personnel by sea, land, and air, all by gradually. Over a Beijing roast duck dinner at Quanjude on Qianmen Street. Sounds good to me.

Zhou Enlai asked provocatively if Kissinger had heard of the Cultural Revolution. Kissinger tried to avoid the subject, but Zhou pressed on and debriefed Kissinger on the Cultural Revolution from 1966 to the present day.

Kissinger repeatedly gave vague responses and kept trying to redirect the conversation back to the question of the wars in Indochina. But Zhou kept poking Kissinger.

Kissinger then finally replied, "We have uh we have not had the benefits of the Cultural Revolution which the prime minister describes right now. Uh we have a large somewhat undisciplined and uh with respect to publicity not always reliable bureaucracy. A bureaucracy which, as you found out in Warsaw, operates in a very formalistic manner. Therefore, anything which goes through regular diplomatic channels goes through a very cumbersome bureaucratic process and uh we cannot guarantee that it will be fully protected from publicity."

Translated from Kissinger realpolitik speech, at least what I, I Drew Smith think he's trying to say without offending Zhou is uh that he:

I'm not going to debate Maoist ideology with you, but speaking of smashing bureaucracies, the US government is a leaky, useless mess that ruins everything it touches. That is why I snuck into your country in secret. And that is why you and I must handle all future negotiations directly, bypassing my own government's official channels.

Zhou and Kissinger in the end ended up agreeing. Bureaucracy sucks, albeit they agreed about it for very different reasons.

Then Zhou got straight to the point. "Mr. Secretary, I want President Nixon to visit next May." Kissinger immediately agreed, but proposed an earlier visit to get it done before the next presidential election campaign.

After lunch, Zhou excused himself to attend a preparatory meeting of sponsoring countries for the Asian African table tennis friendly invitational tournament. While watching the game, Zhou stepped away to finalize a schedule for a simultaneous joint announcement of Kissinger's trip for Time magazine and US broadsheets.

Zhou then proposed setting up discreet communications via embassies in Paris as opposed to Canada, which he felt would be too obvious.

Meanwhile, while Kissinger was continuing to talk with other Chinese officials and Zhou was meeting with the Ping Pong athletes across town, Yao Wenyuan addressed a massive rally in Tiananmen Square commemorating the 10th anniversary of the PRC-DPRK friendship treaty and attacked aggressive US imperialism with Kissinger only a few kilometers away.

Tiananmen Square was filled with hundreds of thousands of Chinese workers, peasants, and soldiers waving the Little Red Book and holding up pictures of Mao shouting "Down with the United States. Victory to the Vietnamese, Laotian, and Kampuchean people."

After six meeting sessions totaling 17 long hours and lots of Beijing roast duck, Kissinger left Beijing and was flown back to Pakistan with journalists none the wiser. __

Um, first off, I just want to apologize for the late coming of this episode. It was supposed to come out in November or December, but unfortunately, um, we did not—something went wrong with the recording, more or less, and we kind of just ended up, uh, having, you know, and then I was stepping on a plane to go spend winter vacation back in the United States for 40 days.

So, you know, it was just one thing after another, one thing after another, and, uh, well, you know, here we are. But, um, Spring Festival was good for us. I was glad to see my family and all that. So, you know, because you guys have, um, been waiting for this episode for long, so long, I'll cut the chitchat and what's been going on in my life lately and, uh, let's just get on into it. Let's just get on into it.

So anyways, today I want to talk to you guys about a very interesting topic. We're going down south to the Balmy Pearl River Delta, to the city of Guangzhou, or Canton as it used to be called in English, China's third-largest city and one of the most important port cities in the world.

It is known as the City of Flowers for its beautiful lush greenery and botanical gardens, thanks to its subtropical climate. It's the birthplace of Dim Sum and the Cantonese dialect of Chinese, which was made so popular in the West thanks to immigrants from Guangdong and thanks to the popularity of Hong Kong cinema on foreign shores.

When combined with Hong Kong and Shenzhen, the Guangzhou metro area is home to tens of millions of Chinese people and is an economic and technological powerhouse both regionally and globally. It really is a place where, as the meme on social media says, incredible things are happening in China. Well, during the Cultural Revolution, incredible things were happening in Guangzhou, just like in Beijing or Shanghai. So let's begin our story.

In the 1950s and 1960s, Guangzhou was a city filled with sharp contradictions. The Municipal Party Committee and Municipal People's Government were both strongholds of conservative elements within the party who were keen to implement Liu Shaoqi's ideas about profit-driven market reforms, one-man management in the state enterprises, and expanding foreign investment within the city and more broadly in Guangdong Province.

The Guangzhou military region was a mixed bag, with some officers leaning towards Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping, others leaned more toward Mao Zedong and Lin Biao. In the high schools and universities of the city, there was a distinct rift between the children of party cadres and bureaucrats and students whose parents were either workers but who were not politically active during the revolution, or who came from middle-class or bad-class backgrounds.

The main universities in Guangzhou, Sun Yat-sen University, aka Zhongshan University as I will call it sometimes during the podcast, South China Normal University, Guangzhou University, and Jinan University, had all become places where students of party and youth league cadre background strove to get lucrative jobs and make big bucks rather than to use their brains to serve the people.

And many people and students of both proletarian and quote-unquote "black" cadre class backgrounds felt like they were being shut out of the opportunity to get an education. All that was to change, however, on May 16th, 1966, when Mao Zedong wrote the May 16th circular, which was immediately distributed to the all party committees and PLA units on a municipal and provincial level, including in Guangzhou and Guangdong Province.

The May 16th circular lit a fire within everyone in the city. It was a call to rebel against the stuffy and increasingly capitalistic status quo that had overtaken the City of Flowers. One thing that is important for us to note is that rightism was a major problem specifically in the high schools and the universities of Guangzhou.

As Stanley Rosen, Anita Chan, and Jonathan Unger all point out in the paper that they did together about Guangzhou's Red Guards, quote, "the children of the pre-liberation working classes and peasant classes were not coming off very well. The new tilt towards class favored the revolutionary cadre students considerably more than the proletariat. And being from semi-literate homes, the working class students could only attain an average or below average showing on the selection examinations."

This wide gap was continually exacerbated across the 1950s and early 1960s, and many students whose parents were proletariat or peasantry but not party members or war veterans were beginning to resent being left behind educationally and organizationally in mass organizations and movements like the Communist Youth League. So when the Cultural Revolution was unleashed, it was like pulling off the lid of a boiling over pot. Pretty, pretty tough stuff here. Pretty tough stuff here.

So the first big action in Guangzhou was on June 6th, 1966. In the action, students and workers attacked the famous novelist and literary critic Qin Mu for anti-party and anti-socialist crimes. The charges that were heard were that, uh, his essays were discreet attacks on Chairman Mao.

However, within a few months, Qin was off the hook. Many declared that the attacks on Chen were a plot by the work teams and loyalist Red Guard groups to turn the spears away from the capitalist roaders in the Guangdong Provincial and Guangzhou Municipal Party Committees. So yes, just like in Beijing and Shanghai, there was a great deal of mass struggle between the work teams and the Red Guards and then the conservative loyalist Red Guards and the rebel Maoist Red Guards.

And we will dig more into this distinction later because in Guangzhou there's some interesting nuances to this that Stanley Rosen discussed in his landmark study of the Guangzhou Red Guard movement. What's interesting is a couple of things.

First, the Guangzhou Red Guard movement developed very unevenly from school to school, and initially the Red Guard movement in Guangzhou had a tiered system. Students from revolutionary cadre backgrounds could join the Red Guards, but the middle-class and non-party working-class students could only join the Hongwaiwei, or Red Outer Circle, which was an auxiliary mass organization that could support the Red Guards but were not allowed to take part in decision-making activities or assume leadership in any red rebel movements.

That changed, however, during the Red August of 1966, when the Red Terror against rightist teachers and people of bourgeois or Guomindang background were targeted as dangerous remnants of the old society. Quickly, these students in the Red Outer Circle were either denounced as reactionaries due to their insufficient class origin, or they were quickly reabsorbed into the ranks of the Red Card groups. By the way, if you want to learn more about the Red Terror and, uh, Red August of 1966, please refer back to episode 3 of this podcast.

Red August in Guangzhou, while not nearly as bloody as Beijing or the provincial capitals, other provincial capitals, was certainly not a dinner party. High school Red Guards forced dozens of teachers into brutal struggle sessions that would often lead to death by exhaustion or beating or resulted in people committing suicide. In one instance, a teacher was forced to drink an ink well, after which the students started kicking his stomach until he died.

During late July through September, though, in the midst of the Red Terror, a stirring debate within the ranks of the Guangzhou Red Guards was happening. The official Red Guard groups were major proponents of the bloodline theory, which is to say that a student's parents' class background determined whether or not they were a revolutionary. They would chant the slogan, "When the father's a hero, the son's a jolly good fellow. When a father's a reactionary, the son is a bastard."

Many in the Red Guard ranks, however, believed in the traditional Leninist and Maoist position that class line, not class origin, determines whether or not one is a revolutionary. After all, Friedrich Engels was from a bourgeois family. Lenin came from a upper middle-class family, and so on and so forth.

This would slowly cleave the Red Guard movement into factionalism between the loyalist conservative Red Guard groups and the Maoist rebel Red Guard groups that were aligned with the Central Cultural Revolution group back up in Beijing, just like in every other city in China.

Needless to say, the slogan about fathers and sons was subject to many dazibao, or big character posters, pasted around the city, and many mass meetings were held to debate its validity. During the fall of 1966, thousands of students from Beijing and many other cities descended on Guangzhou as part of the Chunlian movement, the revolutionary networking movement where Red Guards would travel far from home and go and exchange experiences and learn from each other's struggles.

Many Red Guards from here in Shaanxi, according to former Red Guards I've spoken to, took part in mutual aid projects where they would go up and, uh, you know, they'd help fix up working-class neighborhoods, bring food and medicine to elderly who had mobility issues, volunteer to work in factories alongside rebel workers to, uh, you know, understand what Mao said when he said grasp revolution and promote production.

And the big-time Beijing factions from Tsinghua and BeiDa, um, all set up liaison stations in Guangzhou and helped coordinate material and ideological aid to factions in Guangzhou aligned with their particular line. In fact, uh, Kuai Dafu, uh, at one point visited Guangzhou to agitate for his particular line within the Red Guard movement.

It was also during this time that the rebel workers started creating organizations in the factories and workplaces, although initially rebel industrial worker groups tended to lean conservative as they wanted to continue supporting the All-China Federation trade union's top brass, who were more on the Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping side of things.

This kind of gets funny because Guangzhou really wasn't an industry town like say Shanghai was.

It was a port town where most people were dock workers, [c-word for Asian 'unskilled' labor], the service industry like restaurants and hotels, you know, jobs like that. And the workers in the non-industrial industries tended to side more with the rebel Red Guards and the Central Cultural Revolution group and broke away from the trade unions.

Unfortunately, unlike in Shanghai and Beijing, there is not like a lot of super deep-level scholarship or available archival resources about the rebel workers and rebel cadres and rebel soldiers in Guangdong Province during the first year of the Cultural Revolution, and we mainly have to rely on textual readings of rebel periodicals, the state-owned press like Guangdong Daily, and eyewitness interviews done in the 1980s in Hong Kong for any further information about them. Across September and October, the Destroy the Four Olds campaign, or Smash the Old World campaign, swept through the city.

The aim of the movement was to destroy old ideology, old culture, old habits, and old customs, which included, unfortunately, a great deal of vandalism of cultural heritage sites, particularly Buddhist and Taoist temples, Muslim mosques, and included the invasion and looting of the homes of those suspected of possessing quote-unquote "bourgeois" objects like flashy jewelry and things like that, old antiquities, things like that.

Quickly, however, the movement became more organized, and the students were told to turn away from looting, smashing, and rioting, and instead use line struggle and debate to struggle against superstition, patriarchal ideas, Han chauvinism, and other conservative or outdated beliefs among the masses, as well as to work against capitalist viewpoints in the United Front mass organizations like the trade unions, Women's Federation, and Youth League. Speaking of the Youth League, there's something interesting about that.

Although the Communist Youth League continued to limp along for several more months, by the middle of December, it was clear that the birth of the Red Guards had sounded the death knell of the League in Guangdong Province. It was also seen as a den of the privileged children of revisionist party leadership, and this was no longer seen as trustworthy custodians of the Cultural Revolution.

It was also during this time that the Red Guard movement in Guangzhou began to coalesce further into distinct factions. In the high schools, the conservative students created the Guangzhou Mao Zedong Thought Red Guard headquarters, more popularly known as the Thought Guards or the Doctrine Guards. The Maoist rebel students and moderate centrist students created the coalition known as the Red Guards Congress. Unfortunately, according to my research, the high school Red Guards in Guangzhou were rather conservative, and Maoist rebels and moderates usually were the minority in most school districts.

By October 1966, the faction in Guangzhou's universities stood as thus. And bear with me, guys, 'cause this gets a bit confusing. So if I slip up, please forgive me. There's a lot of factions to go over. They kind of split and merge, and they often have very similar-sounding names.

But for the most part, for the most part, the primary rebel Maoist pro-CCRG organizations were Zhongshan University Red Flag, Zhongshan University August 31st Red Guards, Guangzhou Medical College Red Flag, and Jinan University East is Red Red Flag, which were all formed in late nineteen, uh, August of '66 and played a leading role in opposing the work teams sent to the schools to bring the situation under the control of the party organization.

By December, these groups had either consolidated into or split into three distinct headquarters: the first, second, and third headquarters.

The first headquarters was Maoist and was founded on October 28th, 1966, and called for an overthrow of the municipal and provincial government.

The second headquarters, founded a few days later, supported the current party committee and was mainly made of loyalist Red Guards who had been loyal to the work teams.

The third headquarters, found on November 11th, 1966, was founded at South China Engineering College and was headed by their Red Flag Red Guards. And they basically had the same politics as the first headquarters, but were made up of children of veteran cadres who had sided with the rebels rather than with their parents and with the work teams.

The first and third headquarters immediately grouped into a coalition, and the second headquarters collapsed in the last week of December. Among rebel workers, in December 1966, there were four citywide rebel worker organizations: the Workers Alliance, Red Flag Workers Headquarters, the Earth General Headquarters, and the Red General Headquarters.

They would all enter into a coalition with the first and third headquarters Red Guards and led a major general strike and public struggle session against the Provincial and Municipal Trade Union Federation. Across December and early January, struggle sessions and rallies demanding the resignation of Guangdong leaders Tao Zhu and Zhao Ziyang kept the people of Guangzhou in the streets and united in the struggle to keep their city on the socialist road. Remember those two names: Tao Zhu and Zhao Ziyang.

They were the two head honchos in Guangdong Province. On January 22nd, 1967, as events in Shanghai captured the imagination of the Chinese masses in the January storm, the rebels decided to go for it and seize power. The rebels built a mass coalition called the Proletarian Revolutionary Alliance, or PRA.

The PRA led a massive march of thousands onto the Guangdong Provincial Party Committee headquarters and presented Zhao Ziyang, secretary of the party committee, with a declaration of a power seizure. Zhao Ziyang immediately surrendered and told all police, militia, and army personnel to stand down, and told all government offices to recognize the PRA's leadership. However, the PRA and Zhao's administration had to make a compromise.

All officials could continue working in their current capacity but with rebel supervision. To say the least, this did not go over well with many within the rebel ranks. Already a few days before the power seizure, many groups within the first and third headquarters walked out of the power seizure planning meeting because they felt the power seizure was too premature or that post-seizure power structure wasn't properly mapped out enough. Indeed, many felt that the PRA had acted in an adventurous manner and not with mass support, unlike the power seizure in Shanghai.

Some said that it was a phony power seizure meant to protect the emperors and that it had led to a conservative restoration of revisionism. Many rebel worker groups split from the PRA and called it a scholars' power seizure that had left the proletariat and peasantry on the sidelines, while Red Guard students and rebel teachers manned the main position.

Zhou Enlai telephoned the party committee offices and told them that he and the CCRG approved the power seizure and that General Huang Yongsheng of the Guangzhou military region was to align with the PRA. Huang, however, declared neutrality over the power seizure initially, leaving it uncertain which faction of the rebel movement, the PLA, in Guangdong was going to support.

In response, on February 5th, the Proletarian Revolutionary Alliance raided the Guangzhou military region's offices and ransacked them. Chairman Mao was vague in his response. He simply told the Guangzhou military region to, quote, "support the left." But, well, just like in the rest of China, that question remained: who was the left?

On February 19th, a 50,000-strong rally was held to denounce the supposed, quote, "sham power seizure." Three days later, the third headquarters and the Red Flag Workers HQ founded the United Headquarters of Revolutionary Rebels of Guangdong Province and declared war on the Proletarian Revolutionary Alliance. Zhou Enlai, in response, retracted his public endorsement of the PRA. But things were still up in the air. The PRA still wasn't on great terms with the PLA.

And with the February adverse current going on in Beijing, the CCRG decided to put a wedge between the Red Guard movement and the PLA in Guangzhou by continuing to endorse the PRA against the army. On March 15th, the Guangdong Military Control Committee, with Huang Yongsheng as chairman, of course, was established as the highest authority at all levels of administration in the province.

A close associate of his former superior, Lin Biao, Huang maintained firm control of Guangzhou and tried to lord himself over all the rebel factions in the city. By the end of March, the rebel movement in Guangdong had once again consolidated into two factions and would remain that way until August of 1968. The conservative East Wind faction supported by the PLA, due to their opposition to the power seizure, and the Red Flag faction, which were the radical rebel faction made out of the remnants of the PRA.

Whew, quite the alphabet soups of organizations and coalitions, wasn't it? Um, well, you know, though I will still say that while conventional wisdom is that the East Wind were the conservatives and the Red Flag faction were the radicals, there was some, there has been some recent challenging of that framework in the scholarship.

Yan Fei at Tsinghua University asserted in a 2015 study that the two factions had almost entirely identical lines and that they only aligned with their respective backers over differences about the logistics of the power seizure. While an interesting point, I will still say that Stanley Rosen's 1982 study of the Red Guards in Guangzhou, which utilized a large amount of Red Guard periodicals and internal documents and interviewed about 100 eyewitnesses who were former Red Guards and rebel workers, seems to make a more compelling case for the quote-unquote "conventional" narrative of radical versus conservative.

But I don't know, what do you guys think? Let me know in the comments on Twitter or in my Discord server. Anyway, on April 14th, Zhou Enlai and a delegation from Beijing flew down to Guangzhou and called the east wind and Red Flag factions to the negotiating table. He said that the East Wind comrades were revolutionary but made conservative errors, but declared the Red Flag faction to be the leftists holding Chairman Mao's red line.

By smoothing over genuine differences, however, Zhou actually made things worse, and both sides left the negotiation table even angrier with each other. Bloody clashes in the streets of Guangzhou ensued, and soon the entirety of Guangdong Province was engulfed in a brutal civil war between the two factions that lasted through the entirety of 1967 and 1968.

And let me tell you, things got really nasty in the countryside counties surrounding Guangzhou and into, like, northern and western Guangdong Province. For example, in September of 1967, 2,000 people in Yangjiang County and Yangcheng County were killed by pro-PLA, pro-East Wind, peoples' militias units.

And in one instance, the Guangzhou prison was the scene of a brutal massacre when false rumors of a prison break caused local people to go into a panic and attack the prison, resulting in 197 deaths.

Overall, it is estimated that 8,000 people were killed in the factional civil war in Guangdong, making it one of the bloodiest provinces alongside Guangxi. And in my research, I counted somewhere around 11 major massacres that resulted in more than 100 dead.

So, yikes. What is interesting, though, is that one major positive event kept happening annually in Guangzhou. On November 15th, the biannual Guangzhou Exports Fair, aka the Canton Fair, was held. And to understand what the Canton Fair is, it's this gargantuan trade show which still goes on today. I kind of want to go to it someday just to see it. Um, so, yeah, it's really interesting. It was the only international trade import and export show still going on in China during the Cultural Revolution.

And it was where the Chinese government could buy and sell goods with foreign capitalists on the Chinese government's terms.

Foreign businessmen were faced with tons of revolutionary art, books, Mao badges, and much, much more. It was obviously a very heavily politicized event meant to export the revolution across the world. Anyways, having the Canton Fair back was a major boost to the economy of the city, especially in the time where factional fighting was disrupting production so much.

Across December of '67 and January of 1968, major problems began to happen within the ranks of the Red Flag faction. There came about a split between the moderates and the ultra-radicals within the rebel organization, with the moderates ready to negotiate with the East Wind faction and start holding elections for the Guangzhou Municipal and Guangdong Provincial Revolutionary Committees. The ultra-radicals, however, wanted nothing to do with the sort.

They believed that the revolutionary committees could only be established after the complete and total defeat of the rightists on the battlefield and the dragging out of every single capitalist roader from the party and army. The ultra-radicals, uh, within the Red Flag faction kind of began to uphold politics similar to the Hunan Shengwulian, if you guys remember that, but they didn't entirely split from the Red Faction, but they kind of, kind of, how should I say, they created their own internal caucus of sorts, which was called the August 5th Commune Red Guards.

Despite the lack of an organizational split, though, this still weakened the left in Guangzhou greatly, right on the eve of the Revolutionary Committee elections. Well, on February 21st, 1968, 600,000 locals and soldiers gathered to witness the proclamation of the revolutionary committees for both Guangzhou and Guangdong Province. General Huang Yongsheng was elected as chairman of the Guangdong Provincial Revolutionary Committee, to no one's surprise, mainly because he was a devoted ally of Vice Chairman Lin Biao.

However, the Red Flag and East Wind factions both did surprisingly well, gaining almost an equal number of seats. Speakers at the Guangzhou rally denounced the double dealer Tao Zhu as Liu Shaoqi's agent, as well as denouncing Zhao Ziyang, and proclaimed that Guangdong had thoroughly defeated the capitalist roaders. Now, that's not to say that factional fighting was completely over. In mid-March of 1968, Zhongshan University rebels called for more chaos in Guangzhou and for rural youth to unite with the oppressed and to rise to revolt. Factional squabbles in the countryside sometimes still led to bloodshed.

In July of '68, after the Hundred Day War in Tsinghua University in Beijing forced Mao to pull the plug on the revolutionary Red Guard movement, it meant the end of the Red Guard movements and rebel movements in Guangzhou, too, of course. The PLA in Guangzhou intervened in the first week of September, 1968, and forcibly dissolved the Red Guard movement, forcing them to give up their arms and return to their campuses.

When all of Guangzhou's secondary school students were forcibly herded back to their schools in the autumn of '68, the PLA teams that were placed in charge of the schools made them reenact the first class struggle phase of the Cultural Revolution. The same teachers who had been attacked two years before for bad class or historical faults were now to be targets once again, and for weeks there were lots of struggle session meetings.

While ostensibly these struggle sessions were pointed towards the rightists, these were actually mostly organized by East Wind-aligned students, with the point being hammered home: the rebels had been defeated in Guangdong. In December of '68, Mao Zedong called for educated youth to be sent down to the countryside to be rusticated and learn from the peasantry.

Guangzhou's published statistics show 75,000 students were rusticated in 1968 out of 108,000 school students, and university students also saw about 75 to 80 percent of their ranks sent to the countryside. They were joined by more than 17,000 unemployed or not-in-school street youths as well. It truly was a massive undertaking, and while many students tried to volunteer to get factory jobs in the city, the lack of industry in Guangzhou made that different and very difficult. Thus, Guangzhou had a much larger percentage of their youth sent to the countryside compared to other provincial capitals. So, thought that was interesting.

Um, Guangzhou, like I said before when I was discussing the Canton Fair, was a major point where China was able to communicate with the outside world, and it was where many foreign friends, diplomats, and business people did a lot of work across the early 1970s.

For example, June 23rd, 1971, a 15-strong friendship delegation from the U.S. Committee of Concerned Asian Scholars arrived in Guangzhou to commence a one-month visit. It was also around that time that many Maoist groups in the United States, such as the Revolutionary Union and October League, began to send delegations to Guangzhou to study the social and economic transformations that the Cultural Revolution had given fruit to. And I think it was, like, around this time that, like, a few celebrities actually traveled to China. Like, I think Mia Farrow. Yes, Mia Farrow. Mia Farrow went to Guangzhou during the Cultural Revolution. So, yeah, that's, it's pretty interesting.

On September 10th, 1971, British politician Tony Benn visited Guangzhou, and over dinner with city officials like Chen Yu, Benn suggested strategies for taking over Taiwan. Whoa, easy there, bro. Don't overstep your boundaries. On November 11th, a Scottish Council for Development and Industry group arrived in Guangzhou, which was the first Western trade European trade delegation to visit there outside of the Canton Fair since the 1950s. And this is interesting. Foreign trade at this point really started to pick up as well.

According to Gao Mobo's work, The Battle for China's Past, quote, "The 1972 entries of the Chronicle list the import of equipment for eight large chemical fertilizer and fabric factories. Other entries include the successful annual Guangdong Trade Fair and China's trading relationship with more than 150 countries."

Gao says, and I agree with him, this shows that Mao did not intend to close China to the outside world economically and that China did want to modernize its economy. But, you know, uh, we're going to get more into that in our June or July episode. Uh, we're, we're going to be discussing the Chinese economy during the Cultural Revolution, so that'll be fun. The class struggle in Guangzhou was far from over, however.

When Lin Biao made a little boo boo oopsie and had to run away, but then went boom boom in the middle of the sky and crashed in a field in Mongolia, a lot of the Guangdong Party and Revolutionary Committee leadership who were in Lin's camp were forced to resign.

So this meant that Zhao Ziyang, the man who had been declared Guangzhou's number one capitalist roader, was back at the helm, all right after a lengthy self-criticism session where he basically just went, "Come on, guys, I've changed. I swear I'm a rebel now, too. I'm a leftist now. I'm not a rightist anymore."

Well, we'll see about that. We'll see about that. The masses used the new ‘criticize Lin Biao and Confucius’ campaign to hit back at both the old pro-Lin clique and Zhao's new clique. So there was still a lot of mass struggle going on. Indeed, one prominent intellectual in Guangzhou became a superstar at the national level of the criticized movement.

Dr. Yang Rongguo from Zhongshan University had his article, Confucius, a thinker who stubbornly upheld the slave system, was endorsed by Mao, and got it published in the People's Daily on July 7th, 1973.

With that, he was inducted into the, uh, Pi Lin Pi Kong campaign in Beijing and received invitations to lecture on the subject of Lin and Confucius to audiences all over China. By spring of 1974, a number of the former leaders of Guangzhou's rebel Red Guards were meeting with Guangdong's old guard party leaders to negotiate a temporary strategic alliance.

Under the guise of criticizing Lin Biao and Confucius, the former rebels agreed to mount a wall poster publicity offensive in Guangzhou against the radical leadership group now known pejoratively as the Gang of Four.

Yes, this is interesting. In the end, in Guangzhou, many of the rebels went full circle. They were rarely throwing their lot in with the men and women they had tried to topple half a decade earlier because they felt betrayed by the Maoists within the party center. So, yeah, this all culminated into something very interesting on November 10th, 1974.

On that day, a 20,000-word long big character poster titled On Socialist Democracy and the Legal System was pasted up on a busy downtown street in Guangzhou. Its authors, three former rebel Red Guards from the Red Flag faction, writing under the collective pseudonym Li Yi Zhe, subjected what they call for tactical reasons the Lin Biao system to a thorough critique. It attracted big crowds and a great deal of sympathy.

In it, they said, quote, "The great proletarian Cultural Revolution has not completed its task. It has not enabled the powerful and popular masses to grasp tightly the weapon of the broad people's democratic dictatorship. In the summer of 1968, the rule of law under socialism suddenly did not operate, and what operated instead was political power to suppress."

"Across the length and breadth of the land, everywhere there were arrests, everywhere there was suppression and imprisonment of the innocent. Where has socialist legality gone? It was said that it was no longer of any use because it pertained to the old constitution, and the new people's congresses were still pending. It was a time of sheer lawlessness. This was a rehearsal for social fascism in our country, and Lin Biao was the rehearsal's chief director to betray Chairman Mao and the Cultural Revolution.”

The Li Yi Zhe letter did praise the socialist system and Cultural Revolution overall, as you guys can see, but felt that countless problems remained.

Addressing themselves to the upcoming National People's Congress, which would be first meeting in that assembly since before the Cultural Revolution, the authors maintained, quote, "In many cases, among the genuine revolutionaries who launched a fight against the Lin Biao system, the executed remain executed. The imprisoned are still in jail. The dismissed officials are still dismissed. The people are not fools. We demand democracy. We demand socialist legality and revolutionary and personal rights to protect the popular masses."

At this time, these were very highly provocative views, timed to coincide with the National People's Congress in Beijing in mid-January of '75. The Guangzhou Revolutionary Committee, at the orders of the central authorities, launched a citywide campaign to denounce those who held these views. Although Li-Yi-Zhe were eventually incarcerated by Zhao Ziyang for their dissidence, they were also able to hold what were nominally denunciation rallies, but it actually resembled public debates where they could enunciate their views further in front of a wide and often, uh, quite receptive audience.

Rumor has it that Mao did at one point read the Li-Yi-Zhe poster and declared it to be a defense of pluralistic bourgeois democracy and asked that key members of the Politburo if they thought they could help him write a credible refutation. None of them did, but the Guangdong Revolutionary Committee at least tried, describing the poster as, quote, and quote, "an attempt to gather together all the monsters and freaks and instigate the masses in a vain attempt to create chaos and reenact the Hungarian uprising of 1956 on China's soil." End quote.

With Chairman Mao's death in 1976, however, the great reversal in Guangzhou accelerated. In October of that year, waves of arrest of former rebel leaders, expulsion of rebel cadres from the party, demotions of rebel army officers swept through the political halls of the city, and by 1979, the Guangzhou Municipal Revolutionary Committee and Guangdong Provincial Revolutionary Committee were dissolved, and the old People's Government was reinstated with allies of Hua Guofeng and Deng Xiaoping strictly in command.

Guangzhou became a hotspot for foreign investment and foreign corporations to sink their claws into the newly re-vulnerable Chinese proletariat, and the city became notorious for its foreign-owned sweatshops.

Olive green fatigues gave way to blue jeans and t-shirts.

Revolutionary marches gave way to Hong Kong Canto Pop, and tea houses where Red Guards plotted power seizures became McDonald's and Starbucks franchises. And with that, the Cultural Revolution in Guangzhou became a distant and tragic memory.

All right, my friends, um, with that, I'm going to go see if I can convince my fiancée to go with me this weekend to get some Guangzhou-style roast goose and other dim sum delights at Shangxiajiu, Guangdong, one of our favorite Cantonese restaurants here in Xi'an.

Um, oh, I forgot to address something. I have seen some Hong Kong separatists and some Western liberals on Twitter and Reddit, Reddit mouth off, and say that the Cantonese language and culture was suppressed and outlawed during the Cultural Revolution, and that Mandarin and Northern Chinese culture were forced upon the Cantonese people.

In the scholarly sources and Chinese language resources I used for this podcast, and when I asked one old lady I know personally who traveled there when she was a Red Guard in college, I could find no source of this. So if you see someone saying such things on social media, you know, take it with a very, very, very hefty spoonful of, uh, salt.

All right, well, hey, my friends, it is great to be back. Um, so next month is going to be, uh, it's going to be kind of a thematic episode again. Um, the reason I'm doing that is because the April episode is such an, it's a research-intensive episode where I'm going to need to read some extra books up on the subject and, and, and read some of the, some extra documents on the subject.

So what we're going to do for our, um, March episode is we're going to finally get around to that Q&A ask me anything thing about, you know, about the author episode. So that should be fun. I'm going to tell you guys kind of how I developed a love for China and Chinese culture. You know, how did I become a Maoist?

What my life as a young man in the Revolutionary Communist Party and Revolutionary Communist Youth Brigade was like? You know, how did, you know, what was it like working as a revolutionary internationalist movement activist in the United States? So, yeah, I think you guys are going to have a lot of fun with this one. Um, but I'm really, really, really excited about it, and I'm so glad to be back here.

One thing I learned, one thing I learned during my time in America is that America is my birthplace, but China is my home. Seriously, China is my home. This is where, where I want to be. This is where I want to be. I may not like the Communist Party of China's current economic policies, if you get what I mean, but at the end of the day, there's no other country I'd rather live in. There's no other country I'd rather live in, and I love it so, so much. All right, my friends, from the ancient city of Chang'an, modern-day Xi'an, zai jian, or in Cantonese, zoi gin.

Today's sources for this episode include

Red Guard factionalism in the Cultural Revolution in Guangzhou by Stanley Rosen.

The role of sent-down youth in the Chinese Cultural Revolution. The case of Guangzhou by Stanley Rosen.

Students in class warfare. The social roots of the Red Guard conflict in Guangzhou by Anita Chan, Stanley Rosen, and Jonathan Unger.

Rival rebels. The political origins of Guangzhou's mass factions in 1967 by Fei Yan.

Guangzhou in the waning days of the Cultural Revolution by John Kamm.

The Cultural Revolution in images. Caricature posters from Guangzhou 1966 to 1977 database from the Chinese University of Hong Kong Library.

Mao's Last Revolution by Roderick Mcfarquhar and Michael Schoenhals.

The world turned upside down. A history of the Chinese Cultural Revolution by Yang Jisheng.

Collective killings in rural China during the Cultural Revolution by Su Yang.

Agents of Disorder Inside China's Cultural Revolution by Andrew G. Walder.

The Battle for China's Past. Mao and the Cultural Revolution by Gao Mobo.

And viewers like you. All right, my friends, have a good day.

I turned 39, and I had a great time enjoying some cigars and some Kraft burgers at Red Oak, our local American restaurant and lounge, and the missus and I are actually finally making it official: going down to the Xi'an Municipal People's Government Marriage Registration Office. Woohoo! Yeah, it's going to be great.

Also, dang, here in Xi'an we've had some insane weather this season. We've been consistently around 40°C, or like 100°F, across the entirety of the summer. It was brutal. And then suddenly, the first week of September, boom, right down to the 20°C, like 60s and 70s Fahrenheit, which, honestly, I'm all for.

I was really sick of the heat. And I love fall and winter, especially here in Shaanxi, which is really a great season in this province. Oh, and a little fun thing that's happened: I got dinner with one of my favorite fellow China podcasters and one of the inspirations for this podcast, Lazlo Montgomery, the host of the China History podcast. It was so much fun.

Let me tell you, Lazlo Montgomery is an absolute delight. He's a joy to be around. We talked for hours and had so much fun exploring the Muslim Quarter here in Xi'an. And, oh, I will be grabbing—next month I'll be grabbing dinner with Fred Engst too, since he'll be in town for the unveiling of a new statue of his parents here in Xi'an.

So how's about that? How's about that? All right, my friends, let's get into it. Let's get into it. So, in this episode, we'll be talking about something that I've been wanting to do for a while, and my fans, especially the Hoxhaist fans out there, have been wanting me to do for a while because it's actually a super important thing to talk about when discussing the international dimensions of the Cultural Revolution and Maoist China's broader relationship with the world during the Cold War.

You see, after the Sino-Soviet split, the Chinese didn't have much in the way of friends other than, like, pro-Beijing anti-revisionist parties around the world, you know, like the Communist Party of blah blah blah, Marxist-Leninist, or the, you know, Revolutionary Communist Party of blah blah blah. And, I mean, they had some ambivalent, ambiguous relationship with the North Vietnamese and North Korean ruling parties. But overall, China seemed isolated, with one tiny exception: a tiny place called the People's Socialist Republic of Albania.

Albania is 7,245 km, or 4,502 miles, away from Beijing, and is separated from China by almost the entire landmass of Eurasia, at only 28,000 km2, or 11,000 km2 large. Albania is smaller than Maryland. It's an itty-bitty place. In 1966, it only had 1.8 billion people, although its leader, Enver Hoxha, joked that along with the Chinese, Albania makes up one-eighth of humanity. Hahaha. Its major resources are oil, chromium, copper, nickel, coal, grapes, citrus fruits, and wheat. But due to tons of economic sanctions put upon them by both the Western and Eastern blocs, Albania greatly struggled to develop during the 1960s and 70s. Okay, so before we do anything, we need to do some background on socialist Albania.

The Albanians were really unique in that during World War II, the Communist Party of Albania and its Albanian National Liberation Army liberated their country from German and Italian occupation almost entirely alone. I mean, there was a little help from the Yugoslav partisans and the broader allies, maybe. But by the time the Soviets reached the Adriatic Sea in 1945, the Albanian communists had declared a People's Socialist Republic the year before.

Their leader was a charismatic and intelligent hardline Marxist-Leninist and faithful student of Stalin, named Enver Hoxha. And after the liberation of the—uh, after liberation, the Communist Party of Albania changed its name to the Party of Labor of Albania, or Partia Punes e Shqipërisë. Help, I don't speak Albanian. Let's just call it the PPSH. Throughout this episode, you might hear me refer to the party as the PPSH, and I do that to distinguish the Party of Labor of Albania from the People's Liberation Army of China.

So, shortly after Albania and China both established socialism, the Soviet-Yugoslav split occurred, and Hoxha was not about to let Tito and his revisionist clique try to dominate Albania. Indeed, Tito had actually hoped Albania would become a Yugoslav Republic. He firmly declared his allegiance to Stalin and the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, and on November 23, 1949, Albania and the newly born People's Republic of China recognized each other.

Although it would not be until 1954 that they would exchange ambassadors. During the 1950s, much like China, Albania required a lot of help from Soviet technicians, engineers, and specialists to help get their economy off the ground. That was until the 20th Congress of the CPSU, when Khrushchev denounced Stalin and began a series of economic reforms that would put the Soviet Union back on the road to capitalism.

Enraged, Hoxha and the PPSH railed against de Stalinization and declared themselves the sworn enemies of Soviet revisionism, refusing to follow the rest of the Eastern bloc on the road of market reform. In response, in the 1960s, the Soviets yanked all economic aid and assistance from Albania, and Albania became the sole Eastern Bloc people's democracy to side with Beijing in the Sino-Soviet split.

There was indeed a major struggle against a pro-Soviet faction within the PPSH too, with many former comrades and leadership being purged or sidelined for their sympathy with Khrushchev. And, um, across the Sino-Soviet split and the Cultural Revolution, Albania and China would be the closest of comrades in their fight against both Moscow and Washington.

In May 1966, a week after the May 16 circular started the Cultural Revolution in China, the Albanians sent a party delegation to Beijing, Shijiazhuang and Dazhai, to see how their Chinese comrades were doing in the realm of agriculture. The Albanians were seemingly only slightly aware, though, of the Cultural Revolution, with no official statement by that delegation in support of the new revolutionary movement.

Albania's engagement with the Cultural Revolution really started a month later, when Premier Zhou Enlai went to the Albanian capital of Tirana for an official state visit, from June 24 to June 28, 1966.

Zhou's arrival in Albania was met with extraordinary enthusiasm, marked by mass welcome rallies attended by over 100,000 people, a testament to the warmth of the fraternal bond between the two countries. Albanian leaders consistently extended very flamboyant and grand welcomes to Chinese delegations. Indeed, you know, during his stay, Zhou engaged in very exp— not expensive— extensive discussions with top Albanian leaders, including Enver Hoxha and Premier Mehmet Shehu.

One of the key agenda items actually included Mao Zedong's Ten Theses on the Work in the Village, which was a document that underscored the ongoing and serious class struggle within China. And the Albanians, in turn, reaffirmed that Mao was a great philosopher and that it was imperative to unite against the dangers of Soviet-style revisionism.

And it's really interesting to really look at the Wilson Center archives, because if you look at all the transcripts of the meetings of, you know, in 1966 between the Albanians and the Chinese, you really see how, like, deeply into theory they are. Like, they've— you can definitely tell that this isn't just, like, realpolitik or, like, just some official window dressing.

Like, these guys take Marxist theory very seriously, and the Chinese and Albanians were in complete agreement that while Joseph Stalin had made errors, it would be strategically wrong to publicly proclaim it, and underscored their shared commitment to defending Stalin's legacy against de-Stalinization in the Soviet Union.

And after Zhou's visit, China maintained a consistent, invisible presence in Albania throughout the Cultural Revolution. Chinese economic experts, friendship tours, international exchange students, and high-level delegations continuously visited the country, reinforcing bilateral ties across the ten years of the Cultural Revolution.

And these exchanges spanned various sectors, including the party, government, youth league, journalists, trade unions, archivist delegations. And, you know, Enver Hoxha really, you know, demonstrated the importance of the Chinese delegations by personally welcoming all first, second, and third-level Chinese delegations. I mean, that probably kept him pretty busy.

And the Chinese and Albania Friendship Association began to send cultural troupes between the two nations. I've seen a really interesting video from late 1966, where an Albanian girl in traditional ethnic Albanian costume is singing a song titled "The People of the World Love Chairman Mao," in Albanian and Mandarin. I think you can see it, if I recall, it's on the website of Carma Hinton's documentary, Morning Sun: A Film About Cultural Revolution.

At morningsun.org, you can find a small clip of this performance you can dig about around for it. On September 30, 1966, Premier Mehmet Shehu returned the favor to the Chinese by heading a senior delegation from the PPSH and the Albanian government to meet with Chairman Mao and Zhou Enlai again. The discussions encompassed a wide range of critical topics, including the Cultural Revolution, the state of bilateral relations, and unmasking of traitors within both communist parties.

Shehu notably drew parallels between Chinese figures like Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping, and Albanian figures like Koçi Xoxe or Xhemere Dishnica, providing detailed accounts of Xoxe's alleged attempts to undermine the PPSH.

The next day, the Albanians enjoyed being on the Tiananmen roaster to oversee the National Day parade and the Red Guard rally that evening. Upon their return home, Albanian party cadres began to discuss Mao's new policies through the ranks of the Albanian masses.

However, it should be noted that Mao's theories were still disseminated by the Party of Labor and its mass organizations like the Democratic Front of Albania. There was no organic, spontaneous, quote-unquote, "Albanian Maoism" that would permeate Albanian society, à la Maoism among, you know, radicals in Western countries.

There would be no, you know, Gauche Proletariat, like in France, or the, you know, Revolutionary Union in the United States. That just would not happen. So, at a meeting in Shanghai in the late summer of '67, two Albanian PPSH cadres were sent by Hoxha to request an Albanian translation of The Little Red Book. Mao gave them permission, saying, "See if you find my quotations useful."

He added, "Chinese experience may serve other countries, but they must judge this for themselves." Funnily enough, Mao said, "Personally, I find the quotations book worthless," and nothing more than a collection of materials with historical insights into China. He even advised the Albanians to prioritize the publication of quotations from classical Marxist thinkers such as Marx, Engels, Lenin, and Stalin instead.

The Albanian delegates, who were reportedly utterly baffled by Mao's remarks, nevertheless reiterated the utmost political importance of Mao's quotations for their country, reflecting their strong desire to adhere to Beijing's friendship. Upon the release of The Little Red Book across Albania, The Voice of the People newspaper wrote an editorial entitled, "In Albanian: Chairman Mao's Quotations, a Great and Precious Gift from the Fraternal Chinese People."

A week later, East German diplomats in Tirana reported that a Chinese professor was already teaching Mao's quotations at Tirana University. And what's very interesting is that, well, and I really wanted—I'm really excited to talk about this—is that the Albanians did not just disseminate the works of Mao Zedong. Hoxha really took it upon himself to partially replicate the Chinese experience with his very own ideological and cultural revolution initiated in May of '66.

Although it was really in '67 that it really started, you know, really taking off. So, in February of 1967, Hoxha declared Albania to be the first atheist state in history and called for a campaign to dismantle all religious institutions in the country. He appointed his missions to be carried out by his own version of the Red Guards, dubbed the Albanian Youth. And the ideological and cultural revolution had a curious beginning.

Originally, Hoxha had declared in 1961 that internal economic and social conditions for the restoration of capitalism had now been eliminated in Albania, and that the class structure was no longer necessary within the party or society. However, upon the outbreak of the Cultural Revolution in China, Hoxha abruptly reversed this summation and seemingly changed ideological course entirely.

The Albanian Cultural Revolution started with a notable number of reforms: the abolition of ranks in the military, reintroduction of political commissars into the Albanian People's Army, sending mid to high-level officials to work in factories and fields, collectivization of the remaining remote mountain areas that still had private ownership, and a concentrated effort to stamp out foreign media.

And what's interesting is the ideological and cultural revolution was very mainly characterized by its anti-religious aspect. One study showed that within the month of May '67, 2,169 religious objects were destroyed and violated or converted into other usages. This figure includes 600 monasteries and 327 buildings of the Catholic Church.

Ironically, this is around the time the Chinese authorities actually began to discourage the Red Guards from destroying ancient temples, relics, and the other symbols of the old world. Because, remember, in May of '67, the Party Center put out the order to protect cultural relics. And that's when you really see the definitive end of the destroy the old world campaign. Hoxha, though, at that time had really begun his own campaign of wiping away the old Albania.

In his own variation of Mao's theory of the role of the superstructure in the process of a cultural revolution, the Albanian government decreed the superstructure must get rid of all retrograde things and foreign elements.

In other words, Hoxha justified it with the inappropriateness of the basis within the superstructure. And Albania became very notable because it was such a militant anti-religious campaign. They even had a museum of atheism in Tirana, where a former church was turned into a national museum devoted to ridiculing the old religious order.

Despite the inspiration of the Cultural Revolution in China, the Albanian Cultural Revolution never really reached the massive scale of the former. The Albanian Youth were only used to attack religious institutions and already toppled landlords. And there really was no mass, spontaneous workers or women's organizations that particularly aided the attack on the old society.

And unlike the People's Liberation Army in China, the Albanian People's Army was consigned mainly to the background, acting as something to be transformed rather than a tool with which to transform.

Although a $200 billion loan from the Chinese in the wake of the Soviet invasion of Czechoslovakia was a major injection of life into the Albanian People's Army, who then used the funds to update their technology and engage in massive amounts of defense research.

In the end, it was a top—the ideological and cultural revolution was very much a top-down initiative orchestrated primarily by Hoxha and the Central Committee of the PPSH and the Democratic Front of Albania.

My former professor, Isa Blumi, an Albanian-American historian of the Balkans, says that the ideological and cultural revolution was launched for more calculated and pragmatic reasons than the ideological conviction that Mao held, which caused him to launch the Chinese Cultural Revolution. But I'm sure that my Hoxhaist listeners would vehemently disagree. I don't know. I'd love to hear your thoughts.

Isa Blumi further writes in his substantial article about the ideological and cultural revolution, Hoxha's class war, that initially subtle criticism of the work of enterprise directors found its way into the public. And while this sounds like the workplace denunciation seen in the Cultural Revolution in China, the criticism in Albania were directed strictly through party-led trade unions, and the vocabulary of party line was far more prevalent than the Chinese vocabulary of mass line.

Instead of Maoist bombarding the headquarters to transform the party, Hoxha wanted to concentrate on creating a, quote-unquote, "new man" out of the Albanian working class, transforming the people themselves. The party transforming the people. The ideological and cultural revolution copied the cultural revolution's dazibao, or big character posters, by creating fletërrufe, or wall newspaper, but only used them for propaganda, sloganeering and targeting of misguided citizens.

On the 9th of April, 1968, a call for new workers' committees, à la the revolutionary committees in China, was released by the PPSH. However, by the end of 1969, the Party of Labor pulled the plug on the workers' committees because they felt that the Soviet-era managers, who Hoxha characterized as the revisionist class in Albania, had been decisively pushed from power.

This brought about a notable doctrinal difference between the Albanian Cultural Revolution and the Chinese Cultural Revolution. Compared to the Albanian view that all contradiction had ceased, the Chinese believed that capitalist roaders had to be consistently fought until communism was achieved due to old ideas having the ability to regenerate in society and in the party.

Anti-revisionism outside of the PPSH ranks, like, you know, specifically Maoist anti-revisionists, was decisively impossible. Hoxha said that even if demanded by our Chinese comrades, there was to be no independent pro-Beijing activity in Albania.

Like I said before, there really was never an organic Albanian Maoism, so to speak. Any Maoist works or propaganda material from China was to be solely distributed by Albanian authorities.

This stringent handling of ideology in broader society was seen by Hoxha as a way of making sure that Sino-Albanian anti-revisionism would stay on its intended course at all times.

Unfortunately for Hoxha, in my personal opinion as a Maoist, he made a fatal error of not waging cultural revolution primarily on his opponents in the party itself, but rather on aspects of Albanian culture that had already been stripped of their power by the foundation of the People's Socialist Republic.

At the end of the ideological and cultural revolution in November 1969, a high-level Chinese party and government delegation, led by Li Xiannian, member of the Politburo and vice premier, and he eventually became president of China under Deng Xiaoping, and Li Desheng, alternate member of the Politburo, visited Albania.

The primary purpose of this visit was to participate in the celebrations marking the 25th anniversary of Albania's liberation and the victory of its People's Revolution. The visit was highlighted by a grand military review and mass parade in Tirana, as well as one in Beijing, both of which served to publicly underscore the robust military and political alignment between the two nations.

The Chinese leaders conveyed their warmest greetings to Albania, and cultural exchanges were promoted through events such as Albanian Film Week, organized by the Sino-Albanian Friendship Association in China. And this period was characterized by propaganda really emphasizing the eternal and unbreakable friendship between the two peoples.

And, you know, speaking of the Albanian Film Festival, it really is amazing just how much cultural exchange happened between those two countries. There was a yearly Albanian art exhibition at the National Museum of China in Beijing every November. Dancing and theater troupes were frequently exchanged between the two countries.

Ping-pong tournaments were held quite often during the Cultural Revolution. When it comes to Albanian-Chinese friendship, though, the one thing I unfortunately couldn't find a lot of information about in English or even in Chinese—sorry, once again, like I said, I don't read a lick of Albanian—there was stuff about Albanian expats in China.

Maybe, maybe I can find some stuff about that before our upcoming episodes on expats, tourists, and defectors in China, which will guest star Fred Engst during the Cultural Revolution coming up in December. Anyways, back to the story.

However, unfortunately, the early 1970s marked a significant turning point in Sino-Albanian relations. As China's evolving foreign policy began to clash with Albania's rigid ideological stances, leading—it led to the emergence of definite strains.

The visit of Henry Kissinger to China in July of 1971, followed by the public visit of President Richard Nixon in '72, caused profound apprehension in Tirana.

Hoxha dispatched a harsh and rude letter on August 6, 1971, directly urging China not to proceed with Nixon's visit, clearly articulating the depth of his ideological opposition to any rapprochement with the capitalist West.

The impact in Tirana was described as having, quote-unquote, "apocalyptic dimensions," according to some bourgeois Western scholars and some cables from the U.S. State Department.

Reflecting this profound dissatisfaction, Albanian newspapers and radio stations notably did not report Nixon's visit to China in 1972.

Compounding Albanian distrust, Chinese Premier Zhou Enlai informed the Albanian ambassador in Beijing about Kissinger's secret visit, but conspicuously said no word why this had been kept secret from Albania.

Nevertheless, despite the emerging cracks between the two, Albania continued to definitely play a crucial role in China's international standing, particularly concerning its UN representation.

Even as the ideological beef began to surface, Albania maintained its unwavering diplomatic support for China on the world stage.

Albania had consistently sponsored resolutions in the United Nations General Assembly since 1963, advocating for the People's Republic of China's admission and the expulsion of the Republic of China in Taiwan.

This persistent advocacy culminated on October 25, 1971, when the UN General Assembly adopted Resolution 2758, co-sponsored by Albania and 22 other nations.

The resolution recognized the PRC as the only legitimate representative of China and mandated the expulsion of the representatives of Chiang Kai-shek. This was a monumental diplomatic victory for China, and it was really—they couldn't have done it without Albania. They really can't, couldn't. In the months leading up to the historic UN vote, Albanian Foreign Minister Nesti Nase engaged in critical coordination with Chinese officials.

On June 15, 1971, Nase informed Zhou Enlai about the specific diplomatic steps Albania intended to undertake to facilitate China's recognition in the UN. Subsequently, Albanian diplomat Sokrat Plaka traveled to Tirana to coordinate the strategy Albania would employ at the General Assembly, informing the Chinese counselor in Tirana about the preparatory work for the resolution.

It was tireless work behind the scenes, and we really, like I said, we really got to give it to Albania, the props for all that they did for China at the time. So, you know, right on Nesti and Sokrat, that was a Brosef move.

In November of 1972, a high-level Albanian military delegation, led by Minister of National Defense Beqir Balluku, visited China. The delegation included key military officials responsible for various weapon types within the Albanian People's Army.

The primary objective of this visit was to request substantial military assistance from the Chinese government, as the Albanian People's Army was kind of in a rough place. It was still relying on a lot of outdated World War II Soviet armaments, despite recent advances in technology, you know, during—thanks to the 1968 and 1969 Chinese loans.

Balluku presented a detailed request for modern infantry weapons, various types of artillery, including long-range and self-propelled systems, reactive artillery, anti-tank missiles, coastal artillery modernization, including radio locators and surface-to-surface missiles for the, you know, this was all going to be used in the famous bunkers that lined the coast of Albania, and of course, significant quantities of ammunition.

Albania's defense was particularly vulnerable in terms of air defense, and it really faced complete air supremacy from surrounding powers. So they really needed anti-aircraft artillery and missile systems on their coastline and in the highlands, hence more guns for the bunkers.

While the immediate outcomes of these specific military requests were not explicitly detailed in the documents I read so far, it seems China's economic aid to Albania was granted then, but seriously declined after 1973. This time also witnessed the widening of ideological rifts and the emergence of significant policy differences between Beijing and Tirana.

Beyond the Nixon visit, Albania also expressed strong disapproval of the emerging Three Worlds theory, viewing it as another significant deviation from orthodox Marxist-Leninist principles. From Tirana's perspective, this theory signaled a further move by China towards aligning with American imperialism.

The shift in Chinese foreign policy contributed to growing friction within the alliance. And I do want to say we will be talking a lot about the nuances of Chinese foreign policy in the early '70s, both the good things and the bad things about it, in upcoming episodes.

China began to renew diplomatic relations with Titoite Yugoslavia, and while still continuing to denounce Yugoslavia as state capitalist and the League of Communists of Yugoslavia as a revisionist party, they began to, quote-unquote, "voice Yugoslavs' concerns regarding internal Albanian politics" and exerted pressure on Albania to tone down the aggressive anti-Yugoslav narrative. This was completely unacceptable for Enver, who in response intensified his anti-Tito rhetoric.

This perceived Chinese meddling in Albania's internal affairs caused a great deal of tension and also included some purges within the PPSH apparatus and the Albanian People's Army. Indeed, you see a lot of purges within the Albanian cultural, military, and economic establishments between '73 and '76.

In October of 1974, Albania had already made a substantial request for financial assistance from China, seeking 5 billion yuan in loans, a postponement of loan repayments from 1976 to 1980, and direct grain and oil assistance.

However, the period from 1975 until Mao's death witnessed a significant deterioration in Sino-Albanian relations. And it's really shocking to me because, from what I read, it really marked a pronounced decrease in high-level exchanges and state visits, and a lot of decreased amount of friendship, activism, and work, and escalation of public disputes.

By mid-'76, Sino-Albanian relations had, according to the U.S. State Department and CIA spy reports, plummeted to an unprecedented low. Zhou Enlai was dead and Mao was failing in health, and the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs was now firmly controlled by revisionists and rightists within the Communist Party of China.

State visits were almost now entirely nonexistent, reflecting a growing estrangement between the two former allies. Public expressions of solidarity, once a hallmark of the alliance, waned considerably.

When Chairman Mao died on September 9, 1976, the Albanian government sent a statement to their Chinese comrades eulogizing him as "a great revolutionary" and ordered three days of official mourning in the country. However, Tirana pointedly neglected to endorse Huo Guofeng and his anti-Gang of Four campaigns, and publicly denounced Deng Xiaoping.

In a telling sign of cooling relations, Albanian leaders' speeches at the National Assembly in December 1976 conspicuously omitted any attention or mention of China or its new leadership. Furthermore, Albanian mass media refrained from giving information about the latest events in China.

This demonstrated a clear ideological break with China's post-Mao leadership, which was perceived as deviating from true Marxist-Leninist principles. The deepening friction was also evident in practical terms. By the end of December 1976, the two sides were unable to sign a protocol relating to the next exchange of goods for 1977, and a complete and open breakdown in economic cooperation occurred.

Rumors also began to circulate that Albania had requested the withdrawal of Chinese technical experts from the country—with evidence suggesting these technicians were indeed returning home, albeit allegedly for vacation. By the summer of 1977, Tirana newspapers had escalated their public criticism, openly accusing China of opportunism and flagrant departures from the teachings of Marxism-Leninism. And a flurry of polemics occurred.

The Sino-Albanian split, which was formally declared in 1978 with the termination of Chinese assistance, was a grave cataclysm situation for the PPSH leadership and Albanian socialism. Mao's death removed Albania's main benefactor, and the ascendancy of Huo Guofeng, a rightist in the party who had ended the cultural revolution and was keen on instituting market reforms, coupled with the purge of the Gang of Four, further alienated the Albanians.

The Sino-Albanian split, however, was marked by a very dramatic retconning, retroactive continuity of sorts.

Unlike the Soviet-Albanian split of 1956, where Hoxha declared that Stalin was a great revolutionary, who had been posthumously usurped by Khrushchev, and unlike many Maoist parties, for example, the Communist Party of Peru, Communist Party of the Philippines, Revolutionary Communist Party USA, who maintained loyalty to Mao and the Gang Of Four, but denounced the Hua and Deng administrations as having restored capitalism, or some of the very few pro-Beijing parties that stayed loyal to Hua and Deng, like the Communist Party Marxist-Leninist USA and the Communist Party of Australia Marxist-Leninist,

Hoxha and the Albanians, as well as many anti-revisionist Marxist-Leninist parties who sided with the Albanians in the split, made a very dramatic announcement.

They declared that, in fact, Mao had been a revisionist all along, and that, in fact, China had never been socialist. In 1978, Hoxha published "Imperialism and the Revolution," which was mostly an analysis of imperialism after the death of Lenin, but the second half of the book was a stormy polemic against Mao Zedong Thought as an anti-Marxist theory and claimed that China had always been a chauvinistic power within the socialist bloc, and that Mao had plotted to transform China into a new social imperial superpower like the Soviet Union.

In 1979, Hoxha published his "Reflections on China," a two-volume series of supposed diaries that he kept chronicling his secret opposition to and struggle against Mao across the 1960s and '70s. Although many historians believe that there is no evidence that these diaries actually existed prior to 1979, and Issa Blumi once outright told me in a class I had with him that he considers them a post-Mao fabrication.

But who knows? What do you guys think? Was Hoxha a steadfast opponent of Mao all along, or did he need to justify his gear shift in an opportunist way? Let me know in the comments or on Twitter or on our podcast Discord chat. Read what Hoxha said and get back to me on it. I want to hear you decide for yourselves. So while the pro-Deng camp within the pro-China parties and movements seem very quiet in their response to Enver Hoxha, Peking Review doesn't seem to really have much to say about Hoxha's late '70s theoretical works and his actions in the 1980s. I know that the orthodox Maoists hit back at Hoxha pretty hard with a flurry of more polemics.

The RCP USA published in its theoretical journal, "Beat Back: The Dogmatic Revisionist Attack on Mao Zedong Thought," comments on Enver Hoxha's imperialism and the revolution. The Communist Workers' League of Germany posted, "Hoxha vs. Mao Zedong: Defend Marxism-Leninism and Mao Zedong Thought," and the Ceylon Communist Party released "Enver Hoxha Refuted."

Enver Hoxha died on April 11, 1984, but by that time, the three-way split between the Hoxhaists, the Maoists, and the Dengists was irreparable, and Albania stayed hostile to both the People's Republic of China and the Marxist-Leninist forces around groups like the Revolutionary Internationalist Movement until the collapse of socialist Albania in 1991.

And the rest, they say, is history. All right, y'all, and with that, how about we put a bookmark in the story and we will continue onward this October with our next chronological episode in which we will explore the year 1970, during which Mao and Lin Biao clash at the Lushan Conference, and the contradictions between the two come to the surface in a way that will eventually lead to the dramatic Lin Biao incident. You don't want to miss the next one, y'all. So until next time, from the ancient city of Xi'an, formerly the Han and Tang capital of Chang'an, zàjiàn!

My students did really well, I'd say. They're very smart young comrades and all that, but I could definitely tell they were all ready for this semester to be over. Definitely. And the seniors all had severe senioritis, because it's spring semester, so they were all getting ready to graduate. But I'm so proud of them, man. They're cool cats. They're cool cats.

I'm going to Beijing through the 18th through the 23rd of this month to attend to some personal business, as well as blow off some steam. I'm going to go see some homies. We're going to go see the wifey's family, and it's going to be good. It's going to be good. I love Beijing. It's my favorite city in all of China. It's my favorite city in the world. Beijing, Moscow, Istanbul, Xi'an, and NYC, those are my favorite cities. No, no, no, not NYC. Copenhagen. Yeah, those are my top five favorite cities. Honorable mention to NYC, though.

The only thing is, is that, let me tell you, Beijing is so hot in July, and it's humid. I dream of the day where I can someday go to Beijing when it's not summer. But, you know, it's going to be my sixth time going to Beijing, so that'll be cool. Um, excuse me, I've been—I was working out real hard at the gym today. It's been, uh, I was working my back and my biceps and triceps, and I've really started to kind of lock into my weight loss and bodybuilding.

I kind of let myself go this semester, because I got so locked into some projects, like a grant. There was this big grant application we were trying to push through, and I wrote not one, but two journal articles this semester, and I got them accepted and got them published in the US-China review, and that's great and all, but I definitely let myself go. Don't let yourselves go, guys. Always take care of your health, especially if you're getting up there in years like me. All right, guys, well, enough of the personal updates.

Let's go on ahead and get into it. So, in episode—in our last episode, episode 28, we left off with the ending of the Ninth Congress of the Communist Party of China, and it was a—we'll say it was a partial victory for Chairman Mao and the left. If I want to recap, the PLA became inordinately powerful within the party, and, yeah, there was still a lot of unresolved contradictions boiling under the surface.

Even though it seemed like a very happy family reunion, it very much was not. But I would highly recommend, if you haven't, stop this episode right now and go listen to episode 28. Otherwise, a lot of this episode will not make sense. Well, once the Congress was over, because it ended on April 30th, and then, of course, Mao decided to have a nice big old May Day celebration.

Got to love International Workers' Day, and he really wanted to use May Day for diplomatic measures. So on May Day, he invited dozens of ambassadors from friendly or neutral countries to attend the International Workers' Day festivities in Tiananmen Square, where he announced that he was going to be resending a lot of Chinese ambassadors abroad, and he apologized for a lot of the cultural revolution violence against foreign embassies.

And he declared that from May 15th to 17th of August, the People's Republic of China would begin stationing more and more new ambassadors across 20 countries across the globe, except the Eastern Bloc countries. They would not be getting any new ambassadors. Only Vietnam got a new ambassador.

But the Soviets, East Germans, North Koreans, yeah, there was still absolutely no love. And let me tell you, the Sino-Soviet border conflict was still in full swing, with lots of minor gunfire exchanges being shot, you know, around Zhenbao Island in the month of May. There was still a lot of gunfire between both sides, although no casualties yet. Beijing did also make no overtures to the United States. Zhou Enlai instructed Lei Yang and other diplomats who were leaving for Warsaw.

Lei Yang was going to become the Charge d’Affaires for Warsaw, for the embassy in Poland. And he said, though, quote, "Pay close attention to developments in US policy." After this meeting, Mao, Lin Biao, and all the ambassadors watched the May Day fireworks, and there were drums, gongs, and flag waving, accompanying, singing, and sloganeering, and it was just a good old-fashioned, nice, and big May Day celebration that you would expect from the cultural revolution era.

In fact, if you guys want to watch the festivities, there is a YouTube channel. Unfortunately, it's no longer updated, but they keep all their videos up. It's called Revolutionary Force, and they have lots of old videos from the cultural revolution, and they have footage of the 1969 May Day parade. If you want to check out it, it's really cool.

I would highly recommend watching it, just to get a taste of what May Day was like in 1969 in China. Then on May 4th, they celebrated the May 4th movement, and People's Daily and Red Flag marked the 50th anniversary of it and said it shattered the 2000-year-old fetish of Confucianism.

But underneath it, a report of problems in propaganda work was criticizing how the Mao cult they felt had gone too far, with all the loyalty dances and people, like, in the morning, bowing before pictures of chairmen, before the working hours. You know, quotation, what did I say? Quotation competitions where people would just memorize and recite Chairman Mao's quotations, but without really deeply understanding them.

The report also lists wasteful and political empty practices, like printing Mao quotes on pillows or wine bottles, or how a lot of places - they would just have these big megaphones in village squares that would just play recitations of Mao quotes, like, all hours in the day and night. And they said that was pointless. And also, there was, yet again, more talk of wrapping up the Mao badge industry.

Like I said, last episode, Zhou and Mao said, "Give us back our airplanes. You're using too much aluminum that could be used for the Sino-Soviet conflict and preparing for possible nuclear war with the Soviet Union and the United States." So, yeah, this, unfortunately, it, yeah, the Mao badge thing needed to die down.

As much as I love collecting Mao badges. Also, in mid-May, Zhou Enlai summoned leaders from Inner Mongolia to talk about how the hunt for secret Inner Mongolian People's Party members and the broader cleansing of the class ranks campaign had gone way too far.

Way too far. And that it was time to stop the needless arrests, imprisonments, and executions. And he decided that he wanted to, he—Zhou called for stabilizing the region and to try to put a stop on the campaign, and basically said that, well, okay, guys, look, there may have been an Inner Mongolian People's Party that was around, but you guys have probably gotten rid of them. Anything further is just going to be a needless witch hunt full of bloodshed. If you guys want, I would highly recommend going back to episode 21.

I have an entire episode dedicated to Inner Mongolia and what all happened there. It was rough. You know, I always like to say, I always like to say that Tibet and Xinjiang are an example of how to properly handle the national question under socialism, and Inner Mongolia is how not to handle the national question under socialism. It's—things got pretty bad there. Like, definitely, that was messed up.

Meanwhile, Mao was attending a Politburo meeting on defense. He decided that it was time to freeze recruitment and conscription in the PLA ground forces and extend the Navy, Air, and Rocket Forces. He also called for the Politburo to reestablish the Central Military Committee's General Office and a much more slimmed-down PLA General Political Department.

Then, on May 29th, 1969, after Mao and Zhou had had their respective meetings about Inner Mongolia and then the army, they convened a meeting with representatives from various departments of the party to trim down inner party bureaucracy.

But the question remained after the Ninth Congress: what to do with the Central Cultural Revolution Group? Was it still necessary now that the mass movements were over?

And while the CCRG was not outrightly named in the meeting documents, it was certainly on the chopping block in one way or another. And you notice, after May of '69, really after the Ninth Congress, the CCRG begins to slowly slow down its operations, convening gradually less and less and issuing less and less statements across the summer and early fall of '69. But we will get to the end of the CCRG in a little bit.

Some central government ministries and commissions were put almost entirely under military control due to this, including the Railways Ministry, Communications Ministry, Ministry of Post and Telecommunications, the Xinhua News Agency, Central People's Broadcasting, and various defense industry organs. And it's kind of interesting, because they justified it in a weird way.

The three supports and two militaries operation, which you guys might remember being implemented in March of 1967, when Mao called for the PLA to support the left and the power seizures and to help, like, stabilize things after the January storm, it was re-invoked as justification across summer and autumn of '69, as a pretense to solidify army control across much of the government after the Ninth Congress.

And they basically said, oh, you know, yeah, it seems like the army is taking control of all these ministries, but don't worry, it's because we're supporting the left. Well, you guys be the judge of that. You guys be the judge of that.

This continued until, honestly, this kind of military rule continued on until August of '72, when the Central Committee and Central Military Commission jointly issued a document to end the campaign, as well as denounce Lin Biao's machinations in making this happen. Although, I have to say, Mao and Zhou also, I think, share some of the blame, particularly with the May of 1969 meeting. After that, later that night, on May 29th, after that meeting finished up, Mao left Beijing for Wuhan, and he wanted to take a little vacation. And he gets to Wuhan, and something funny happens. He went to his guest house, and he found that it was completely decorated with quotations and portraits, and there was, like, a set of Mao badges for him. He was so annoyed by this. He instructed the attendants to take it all down and to, you know, all the presents needed to go. He just - he thought it was weird. You know, Mao, he was kind of okay with the cult of personality for a good while, because he thought, hey, you know, it's a chance for my political line to be popularized among the people. But definitely, at least after April of '69, he got really annoyed with it. Meanwhile, on the other side of the world, on June 5th, 1969, an international meeting of Communist and Workers' Parties, which you guys, some of my Communist listeners might remember what they have heard of, and it's still going on today, the IMCWP, which is like the yearly meeting of the old pro-Soviet, the official Communist Parties of the world and Workers' Parties. Some social democratic parties take part in it. You guys, if you've heard of the IMCWP, you know what I'm talking about. Well, this was the 1969 IMCWP Congress, and it was held in Moscow, but no delegates from China, Albania, North Vietnam, or Korea were present. Brezhnev addressed the meeting, and he immediately launched into an attack on Mao and advocated a "System of Collective Security in Asia." You guys can gather what that meant. And it lasted until the 17th, when the CPSU, Communist Party of the Soviet Union, asked to put forward a resolution to vote to officially expel the Communist Party of China from the international communist movement. But surprisingly, the motion, you know, failed.

Actually, even some of the Warsaw Pact parties voted against it, feeling that, you know, hey, I think you were, they thought the Soviets were being a little too harsh. So that was interesting. While this was happening, the PRC Central Government State Council agreed to negotiate with the Soviet Union over Zhenbao Island, and they suggested resuming talks on June 18th. Chen Yi's writing group of marshals began another course of study on international affairs, and they decided that, according to their [probability] conclusions, that actually nuclear war with the Soviet Union was still relatively low, and that negotiations would still be a good idea. They also felt that it was time to maybe talk to the Americans. After that, things got a little ugly on June 10th. At dusk, Soviet and PRC troops clashed in the mountains dividing Kazakhstan from Xinjiang, and a herdswoman named Sun Longzhen was killed in the shooting.

The next day, China issued a formal protest at the Soviet invasion of Xinjiang, but the USSR claimed that the Chinese herdsmen had crossed over into Kazakhstan and had fired on their soldiers. The next day, at a rally in Urumqi, shepherds involved in the clash denounced Soviet hyenas for laying claim to their traditional grazing grounds. So, yes, things, trust me, the Sino-Soviet border split was far from over.

But something interesting happened on June 17th. Back in Washington, American Democratic Senator Mike Mansfield sent a letter to Zhou Enlai, care of Cambodian Prince Sihanouk, sorry for mispronouncing, requesting a personal meeting to break the ice between Beijing and Washington. Zhou declined, citing America's continuing presence on the island of Taiwan, but agreed with Mao that future talks with the Americans shouldn't be out of the question, if only because it could put extra pressure on the Soviet revisionists. On June 18th, Soviet and Chinese diplomats met at Khabarovsk to begin negotiations over the Ussuri border river and particularly navigation rights, but again, it ended in a deadlock. Then, on July 20th, several hundred PLA troops seized the disputed Qiliqin Island Island on the Ussuri river, but Soviet forces opened fire and forced their retreat with no casualties. Then, in August, Nixon flew to Bucharest, Romania, to meet with Romanian leader Nicolae Ceaușescu, with whom he ended up discussing China, and he asked Ceaușescu to forward a note of goodwill to Chairman Mao. Ceaușescu was kind of vague in his reply, just saying, "I will tell your opinion to the Chinese." And it kind of left it at that. But it's very interesting, because now Nixon is very, very serious about talking with the Chinese. On August 13th, a Soviet patrol approached PLA border troops and dug in near Tielieketi in Xinjiang. Each side accused the other of violating the border, and they opened fire. Two Soviet BTR-60 troop carriers outflanked the PLA position, and at 9 a.m., an intense firefight broke out, with both sides calling up reinforcements. After an hour of fighting, the PLA forces, mauled by two Soviet helicopters, collapsed, and around 30 Chinese troops and two Russians lay dead. Of course, naturally, there was a huge outrage. The next day, the People's Daily claimed that in an ugly performance of self-exposure (projection), the USSR had admitted to colluding with US imperialism against China. Urumqi's top officials told a rally that the Soviets coerced 60,000 people to flee to Xinjiang in 1962 and refused to send them back. Then, the next day, a second day of anti-Soviet protests again. Marchers swore to defend the sacred territory of the Chinese motherland to the last. Flipping back to Washington, on August 14th, Richard Nixon asserted that the US did not intend to join the Soviets against China during a national security meeting, but said that he would monitor the situation closely. Then, on September 9th, Mao, Lin Biao, and Zhou Enlai sent congratulations to Ho Chi Minh on the 24th anniversary of the founding of the Democratic Republic of Vietnam.

Unfortunately, the next day, Ho Chi Minh, who had been in ill health for some time, died of a heart attack. And this was big because it threw both the Soviets and the Chinese in disarray. They were both, you know, preparing for a potential attack against one or the other, but they had to stop, because they, of course, had to go to the funeral.

So, on September 4th, Zhou Enlai arrived in Hanoi with a delegation to pay respects to Ho Chi Minh and laid a wreath on his coffin. But Zhou returned from Hanoi to Beijing before Ho's funeral on the 6th, deliberately avoiding Soviet Premier Kosygin and the Soviet delegation. And during the funeral, it's kind of funny, there were some Chinese delegates there, but they all sat firmly way on the other side of the Soviets. Like, they were giving them the cold shoulder.

But Alexei Kosygin asked his hosts, the Vietnamese, to relay a request to the Chinese for a meeting with their senior leaders. And despite his fears that the Soviets could use the opportunity to launch a nuclear attack, Mao agreed. Zhou Enlai should meet with Alexei Klysygin in Beijing. So, on September 11th, Premier Kosygin flew from Hanoi to Beijing. PLA units surrounded the airport and prepared for an inevitable attack by Soviet special forces.

But everything was calm, and inside Beijing Airport, Zhou Enlai and Kosygin came face to face and discussed the Sino-Soviet border conflict and the wider ideological conflict within the international communist movement. Zhou told Kosygin that China had no desire for war, but if the Soviets struck their nuclear bases, China would fight them to the end. And with that, the meeting ended very tersely.

The next day, the Central Cultural Revolution Group, after being China's most powerful body since May of 1966 until the 9th Congress, finally shuttered down and declared its dissolution. Then, on the 13th, Zhou reported to Mao in Hangzhou about his meeting with Alexei Kosygin, and Mao simply approved with a simple agreed.

Then, on September 17th, a panel of four marshals of the PLA submitted a report advocating for a strategic approach to Sino-American-Soviet relations, suggesting that China could benefit from playing the American card. Then, on October 1st, National Day, of course, you know, they had to have a big old parade, but this was a very different one.

Yes, it was the 20th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic of China, but from the Tiananmen rostrum, as Beijing Revolutionary Committee Head Xie Fuzhi opened the National Day celebrations in front of a rally of 100,000 people, helicopters were idling around the Tiananmen Gate in case the leadership needed to evacuate, and a PLA special forces cell was stationed on the rostrum, because they thought that maybe the Soviets would nuke the, they would nuke the parade.

After the 21-gun salute and the national anthem, Lin Biao made a speech saluting the revolutionary proletariat and praising Mao's genius leadership, of course. A huge parade with floats, including a ship on a sea of ribbons and a giant statue of Mao, pulsing with yellow sunbursts, marched through Tiananmen Square. Also, that day was interesting because the first line of the Beijing subway, which connected a suburban barracks to the central Beijing train station, opened to mark National Day. So, you know, Red Line 1 was open on that day.

And I like, personally, I love the Beijing subway. It's so nice. It gets you everywhere in the goddamn city. It's fast, it's always on time, it's clean. I love the Beijing subway.

Then, in the evening, Mao watched fireworks from the Tiananmen Rose Drum alongside Lin Biao, and then he met with an Algerian government delegation. And Mao and Zhou said something interesting.

The Algerian government asked Mao and Zhou if the Cultural Revolution was finished because of the 9th Congress, and they said it's winding down but has not completely finished. But, you know, as you can see, things are far from over.

On October 11th, Wu Han, if you guys remember, way back in episode one, the ex-Beijing Vice Mayor whose historical play ‘Hai Rui dismissed from office’, which, you know, was one of the opening shots in the Cultural Revolution, finally died in prison.

On the 13th, Mao, Lin Biao, and Zhou Enlai and others agreed that the party leadership should vacate Beijing before Soviet diplomats arrived on October 19th to finalize a ceasefire. The next day, Mao and Lin Biao appeared at the Great Hall of the People to a PLA audience who chanted, "Long live Chairman Mao," and waved the little red book. But Mao and Lin Biao made it clear to still be prepared for war.

Then after the meeting, almost all top leaders were told to leave Beijing for destinations individually chosen by Mao, anticipating a Soviet strike on Beijing. Mao left for Beijing for Wuhan by train. Various other leaders started dispersing across China, but Zhou Enlai and Huang Yongsheng stayed in Beijing to hold down the fort, so to speak.

On the 15th, the Politburo briefly met with Zhou Enlai, and Zhou Enlai conveyed Mao's view that having the leadership concentrated makes them vulnerable to an atom bomb. Lin Biao and his wife Ye Qun flew to Suzhou on Mao's orders, but Zhou was the one in charge of the leadership evacuation plan. On the 16th, Chief of Staff Huang Yongsheng set up a command center and readied several PLA corps to defend any anticipated Soviet invasion routes.

The State Council and the CPC General Office secretly moved their staff out of Beijing into 100 underground silos in Beijing's Western Hill. Zhou Enlai's military affairs small group and the Central Military Commission relocated to an old Civil War headquarters complex in the Western Hills.

And then the Ministry of Public Security moved prisoners out of potential targets in Beijing's smaller county jails, and some had their executions expedited.

One of these prisoners that was evacuated from the Central Beijing prison was none other than Liu Shaoqi. He had to be moved from his prison hospital. He was basically paralyzed, unable to speak, but he was stretchered onto a plane, escorted by Central Case Examination Group men, and they sent him to the prison hospital in Kaifeng, which is in Henan Province. I've been to Kaifeng. It's a beautiful city.

Then, on October 18th, Lin Biao called something called his first verbal order, and that basically was a directive that scattered all of the main PLA officer corps across China.

And you think, okay, that's exactly what they were doing, right? Well, what is interesting is that Lin was basically moving his personal enemies, including a lot of the left wing of the PLA, to other parts of the country, and he wanted to have them stay there permanently so that they would be out of the way. And a lot of people, and this actually comes back to bite Lin in the ass when he, you know, when he has his fall from grace.

When in Wuhan, Wang Dongxing showed Mao, Lin Biao's first verbal order, and Mao actually became very angry. He threw it into a trash bin and said, "Burn it," and he lit it with a lighter, and it was just, yeah, he was actually pretty mad. He knew what was going on.

Lin, the next day, learned of Mao's displeasure with his first order, and he rushed to have it rescinded, but it was too late. They had already mobilized 940,000 troops to do this whole thing. And it's interesting, while not all PLA officers were treated badly when they were moved from the capital, this is what Frederick Hughes says in his work on Lin Biao.

They were under certain restraints, and some suffered from inadequate medical treatment. The possibility that Lin Biao was to some degree responsible for the harsher aspects of their situation cannot be ruled out. Yet there is an obvious wish on the part here of the marshals, not only to glorify Zhou Enlai, who played a key role in securing the return of some of them to Beijing for medical treatment, but also to resolve Mao of any responsibility.

But whatever the actual responsibility for any hardship suffered, order number one itself is best understood as a response to the Mao-driven Politburo interpretation of the international situation. End quote. So, yeah. And the thing is, is this, you know, this is really where things start to go wrong between Mao and Lin.

On the 19th, Soviet diplomats landed uneventfully in Beijing, and Lin Biao, having followed their progress from takeoff, fearing that it was actually a trick and they were going to nuke Beijing, finally rested.

But while Lin seemed to have averted political disaster, he had really pissed Mao off, and in less than a year's time, the fracture between Mao and Lin would become even bigger and completely irreparable at the Lushan Conference in September of 1970. And Lin would begin to be gradually exposed for the sycophant and secret capitalist roader that he was.

But we'll get to that in our next two chronological episodes. So, on October 20th, the Soviet negotiator sat down with the Chinese team led by Qiao Guanhua to discuss the border. And, well, after a day-long meeting, they came to a resolution. They didn't really resolve the border dispute, but they decided that it really wasn't worth starting World War III over this. So, they thankfully just called it quits and pulled back their forces from the Ussuri River.

Although, I should make it very clear, I should make it very clear that the threat of war between the Soviets and the Chinese - it was always kind of looming there. It always was looming, and you will still see a lot of saber rattling between the two sides across 1970 through 1976. And even during the early reform and opening up period, there's some tense situations. But, like I said, we will get into that later.

Okay. So, after the Sino-Soviet border conflict was thankfully diffused before it got really bad, on November 12th, 1969, in a prison hospital in Kaifeng, Liu Shaoqi's eyes became unresponsive and his lips blue.

And with that, early the next morning, the man who was once meant to succeed Mao, but who had become China's number one capitalist roader, finally died. The next day, Liu Shaoqi's bodyguards located Liu's body that had been dumped into a basement corridor.

They put some clothes on him and cleaned the blood off of his face, because it seems, what I've heard is that the nurses and doctors kicked his body around after he had died.

But I don't know. I don't know if that's true or not. I've only heard that from one source. Then, on November 14th, before dawn, Liu Shaoqi's body was taken away in an army jeep with his feet sticking out, and he was secretly cremated under a false name. And his ashes were dumped into a river. So, with that, Liu Shaoqi went into history, for better or for worse.

Honestly, if you're going to ask me, I'm going to say, for worse. And I'm glad that he did not end up succeeding Mao. But, unfortunately, the fight against the capitalist roaders in the party has just begun. On December 1st, 1969, the Chartered Affairs of the PRC Embassy in Poland invited the US Ambassador Talks back to talking, back to the negotiation table, I should say, which marked a significant step towards improved relations. And with that, it seems that 1969 ended on a peaceful but tense note.

But, my friends, I should say, while it seems that the revolutionary aspect of the Cultural Revolution was done, I would beg to differ. This does not mean there was no more further social and economic transformation at the grassroots or developments in Marxist theory, or that there were absolutely no mass democratic practices on the local level.

You know, it was a slower and steady level, but the Cultural Revolution was still ongoing. One thing I noticed is that I've been reading a lot of Old People's Daily back issues. And, for example, in one PLA propaganda team at the Institute of Atmospheric Physics of the Chinese Academy of Science, the cadres were going through a whole campaign to struggle, criticize, and reform their thinking.

And there was a lot of debate and wrangling around the meaning of Chairman Mao's theories and how to come to a higher understanding of Marxism to transform the sciences in China. And, yeah, it's a really interesting thing. It was also a time where you see across the latter half of 1969 was a large-scale debate on how to repudiate the theory of productive forces that continued to spring up within the factories and collective farms.

And the party center greatly approved of this. Communist workers and peasants fought to grasp the essence and forms of revisionism so as to identify it with their own workplaces and within themselves so as to continue the struggle against the regeneration of the bourgeoisie within their ranks, showing that the revolution within the revolution was still continuing in earnest.

Another big thing that came across the latter half of 1969 was the workers' universities in the factories. Now, the workers' universities movement started in early autumn of '68 after the Red Garden movement had been disbanded. And the first one was founded in September of '69 in the Shanghai Machine Tools Factory. But it really didn't start taking off as a nationwide phenomenon until they got the blessing of the party press in July of '69.

After that, hundreds of workers' universities were set up to be affiliated with state-owned enterprises where employees of these enterprises could learn new technical skills, study Marxist philosophy and revolutionary history, and debate how to run the factory better.

These new kinds of workers' universities would come to be a major point of revolutionary development and mass struggle and mass criticism across the latter half of the Cultural Revolution. And I'm going to try to maybe dig deeper into them in some of our episodes about the early 1970s.

During the fall and winter of 1969, the People's Militia began to be reconstituted once again and put more directly under the command of the People's Liberation Army, with the exception of one place, and this was a very crucial exception, Shanghai.

There, the workers' general headquarters, which was one of the few rebel groups that was allowed to stay active after August of '68, continued to hold de facto power over the People's Militia, something that would cause the militia there to have a very different, far more radical leftist line. And this would eventually come to clash, literally, with the party apparatus after Mao's death.

One thing that I wanted to mention, and this is very interesting, is I was looking through some stuff about Sichuan from some Chinese sources.

And it seems that, according to some press clippings that I found from Chinese University of Hong Kong's Cultural Revolution database, some battles, some low-level fighting between former rebel groups lasted in rural Sichuan until August of 1969. I thought that was really interesting.

But, you know, there was still a lot of good stuff going on. You know, like I said, there was the workers' universities, there was that fight against the theory of, that mass campaign against the theory of reproductive forces.

There was a lot of improvements in the economy because now that there was no more disruption by mass rebellions within the workforce, you know, the economy stabilized and got better. Wages went up, supply chains once again were reestablished, and everything kind of just began to stabilize. Shortages lessened and rationing measures were lifted.

There was a lot of advances in the production of medicines such as insulin. There were new advances in fertilizer and agricultural machinery. And just, yeah, the economy in the latter half of 1969 was really good. There was also a lot of expansion of the Barefoot Doctors program. And you see a lot of former Red Guards and former rebel hospital workers that had been demobilized the year before, remobilized to become Barefoot Doctors in the countryside.

And it really revitalized the healthcare system in the Chinese countryside and kind of set the basis for a lot of new hospitals and doctor's offices and clinics that are still around today. So how about that? How about that? All right, my friends. Well, that is 1969, in the summer of '69. Yes, 1969 is brought to a close.

Next month, we're going to be doing a really fun thematic episode. We're going to be doing China and Albania. Yes, by popular demand, I was going to do this last year, but things came up and I kind of had to get busy with other topics and projects at work. But yes, we are going to finally talk about Sino-Albanian relations during the Cultural Revolution. We're going to have a really great time with that.

I'm really excited. We're going to have a lot of fun. And then, of course, in September, we will be switching to our chronological episodes will become annual. By that, I mean that we'll be going year by year. And I mean, I know this sounds like a shock because

I've been doing like the every two months or every four to six months.

But honestly, you know, a lot, like not as much happens on a monthly basis across 1970 through 1976. Maybe we'll split up 1976 a little. We might make that into a two-parter because that gets pretty wild and crazy, the end of the Cultural Revolution.

But 1970, we are going to make January through December of 1970 an entire single episode. But that's still going to be cool because we're going to be talking about what the interregnum of sorts of the Cultural Revolution was like and the Lushan Conference of September of 1970, where Mao and Lin have a serious falling out.

All right, my friends. Well, it is now 7:30 and it's a good time to kick back with a movie and a little snack and cuddle with the cats. And yeah, so I will talk to you guys later.

And let me just say, once again, from the ancient city of Xi'an, I say, zaijián! Today's episode's sources were

Mao's Last Revolution by Roderick MacFarquhar and Michael Schoenhals

Turbulent Decade: A History of the Cultural Revolution by Yang Jiaqi and Gao Gao.

The World Turned Upside Down: A History of the Cultural Revolution by Yang Jisheng.

The Tragedy of Lin Biao: Riding the Tiger during the Cultural Revolution by Frederick Hughes.

Proletarian Power Shanghai During the Cultural Revolution by Elizabeth J. Perry and Li Xun.

The Battle for China's Past: Mao and the Cultural Revolution by Gao Mobo.

The Unknown Cultural Revolution by Han Dongping.

The Sino-Soviet Border War of 1969, Volume 2, by Dmitry S. Rabushkin.

The Marxist Internet Archives Peking Review Archives, the People's Daily Archives, Shaanxi Provincial Archives, the Chinese University of Hong Kong Cultural Revolution Database, and

Restoring Chaos to History: Sino-American Relations in 1969 by Lorenz M. Lüthi in the China Quarterly. All right, guys, have a great day.

Da jia hao tongzhimen, and welcome back once again to the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution podcast, with your host Drew Smith, broadcasting once again from the beautiful and ancient city of Xi'an, once the ancient capital of Chang'an. Hope you guys are doing well. Um, I've settled in back just fine after my trip back to the States. Classes are going well, life is going well. Spring has sprung here in Xi'an.

It's still— it's still actually quite cold, but the flowers and the trees are just beautiful this year. The cherry blossoms and the plum blossoms. Other kinds of trees are just absolutely wonderful. I'm going to be going hiking with my trade union branch as a solidarity building exercise here in a few days, and it's going to be fun. It's going to be fun.

Mrs. and I are doing well. We didn't really do much for International Working Women's Day. These days, Women's Day in China is very divorced from the politics. The communist, you know, politics of International Working Women's Day. It's not so much a thing anymore, unfortunately. It's now kind of become this defanged holiday that's a mix of Valentine's Day, Mother's Day, and Secretary's Day.

So, for better or for worse, you know, it's one of those things where we just— we went out to eat, and I got her a bracelet, I got her some cosmetics, and that was— that was about it. You know, I got her a couple of flowers, and that was it. But today we're going to be doing an episode that's kind of, well, at the risk of making it seem narcissistic and unwarranted in self-importance, we're going to be doing an about-the-author mailbag ask-me-anything.

A lot of people have wanted to hear my story about why I came to China, what was it like being in the Revolutionary Communist Party USA and the Revolutionary Communist Youth Brigade, why I became a communist, things like that. And I thought, right now I'm really deep in the research of the April episode.

April is going to be a theoretically meaty episode about the Ninth Congress and the Sino-Soviet border conflict. So I kind of wanted to do a March episode that I didn't have to do a lot of research for. So this is the perfect time for me to actually get on with doing what you guys wanted me to do, and that's to tell my story. Who is Drew? So, I collected a series of questions we have.

Let me see. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. We have 16 questions. And I think that that's enough that we can start chopping it up. I'm going to answer these mailbag style, kind of. We'll go through one at a time. I'll read the question and I'll answer it. So let's give it a go and let's see what we've got in the mailbag.

The first question from our reader is: Why did you move to China?

And this is a really great, great question. And that is: So I have always loved Chinese culture, ever since I was a little kid. So how about we start with that? How did I get interested in China? So I've been interested in China since long before I ever was a Maoist or called myself a communist. I was still a little kid. When I was maybe about 8 years old, yeah, about 7 or 8 years old, I got these DK eyewitness books, which were these really fun picture books that, you know, had different interesting stuff. Like there was explorers, astronauts, ancient— and then, like, they had a series of ancient Greece, ancient Rome, and the Vikings, and ancient Egypt, and ancient China. And for one year, for Christmas, because I was a precocious child who already loved history, my parents got me Vikings— what was it? Ancient Egypt, because I liked ancient Egypt. I thought that was— the mummies and stuff were really cool. And ancient China. And I loved the ancient China book. I thought it was so cool. Especially because my mom really liked China and Japan, so even though we're a white family, not a drop of Asian blood in us, I grew up with, like, Chinese calligraphy wall scrolls, prints of old Chinese art, replicas of Ming vases. My mom even had some old Korean furniture that she found for cheap at an estate sale. Stuff like that. So I grew up with that kind of around me. And then in, I guess it was 1993 or 1994, Carma Hinton, William S. Hinton's daughter, who is now a film director, she did a documentary about the Tiananmen Square incident of 1989. And I watched that as a kid. I was 8 years old, and I was captivated. I thought— I wasn't, like, pro-CPC. I wasn't pro-students. I was literally 8 years old. But I found this story so fascinating. It's a 3-hour long— it's a 3-hour long documentary. I think maybe even 4-hour. But I watched the whole thing, just glued to the television. And that, you know, with that DK eyewitness ancient China book, solidified, wow, China's really cool. I really want to go visit there someday. Then in 1996, the Chinese government, in conjunction with the city of Memphis, Tennessee, did this awesome, absolutely amazing exhibit called Imperial Tombs of China, where they had, like, a Han Dynasty jade burial suit. They actually brought some real-life terracotta warriors to there. There was relics of the Buddha. There was all sorts of wonderful Ming vases and Mongol— like, Mongol fur coats and stuff like that. Tong Dynasty lacquerware, old Buddhist art from, like, the Han-Tong-Sui Dynasty, the Warring States period. Bamboo scrolls from the Zhou Dynasty. It was— it was genuinely a beautiful and amazing exhibit.

And as a 10-year-old kid, that blew my fucking mind. And that really solidified that I would always be interested in China. Now, eventually I got also very interested in Russia, and we're going to talk more about why I got interested in Russia as a kid later, when we start talking about how I became a communist. So let's fast forward to college.

And actually, my specialty in college was Soviet history. And actually, for a long time, I spoke pretty darn good Russian for a guy who, you know, mainly just took university classes. I went to Russia in 2012. And so originally I was going to get my PhD and become a professor of Russian and Soviet history. But the job market in, you know, American academia, particularly the humanities, you know, over the course of grad school, just continually went down the toilet. Again and again and again. Just less and less job prospects.

And I was like, oh my gosh, what am I going to do? So I thought about going to Russia to TIFL. And I was like, yeah, you know, I can at least still live and engage with the Russian culture, so I'll go live in Russia. Well, I try to look for jobs in Russia. I find a few, but I get: "Oh, you will have to sponsor your visa, your self, you will have to buy your own ticket, and you will have to find your own place." And I'll be like, well, I'm living in America. I can't really find a place for, you know, to— like, a place to live.

Well, it's not our problem. You know, typical Russian. Typical Russian bureaucracy and cold indifference. That being said, Russians are some of the most wonderful people in the world. There's a reason I deeply love them. But, you know, before you really get to know them, and when you're dealing with them in business or stuff like that, well, yeah, you guys feel me, right? You guys feel me.

So I was like, okay, where do I want to go? And as I looked through the job listings, and the Chinese universities were like, hey, we'll help sponsor your visa, we'll pay for your airplane ticket, we'll buy, you know, we'll get you a crib. And so I packed my bags and I went to the Middle Kingdom. And I found the woman of my dreams. I found the career of my dreams. And, you know, kind of shit hit the fan in Russia with the Russo-Ukrainian war. So I'm so happy to be here. And, you know, it kind of has fulfilled a childhood dream of mine, and I can't foresee myself being anywhere else. I mean, honestly, honestly, guys, you know, I went back to America a few months ago, and I felt absolutely no connection to that country. Like, I love my friends. I love my family. I love my comrades that are still there, you know, fighting in the belly of the beast. And I give my love and solidarity to each and every one of y'all. But I felt no spiritual or cultural connection. You know what they say, y'all? Home is where the heart is. And my heart is here.

It's in China. Okay. With that out of the way, let's look at our next— let's see. So our next viewer, our next listener says,

"So Drew, how did you become a communist? And furthermore, how did you join the RCP?"

All right. Well, this is a long story. So buckle up. This question will probably take the majority of our time. So one thing you've got to understand is my upbringing.

So my mom's family are all real blue-collar, hillbilly, you know, salt-of-the-earth folk. My mom comes from a working-class background, but she— and my dad comes from a pretty well-off upper-middle-class background.

All of my aunts and uncles, my grandparents, my great-aunts and uncles, and my cousins on that side of the family are all, like, doctors, lawyers, high, big engineers, small business owners. They're not, like, bourgeoisie, but they are the upper crust of the petty bourgeoisie.

But the thing is, is not to overshare too much or bring you guys down, but my dad's kind of the— was, I haven't talked to him in years— was kind of the black sheep of the family. And he had— he struggled for many years with severe mental illness, alcoholism, drug addiction. And so my mom and him, I was a little accident between two college freshmen.

And so a shotgun wedding occurred, and I was born. And my parents, partially due to the fact that they never got to, you know, finish college, and another fact that, you know, my dad was just so insane. And so, you know, he was very sick all the time. He was, you know, he struggled, like I said, with substance abuse severely.

And so we really struggled to make ends meet, despite my dad's privileged upbringing. You could say we were kind of upper working-class, labor aristocracy, lower middle class. We probably could have done better, but my dad was, to say the least, not very responsible with his finances. So I grew up working-class, you could say maybe proletarian, maybe labor aristocracy.

And so, you know, I kind of grew up in a blue-collar neighborhood. I saw, like, you know, a lot of the social problems, like teen pregnancy, drug addiction, you know, racism. And that really stood out to me.

I was very socially conscious as a kid. I also read a lot of books about the Holocaust and slavery and, you know, the transatlantic slave trade. And I watched about the extermination of American Indians. My great-great-grandmother was a Native American.

She was part of Eastern Band of the Cherokee. And no, not— this isn't so I'm like, oh, my great-great-great-great-great-grandma was a Cherokee princess. No. Like, if you look at my great-grandfather, who I grew up with, like, oh, yeah. And, you know, if you look at pic— old Daguerreotype photographs of Maggie Williams, my great-great-grandmother, oh, yeah. Yeah. That's an Indian. So, you know, I was conscious of that.

I watched this really deep and interesting mini-series called 500 Nations. It was a PBS documentary series narrated by Kevin Costner. I highly recommend it. But it was about the extermination of the Native Americans. And it was so horrifying to me as a kid that I realized I can never be proud of this country. I can never be patriotic for this country.

And then as a kid, I kept learning more about, like, what we did in Vietnam, what we did in Korea, how the CIA had caused so many regime changes and, you know, installed so many dictators. And the fact that, you know, during World War II, we really didn't go to war with the Nazis because they were Nazis. We did it because they were getting in the way of our geopolitical interests, and we would have allied with the Nazis if they hadn't.

So that, you know, this kind of started, you know, turning the cogs in my head of, like, you know, we need something else. This system is evil. This world we live in is terrible. But there's got to be a better way. So one day, my mom was throwing out some old books from her high school and college textbooks, and she asked me if I wanted any.

Well, in it, there were three biographies. One was Adolf Hitler. One was Katherine the Great. And one was Vladimir Ilyich Lenin. And I read all three, and I was horrified by the Hitler book, intrigued by the Katherine the Great book. But the Lenin book, that inspired me.

I read that book, and it was oddly a sympathetic, you know, young adult biography of Lenin. And I was like, this is it. I want to learn more about communism. So I went down to my local library and read the Communist Manifesto. And, you know, at 10 years old, there's only so much you can really grasp. But what I did understand, I was like, yeah, this is it.

And so at 10 years old, I get on the internet, dial up 56k modem, and I look up, is there a Communist Party in America? And I find the homepage of the CPUSA. Now, it was not cpusa.org at that time. It was harford-hwp.com backslash tilde CPUSA. And it took about five minutes to load the page. And I started reading People's Weekly World, and I read the Program and Constitution of the Young Communist League USA.

I started reading works by Gus Hall. And I decided to use my allowance one day to— I started— I saved up my allowance for a couple of months, and I printed out the membership application to join the Young Communist League USA. And I sent it in. And at 10 years old, I was in the YCL USA.

And yeah, that— my parents were just like, oh my God, what the fuck? What's going on? And that's also when I started really getting into Russia, Russian culture. I tried to teach myself Russian from some of those, like, you know, Pimsleur audiobooks and textbooks I found at Barnes and Noble.

And I, you know, I wasn't particularly active with the YCL ever. I, you know, I subscribed to Dynamic Magazine and People's Weekly World. I kept studying and reading. And I continued to, on and off, with what I could, you know, earning allowance through chores or walking people's dogs or mowing people's lawns. You know, I paid and, you know, I was in the YCL, I guess, from, let's see, '96 to 2001.

I mean, as much as you could be. I never actually, like, went to any meetings, never went to any, like, never marched in any contingents with them, never went to any protests.

But, you know, I was supportive. And technically, on paper, I had the YCL USA membership card. And I upheld their line. Except, except I always was— I very much opposed their support of the Democrats. That was one thing I was like, come on, guys. No, we need a revolution. Even at 10 years old, I saw the folly of electoral politics. So in 2001, I got so tired of, you know, I talked with communist adults on the internet through, like, internet message boards and Usenet, stuff like that, MarxMail, if any of you guys remember them, MarxMail mailing list.

And, but I felt like the CPUSA officials that I would talk with, that they never really gave me a clear understanding of why did the Soviet Union and the Warsaw Pact countries fall? Why was China so capitalistic now? Why is the DPRK like it is? And they never gave me a really good answer. Now, I was still strictly anti-capitalist, and I started reading some other stuff. I started reading, like, Democratic Socialist Theory, Trotskyist Theory, Maoist Theory, Anarchist Theory. And I decided, well, Marxism obviously doesn't work, so I'm going to become an anarchist.

So at, like, oh gosh, what was it, man? I was, like, 13 or 14. I started calling myself an anarchist and started hanging around in those online circles. I was still very much interested in Soviet history and Chinese history, but I was also really weirdly sectarian against communists. I thought, like, what was it I would always say? I said, communists are just as bad as Nazis.

Therefore, we should treat them just like Nazis, and we should fight them in the streets, anti-fascist style or anti-racial action style. It was just— it was dumb. Dude, I was 13. Cut me some slack.

But then, as time went by, you know, over the course of that year of me being an anarchist, I kept on thinking, well, wait, once we overthrow the government and try to institute these anarchist communes, how are we going to keep the bourgeoisie from coming back? And I was like, disorganized people's militias aren't going to work. Communities' militias aren't going to work. We're going to need a centralized general staff army with tight discipline.

So I was like, okay, we need a people's army. We need a red army or a black army. But that's going to need a leadership. It's going to need a political leadership. Oh, wait, we're going to need a vanguard. And that's when I went, you know what? No. Marxism actually works. Marxism actually is something. But I didn't want to join the CPUSA again. I was just— I was done with their bullshit. I really was. So I looked around, looked at the ISO.

Nah, they're just college students. I was in high— you know, I was just getting into high school. So nah. SWP? Nah. The RCP? And I was like, wait, aren't they a bunch of Stalinist, Maoist, tankie red fascists? But the more I read the Revolutionary Worker newspaper, I was like, wow, this is, like, the best newspaper on the left. Better than People's Weekly World, Socialist Worker, the Militant, Workers' Vanguard.

What was— oh gosh. People's Tribune. I read them all. I read them all online as a kid. But that one, the Revolutionary Worker, was always the one with the best analysis, the best coverage, hard-hitting, partisanly Maoist, but actually had a little nuance to it. Backed their sources up. And I also would read reports about the Revolutionary Communist Youth Brigade and how uncompromisingly militant they were.

Like, the RCYB used black bloc tactics. You know, they fought Nazis in the streets. There was, you know, Texas versus Johnson, the flag burning. And I was like, hell yeah. Like, this is my kind of thing. And I started doing more research, but I was like, but didn't— don't the RCP support Stalin and Mao? And Stalin and Mao killed, like, a bajillion people just for fun?

And then I went and I started realizing. I read Ludo Marten's Another View of Stalin. I read, did Mao really kill 20 million people (edit: on Monthly Review) or something like that? And I realized, oh, no, this— I've been lied to by the bourgeoisie. Like, this is not— this is not real. You know, Mao and Stalin were good guys. They made mistakes.

They might have done some bad things, but they weren't, like, evil dictators like Hitler or Mussolini. So there you go. So I rang up the Revolution Books bookstore in Atlanta and said, is there a way you could, guys, come out and meet me someday? And two comrades, a husband and wife from the RCYB, they came and met with me.

And I became a candidate member. And within, like, two months, they decided that I was ideologically reliable enough that I became an RCYB cadre. And so this was 2000 and— 2001, I started, like, you know, following the RCP and its line. I think it was 2002, I actually met up with those comrades, and I became an official member of the Revolutionary Communist Youth Brigade. And I'm— yeah, I was 15. Wow. I was 15 years old.

How about that? And I immediately threw myself into the work. Like, I joined the RCYB. I started writing for the Revolutionary Worker newspaper. I was on the Revolutionary Worker newspaper web team to help disseminate the RW articles on various mailing sites and newsletters and things like that. I joined not in our name. I joined Refuse and Resist, the Committee to Support the Revolution in Peru, October 22nd Coalition to Stop Police Brutality, the Rim Solidarity Committee.

Like, if there was an RCP front group or mass org, I was a member. World can't wait. Ugh. But yeah, like, that's how it went. That's how it went. And it was crazy, man. Unfortunately, when the new synthesis came about, I was like, guys, this is too weird. This isn't what I signed up for. Like, I'm a Maoist. And I will always be a Maoist. So around 2007, also, I should note that the internal culture, because of the cult that was solidifying around Chairman Avakian, became very abusive.

I won't get into it, but it was very traumatic. And so along with the way the culture changed so domineeringly, and the fact that we were abandoning Maoism for this gobbledyremoved, I finally was like, I'm out. I'm out. But I will tell you guys some more later. Let's get on to the next question. But yeah, that's how I became a Maoist. And I still am one today.

Our next reader says, is your wife a Maoist like you?

No. The miss is, is unfortunately not a Maoist. She's not— she's rather politically apathetic. She was in the Young Pioneers and Communist Youth League of China in, you know, primary school, secondary school, and college. But would you say— would you say she's a Dengist, Marxist-Leninist, an ML? Like, maybe kind of, in the sense that, like, that's the default setting of all Chinese people in this day and age. And, you know, her parents are party members who are Dengist. Her aunts and uncles are party members and they're Dengist, MLs.

Grandma is a party member, but she's like— she's more sympathetic to Mao. She's more sympathetic to Mao. But that makes sense because she grew up during that time. So no, she's like— so if I had to say, Guo Youkun, she's politically apathetic, bordering on Dengist, ML. And with the ML-Maoism, she's just kind of like, okay, that's nice, honey. That's pretty much it. Let's see.

The next question, how did you become so interested in Chinese culture?

Oh, well, I already answered that. So we'll continue on.

So were you around for Texas versus Johnson?

I was not.

I was born in 1986, and Texas versus Johnson happened in 1984. I have met Joey Johnson, however. He was a pretty cool guy. He was pretty— he was an OG. All right.

Our next listener asks, can you talk about how the RCP discussed the People's War in Peru?

Sure. We were very openly partisan towards the Communist Party of Peru. We did not, you know, by no means were we, like, you know, all about, like, you know, the RCP never called itself Marxist-Leninist-Maoist, principally Maoist, with contributions that are universal from Chairman of Universal Validity with Chairman Gonzalo. No, we never did that.

We always just called ourselves Marxist-Leninist-Maoists. But we were uncompromising in our support of the People's War in Peru and the Communist Party of Peru. Like I said, I was a member of this committee to support the revolution in Peru. The Revolutionary Worker was always, you know, had the People's War in the headlines for many, many years.

On the first page of the Revolutionary Worker, when you opened it up, I guess on page two, if the front page is page one. In page two, there was always a call to free Chairman Gonzalo and defend his life. So we were very open about that. And I remember during that time, we used to, at our literature table, when we would go to, like, punk shows or festivals or something like that, we would always have the International Emergency Committee to defend the life of Dr. Abimael Guzmán.

We would always have those newsletters and pamphlets on our table. I used to have a sticker that said, "Yankee, go home, Partido Comunista del Peru," on my locker in high school. I used to wear the Peru 1509 badge with the prison stripes. I used to have that button on my backpack in high school. So, you know, we were, you know, a lot of people think that for some reason, and I don't know why, I see a lot of kids on Twitter say that the RCP never supported the People's War in Peru.

I— let me— trust me, as someone who was there at that time, that's not true. We were uncompromising and very militant in our support that the People's War in Peru was just, and that the Communist Party of Peru was the vanguard of the Peruvian proletariat. And we demanded the freedom of President Gonzalo. President Gonzalo. So that's what I got to say.

Our next question was, what did your regular activities look like in the RCYB? This is good.

We did a lot of taking out and selling the newspaper in ghettos and barrios and trailer parks. We would often do, like, wheatpasting posters in those, you know, in working class and impoverished areas. We would take the Obrero Revolucionario to, like, Mexican neighborhoods, Puerto Rican neighborhoods. We would be at every anti-war or immigrants' rights or pro-Palestine demonstration.

During the anti-globalization movement and during the anti-war movement, we did do some black bloc and direct action tactic. I won't go too deep into that, but I'll let you leave that to your imagination. We would face down the Klan or the National Socialist Movement. When they came into town, we would block up with antifa and anti-racist action and the local anarchists. And, you know, it would be going down, man. It would be going down.

Like, it's crazy, like, how I look back and how reckless and fearless I was when I was 15, 16, 17, getting into that kind of action. My mother would have had a heart attack if she found out what I was doing. You know, I'd come home, you know, back home all scuffled and sweaty,

and Mom would be like, "So how was the protest here?" I was like, "Yeah, it was great. It was great." You know? But, you know, we put in work, man. You know, we were doing things that no other youth league for any other Communist Party, whether it was the Young Socialists or the YCL, the YPSL, the Young People's Socialist League of the CPUSA, they weren't putting in work like we was.

So our next question is, what is your favorite memory of your time in the RCYB?

Well, gosh, that's a good question. So there's two ones that really spring to mind. Number one was when I went to Chicago under false pretenses. I told my parents I was going to a social justice or, like, US Social Forum, Left Forum kind of conference. It was really to go see Chairman Avakian. So I was, like, on this, like, super secret mission when I was 17, got in a van, and, you know, the party briefed us of, like, "Hey, you know, don't mention the chair's name when you were in the van." You know, we were briefed on, like, security. And we went from Atlanta to Chicago.

That was a long trip. And at DePaul University in a secret, super secret meeting group place, I got to see an eight-hour-long speech by Chairman Avakian. It wasn't the Revolution DVD speech. That was different. That was, I think, a year before. I think a year before, yeah. This was in '04. And yeah, I got to see— I got to see Bob speak.

So that was pretty crazy. Another was when the G8 Summit was in Brunswick, Georgia, in Savannah, Georgia. That was a great trip. You know, facing down the riot cop and getting into scuffles with, like, local right-wing, far-right-wing counter-protesters that were, like, there— like, the protest warrior types that were there to support Bush. And that was crazy.

And the great thing is that, like, me and my comrades, we all ended up going on a beach trip afterwards. So that was fun. That was really fun. Like, we actually— we were friends. That was the nice thing. We weren't just comrades. We were friends. We were lovers. We were, you know, companions. And it was— it was beautiful, man. It was beautiful. The School of the Americas protests were always fun.

The Republican National Convention in 2004, that was crazy. That was huge. I think there was, like, 500,000 people marching. That was great. That was a great memory. So, oh, man. You know, for all their fault, if, you know, the RCP made me the man I was in today. It gave me a strong sense of justice and discipline. And yeah, man, that's my story.

The next question. The next question. Let's take a look. And what do you think of the current student youth movement in the U.S.?

You know, I'm a little disappointed. I mean, like, I still see that the youth are still, you know, fearless and brave. Like, the pro-Palestine protests were beautiful. You know, seeing the kids out there in the streets during the uprisings of 2020, that was very nice and beautiful.

But, you know, I'm not— and I see promise in, like, the revolutionary student unions and some of the small campus-based Maoist collectives. I'm not shitting on them. Like, you know, I'm in full support of that. But, you know, more broadly, the student movement in the U.S. is kind of— it's kind of toothless.

Like, I see a lot more reformism than I used to. And just kind of that— this wave of postmodernism and identity politics and that kind of rad-lib stuff. What right-wingers call SJWs, you know, I don't use that word because it has a homophobic and misogynistic connotation to it. But unfortunately, a lot of kids who call themselves anarchists, call themselves communists, they don't really have a Marxist, you know, bearing.

A lot of it is just intersectional postmodernism wrapped in a red flag or in a black flag. And that's kind of disappointing because I'm not saying that those kids have bad intentions. I support them when they are part of good social struggles. But the theoretical level of the student movement these days is— it's kind of lower than I remember it being in the '90s and early 2000s.

You know, I feel like the Obama presidency really demobilized a lot of people, and we just haven't really recovered from it. But hey, you know, I see potential. I see— I hope things will get better soon.

I hope my comrades in, like, those RSU groups and the revolutionary study groups, you know, kids that are working on the campuses and the pro-Palestine and Black Lives Matter kind of stuff, the young sisters who are out there fighting for abortion rights, especially in this time that Roe v. Wade has been overturned, you know, the young Chicano youth that are fighting for immigrants' rights, especially with Trump attacking them so much. I see potential. I see potential.

But I'm going to be honest, y'all need Marxism-Leninism-Maoism. But that's just my opinion.

Why did you leave the RCP and what are your feelings about them?

Well, like I said, the new synthesis, that stuff, I was just like, "Yo, this guy, I'm out. I'm here to be a Maoist.

That's what I'm about." And like I said, the internal culture got so abusive and domineering. They were burning everyone out. There was no time for self-care or to, you know, go to school, go to work. They were telling us to quit our jobs and drop out of school to, you know, spend our entire lives just popularizing BA. (Bob Avakian)

And I wasn't down with that. I wasn't down with that.

What are my feelings about the modern RCP today?

I feel nothing but pity for them. Like, the few times I've run across them since leaving, it's just sad. Like, they just come to a demonstration and they, you know, pass out pamphlets and copies of basics and, you know, DVDs of Revolution, nothing less. And just, they don't really— yeah, they attend demonstrations, but do they do anything? No. And I'm sure there's only maybe, like, less than 100 members left. And yeah, it's just— it just kind of is just slowly fading out of existence. So there you go. There you go. What can you do?

Our next question. This is interesting. Favorite anime of all time.

Well, yes, one thing you guys got to understand is that Drew is an insufferable weeaboo. I mean, like, I'm not— I don't really like modern Japanese culture. I like Japanese history and traditional Japanese culture. But modern Japan, I have— I'm not really interested, but I love anime and I love manga. I was a cosplay kid. I was a convention kid. I was always at anime conventions and cosplay meetups as a kid and even in early college. I sold the revolutionary worker in cosplay at Anime Week in Atlanta. True facts.

So anyways, so my favorite anime of all time. So there's, like, my favorite classic and then my favorite contemporary classic. My favorite classic will always be Neon Genesis Evangelion. That sounds, you know, "Oh, that's a normie entry-level anime." Well, so be it. It's popular for a reason. It's beloved for a reason. It's mainstream for a reason. It's a great anime. And it's an epic tale.

My favorite contemporary classic is Sayonara Zetsubo Sensei, which is about a mentally ill teacher and his mentally ill students and just doing stuff. It's weird. But the thing is, is also, like, Koji Kumeta, I'm pretty sure the manga author and the anime director, Koji Kumeta, I'm pretty sure that dude's left-wing because he talks about the Frankfurt School, Jean-Paul Sartre, Juche, the Japanese Socialist Party, the Japanese Communist Party, the Cultural Revolution, the Cuban Revolution. All of these are mentioned or referenced in this anime.

Y'all should check it out. It's quite something. It is quite something. It's pretty high-brow humor. If you don't understand a lot about, like, certain aspects of Japanese society, you might not get it. But if you do, yeah, check it out. Check it out. I've been really digging Apothecary Diaries lately. I liked Sosou no Frieren. I'm digging Chainsaw Man still, ready for the movie to come out. But yeah, I mean, like, I still watch anime, like, at least once a week. So yeah, there you go. Ooh woo.

What are your interests in Chinese studies besides the history of the People's Republic?

That's a good question. So I really am interested— I live in Xi'an, which was the capital for thousands of years. So I'm really interested in Qin Dynasty, Han Dynasty, Sui Dynasty, Tang Dynasty. I like the Mongols. The Mongols were cool. I like the Ming Dynasty a good bit. When it comes to Chinese culture, I'm a big fan of calligraphy. I'm a big fan of— I wouldn't say I'm a big fan, but I like, like, the traditional theater. Like, Peking Opera is very interesting to me. Shadow Puppetry. If you've ever seen traditional Chinese shadow puppets, that's really interesting.

Let's see. What are some other things I love? I like Hanfu. I'm sorry. I like Hanfu. I think it's cool. I think it's pretty. My favorite Chinese cuisine is Hunan, Sichuan, Xinjiang, Shaanxi, of course. And my favorite food in the whole world is Peking roast duck. So there you go. There you go. I love everything about China, y'all.

That's the truth of it. I love everything about China. It's just— that's what I am, man. You know, I'm a sinophile in all shapes and sizes. Okay. Our next is, "What's your favorite city in China to travel to?" I would say Beijing. My in-laws live in Beijing. They're originally from Nanchang, but they all moved up to Beijing a few years back. So yeah, my father-in-law's family all live in Beijing. And there's always a lot to do in Beijing. It's a really fun town. Chengdu is great too.

Urumqi is actually a fun town. It's a little out of the way, but it's cool. Shanghai's okay. It's a little— it's a little too modern. So I don't know. I wouldn't say— definitely wouldn't say Shanghai's my favorite to travel to. There's not enough old-world charm.

Beijing. I'd say Beijing is my all-time favorite because it's got that right balance of world city, modern, futuristic, cool LED lights on skyscrapers. And it's got the old-world charm of being the old imperial capital. And just the museums there are fantastic. The food there is fantastic. And Beijing people, Beijingren, they really don't have big city syndrome, in my opinion.

They're very friendly. They're almost like Midwesterners, eh? You know, they're super hospitable, super friendly, real down-to-earth, real chill. So yeah, got to give love to Beijing.

Our next one is— oh, we have a little hate mail. "Why are you such a Baizuo idiot who hates China's success? Kill yourself, f-slur."

Well, okay. So this is interesting because I get— I hate to say this, but I get a lot of DMs on my GPCR podcast Twitter account that are, you know, there's a lot of kill-yourself Baizuo, kill-yourself ultra, the China stands really just, you know, I seem to be a very polarizing figure among them. Anyways, I think I'm actually going to answer this. So I don't hate China's success.

Nobody. I want to say this. Nobody on left Twitter or whatever you want to say wants China to succeed more than Drew Smith. I'm going to say it again. Nobody wants China to succeed more than Drew Smith. And that's why I'm a Maoist. And that's why I oppose the Dengist economic policies. Boom. Yeah, there. I said it. I think that China would be even more powerful. I think it would have— it will be even more economically successful.

You know, the social progress that would happen under it, the influence among oppressed peoples around the world would expand. I really do say with the bottom of my heart, I think that if China were to restore socialism, it would become even more successful than it is today. Yeah, and you can quote me on that. You can quote me on that. So yes, I want China to win.

I want China to succeed. And that's why I'm a Maoist. Full stop. All right. So we got two more questions.

We got, "Okay, how do you reconcile working for the CPC while being a Maoist?"

This is a good question. So one thing you guys got to understand is that the average CPC grassroots cadre on, like, a district, village, township, county, municipal level, prefectural level, they're good people. And they want to help. And they want to serve the people. They just don't know any better. They've never been, you know, they don't really get a lot of access to serious Marxist philosophy.

They might have, like, study materials and catechisms, but they don't really get to read Marx, Engels, Lenin, Stalin, and Mao. They just basically, like I said, they get catechisms. They get Marxism Leninism Mao Zedong Thought textbooks. And that's all they really get. They can read Xi Jinping's The Governance of China, but yeah.

So seeing that they are good people and they want to work, you know, they want to do good work, I want to help them with that. I want to contribute to Chinese society. It's a great— you know, working with the CPC is a really great networking opportunity. It could very well help advance my career. I can help the community, giving back to the community, and also just the lack of an alternative.

Now, are there Chinese Maoists? Yes. But I'm not really at liberty to discuss that. Just know that they're there.

But the Chinese Maoists have specifically asked me to not get involved or get active with them because a foreigner in their ranks is going to place them under far more scrutiny than they already are. They said, "Just do grassroots work with the party. Do your podcast. Keep researching. Keep collecting Mao badges and cultural revolution antiques so that those things are preserved. Keep, you know, interviewing old comrades and getting that eyewitness testimony. Keep setting the record straight." And I said, "You know what? That's fair enough. That's fair enough." So that's all I can say about that. (editor note: yeah wouldn't want to be mistaken for foreign-backed NGO lol)

So I really enjoy my work for the party. And I'm going to keep doing it. I'm going to keep doing it. And I just— I really hope that we can go back to the socialist road someday. All right. So we have one more question. We have one more question. And that is,

"Do you endorse any particularly American leftist party or pre-party formation?"

I got to say, no, I do not support any particular formation. I'm not partisanly— I'm a Maoist, so I'm not going to support CPUSA or PSL, FRSO. I don't support them. I think there's good people in their ranks that have good intentions and I can unite with them tactically, but I would never support or endorse their parties. You know, but when it comes to, like, RSG, RSU, MCU, OCR, CRCPUSA, any of the other smaller study groups and publishing houses, you know, I wish them all the best.

And I wish them all to work towards a correct line and unite around a correctly Maoist line, put politics in command, a principled, proper unity that will last, that will get us to revolution. (Editor note: lol, sounds like 'hate the sin, not the sinner' thought)

So, you know, shout out to anybody who calls themselves a Maoist and is working towards reconstituting a Marxist-Leninist Maoist vanguard party to lead the proletariat within North America. Like, I fucks with you. I fucks with you. But to say, "Oh, I support RSG. I support the Organization of Communist Revolutionaries. I support the CRCPUSA." Nah. No, I don't. I'm not tied down to one group.

Besides, I don't even live in America anymore, so how can I? All right. Well, dang, that was really fun, guys. I think that's all the questions we have for today. I hope you guys learned a little something-something about the Drewski and had a lot of fun doing that. I know I did. I'm 38 years old and I've been through a lot, y'all. I've considered myself a communist for 28 years, and I've been an active communist for 23 years. So how's about that?

How's about that, y'all? All right. So it's a Friday afternoon. It's a beautiful sunny day. I think I'm going to go take a little walk outside and enjoy the fresh air. It's finally warm. So next month, next month, I guess around April 30th, yeah, April 30th, we will have our next chronological episode where we will be talking about the Ninth Party Congress of April 1969 and the Sino-Soviet Border Conflict of 1969, part one. So get ready for that, y'all. All right. From the ancient city of Chang'an in beautiful Shaanxi province, I say, zai jian.

Da jia hao tongzhimen and welcome back to the great proletarian cultural revolution podcast with your host Drew Smith once again broadcasting from the ancient capital of Xi’an. It's a rainy day here in the capital of the state of Chu of the state of Chin I should say. I'm chilling here with my little kitty buddy Mr. Shaudo and um I'm sipping on some suanmeitang which is some freshly made Chinese plum juice. Well, it's from Beijing. Beijing plum juice. It's a very refreshing summer sipping.

Oh, yeah. That's the good stuff. So, we've uh just crossed the finish line of the end of the semester. Final exams just ended yesterday for my students, and I'm pretty sure I haven't gotten around to grading them, but I'm pretty sure they did darn good. I'm very proud of them. I'm very proud of them.

After I get done grading and entering the grades into the university database and we release the grade final grades to the students, the Mrs. and I will be heading to Beijing for her cousin's wedding and some warm summer fun.

Let me tell you though, Beijing in July is hot. It's so bad. But, you know, that's why um this month, this upcoming month, we will be skipping. We will not have an episode at the end of July. Um we will have our next episode will come out um Saturday, August 31st. So that's when we will have our next episode.

So um let's just get on right to the killing, my friends. Uh, how about y'all pour up a nice cold glass of suanmeitang, kick back, and let's find out what happens next in the story of the great proletarian cultural revolution.

So, we begin here in Xi’an on May 1st, International Workers Day, the holiest day in the communist calendar. On that day, 300,000 people lined the streets and marched in a parade to welcome the establishment of the Shaanxi Provincial Revolutionary Committee headed by Rebel Cadre Li Ruishan. Shaanxi was really lucky.

Uh we actually were able to get a provincial committee dominated by rebel cadres and red guards and mass organizations and not the PLA. And same goes with the Xi’an Municipal Revolutionary Committee, which was firmly left-wing. Although unfortunately, a lot of the Shaanxi countryside would not be pacified until the end of July.

Speakers at the Xi'an rally which was held at the worker stadium which is literally right next to the gym that I go to pledged to eradicate the pernicious counterrevolutionary influence of Peng Dehuai, Gao Gang and Xi Zhongxun the father of modern-day Chinese president Xi Jinping.

On that same day in Beijing, half a million soldiers and civilians filled Tiananmen Square for the annual Mayday parade carrying red flags and singing the east is red. It was an epic affair lasting into the evening when Mao, Lin Biao and a host of top leaders agreed to greet the crowd on the Tiananmen rostrum.

But these Mayday celebrations were a mask over a revolution in disarray. The rebel movements that had carried the cultural revolution from the last week of May 66 onward had gone completely off the rails. And now things had come to a shrieking crescendo. Everywhere in the country, things had completely fallen apart.

On May 4th, Nanjing, soldiers were sent to break up a battle between the city's good faction and its crap faction at PLA run factory number 3503 as the municipal revolutionary committee had hit a deadlock within its differing factions and was near to dissolving.

Fighting in Guangdong, Guangxi, Tibet, Xinjiang, Henan, Shanxi, and Shaanxi had paralyzed the revolutionary process in many places, and the body count just kept stacking more and more up. Hundreds, it seemed, were dying each day nationwide. Vigilante killings and suicides of intellectuals and government officials spiked during May and June of this month.

Beijing Agricultural Institute lecturer Liu Zhongxuan was tortured for hours until he finally collapsed and died on May 2nd. On May 8th, after months of constant harassment, Lieutenant General Liu Peishan, who had just a few days before watched the Mayday parade from the Tiananmen Rostrum with Chairman Mao, killed himself.

On May 10th, branded as an active counterrevolutionary in Shanghai, uh, Shanghai Normal University, Huang Yaoting? committed suicide. On May 12th, in Harbin, middle school teacher Han Liyan (2 syllables given name) was thrown from the top of the school by his red guard students to his death.

On May 15th, in a rare flare up of violence in uh, Fudan University in Shanghai, chemistry professor Yan Zhixian? died after a violent struggle session at the hands of the Red Guards. There were also some rare killings at uh Xi’an Jaotong University. And I found another prominent 16 intellectuals and party officials killed in struggle sessions during the time, showing that the mass violence in early summer 68 was reaching a shocking amount of unseen violence since the prior two summers before.

Nothing, however, could compare to the violence at Qinghua University, where, as I said in our last chronological episode, the Jingangshan Red Guards and the 414 Red Guards had gone to war in the last week of April.

Now, just a quick recap of the two sides. So, the 414s were the centrist faction that split off from the Jingangshan Red faction. They were more aligned with Zhou Enlai’s politics. They agreed with Zhou when he said that the cultural revolution was a revolution within a revolution led by the proletariat who were also the leading class of the preceding 17 years of the people's republic.

As for the preceding 17 years of socialism, the overall class line was correct and stable. They believed and those who dominated were mostly from good classes. And uh you know the idea that the majority of cadres were at least they had good intentions. They may have had some mistaken lines but the idea was that the majority of cadres in China were good.

Thus, the 414 faction opposed the idea that the cultural revolution at their university should be a counterattack on the entire past, including the 1949 to 1965 period, and that wealth and power should be of course redistributed among the students. They maintained that although there were problems with the central political regime at school, changes should be moderate and must not overhaul the entire social political structure and that it should not be done exclusively through physical violence.

On the other side were the radical Kuai Dafu supporters of the Jinggangshan regiment red guards and called on their followers to completely smash the old Tsinghua. Their principle was wherever oppression is worst, revolution is strongest. Some people have translated it as wherever oppression is the worst, revolution must be the worst. Um, I think they could go either way depending on context.

For them, all Tsinghua cadres, 100% of them were corrupt because former university party secretary Jiang Nanxiang had set up his successors among the young party cadres. Thus, though the university leaders had already been toppled, the danger from the second and third generation of cadres persisted, even the rebel cadres.

In order to overthrow the past rule completely, Jinggangshan refused to give any power to the former cadres and insistently denounced anyone who had held power on campus since 1949.

Okay, so let's do a little recap from last episode. The 100 day war, as it became known, at Tsinghua University campus began on April 24th.

Um, Kuai Dafu's Jinggangshan red guards launched a preemptive attack on a building held by the 414 faction which was repelled by rocks and spears. In retaliation, the 414 ransacked the campus housing for faculty and staff, ferreting out any professor, administrator, or even lowly maintenance person who pledged loyalty to Jinggangshan. Jinggangshan returned the favor by attacking any faculty and staff possibly aligned with the 414.

Some faculty were beaten and thrown out of their apartment windows on to their death. Others committed suicide upon hearing the sound of the approaching mob kicking down the doors of apartment buildings.

On April 27th, the Qinghua campus was carved up into two zones held by the opposing factions. Just like at BeiDa, trenches were dug, sandbags were laid down, barbed wire was thrown about, windows and occupied buildings were fortified, and the Jinggangshan and 414s picked up their knives, clubs, spears, revolvers, and even some AK-47s, type 67 heavy machine guns, type 53 sniper rifles, and a couple of rigged up RPG7 rocket launchers.

Blood was drawn in the 100 day war at April 29th when 414 member Xie Jingcheng was killed. It began as a clash over rice from the student dining hall. Just before noon on that day, two truckloads of rice arrived from the city and proceeded towards a campus warehouse to unload.

The 414s, anticipating a protracted struggle with the Jinggangshan, set out in force to seize the trucks and bring the rice back to the science building which they occupied. Unfortunately, the Jinggangshan commanders realized what had happened.

They sent troops to seize the trucks, but they were driven off by the 414s, who came, who not only came out of the science building in force, but threw rocks and heavy objects from above. The Jinggangshan forces failed to get the rice, but they did capture two 414s as POWS.

Unfortunately, one of the trucks had run over Xie Jingcheng and crushed his skull. A few days later, the Qinghua 414s carried the corpse of Xie Jingcheng through the Tiananmen Square in a protest against the Jinggangshan group.

Meanwhile, Kuai Dafu left the campus in case the fighting backfired if the 414s won. And in case the central committee decided to blame Jinggangshan for everything, Kuai decided if I'm not there, I can't be held responsible for events that occur in my absence. Though I'm in the clear, which uh I don't know. I think uh that's what you call a not cool move leaving you homies hanging like that.

A People's Liberation Army propaganda team made up of Navy men arrived on campus at one point uh, upon hearing that a violent fight had broken out, and the team members rushed to the scene and try to dissuade the Jinggangshan regiment red guards from continuing. But unfortunately, they too were chased off the campus with knives and handguns.

The next battle took place in the pre-dawn hours of May 2nd when the Jinggangshan launched a surprise attack on the 414s who were holding the civil engineering building. But they too found themselves beaten back, but not without capturing a few more POWS which they held hostage.

Fist fights, knife fights, and other scuffles continued across the next two weeks. Although there was a lull on in the fighting on May 16th when there was a prisoner exchange. However, 10 days later, another 414 member was killed during a skirmish on campus, which led to yet another funeral parade through Tiananmen Square.

The fourth and final battle with what you might call cold weapons, aka knives, rocks, bottles, things that uh were not firearms, took place on May 30th. Again, it was the Jinggangshan that took the offensive. This time against the Bath House in the northeast sector of the campus, which was still held by the 414s, even though the Jinggangshan Red Guards had for some time held the old dining hall adjacent to it.

What Kuai had planned for May 30th, 1968 was not just an attack on the Bath House, but a general offensive that would finish off the 414s and leave the campus entirely within his hands. He hoped that by attacking the bath house with a small unit that the Jinggangshan would draw the 414's main forces into a rescue attempt. Then the Jinggangshan units would then leap from hiding along the road and decisively kill the 414s who they outnumbered almost 2 to1 in that part of campus.

This plan however did not work. The alerted 414s discovered the Jinggangshan ambush in time and refused to walk into the trap. The fighting at the bath house itself also went awry when the 414 saw an opening. They pushed forward with a tank. Yes, a tank. Well, it wasn't an actual tank. What it was was it was a tractor which they had put a bunch of armor on and a gun on it. It was made of a tractor welded over with steel plates.

Anyways, they started piling toward, you know, they started hauling ass towards the Jinggangshan fighters and one of the uh Jinggangshan regiment fighters got killed. Uh several Jinggangshan fighters took advantage of the pause to rush forward and they set the tank on fire with Molotov cocktails. So dang dang. Well, this was the last straw for the few remaining uh non-rebels on the campus.

The bloody battle I'll just read from William Hinton's 100 day war this part.

“The bloody battle of the bath house made no sense at all to any but the hardcore leaders of the two or factions. Uncommitted people who watched from the sidelines became angry and embittered, but they could find no way to stop the slaughter. The next day, most people left the campus with their bed rolls on their backs. Tsinghua, they said, was no longer safe for anyone. Students, staff, family members alike began a general retreat, leaving a shrinking core of activists, quote unquote, 'to fight it out.'"

Uh, those who remain in the family quarters established their own self-defense units. They didn't care what faction the student belonged to. They wouldn't let any partisan into the residential area. And I think it's important right now to point out that William Hinton points out in the book that quote

“Most students, staff, and lesser cadres at Tsinghua joined neither side of the struggle. Only a minority were consistently active. The bulk of the campus student population of 40,000 tended to be drawn in during the high tides of the movement only to fall into apathy or neutrality as the tides end. Towards the end when factionalism developed to the point of armed struggle only a few hundred people actually took part.”

Indeed what my other sources show that by the end of May, the vast majority of not just student teachers and staff but the vast majority of red guards from both factions just straight up packed up and left cuz they realized that this fighting was well just fucking stupid.

For as chairman Mao said, quote, "Factionalism shields counterrevolutionaries and counterrevolutionaries make use of factionalism."

By June 16th, Qinghua University was using guns. Yes, Jinggangshan riflemen guarded the entrance to the campuses and snipers watched over the buildings controlled by 414 factions.

Some experimented with several small cannons and RPG7 rockets, but they had se uh one example is that they had such a fierce recoil that one flew into the campus creek when fired and was never recovered.

It's kind of funny what they actually mention is so few were killed. This is what the 100 day war by Hinton says.

“So few were killed that it could only have been due to luck. For once the violent fighting began, neither say gave quarter.”

And I talked to um I talked to an old comrade who served in the military at the time. You guys might remember him uh from an earlier episode, Uncle G. Bing. He said that a lot of the reason that at the 100 day war there weren't very many casualties is most of these kids didn't know how to use these weapons.

Um they might have had some basic uh military drill training that you know for national defense or they might have been in militia for small periods of time. But overall, a lot of these kids didn't even know how to load a gun, much less know how to uh steady up and fire an RPG7 rocket.

So, that's the reason why the Tsinghua 100 Day War didn't have like hundreds of, you know, hundreds of deaths.

At one point in late June, the Jinggangshan's efforts to enforce their siege resulted in yet another death when a second tank made by the 414s tried to run vegetables through the blockades of the science building for food. An armor-piercing shell that had been seized in South China from a shipment of supplies bound for Vietnam penetrated the tank's armor plate and killed the crew.

So, it was pretty bad, y'all. It was pretty bad. And it's it's really sad because it's kind of one of those things that you really definitely see that both sides, the vast majority of them had good intentions.

As one of the Tsinghua 414 said, "With regard to the Cultural Revolution, Chairman Mao had made it clear over and over that violent fighting was not correct, but we reasoned that this prohibition applied only to issues between factions of the people. Anything could be done to the class enemy and to us we were fighting class enemies."

Well, as we will see next month, Mao will have a lot and I mean a lot to say about that when he finally pulls the plug on the Red Guard movement once and for all.

Now, to say that nothing good was going on during the months of May and June would be wrong, though. As I always say, as I always say, at the end of the day, the cultural revolution was more positive than negative.

Uh, along with the Shaanxi Revolutionary Committee being founded, a lot of stuff was going on. Um, on May 7th, the Heilongjiang Revolutionary Committee opened a school named after Mao’s May 7th directive, which allowed for rightist cadres to transform themselves via farm labor. And this would be the beginning of what we call the May 7th cadre schools. And uh we'll get into that a little more in the next few episodes.

Uh I actually have an old comrade who was at the Yan’an May 7th Cadre School. Uh I'd love to get him on, but he's a little he he said that he he he just doesn't have time. He just doesn't have time most of the time. Uh we'll see though. We'll see.

On May 8th, Mao and Lin Biao made an appearance in the great hall of the people for cadres and soldiers who were attending Mao Zedong Thought study classes and tried to transform their thinking away from factionalism and to yah uniting around an actual anti-revisionist Marxist politics.

On May 10th, the Liaoning Revolutionary Committee, headed by Regional Military Chief Chen Xilian, was inaugurated before 600,000 people in Shenyang. And of course on May 16th, the People's Daily and Liberation Army Daily celebrated the anniversary of the May 16th circular which had launched the Cultural Revolution.

A few days later, Mao and Lin Biao and other top leaders appeared at a reception of 20,000 delegates from various revolutionary committees and cheered on the hopes that the revolutionary committees would be able to finally be fully consolidated by the end of the year.

And then I think one of the most interesting things was during the last two weeks of May. So my leftist listeners will know that in May of 68, Western Europe, particularly France, had blown up into a series of workers’ strikes and student strikes. Uprisings seemed to be spreading like wildfire around France, West Germany, and Italy.

And a lot of people were very optimistic about the uh potential and opportunities that May of 68 had. And you know it's interesting because this was the time where you start seeing a lot of students. Now this had been going on for about a year or so year and a half in other countries but in France and other parts of Western Europe this is where you start seeing a lot of kids experimenting with Maoism. a lot of kids, a lot of students, a lot of young workers start checking out what Mao had to say.

And you really do in May of 68, you see uh students from the Sorbonne and other universities in France uh marching with Chairman Mao’s picture with little red books wearing Mao badges. And let me tell you, the Chinese, they loved it. They loved it.

Half a million Beijing workers and students put aside their differences on May 21st to support the revolutionary struggle in France. And across that week, millions of people in the provincial capitals, including here in Xi’an, took part in demonstrations and rallies supporting the struggle in France.

Indeed, the People's Daily put out an editorial plotting the great storm of protest and said that this is evidence that there was no paradise left for imperialism.

So even amongst the squabbling and the breakdown of into factionalism that was now characterizing the cultural revolution, the tenacious - it's like I said in the last chronological episode with the um the demonstrations in support of the um civil rights movement in the US, the tenacious and uncompromising proletarian internationalism and support for national liberation struggles and socialist struggles around the world.

You know, they never sacrificed that. They, most red guards never lost sight of the fact that they believed that the cultural revolution had to be a global revolutionary process.

On May 31st, after particularly fraught negotiations and widespread factional violence that had resulted in the deaths of thousands, a revolutionary committee to run Sichuan had finally been established and a ceasefire was called provincial wide.

Unfortunately, the new leader of Sichuan, the chairman of their provincial revolutionary committee was Zhang Guohua, who if you guys remember was the Han nationalist general that had ruled Tibet for so long. So, you win some, you lose some.

But on that day, he told a crowd of 500,000 that the establishment of the revolutionary committee was not the end of class struggle, but a start of new battles. The good thing is that the rest of the standing committee for the revolutionary committee was all rebels and rebel cadres. So at least they had that.

Meanwhile, in Beijing, outside of Tsinghua, Nie Yuanzi had claimed that 1,200 Beijing University Jinggangshan Red Guard members, cuz remember that was different from the Qinghua Jinggangshan Red Guard members. They defected to her new BeiDa commune red guards and were undergoing thought reform.

And it seemed like during the last weeks of June that the factional fighting at BeiDa, which hadn't gotten as violent as Qinghua, which but it was still pretty bad. It was still pretty bad. It looked like things were going to be able to uh be smoothed over a lot more quickly.

In Harbin, over 100,000 people paraded with a large assortment of oversized Mao portraits and a huge model of the character for loyalty on June 21st, and the Harbin radio called for more members of mass organizations to be part of the leadership of Heilongjiang, training them to help govern.

So, you know, this is really interesting. In Heilongjiang, the revolutionary committee was very much about bringing the masses in to more direct democratic rule. And there was a lot of interesting experimentation with new forms of democracy in Heilongjiang.

Uh, I really I'd love to go up to Harbin and, you know, take a look at those archives and talk to some people up there and really see, you know, what was going on there cuz, you know, there was the Shanghai commune and but there was also the Harbin commune if you guys remember in episode 8. So, it would be interesting to look at that.

On June 30th, Mao received members of the Central Cultural Revolution group to Zhongnanhai and held a lecture there. There he did say something interesting. He said, "Remember that everyone makes mistakes, even you and even me."

And he even said that he believed that Deng Xiaoping was not a traitor, just someone who had made terrible errors and needed to be won back over to the revolutionary line.

Later that day, um 20,000 soldiers and cadres undergoing Mao Zedong Thought study classes for thought reform were waved at Mao and Lin Biao and Lin Biao declared that many of those who had been forced to attend Mao Zedong study classes had been rehabilitated and there was no need to purge them or struggle against them. So that's where we stop.

So you know I'll just uh throw out some ideas some offer some very peaceful analysis. I'll save a lot of my analysis about this about the events of this episode for our August episode when we deal with the fallout of the 100 day war.

It is really sad about how you know the mass movements that had brought such interesting and dynamic changes to China had you know come down to this. But as I have shown you guys, at the end of the day, outside of the student factionalism, a lot of good stuff was still happening.

There was still internationalism. There were still reforms going on at the top. People were being rehabilitated rather than being killed in struggle sessions in many places. Yes, a lot of people were dying in struggle sessions, but a lot of people were just given the chance to rehabilitate through Mao Zedong's thought study classes. So, you know, it's one of those you'll win some, you'll lose some. I have a lot of thoughts, but I kind of want to save that for our more substantial and meaty next episode.

All right, y'all. Well, hey, I have to bounce. It's 11:13 a.m. here in Xi’an. I need to start um chopping up the veggies and uh heating up the chicken for lunch with the misses. Uh hope you guys have a great rest of the summer. Please stay cool and have some good travels. work hard, play hard, and uh get ready for the episode at the end of August when we get deep into the cultural revolution's darkest hour and the end of the red guard movement.

But until then, be resolute, fear no sacrifice, and surmount every difficulty to win victory.

Sources for today's episode include

The 100 Day War: Cultural Revolution at Qinghua University by William Hinton.

Passion, Reflection, and Survival: Political Choices of Red Guards at Qinghua University 66-68 by Zheng Xiaowei.

Fractured Rebellion: The Beijing Red Guard Movement by Andrew G Walder.

The World Turned Upside Down, A History of the Cultural Revolution by Yang Jisheng.

Mao's Last Revolution by Roderick McFarquhar and Michael Schoenhal.

Turbulent Decade, A History of the Cultural Revolution by Yan Jiaqi and Gao Gao.

A Historical Dictionary of the Cultural Revolution by Guo Jian, Yongyi Song, and Yuan Zhou .

Not a Dinner Party, China's Cultural Revolution 1966 to 1969 by Michael Schoenhals.

Collective Killings in Rural China During the Cultural Revolution by Su Yang.

The Shaanxi Provincial Archives and

the Marxist Internet Archives Peking Review Archive.

All right, guys. Have a great day.

All right. So last time in our story, we stopped at the last week of July 1971 when Premier Zhou Enlai had just wrapped up his first meeting with US Secretary of State or then National Security Adviser Henry Kissinger and the US National Ping Pong Team's tour of China marked the beginning of a new relationship between China and America. So, let's pick back up on our story on August 1st, 1971, Army Day, the anniversary of the founding of the People's Liberation Army in 1927.

That day, all major newspapers shared an editorial marking the day, as they always did, each August 1st, and called for the People's Militia to be built up for both defense and economic construction. In Beijing, at the Great Hall of the People, the Party Center hosted an Army Day banquet for top civil and military officials along with dignitaries from fraternal Maoist parties from around the world. The next day, on the other side of the Pacific, US President Richard Nixon dropped a big one.

He announced that the USA would support the People's Republic of China being represented with a seat at the UN, but still set the terms that Taiwan, the Republic of China, would still get a seat at the UN, too. In a veiled response, People's Daily attacked the quote ‘illegal occupation by US imperialism of the southern half of Korea’ unquote and predicted a US attack on the DPRK. Xinhua news agency was just as direct, criticizing Nixon's proposal to seat both the PRC and ROC at the UN as a clumsy to China's trick.

Nixon replied to both the Chinese and American press diplomatically, saying that quote, "China may become the world's most powerful nation and that peace depends on our two great superpowers talking." Negotiations with sworn enemies wasn't just happening with the USA during that week.

On August 5th, Vice Minister for Foreign Trade Zhou Huamin flew to Moscow to sign an agreement with his Soviet counterpart for exchange of goods and payments. Sino Soviet trade really had never stopped even during the 1969 border conflict. But this would definitely lubricate the flow of goods and services between the PRC and USSR in a big way.

Still, of course, the Chinese made no bones that negotiation with the Americans and Soviets didn't mean capitulation. On the 7th, Xinhua news agency put out a statement in support of the Black Panther Party and other black communist and nationalist formations, saying that there was an increasingly important role of black workers revolutionary struggles to defeat the USA's working class. That same day, a government statement said that big powers cannot monopolize nuclear weapons and called for the USA and USSR to adopt a no first use policy.

That same day over yonder in Lhasa, the Tibetan Administrative Party Congress opened. The main political report was given not by revolutionary committee head Zeng Yongya but his fellow general Ren Rong. A few days later, the Tibetan Party Congress ended with the election of a new party committee led by Ren Rong, who displaced Zeng Yongya and who went to on to serve in Shenyang far up in the northeast. For more information on that, see our episode on Tibet and Xinjiang during the cultural revolution.

On August 9th, Zhou Enlai was interviewed by New York Times journalist James Reston. Zhou and Reston had a very good conversation and oddly Zhou praised the New York Times for opposing the invasion of Cambodia. Speaking of newspapers, the next day, People's Daily shared a curious story. PLA Hospital number 165's account of relying on Mao Zedong Thought to cure mental illness over standard psychiatric methods.

The article explained how a doctor cured a severely depressed patient by living on the ward with her and reading her Mao quotes. I mean, I will say Mao quotes do make me feel pretty inspired, so maybe there's something to it. On August 12th, Mao called for a National People's Congress after National Day, and the Politburo assigned Zhang Chunqiao, Li Desheng, and Ji Dengkuai to arrange it.

Two days later, Li Desheng flew to Albania at the head of a military friendship delegation. Then on August 15th, amidst a rainstorm, American Maoist William Hinton arrived back for the first time in Longbow Village, whose 1940s land reform campaign he wrote about in his famous book Fanshen. And if you've never read his book, Fanshen, documentary of revolution in a Chinese village, well, honestly, do yourself a favor and turn this episode and start reading it right now because you can't understand the Chinese revolution fully and deeply without reading Fanshen. Anyways, let's get back to the buildup of the main story, the one you guys are here for today.

On August 15th, accompanied by Wang Dongxing, Mao left Beijing on his official private train for his regular summer inspection tour around the South. The 1971 southern tour is key to the incident we're talking about today, so we definitely have to get into it. The next day, by the way, the Nanjing Revolutionary Committee convened a meeting to start reviewing the personnel files of potential girlfriends for Lin Biao's son, Lin Liguo, who was still single and looking for marriage.

Anyways, that day, Mao arrived in Wuhan, greeted by Hubei's Secretary, Liu Feng. In his meeting with Liu, he immediately said about criticizing Chen Boda and Lin Biao due to their behavior at the Lushan conference in September of last year. Recounting the conference's debate on whether or not Mao was a genius, Mao criticized Lin Biao for praising him to the point of absurd hyperbole that implicitly diminished Marx and Lenin.

Mao said he was tired of the cult of personality around him and that Lin was preventing him from scaling it back. Mao also complained that Lin had prevented efforts to cultivate a new generation of leaders after Mao died. Indeed, Mao felt that if Lin had his way, the people's republic would die with Mao, or at least with Lin.

On that same day, Zhou Enlai, Zhang Chunqiao, Ji Dengkuai, and Huang Yongsheng visited Lin Biao in Beidaihe to brief him on plans for a national people's congress. And then the crew all went to see China and Iran's ambassadors to Pakistan sign a mutual recognition agreement, asserting the PRC government as the sole government of China.

The next day, Henan's leaders joined Mao in Wuhan. Mao told the Henan provincial delegation that the Lushan plenum was a failed power grab by people who expected him to die soon. Since the Lushan surprise attack, as he said, Mao thought that he was now paying close attention to the PLA, although did not think it could rebel against him.

On August 25th, Hunan leader and central government agricultural official Hua Guofeng visited Mao, who questioned him over why he was still wearing a Mao badge. Mao went on to tell Hua Guofeng that those who pushed the genius issue to attack Zhang Chunqiao were actually attacking him. ‘I am not a genius,’ he said. Mao went on to say those who thought about the genius theory as being an infallible truth were waving the banner of Mao Zedong to oppose Mao Zedong.

Mao warned Hua that as they had seen across 1967 and 1968, ‘factionalism gets people killed and comrades in the party should work to prevent that from happening again while still continuing revolution under the revolution.’

He went on to say that people should not be killed in struggle criticism transformation and provocatively said that there will still be struggle and contradiction under communism. On August 27th, before leaving Wuhan, Mao told Liu Feng that he wanted to continue mixing in sand by giving Li Xiannian a central military commission job.

Then on the train to Changsha, Mao got his attendance and officials to sing the Internationale and explained the completely Marxist lyrics. After another sing-along of the three rules of discipline and eight points of attention, Mao's train arrived in Changsha. Officials then visited him aboard. Mao recounted to them the histories of the party's line struggles and turning to Hua Guofeng, sang a reprise of the three rules of discipline and eight points of attention.

Mao went on to reminisce about line struggle and Ye Jianying proving his mettle on the long march with clandestine work against the Zhang Guotao line. The next day, talks continued in Changsha, hinting at senior Air Force officers fawning over Lin Liguo.

Mao said that it didn't help someone in his 20s to be called a super genius. Mao asked Sichuan leader Liu Xingyuan and Guangzhou PLA head Ding Sheng, "What are you going to do if he were to oust their old boss, Huang Yongsheng?" Mao then told Wang Dongxing that at some point he should convey to the Politburo the main points that he made on his tour of the South.

On August 30th, another meeting was convened with regional party authorities with Mao. Mao said that Lushan was different from the party's previous line struggles. Lin Biao never owned up to his part in it due to his status. Although he insisted that Lin Biao must continue to be protected, Mao blamed Lin's people for the whole Kerfuffle. He also told the regional leaders not to discuss Lushan openly. Yet, Mao reminded the comrades that genius comes not from any gifted individual or group of individuals, but from a party, which is a vanguard of the proletariat.

On August 31st, Wang Dongxing flew to Nanjing ahead of Mao's train to brief Xu Shiyou and others on Mao's conversations with officials so far this trip. Mao received Xu Shiyou in the evening. Mao asked Xu bluntly why it was that he and Nanchang Uprising leaders who created the People's Liberation Army no longer commanded it.

Meanwhile, on September 1st, Enver Hoxha politely invited a Communist Party of China delegation to the coming party of labor of Albania Congress following his August 6 letter lecturing Mao about Nixon.

Uh anyways, that same day in Nanchang, the capital of Jiangxi province, Mao received regional commander Xu Shiyou, Han Xianchu, and Cheng Shiqing and then proceeded to criticize Lin Biao and the generals close to him. Meanwhile, back in Hubei Province, Lin Biao curiously and nervously told his head of security that there was no point in him having plans for a new residence built at Beidahe because he said, quote, ‘I do not have much time to live.’ What did he mean by this?

On September 3rd, Mao arrived in Hangzhou and received regional commanders Nan Ping, and Xiong Yingtang as well as Chen Liyun (3 syllables) and Bai Zongshan (3 syllables) from the air force. Mao upbraided Chen Liyun for following Wu Faxian at the Lushan plenum last year, asking what were you up to?

Chen was too shocked to answer, declaring that the Lushan incident was not over yet. Mao told the officers that he was now taking a close interest in the running of the PLA. Complaining that there are statues and portraits of him everywhere, Mao reiterated his thoughts on the personality cult from a few days before, saying that it was time to cool down the personality propaganda.

Two days later, Lin Liguo's contacts? in the air force contacted Guangzhou Air Force officer Gu Tongzhou and learned of Mao's recent comments on Lin Biao, which enraged Lin Jr. Liu Feng leaked to Li Zuopeng that Mao considered the Lushan split unresolved, and Li immediately flew to Beijing and informed Huang Yongsheng, who then telephoned Lin Bao's wife, Ye Qun.

On September 6, Nanjing authorities’ quest to find a suitable girlfriend for Lin Liguo was called off as Lin Jr. had become engaged to a 20-year-old army musician named Zhang Ning. That same day, Lin Bao's daughter, Lin Liheng, as well as her fianceé, Zhang Qinglin, and Lin Lee Guo's fiance, Zhang Ning, were all summoned to Beidahe. Lin's children and their partners all arrived at the Lin family homestead to find their father unshaven and shaking nervously. Zhang later recounted being shocked at how sick he looked. Lin Liguo then told his sister Liheng that Mao was moving against Lin Biao over the Lushan split and drew parallels to Peng Dehuai.

Two days later, Lin Liguo left Beidahe for Beijing for a dentist appointment. Lin Liheng, with her brother gone, told members of Lino's staff that she was worried that Lin Jr. was going to try to do something politically drastic and bring her father into it, but she wasn't exactly sure of what. The staff brushed her off, saying she was just being paranoid. That night, Ye Qun stayed up all night crying to Lin Biao.

She told him that she expected him to be purged and sent to the countryside because Mao thought she and him were spies. Back in Beijing, Lin Liguo met with Zhou Yuchi and other members of his Air Force clique at a suburban airfield. They talked late into the night and then agreed to meet again tomorrow, though their discussion was strictly confidential. The next day, Lin Liheng and her fiance took Lin Liguo's fiancee sightseeing, brought back a toy soldier as a souvenir for Lin Biao, which he enjoyed. Meanwhile, Mao decided to abruptly leave Hangzhou for Shanghai.

While on the train, Mao approved Zhou Enlai's request for a plenum of the central committee that month to elect Ji Pengfei and to expel Chen Boda from the party. Upon arriving in Shanghai, Mao summoned Wang Hongwen and Xu Shiyou to his train. Xu was uncontactable, so Wang turned up alone, and Mao then sent him away.

The day afterward, Wang Hongwen and Xu Shiyou visited Mao together. Mao criticized Xu for going off to the countryside the day before without leaving any way to be contacted. Nanjing's Air Force political commissar and Lin Liguo associate Wang Weiguo who Mao criticized a few days before tried to get on the train with them but was denied entry. Mao left Shanghai just after midday on his special train and went straight to Beijing. Almost instantly, Wang Weiguo informed Lin Liguo by telephone that Mao was heading back to the capital.

On September 12th, the day started off tense at Beijing Fengtai Station. Mao received Ji Dengkui, Li Desheng and Wu De and told them that Lushan's black hand was not just Chen Boda. Wu De self-criticized for signing Chen Boda's genius briefing. Mao reassured him that he bears no guilt, but Wu remained petrified. Jiang Qing visited Beijing's summer palace to relax and brought four melons, which she was proud to announce, were a gift from Lin Biao.

Meanwhile, back at the Lin house, Ye Qun suddenly told her daughter Lin Liheng and her fianceé that they were to get married that evening. Shocked and confused, they argued her down to an engagement party. Lin Liguo then told his sister Liheng that the situation was fraught in Beijing and that he was either going to go to Dalian, Guangzhou, or even Hong Kong. It seemed that dirty work was a foot. Lin Liguo and Zhou Yuchi told their clique in the Air Force that Lin Biao was going to fly to Guangzhou tomorrow and address the nation for a special announcement.

That night, Lin Biao took his sleeping pills and went to bed. After her husband was asleep, Ye Qun told the rest of the household to get ready to go to Guangzhou early tomorrow.

Lin Liheng discreetly informed guards that Ye Qun intended to fly the family out of Beidahe for Guangzhou early tomorrow morning. The guards, concerned, reported this immediately to Zhongnanhai. Things escalated across the night. The Central Guards Bureau telephoned Zhou Enlai who was in a late night meeting at the Great Hall of the People to help tell him that Lin Liguo had taken a Trident 1 aircraft from Beijing to near Beidahe.

Wang Dongxing reported to Zhou Enlai that Lin Liheng feared that her brother was up to something, possibly attempting to kidnap her father. Yet Qun called Zhou shortly afterward, explaining to him that Lin Biao needed a plane to visit Dalian. Zhou Enlai felt something was amiss and told her that it wasn't safe to fly that night. Zhou promised to come to Beidahe to smooth any problems personally with Lin Biao, but Ye Qun told him not to because it would upset Lin. She then hung up abruptly. Hm.

Under a different number, Trident 1E aircraft number 256 was dispatched to the airfield serving Beidaihe. Zhou asked Wu Faxian if he had sent an airliner to Beidaihe's local airport. Wu said no and said that there was no such plane there.

Wu called around to his comrades and Air Force officer Hu Ping told Wu Faxian that he sent the trident to Beidahe as a test flight after repairs and thought that this would be trivial. Hu Ping called Wu Faxian back a few minutes later and said that he couldn't send the trident back to Beijing as Wu instructed that the engine was now broken.

Sensing something was now certainly wrong, Zhou told Li Zuopeng to ensure that the trident did not take off without the combined approval of four officials, including himself. Li guessed that Zhou was alluding to Lin Biao and named him when repeating and re-repeating Zhou's orders back to confirm them. The politburo continued on across the night discussing the upcoming National People's Congress.

Afterwards, Zhou asked Huang Yongsheng to stay up and help with the suspicious plane. Meanwhile, at Beidaiha's small airport, a PLA air traffic controller was awoken and told to manage a Trident plane to take off without his team. According to his testimony, later he suspected it was a nuclear mission against the Soviets.

Then the clock struck midnight.

Ye Qun and Lin Liguo awakened Lin Biao, who was completely whacked out on sleeping pills and dressed him and set him off for the airport. Lin Biao's head of security fled the group, wanting no part in whatever was going on. While in the car, Lin asked his wife and son if they could head to Irkutsk in Siberia and asked how long it would take to get there.

Upon arrival at the airport, PLA guards admitted Lin Biao's car into the compound. Li Zuopeng gave his approval over the phone for the Trident to take off. Lin Liguo and Yu Qun boarded the waiting Trident airliner while soldiers watched on in confusion. Lin Biao was too drowsy and weak and had to be hauled up into the plane.

Some witnesses even later claimed that Lin was struggling to not get on the plane and was openly weeping. After the marshall and vice chairman was on the plane, some of the Trident crew ran towards the plane before the engine started, leaving Lin Liguo, Ye Qun, and Lin Biao aboard with a pilot and five others.

The plane revved its engines and slowly surely into the black of the night began to creep away from the gate and towards the runway. The troops on the ground at the airport tried to block the Trident's takeoff with their vehicles, but the plane weaved around them, but clipped one, damaging the wing of the plane. One soldier claimed to have heard gunshots coming from inside the plane, suggesting that a struggle had begun to take place on board.

Beidahe Airport's captain of the PLA Guard Garrison arrived at the airport to find that Lin Biao's plane was already on the runway and getting ready to taxi. The trident then sped down the runway and took off, flying westward into the darkness. Li Zuopeng reported to Zhou Enlai that Lin Biao's plane had managed to take off despite attempts to stop it. Zhou told him to track it. Wu Faxian then called Zhou and said that he had forbidden the Trident plane to take off no matter who asked, but Zhou replied that the plane was already airborne.

Wu ordered several planes to be ready to fly Zhou to wherever Lin Biao landed so that he could speak with him face to face. Zhou then ran to Mao's residence at Zhongnanhai and found that Mao was still awake, taking a late night swim in his swimming pool. He pressed Mao over whether to send fighters to intercept Lin Biao. Mao got out of the pool, looking legitimately shocked.

As he sat on his sofa next to his swimming pool, Mao simply said, "No, let him go. Lin Biao is still vice chairman of the party. Rain will fall. Women will get married. What can we do? Let him go.”

Wu reported to Zhou and Mao that the plane was 100 kilometers from entering Mongolia, but was hard to track by radar, flying unusually low to the ground. Now, while the details are unclear, according to reports, the damaged wing on Lin Biao's plane caught fire sometime shortly after they had entered Mongolian airspace.

The pilot changed route, seeming to try to turn backwards towards China, but it was too late. The trident was going down and exploded upon impact in the depths of the Mongolian desert. Lin Biao, Ye Qun, Lin Liguo, and six others in the crew died in the burning wreckage immediately upon impact.

And thus, Lin Biao, the hero of the Chinese Civil War, one of the grand marshals of the Revolution, vice chairman of the Communist Party of China, grand marshal of the People's Liberation Army, and Mao's appointed successor, close comrade in arms, the second in command of the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution, was dead.

Mao, looking genuinely hurt and devastated, told Zhou to convene the Politburo immediately. At 3:00 a.m. Zhou Enlai briefed the Politburo and said that, in his estimation, Lin Biao had defected to the Soviet Union or at least tried to.

Meanwhile, Lin Liguo's allies, Zhou Yuchi, Yu Xinye and Li Weixin raced into the darkness onto a helicopter outside Beijing and took off with two bewildered crew. With Zhou Yuchi reported airborne, Mao was moved from his swimming pool residence, off to the Great Hall of the People, well protected from air attack.

Zhou Enlai banned all aircraft from Beijing and grounded all flights from Capitol International Airport. He gave the order that air force ground forces were to shoot down anything approaching the capital. Zhou then called for the deployment of Army infantry battalions to all airfields, both civilian and military.

An hour later, Zhou expanded the ban and grounded all aircraft nationwide and sent central guards officer Yang Dezhong to Wu Faxian at Beijing Xijao airport to assist him.

Li Xiannian, Hua Guofeng, and Li Desheng were dispatched to the PLA's temporary HQ in the Jingxi Hotel to assist them, too. Meanwhile, in the air, a fighter passed over Zhou Yuchi's helicopter. Zhou's pilot turned back, protesting that Mongolia was out of range and that they would be shot down. Air Force fighters searched the darkness for Zhou Yuchi's helicopter, but lacked suitable radars.

A ground station picked it up headed back towards Beijing, but Beijing air defense gunners refused an order to fire at the helicopter, fearing collateral damage. Zhou Enlai telephoned and agreed that they should not open fire. Zhou Yuchi's uncooperative, reluctant pilot Chen Xiuwen, then tried to overpower Zhou, who shot him dead.

The helicopter landed safely in a cornfield north of Beijing, where they were surrounded by a local people's militia squadron. Zhou Yuchi, Yu Xinye, and Li Weixin then entered a suicide pact. On the count of three, the men put their handguns to their heads and killed themselves before the militia could put them in handcuffs.

Sun rose over China that morning with the people of China being none the wiser that their beloved vice chairman chairman Mao's closest comrade in arms was now dead.

At 9:00 a.m. Zhou Enlai telephoned Lin Liheng, Lin's daughter, and they spoke for about an hour. She testified to the premiere that Lin Liguo deceived their father into getting on the plane.

Meanwhile, PLA signals intelligence intercepted Mongolian military transmissions, saying that an airplane from China had illegally entered their airspace, then caught fire and crashed.

Mongolian People's Republic authorities arrived at the crash and identified Lin Liguo's body from his ID card. The rest of them were uh crispy critters, as we would say. So, they could only basically assume who was who.

Zhou Enlai reported to Mao that Mongolia seemed to think that the plane was indeed carrying Lin Biao and that it had crashed the night before, but was warned that it might be a deception.

Around noon, Chen Boda was taken to Beijing's notorious Qingcheng Prison and housed alone in building number 204 with round-the-clock observation by two sentries. Zhou Enlai convened the politburo again in the afternoon augmented by PLA leaders.

They drafted emergency instructions to the armed forces. Zhou then rang all provincial and local military leaders to tell them that Lin Biao had fled and to put all armed forces into emergency readiness.

The next morning, September 14th, the Mongolian government lodged a protest with China that a military plane had entered Mongolian airspace and crashed in the desert. After 50 straight hours of being awake, Zhou Enlai finally got some sleep.

However, he was unfortunately soon woken by an embassy report that nobody had, surprised, survived the crash. A drugged and woozy Zhou Enlai repeated “crashed to death” to himself and made himself presentable before going to report to the chairman.

Zhou was asked by Mao how it could be that the trident crashed into open ground and suggested that perhaps it had ran out of fuel or had gotten lost. Mao, despondent and melancholic, sat down at his desk. He wrote a letter to the whole party in which he called Chen Boda a sham Marxist who believed in the genius theory at the expense of learning from the masses.

Mao's letter called for partywide discussion and criticism of Chen Boda's conspiratorial activities and noted oddly that Lin Biao concurred with him.

Wang Dongxing sent additional security to Beidahe to protect Lin Liheng against reprisals from any remaining Lin conspirators and acting foreign minister Ji Pengfei was informed that Lin Biao was dead causing him to remark that “they all died in a plane crash. What a marvelous ending. What the legitimate fuck.”

The next morning, soldiers scoured Lin Biao's quarters at Beidahe and began searching his papers and sending them to Beijing care of the general party office. Xu Shiyou visited Zhou Enlai in Beijing, who gave him the task of discreetly arresting four of Lin Biao's suspected accomplices in the PLA.

Summoned to Beijing, Wang Hongwen was then tasked with luring Shanghai's public security chief, Wang Weiguo, away from his men to be arrested safely. Wang Hongwen casually invited Wang Guo to Shanghai's Jinjiang Hotel to review a document.

Wang Guo asked him to read it over the phone. Explaining that the document was confidential, Wang Hongwen told Wang Weiguo that the review would be quick and promised to take him to a seafood dinner. Wang Weiguo entered the Jinjiang Hotel conference room to find that Wang Hongwen was not in fact not there. Instead, soldiers arrested him at gunpoint.

On the afternoon of September 17th, Mao and Joe agreed upon the main points of an internal verdict on Lin Biao, classifying it as a line struggle and tying him to Chen Boda.

The next day, Radio Xinjang, still obviously having not gotten the memo, just like the rest of the country, welcomed Mao and Lin Biao's outstanding good health and advertised a new photo album of the pair available for sale in Urumqi.

Mao then approved Zhou setting up a working group to investigate a Lin Bao-Chen Boda conspiracy led by Ji Dengkui and Deputy Wang Hongwen. Zhou Enlai chaired the politburo that night showing photographs of Lin Biao and Ye Qun's charred skeletons.

The Politburo agreed to disseminate an official verdict on Lin by Zhang Chunqiao and Yao Wenyuan, listing 16 historical mistakes, but were told to hold off on releasing it to the public. The Politburo put the Air Force under the command of a five man group of officers sidelining Wu Faxian, who declared his resolute support.

A top secret internal party circular charged Lin Biao with treason and revealed the fatal renegade escape of the bourgeois careerist. The Lin Biao circular presented Lin Biao as opposing Mao throughout the 1930s and 40s and he had been a rightist the whole time.

On September 20th, Zhejiang leader Nan Ping sent his deputy Chen Liyun to Shanghai's Jinjiang Hotel to view a document. Inside, Wang Hong Wen arrested him just like Wang Weiguo. Wang Hong Wen asked the soldiers to be gentle with Chen Liyun as he was taken away.

And in a Shanghai basement, he was interrogated about Lin Liguo. The next day, the Chinese government told all foreign embassies that there would be no National Day parade despite earlier rehearsals because it would be a waste of time and money. This caused French media to speculate that either Mao was seriously ill or that a party, Congress, or National People's Congress might be coming up.

The foreign ministry assured the French that Mao was not dead, but offered no specific explanation for National Day's cancellation and several days of grounded flights. Marshall Chen Yi, off from official duties with advanced bowel cancer, was briefed about Lin Biao's death and began formulating a criticism.

On September 22nd, the New York Times reported that Lin Biao's status as successor was being questioned by some elements and speculated that Lin might have been ill. Back in Beijing, PLA Chief of Staff Huang Yongsheng briefed Bureau Chiefs on Lin Biao's flight and death. Access to the September 18th circular remained tight.

Zhou then interviewed embassy staffer Sun Yixian who photographed Lin Bao's crash site. Sun claimed that he sought evidence of a missile blast. When Zhou asked Sun if he had collected papers out of the wreckage, Sun said no. Zhou was enraged, exclaiming that a party member must defend state secrets to the death.

On September 23rd, the New York Times suggested that either Mao or Lin may have died with unusual troop movements since September 12th being signs of a possible succession crisis. The next day, Wu Faxian was called to a meeting in the Great Hall of the People.

Before leaving, he warned his wife that there may be a chance he would not return. Zhou Enlai announced to the Politburo that generals Huang Yongsheng, Li Zuopeng, Wu Faxian, and Qiu Huizuo had all been relieved of duty.

The four generals were then placed under investigation over their links to Lin and told to write self-criticisms under house arrest. But meanwhile, there was something happy going on.

At the UNHQ and NYC, China's Albanian comrades submitted a resolution to the UN to restore the People's Republic of China to all of its rights and expel forth with the representatives of Chiang Kai-Shek. So yeah, Albania was at the UN doing China a solid while all this was going on.

But anyways, on September 26, a central directive informed the public that there would be no national day parade in the capital this year, but smaller local celebrations would still be allowed in the provincial capitals. A meeting for top leaders to criticize Lin Biao began later that day with marshals Chen Yi, Nie Rongzheng, Xu Xiangqian and other veteran PLA officers in attendance.

On September 28th, a central directive limited documents on Lin Biao's flight and death to top leaders like provincial standing committee members and generals. The public was not allowed to know of Lin's death yet. Damage control was still paramount.

On that same day, Lin Liguo associate Wang Fei wrote a confession claiming to have been shown a paper order from Lin Biao to accept commands from Zhou Yuchi, the infamous supposed 571 plot document.

The next day, the 29th, a confidential memo informed leaders that Huang Yongsheng, Liu Pong, Wu Faxian, and Qiu Huizuo had been sacked for conspiring with Lin Biao.

On September 30th, English language newspaper Digest Peking Review carried an advertisement for Lin Biao's speeches. Radio Fujian advertised a Mao-Lin photo album. Literally, the entirety of the Chinese public was none the wiser.

Everything seemed hunky dory at the top and people just assumed that Lin was still working hard alongside Chairman Mao to serve the people and make revolution.

However, that day, Mongolia's press agency publicly announced the September 13th air crash to its own people and said that the PLA plane must have lost its bearing while flying at night.

The politburo agreed staffing arrangements for a Lin Biao-Chen Boda inquiry along with personnel changes in various arms of the Ministry of Defense. October rolled around and autumn of 1971 came.

The People's Daily welcomed National Day with a long article detailing various statistics indicating China had begun experiencing a good amount of economic growth that year along with an article calling for US aggressive troops to leave Korea and criticizing the USA's imperialist voting machine of allies at the UN.

On October 3rd, an awkward broadcast occurred. Radio Hubei described Lin Biao, using the usual formulation, as a shining example to follow. However, literally every other national, provincial, and municipal station had begun to cease mentioning him, with many radio staff not knowing why they'd been ordered to.

That same day in Beijing, a central directive informed leaders that a Lin Biao-Chen Boda inquiry had been set up to be led day-to-day by Ji Dengkui and Wang Dongxing.

The Central Military Commission's administrative group was declared thereby dissolved and replaced by a new organ headed by Ye Jiangying and run by Li Desheng.

Further reshuffling occurred and notice and a notice revealed that Hua Guofeng was to join the state council's business group, running the government day today as its new deputy leader.

In the early evening, foreign ministry officials gathered in the ministry's main auditorium where the notice on Lin Biao's flight and death was read out.

The next day over in the US, Time magazine speculated about Lin Bao's absence from view and hypothesized that Huang Yongsheng may be after his job as defense minister.

Back in Beijing, Mao received members of Ye Jianying’s new central military commission office, informing them that Lin Biao and Chen Boda had conspired to seize power and blamed the two for the treatment of PLA leaders in the late 1960s.

On October 5th, Xinhua News Agency announced that Kissinger would visit China again later in the month to make concrete arrangements for President Nixon's trip.

That same day, Zhou Enlai and Geng Biao received 70 visiting Americans, including the leaders of the Revolutionary Union, Black Panthers, and Young Lords Party. Included in this group were notable American communists such as Huey P. Newton, Eldridge Cleaver, Bobby Seal, Bob Avakian, Mary Lou Greenberg, H Bruce Franklin, C. Clark Kissinger, and many, many more.

However, as Zhou was entertaining these American comrades, a new limited circulation memo informed top leaders that Lin Biao tried to have Mao assassinated and set up a rival government in the South before he fled. A week later, the Communist Party of China declined Hoxha's invitation to the upcoming Labor Party Congress following 1969's blanket policy against such delegation. Hoxha was, according to later sources, furious and said that the Chinese would regret their anti-Marxist snub toward him.

On October 20th, Kissinger and his entourage arrived in Beijing, greeted by Ye Jianying and Ji Pengfei. They joined Zhou Enlai and his interpreters for talks. After the meeting, Mao summoned Zhou Enlai, Ye Jianyang, Ji Pengfei and the meeting's interpreters Wang Hairang and Tang Wenshang to discuss Kissinger. Ye Jianying said that the timing of Kissinger's visit suggested that the USA knew that next week's UN motion to seat the PRC would fail.

After more talks on the 23rd, Mao criticized a draft communique for the Kissinger talks for lacking a voice. He felt it avoided saying anything about revolution or oppression. The next day, Ji Dengkui read Kissinger a revised draft communique. Kissinger was irked by it, saying that the sharp uncompromising language made it hard to accept.

On October 25th, at the UN headquarters, an American motion to let Beijing assume the UN China seat with Taipei keeping a seat of its own was voted down by the General Assembly. Instead, the UN General Assembly passed the Albanian motion to expel forth with the representatives of Chiang Kai-Shek and exclusively seat the PRC. Surprised by Chiang Kai-Shek and America's defeat at the UN, Mao commented that China had been carried into the UN by its brothers in the third world. And it was true. When the vote showed that the people's republic was to take over the China seat at the UN, it is said that the African and Arab delegates danced in the aisles with joy. November rolled around and Kim ll-Sung arrived in Beijing for his second visit to China in just over a year so that he and Mao could discuss the Kissinger talks.

At the talks, Mao brought together his new ad hoc foreign policy group, Zhou Enlai, Ye Jianying, Ji Pengfei, Qiao Guanhua, and Wang Hairong. Upon returning to Pyongyang, Kim Il-sung reassured Workers Party of Korea cadres that ‘China engaging with Nixon was no big deal, it was just like the Molotov Ribbontrop agreement of 1939.’

The next day, foreign ministry official Huang Hua, who would soon become deputy head of China's UN mission, signed a mutual agreement with Peru, which is funny because at the same time, Beijing was actually training Communist Party of Peru members in studying military theory and agricultural reform.

And on the third, the foreign ministry threw a bountiful banquet in Beijing for the diplomatic representatives of nations who voted the PRC into the UN the prior month.

On October 6, in a Jiangxi factory dining hall, for over two hours, 80 workers, including Deng Xiaoping, were read the circular revealing Lin Biao's death. Deng Xiaoping contributed no views on Lin in his workshop's discussion group, but he was allowed to take the text of the circular home.

Deng wrote to Mao that he had always thought Chen Boda was a villain, but was genuinely shocked and angered to learn of Lin's betrayal. Thanks to the brilliant leadership foiling Lin Biao and Chen Boda, Deng Xiaoping continued in his letter that he was so happy he could not restrain his emotions.

Two days later, work on getting ready to join the UN continued. Mao approved a report saying that China should make sure to be consultative at the UN and avoid using its security council veto too much. Mao also rejected British overtures to diplomatic recognition.

Unlike the Americans who were ready to compromise, the Brits were trying to remain equivocal on Taiwan. So Mao decided to keep them in timeout. Zhou Enlai, Ye, Ji and Wang and other top cadres, then saw Qiao Guanhua off to the airport as he flew to join the UN in New York.

On November 11th, a Scottish Council for Development and Industry group arrived in Guangzhou. They were the first Western European trade delegation since the 1950s. And while Qiao Guanhua arrived in New York, he told journalists that he wished well people of all walks of life in New York and the rest of America. Future President George HW Bush greeted the PRC UN delegation on the way to the main chair. There they took the China seat and heard other nations remarks.

On October 15th, Qiao addressed the UN. He attacked the USA, thanked those who helped seat the PRC, and talked about history's trend towards revolution. So quite the introduction. On November 18th on local radio, Hangzhou's top PLA officer alluded to Lin Bao's clique exhibiting left-wing extremism and delusions of intellectual grandeur.

On November 20th, receiving Wuhan military leaders, Mao repudiated Lin Biao's ideological contributions, but said that his followers could be rehabilitated. Mao also said that it was worth retaining the eight democratic parties of the United Front. For more info on this, please see our minisode on the United Front parties during the cultural revolution.

In Nanjing, party leaders met to pick through and correct forced confessions extracted during investigations into the supposed May 16th group. Investigations led by PLA officials aligned with Lin Biao. A few days later, Hainan Radio celebrated the end of a nameless clique of party enemies whose bodies and bones were scattered without ever finding a grave.

On November 29th, the Politburo ruled that Mao's four great titles, great leader, great teacher, great commander, and great helmsman, which Lin Biao had coined, were not to be used anymore in any party publications or state media.

On December 1st, People's Daily shared an editorial on summing up experiences and reminded party committees that hidden anti-party me elements were actually very rare and to be careful not to whip up conspiratorial ideas or attack people without firm evidence.

On December 6th, Zhou Enlai told the Military Aviation Industry Forum that it was time to criticize Lin Bao and his anti-party group for anarchism and ultraleftism.

10 days later, the state council's national planning conference began discussing the economic plan for 1972 and criticized the economics of Lin Biao.

The next day on the 17th, a central directive listed the approvals needed to remove officials if they ended up being implicated by investigations into Lin or Chen.

On December 22nd, China's UN delegation returned from New York. Zhou Enlai met them at the airport and they all reported to Mao together in the evening.

And a few days later, People's Daily evaluated the UN26 General Assembly as a victory for the oppressed peoples of the world. And with that, we will end our chronicle of the year 1971. So anyways, let's address the elephant in the room.

What do we make of the Lin Bao incident? Well, scholars are still to this day heavily divided on the issue. So I'll present the two main arguments put forward, or should I say two and a half.

First, there is the prevailing school of thought in official Chinese discourse and among Maoist groups more globally that Lin was quote ‘left in form, right in essence’ and that Mao was indeed the target of a coup by Lin. There is strong evidence for this position.

Lin had not only carefully read Liu Shaoqi's famous ‘how to be a good communist’ and made many approving marginal comments during the cultural revolution. He also told Lin Doudou that Liu Shaoqi's level of theoretical understanding was superior to Mao and he declared that both Liu and Deng Xiaoping were good comrades and commented that it did not make sense to get rid of Liu.

As for the cultural revolution itself, Lin made a dismissive comment in 1967 that the movement had become a revolution without culture. And this perhaps best summed up his attitude, a secret disdain for the entire thing while still claiming to be its second in command. At least that's what his daughter says.

Mao said many times in meetings with the central military commission across 1971 that he was concerned that the PLA had a disproportionate amount of power in the provincial and municipal revolutionary committees and that it was time for the party and mass organizations to give more play to their own initiative in these new bounties of power.

Lin, according to later accounts by his colleagues and daughters, felt deeply upset by this and his son Lin Liquo and his wife Ye Qun even more so. Lin did indeed have every reason to pull off a coup if he wanted his political trajectory to continue, especially after the Lushan conference of 1970 split Mao and Lin irreparably.

His fanatical and dogmatic loyalty to Mao, which often manifested in promoting book worship and blind obedience to authority, had caused issues in society and simultaneously had not paid off for Lin. He certainly felt sidelined and betrayed despite still officially being Mao's successor.

In 1980, the Communist Party of China put forward the summation that Lin Bao's clique and the clique around the Gang of Four had collaborated to sabotage Chairman Mao and the party center, only falling out with each other in 1971 when Lin's coup attempt was exposed.

The Maoist camp within the international communist movement, by and large, takes up a variation of this theory, albeit not looping in the Gang of Four into the conspiracy.

The revolutionary internationalist movement, an international conference of Maoist parties, upheld the idea that Lin was responsible for an attempt to assassinate Mao and that he fled when the plot was exposed. Bob Avakian, chairman of the Revolutionary Communist Party USA, said in his 1979 book, Mao Zedong's immortal contributions that quote,

"Mao recognized quite early that Lin Biao had treacherous characteristics, even though he had played a generally positive role at an earlier stage in the Chinese Revolution. And even though Mao felt it was necessary to unite with Lin during the first stage of the cultural revolution in order to knock out the strongly entrenched rightists associated with Liu Shaoqi” end quote.

Avakian goes on to say that there had been quote “many defects in the way in which Lin had promoted the cultural revolution and by the time of the 9th Congress he had begun to attack many of the achievements and gains of the cultural revolution and that he had argued that revolutionary turmoil was fine for a while, namely for as long as it took for him to get to the top, but that the time had come for the masses to quiet down, put the noses to the grindstone, and just engage in production.” End quote. It was due to this, Avakian and other Maoist leaders during the 1970s and 1980s argued that Lin wanted Mao out of the picture.

This continues to be the general consensus among Maoist parties today. However, some western ‘scholars’ have cited differences with these narratives. One of the most prominent dissident voices is the scholar Frederick Teiwes. In his book, The Tragedy of Lin Biao, he posits the following six-point evaluation.

“Number one, far from being excessively ambitious, Lin was content with an inactive albeit honored position and was thrust into a leading role by Mao and subsequently cast aside for reasons that have little to do with any wishes he may have had for greater power. This view was strongly expressed in the immediate post-Lin period, under the influence of post-Mao accounts of the struggle of the Lin Biao and Jiang Qing clicks, more western what recent western analysis have given greater attention to conflict between the two groups."

"Number two, while Lin publicly assumed a proponent's role during the cultural revolution as befitted his new status as the successor and also seemingly took advantage of the situation to settle personal grievances. To the extent that a personal political orientation can be deduced from his actions and private statements, it was in favor of economic and moderation and limiting chaos, particularly the army."

"Three, Lin never opposed Mao politically, but instead operated by the prime political rule of strictly following the chairman's wishes to the extent that they could be determined. Even in the desperate post-Lushan period, his posture was passive and most likely, although not certainly, Hughes says, he had no knowledge of any military coup or assassination plots."

"Four, there was no fundamental conflict between Lin and Zhou Enlai as Zhou accepted Lin's superior status and Lin did not interfere in Zhou's activities. The conflict which did exist was between Lin and his supporters and Jiang Qing's group which fundally mentally developed from competition for Mao's blessing and was concerned more with trivial matters and perceptions of relative power than with policy issues."

"Five. Although the relationship of civilian and military authority caused considerable friction within the party, there is little to suggest that Lin or his top associates in the PLA were pushing for a Bonapartist outcome."

"And finally, six, while Lin did have an interest in the institutional well-being of the military and the PLA as an organization playing a key role in supervising the economy, there is no evidence of his shaping a coherent program to appeal to a military-industrial complex or indeed of any developed policy positions through the entire 1966 through 1971 period.” End quote. _

So, uh, you guys might remember that I said that me and my fiance were going to be going to Beijing this summer, and we did. It was awesome.

Um, number one thing I got to tell you guys is, yes, I got to see Chairman Mao's embalmed body at the Chairman Mao Memorial Hall for the first time. So, that was a real treat. Uh, I got to lay flowers at his feet, you know, raise a fist and bow reverently. Then I got a nice fountain pen and the bookmark at the souvenir shop. Uh Tiananmen Square was great. Uh the National Museum this year was fantastic.

For one thing, the National Museum is right up there with like the Smithsonian, the British Museum, the Met, uh the Hermitage, the Louvre. In terms of the great museums of the world, uh it's got 5,000 years of history across a 5h hour tour. It's a real treat. you really should go.

Um, we also went to Siji Minfu Beijing Roast Duck Restaurant, which was next door to our hotel. Honestly, I've been to a lot of Beijing Roast Duck restaurants. I've been to Quanjude, which I've mentioned before in this podcast. I've been to Bianyifeng, but Siji Minfu, that was the best Beijing roast duck I've ever had. Hands down. In fact, I'd say it was one of the greatest meals I've ever eaten in my 37 years.

So, it was worth the 3-hour in our hotel room. Uh, we also went to the summer palace. Uh, we went to the main tombs for the first time. That was cool. Uh, this year we skipped the forbidden city and the temple of heaven and the great wall, but you know, we wanted to see some other things we've never seen before. But those are those kinds of things that we've been to so many times and uh you know they're not going away anytime soon. The only thing was is like Beijing always is in July. It was swelteringly hot. I'm talking like 40° C or 101 Fahrenheit and like 80 to 90% humidity. No cloud cover most days we were there. It was absolutely dreadful.

Now I'm back at the podcaster's seat and I'm ready to continue on with the rest of the story. Uh now just a warning before we get into the story. This is definitely going to be probably the most graphic and violent episode of this entire podcast series. So uh content warning, trigger warning, listener discretion advised, whatever you want to call it.

We're going to be dealing with some very gruesome violence. We're going to be dealing with a lot of mass killings. Uh there's going to be brief mention of [r-word for non-consensual coitus]. There's going to be mention of suicide and even outright cannibalism. So consider yourself definitely warned.

Um, I'll try to deal with these topics delicately, but you know, there are just things that we're going to have to address if we as historians want to have a holistic summation of the cultural revolution in both terms of its successes and its failures. Also, we have a lot to cover today. So, I will be jumping around a good bit in terms of chronologically.

Um, so bear with me, be patient, and let's get into it. So last episode we left off with the 100 day war at Tsinghua University. Last time we left off, the 414 Red Guards and the Jinggangshan Corps Red Guards had whittled down to their last few hundred fighters fighting room to room, building to building their bloody attempt to seize control of the Qinghua campus despite having been completely alienated from the masses, the party and the broader Beijing Red Guard movement for their refusal to cease their counterproductive slaughter. Yet, the two factions remained resolute in their fight.

On July 3rd, 414 member Zhu Yusheng (my note: Zhu Yisheng?/ Zhu Yusheng) was building fortifications around his faction's positions when he was cut down by AK-47 fire from across the no man's land. Next day, another 414 Red Guard, Yang Zhijun, was ripped to shreds by heavy machine gun fire from the Jinggangshan Corps in their positions in classroom building number one while attempting to drift on the same edge of the no man's land.

On July 6th, Jinggangshan's efforts to force their siege resulted in another death. Lab assistant Yang Shuli when a second tank made by the 414 force tried to run vegetables through the blockades of the science building. An armorpiercing shell seized from a South China shipment of supplies bound for Vietnam penetrated the tank's armor plate and killed the driver.

The next day, July 7th, a group of PLA troops from the Beijing garrison, visiting Qinghua University with a copy of Chairman Ma's latest directive, the July 3rd directive, which was a call for a ceasefire between the factions in Guangxi province, and a lot more on that later, but yeah, the party center wanted that ceasefire between the factions to apply to the entire nation. Their attempts were rebuffed, saying that unless Chairman Mao personally specified their university in the directive that the battle must continue.

The Beijing Revolutionary called for the Beijing garrison to pull back and convene a conference as to what to do next. And the gunfight between the two factions lasted sharply across the next two days, alight with minimal casualties.

Then on July 9th, Jinggangshan Redguards attempted to finish off the 414 Red Guards who were held up inside the new science building by barricading the building's exits shut and then throwing Molotov cocktails and hand grenades into the open windows, then used high-pressured hoses to spray gasoline onto the fires inside. Immediately, the building quickly went up in flames and the only reason the 414s inside weren't all burned alive was because a squadron of armed firemen were able to fight their way into the campus and put the fire out.

On July 9th through 12th, a meeting between Chairman Mao, Zhou Enlai, the Beijing Revolutionary Committee, and the Beijing garrison was finally held to finally figure out how to end the entire debacle.

The Beijing Revolutionary Committee wanted to send the Beijing garrison to arm, disarm and force a ceasefire between the Qinghua factions. Mao said that he was in favor of finding a way to disarm the mass orgs, but he didn't want to get the army involved just yet.

Xie Fuzhi proposed that the Ministry of Public Security launch a nationwide investigation into mass killings by mass organizations which Mao and Zhou gave the approval. Xie was particularly worried about the fact that the suicide rate had skyrocketed nationwide with many more people taking their lives out of either humiliation or disillusionment than people were being killed in factional warfare or in vigilante struggle sessions.

During that time, Mao and Zhou got word that Liu Shaoqi had contracted pneumonia and that its symptoms were expanding rapidly. It's kind of ironic. Right as the Cultural Revolution's arch enemy was seemingly on his deathbed, the Cultural Revolution more broadly seemed in danger of dying from the inside.

At the end of the meeting, a representative of the Beijing garrison went to visit Kuai Dafu at his office from which he was directing the 100 day war. He begged Kuai to order the Jinggangshan red guards to lift the blockade of the campus and allow the PLA to come in to begin negotiations. Kuai refused and called Xie Fuzhi to tell him that he would only stop fighting if Xie branded the 414s as a counterrevolutionary organization and would arrest the entire faction. Xie refused, saying it was ridiculous.

Things continued to putter on with the fighting on both Qinghua and to a lesser extent BeiDa campuses going on unabated. Nie Yuanzi and her Xin BeiDa commune were able to capture the leadership of their rivals, the Beida Jinggangshan, and put them on trial and imprison them in a makeshift prison.

Then on July 26th, 1968, just after sending a cable to Xi’an calling for a complete disarmament of all Red Guard and rebel groups all remaining here in Shaanxi, Mao gave a signal to the PLA to put an end to all of this once and for all.

The army went into the factories and workplaces of Beijing and recruited thousands of workers to be part of new formations called the workers’ Mao Zedong Thought propaganda teams which would be deployed to the university campuses to allow the proletariat to take the helm of the revolution and peacefully disarm the rebel students.

To quote William Hinton in his book 100 Day War, quote, "Propaganda teams were actually work teams sent into various cultural and production units to solve problems. They were called propaganda teams, though, because the designation of work team had been in disrepute ever since the work team sent in by Liu Shaoqi to suppress the masses and the students all over China in spring and summer of 1966.”

Also, since the key solution to most problems was deep study of Mao Zedong's thought, they made propaganda, the propagation, Mao Zedong thought, the heart of their work. 62 factories sent over 30,000 people altogether. But these figures only include those who were officially counted in the organized columns. Many other workers showed up on their own. Some say that 100,000 workers surrounded Qinghua that day, although this figure is probably exaggerated. No one really knows the true count. It could have easily been twice as the official count, though.

Um, all according to Hinton, all roads leading north out of Beijing were jammed with cars, trucks, and buses. So great was the exodus that ordinary citizens in Beijing streets wondered what all the commotion was about. And this was in a period when mass actions and demonstrations made commotion commonplace in and around Beijing.

On the morning of July 26, tens of thousands of workers marched onto Qinghua’s campus, holding up large portraits of Chairman Mao and waving the little red book, shouting revolutionary slogans through loudspeakers.

Immediately the 414 red guards rushed to greet the workers' propaganda teams and surrender joyfully. Kuai Dafu, on the other hand, told his Jinggangshan red flag faction to refuse to surrender. He suspected that the workers’ propaganda teams were Liu Shaoqi aligned work teams like those that had been deployed in spring and summer of '66.

The workers began a massive sit-in protest, refusing to leave until the Jinggangshan red guards turned in their arms.

On the evening of the 27th, a heavy rain began pouring down. But the worker propaganda team stayed strong. Jinggangshan fighters began to throw stones and glass bottles down on the propaganda team from the top of classrooms and dorm buildings, causing some of the workers to fall back.

The workers then regrouped, stripping off their soaked shirts and pumping their fists in the air, chanting unison, "Use reason, not violence. Use reason, not violence," and shouting to the students to remember about contradictions among the people versus antagonistic contradictions with the enemy.

Around midnight, Kuai Dafu rushed to the Beijing Revolutionary Committee who were holding a round-the-clock meeting to keep up with the developments at Qinghua. Kuai stormed into Mayor Wu's office, demanding to know who was behind the march on Qinghua. Sitting next to Wu were Beijing garrisons and officer Liu Feng. Liu and Wu didn't mince words. The Central Committee and the People's Liberation Army had called in the workers.

If I had been Kuai, I would have realized that I was in the wrong and told my crew to stand down. But what did Kuai do? Well, frankly, Kuai lied. Kuai called campus headquarters and instead of relaying Lu and Wu’s words, he reported that the opinion of the central committee was that the workers should return to their factories and the students should be allowed to settle their own affairs.

Taking their commander at his word, Jinggangshan red guards proceeded to throw spears and grenades at the workers who had begun to scale the walls of the dorms and classrooms to pull the remaining militants out of their positions.

It was like the battle of Helms Deep in Lord of the Rings, man. Like shit was getting wild, brutal.

After uh 12 hours, dozens of deaths, and hundreds of casualties, Jinggangshan Corps red guards finally realized that history was no longer on their side, and they surrendered. The 100-day war was finally over.

At 11 p.m., Chairman Mao called for a driver to collect his freezing and exhausted personal physician who had been part of the propaganda team from the campus of Qinghua University for a debriefing. He filled in Chairman Mao on all that had happened, and Mao called on a late night conference with all the main red guard leaders of the city of Beijing.

At 3:30 a.m. in the dead middle of the night at the call of the people, Mao, Lin Biao, Jiang Qing, and Kang Sheng received Nie Yuanzi, Wang Dabin (Wan Debing?), Han Aijing, and Tan Houlan, and solemnly sat them down. Surprisingly, Kuai Dafu was absent.

Mao, Lin, Jiang, and Kang all gave the Red Guard leadership a sound verbal thrashing. Mao said he had wanted the Red Guards to ‘struggle, criticize, reform society’ in order to defeat the capitalist roaders within the party and to use as little violence as possible. But they had failed at this and now it was better to just quote ‘struggle criticize quit’.

Lin quipped that the Red Guard movement had isolated themselves from the workers, peasants and soldiers. Now it was very clear. The July 3rd Guangxi Declaration and the July 25th Shaanxi Declaration applied to the entire country and that any group opposing the PLA or killing people were to be annihilated.

Mao asked why things had gotten so bad at Qinghua University and Kuai was still absent from the meeting. Han Aijing spoke up and defended Kuai Dafu saying ‘he's still stuck riding the tiger of the rebel movement’. Mao scoffed. ‘If he cannot get off the back of the tiger, then I say, let us kill the tiger.’ A gasp went across the room.

Was Mau really calling for an end to the rebellion? Just then, despite being hours late, Kuai Dafu burst into the room, sobbing hysterically, tears running down his eyes, and begged Mao for forgiveness.

Kuai reported to chairman Mao that a black hand has intervened at Qinghua and there's a massive conspiracy.

Mao stood before Kuai and said to him, "You say there is a black hand. I am the black hand."

After five hours of sharp and intense criticism and outlining his plan to use the propaganda teams to further the cultural revolution and youth students being forced to take a back seat from here on out, Mao dismissed the meeting and with that effectively pulled the plug on the Red Guard movement.

Two days later, transcripts of Mao's talk with the Red Guard leaders were posted all around Beijing and sent to party and revolutionary committee offices around the country with an addendum stating that factionalism was to no longer be tolerated.

On August 8th, the People's Daily put out a special editorial that celebrated 2 years since Mao's Bombard the Headquarters poster had been published with an interesting twist. The editorial ended by telling readers that now it was the time to note ‘unite under Mao's headquarters’, not bombard the headquarters.

Unite under Mao's headquarters. Very honest what they were trying to say here. On August 10th, the last weapons being held by the two factions of Qinghua Red Guard groups were turned over to the propaganda teams and all prisoners taken by both sides were set free.

The propaganda team instituted a year-long course of mandatory Mao Zedong Thought study classes for all who had taken part in the fighting. The hope was to rehabilitate the guards and prepare them to build a grand alliance which would then become the basis for a revolutionary committee at Qinghua University.

But the workers knew it would take a long time for all that bad blood to settle, especially with a guy like Kuai who was quite stubborn.

On August 17th, Nie Yuanzi's weekly tabloid newspaper, Xin BeiDa, printed its last edition and was closed down on orders from the party center, instituting a wave of closures of student newspapers nationwide and a de facto ban on non-party press.

In mainstream press, People's Daily ran an editorial commemorating Mao's 1st August 16th, 1966 Red Guard reception and said, quote, "The Red Guard movement has in a way played a pioneering role in the cultural revolution and said that the party hopes that the revolutionary students would now prepare to transform their role as secondary supporters of the new working class upsurge."

On August 19th, the propaganda team arrived at Beida University and were welcomed by Nie Yuanzi. The propaganda team quickly disarmed both the Xin Beida Commune and BeiDa Jinggangshan Red Guard factions and released all prisoners taken by Nie.

The propaganda team were very terse with Nie Yuanzi and said that her intransigence made violence inevitable and demanded that she make a public self-criticism which she did do.

A few days later on August 29th all Red guard organizations at Beijing University and Qinghua University were forcibly dissolved. On August 25th, Red Flag Journal printed a groundbreaking theoretical article by Yao Wenyuan titled, "The working class must lead in everything."

A resounding call to arms and endorsement of the workers propaganda teams, Yao declared that it was anti-Marxist to limit workers control the factories and, in interest of advancing the class struggle, the propaganda teams were to control universities indefinitely.

If classes at China's universities were to resume after almost two years of the universities being closed, they would need to do so on a generally communist, not revisionist, basis and that a proper Marxist Leninist pedagogy would be needed to be put in place and that this would only be possible supervision of the working class.

Honestly, I would actually highly recommend going to Marxist Internet Archives, Peking Review archive and looking at the August 30th, 1968 issue of Peking Review, which features the English translator work. And it's actually a pretty thought-provoking piece and really um it really is revealing, kind of like where the party center was to take the cultural revolution after this with its rhetoric.

On August 29th, multiple workers' propaganda teams were deployed around our lovely city of Xi’an, including at Xi’an Xiaotong University, Northwest University, G*da (Xi Gong Da?), Northwest Polytechnical University, Shaanxi Normal University, and Chang’an University.

While Xi’an had been overall peaceful since the ceasefire of September 3rd, 1967, sporadic violence had plagued the Xi’an Jaotong University campus across spring and summer of 68. And it was time to put a lid on what could have spilled out and caused the otherwise peaceful city to become a cauldron of chaos like Beijing.

Well, by the last day of August, every middle school, high school, and higher education institute in Beijing had been taken over by workers’ Mao Zedong Thought propaganda teams, and every red guard faction in Beijing was forced to hand over all weapons. Their leaderships were disbanded, and all activities, be it fighting or mass work, were to be completely suspended.

On August 30th, Zhou Enlai held a press conference of propaganda team, PLA, and university leaders, and consensus was reached that all schools nationwide, not just Beijing, whether they had experienced factional fighting or not, were to be taken over by propaganda teams and Yao's call for the working class to exercise control and everything to become a firm reality.

And with that, the Beijing Red Guard Movement effectively and completely ceased to exist.

Now, why do I think the Beijing Red Guard movement failed so spectacularly? Well, I'll answer that question at the end of this episode when we discuss other aspects of the end of the rebel mass movements in August of 68. But for now, let's get into one question.

Why did Mao wait for so long to disband what had already been out of control for months?

You know, so many lives had been lost over needless, senseless bloodshed for, you know, over a year. Why act now?

Well, William Hinton posed his own hypothesis in the 100 Day War. Quote, "It is perhaps important to ask why Mao Zedong and the central leaders waited so long before intervening in Kuai's affairs. Surely the seriousness of the situation was known to them. How could they let it continue month after month? I can only speculate on the answer, but what seems to be most probable is that Mao could not intervene until the situation had matured to a certain point.

He could not intervene until the students proved that they could not settle their affairs themselves, until the situation was clearly hopeless and until this was apparent not only to outsiders, the students themselves. And he could not intervene until working class forces had developed the unity and strength to do the job as it should be done through a concentrated mass effort and without violence." End quote.

I myself think Hinton's theory is probably most likely correct. Mao basically just wanted to make sure that he was acting at the right place, the right time where the workers and peasants would be completely behind him. You know, the party had begun to be reconstituted through the revolutionary committees and at the end of the day all options had been completely exhausted.

So, now that we've seen the rebel movements ended in Beijing, let's take a look at how the rebel movements ended in the south of China, specifically Guangxi.

Now, why am I having us take a look at Guangxi province? Well, I'm taking a look there because quite frankly, this is where the cultural revolution enters its darkest hour.

You think things were bad on Qinghua campus during the day war? Oh, my friends, brace yourself, cuz this is about to get seriously ugly. Like I said earlier, content warning, trigger warning, listener discretion is advised.

And uh you might not want to be eating anything while you're listening to this part um because you will lose your appetite. So, a little bit of background about Guangxi province. So, Guangxi, whose capital is called Nanning, uh was one of the poorest and most underdeveloped provinces in China, rivaled only by Tibet, Gansu, and Guizhou. Even today, outside of the provincial capital, Guangxi, it's seen as very much, you know, the sticks or the boonies of southern China.

Guangxi was headed by uh this ethnically Zhuang military strongman named Wei Guoqing who was very much part of the right-wing the PLA. You know, Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping's good old boys' club, if you will. I've talked a little bit about the good old boys club before um among the army brass.

Uh many of the working class and rural population in Guangxi resented Wei for his heavy-handed and corrupt methods of ruling. But the problem is that we also had a lot of street credit as a hero during the Chinese civil war as well as helping the Vietnamese national liberation struggle at the battle of Dien Bien Phu in 1954.

Uh he was also the guy who was in charge of making sure that China's military and medical aid shipments reached Vietnam in their struggle against the Americans because Guangxi uh was on the northern border of Vietnam.

And uh this becomes a big problem because you know when Wei is at odds with the party center party center is like yeah this guy's a capitalist roader but at the same time if we topple him too hard then it screws up the supply lines to the you know to the Vietnamese. So what do we do? Well it's not so great.

So the power seizures during the January storm in '67 in the provincial capital of Nanning and the province's other major city Guilin had fallen apart quickly and the rebels split in April of 67 into the allied headquarters of the proletarian revolutionary rebels. Uh from now on I'm going to call them the Allied command - who were the conservative pro-Wei faction with the backing of the provincial PLA command.

And then there was the April 22nd Red Guards, aka the April faction, who were the hardline Maoist faction that was initially backed by the Central Cultural Revolution Group and uh some other PLA units in the southern China region.

Factional warfare fanned out across Guangxi province across spring of 67 and summer of 68, causing thousands of deaths and constant tit for tat fighting.

Things got really bad though. Rumors began to circulate that the April 22nd Red Guards were actually a cover group for a secretive terrorist network of Guomindang from Taiwan and former landlords called the anti-communist army of patriots with the Allied Command accusing the April faction of being Taiwanese spies and the April faction accusing Allied command of being capitalist roaders. It was definitely one of those uh kind of rumbles where neither side wanted to give the other quarter.

On July 3rd, like I said, Mao issued a directive saying that all factional fighting in Guangxi was to cease immediately and that it was time to end the senseless bloodshed. Now, you think, oh, awesome. Mao called ceasefire and called for a grand alliance and uh you know they were going to create a a nice provincial revolutionary committee and everything was going to be gucci gravy, right?

Eh no, instead, Wei Guoqing who had been ended up uh elected as leader of Guangshi provincial revolutionary committee and had maneuvered so that the Guangxi revolutionary committee was overwhelmingly stacked by allied command and aligned party cadres, mass or representatives, and PLA officers. Uh, let's face it,

The Guangxi Revolutionary Committee was just fucking ass, y'all. It was like literally the same group of guys that ruled prior to the January storm were back in power. They had just quote unquote ‘self-criticized.’ I'm not even fucking joking here. It was fucking ass, y'all.

Um, anyways, so Wei launches this huge quote anti-factionalism campaign. And by anti-factionalism campaign, he meant kill all the April 22nd Red Guards and any citizen of the province who supported them or was even in any way connected to them.

On July 16th, PLA artillery divisions began shelling rebel held districts in Nanning, indiscriminately pummeling residential and industrial sections of the city. They also went on to attack the waterfront of the Yongjiang River that flows through Nanning because um the rebel workers’ groups and revolutionary workers’ congresses, on the docks and stuff, among the ships in the area, the shipping area, they were all aligned with the April 22nd faction.

In the ensuing bombardment, 166 boats containing 3,200 tons of cargo were sunk and thousands of people were killed or wounded.

On July 24th in Binyang County, Guangxi province, the local revolutionary committee launched a purge of quote 23 types of class enemy and started executing hundreds of people In Futong,? Guangxi, people's militia units aligned with the Allied command and killed 120 and captured 70 April 22nd Red Guards. Most of the captured were executed.

So y'all would think that since the April 22nd Red Guards were the CCRG approved re action that the CCRG would have put a stop to all this, right? Eh, you're wrong. Instead, Kang Sheng and Zhou Enlai had the wool pulled over their eyes and they told delegates from Guangxi that Wei Guoqing's military crackdown on the April faction was legitimate.

Because even though Kang and Zhou hated Wei, they were convinced by the reports that they had been given that the April faction was behind the supposed quote unquote ‘anti-communist army of patriots’.

On July 30th, several PLA companies and thousands of militia placed Nanning under martial law for Wei Guoqing in a two-week military operation in which 3,951 people were killed in action, 50,000 people were left homeless due to artillery shells and missiles destroying their homes, and 9,840 April 22nd Red Guards were imprisoned.

In August in Fengshan County, Guangxi, 1,016 people were killed by the people's militia that were supporting Wei Guoqing.

In Binyang County, a second official campaign against the 20 class enemies ended with 3,681 dead and 176 entire households exterminated. Then the report started coming into Beijing. Remember that night, that part in the Night of the Living Dead, the killers are eating the flesh.

Well, that's exactly what was happening, folks. In addition to multiple instances of things like uh you know, uh gang [r-word for non-consensual coitus] female comrades, buried alive of supposed anti-communist army members.

The Allied command was literally fucking eating people that were members of the April 22nd Red Guards and much of Guangxi.

Okay, now a lot of you are here sitting there and stammering like I did when I first heard this.

What? Drew, what the fuck are you talking about? Cannibalism? What the literal fuck, why were they eating each other? And who was eating too? Okay. So, the reason that cannibalism became part of the liquidation of the April faction needs a good bit of explanation.

So, a lot of info comes uh not just from um Andrew G. Walder's recent book about the Guangxi uh revolution, but a um article by oh, what was his name? Donald S. Sutton which was called ‘consuming counterrevolution the ritual and culture of cannibalism in Wuoxuan, Guangxi China, May to July of 1968.’

Um so just letting you know that this is where these two sources are where I'm getting all of this from. So Sutton points out the forces of law and order, not the revolutionary rebel maoists, were the killers and the eaters.

uh human flesh banquets, renrouyanshi as they were called, were integrated with the ritual of struggle sessions.

In one instance, allied command members cut up two April 22nd red guards and turned them into hot pot. So, uh yeah, I'm not going to Haidilao anytime soon. Uh such a death. And it's interesting because it was kind of the ultimate diss. Such a death in Chinese culture violated the filial obligation to parents and ancestors to keep the physical body in one piece after death.

And uh it's also um Sutton claims that it's a echo to the ancient Chinese practice of exposing criminals guilty of treason by chopping them up in the marketplace and displaying their dismembered body parts. To chop up, cook, and eat was even more of a way of offending the bodily integrity and autonomy of the supposed quote unquote class enemies and depriving the enemy of humanity to, you know, making him food.

And it's interesting because eating political enemies who have lost the mandate of heaven has been attributed to different dynasties in China. uh the Xia dynasty, Shang dynasty, Zhou dynasty, Han dynasty, even as late Ming dynasty.

For example, it is said in ancient China that the yellow emperor who had been the founder of civilized warfare and Chinese civilization was the first to defeat the half monster warrior Chiyou, who was cut apart and into a meat stew among the victorious soldiers. And then the Xia dynasty could only be established after the defeat of the usurper.

The archer Yi was fed to his own son by a treacherous minister who was overthrown in turn. The Shang dynasty could only replace the Xia when the founder offered himself up as a meal of sacrifice.

Then the Zhou dynasty was replaced by Shang according to some text when the dead king was overthrown and offered up as sacrifice and its founder had personally killed King Zhou by eating him raw and drinking his blood.

And indeed to this day there is still a saying in Chinese which means I hate him so much I could just eat him. And uh often times in Chinese literature to metaphorically eat someone means to use extreme measures to overthrow someone who has uh unjust authority which you know that's what revolution is all about.

So the people that were aligned with the Allied command, they were basically just taking these things very l literally. So for the people of Guangxi I would argue cannibalism was not seen as an act of savagery, depravity, degeneration, it was seen as the ultimate act of mass dictatorship against supposed traitors to the cultural revolution.

I would also argue that in times of Chinese society in times of war in Chinese society class war or otherwise it it's interesting the idea of cannibalism as like the ultimate taboo alongside a necrophilia, pedophilia, incest, genocide it's just not present especially in southern China where other than the prohibition of pork and alcohol among Hui Muslims, pretty much anything is fair game to eat.

You know, in northern China, they often look down upon southern Chinese for eating things like dog, bat, snake, certain parts of cows and pigs that are seen as taboo. So that's why I don't think there was so much of a shame to eat the political enemies.

Um, thus uh, Sutton points out he cannot deduce that the cannibalism seen in Guangxi is simply evidence of the cultural revolution being 10 years of chaos or an inherent particular violence within Maoism, but a complex mix of Chinese tradition, the province's geography and socioeconomic status, and a revolutionary situation.

A perfect storm that could never have been found in other situations such as uh the Bolshevik revolution in the Soviet Union, the uh Vietnam War in Vietnam or the people's war in Peru. You just wouldn't see that or even in northern China. That's why we see no instances of cannibalism literally anywhere else.

Needless to say, at the end of August, PLA units from other provinces were deployed to put a leash on Wei’s PLA units and their allied command lackey, and both the Allied command and April 22nd Red Guard coalitions were forcibly disbanded.

Unfortunately, it had ended up costing a 100,000 people's lives and around 300,000 people imprisoned by the new revolutionary committee. Yes, some scholarly estimates say up to 1/5 of all the casualties resulting from the factional quote all-round civil war of March 1967 to July of 1968 happened in Guangxi in summer 1968.

It was by far the worst and bloodiest episode in the entirety of the great proletarian cultural revolution, notwithstanding the mass killings in the aftermath of the coup against gang of the four in October of 1976.

But uh we'll cross that bridge when we come to it. Another part of southern China that saw a great deal of brutal mass violence was Guangdong province.

After the January storm, the rebel movements in Guangdong divided into two coalitions. The Red Flag Red Guards, who were the Maoist Rebels and the Conservative PLA-aligned East Wind Red Guards.

When the Guangdong Provincial Revolutionary Committee was established in February of ' 68, the Guangzhou Capital Military Region, Chief Huang Yongsheng, maneuvered to make sure that the East Wind faction dominated the province's provincial, municipal, county, and workplace revolutionary committees.

Enraged by this, seen as a violation of democracy, the Red Flag Red Guards launched an uprising that resulted in a great deal of bloodshed across February and July of 1968 with deaths in the hundreds in the capital city of Guangzhou and in many of the rural counties.

In July of '68, much what like happened in Guangxi, the People's Liberation Army used Mao's July 3rd directive and the excessive vigilante killings committed by the Red Flag factions as the justification for completely annihilating the Red Flags and approximately 8,000 to 10,000 people were executed and 30,000 imprisoned in a brutal bloody purge until August 30th, 1968 when all rebel mass organizations in Guangdong province were forcibly dissolved by the provincial revolutionary committee.

Unfortunately, it seems Guangdong was like Guangxi, one of those provinces where the dismantling of the mass movements of the PLA was actually bloodier than it was meant to stop. And uh this uncomfortable fact is something that we're going to dig uh a little deeper into in our October episodes.

So now let's turn our eyes to Shanghai where, in the spring and summer of 68, we had seen a rash of fatal attacks on intellectuals and party cadres by red guards on the city's university and high school campuses and a series of sharp factional splits within some factory's revolutionary committees. To quote Elizabeth Perry and Li Xun in their book proletarian power which, if you have not read it you really should, quote

"a more favorable Able opportunity for enlarging the political participation of worker rebels came with the establishment of the workers Mao Zedong Thought propaganda teams in summer 1968. Dispatched to schools, factories, and even party offices across the country, the propaganda teams were charged with restoring order in work units and universities beset by factory strife. On July 28th, 1968, the Shanghai Revolutionary Committee established a six-person leading small group for workers’ propaganda teams whose membership included three soldiers sent by the Shanghai garrison and Wang Hongwen, Chen Ada, and Zhang Baolin of the workers general headquarters. Soon a workers propaganda team office was set up under the small to handle units with especially serious and long-standing problems."

This was called the Lao Da Nan {Ban} office as it came to be known. And there were two subordinate offices. The cultural and educational front office led by Wang Xiuzhen and the industry and transport battlefront offices headed by Dai Liqing

These two offices were responsible for sending propaganda teams to resolve conflicts at work units where factionalism was most acute. Termed the army of 100,000, Shanghai's worker propaganda teams were assigned to every university, high school, and middle school, as well as to all Shanghai Revolutionary Committee offices and to each district, county, and bureau communist party agency.

In systems or work units that did not employ industrial labor, propaganda teams were dispatched as occupiers to take charge of everything. As a consequence of this massive deployment, workers gained even more unprecedented clout in the city administration. Under Yao's slogan of the working class leading in everything, the workers’ propaganda teams dismissed most of the Shanghai Revolutionary Committee's working groups which been established the year before and assumed power directly.

It was at this time that Wang Xiuzhen and Wang Jinghai (I can't ID if this person existed) assumed major administrative duties in the municipal government with Wang eventually taking over effective control of the Shanghai Revolutionary Committee and the uh Shanghai Revolutionary Workers Headquarters on beginning in September of 1968.

The cleansing of the class ranks campaign that went on from 68 to 69 uh did cause a massive shakeup in the rebel worker movement.

But overall, what's interesting is the mass movements among workers in Shanghai long outlived the rebel worker mass movements in the rest of China. and they continue to have an abnormally large amount of influence on the city's governments and popular society well into the later parts of the cultural revolution.

Okay, so we're going to take a little break here and I want to enjoy something a little lighthearted uh since we had to deal with such heavy topics because now we're going to talk about mangoes.

Now, yes, we talked about the mangoes in episode 16, food and cooking during the cultural revolution, but it's important that we talk about them in this episode, too, because they're a key part of the aftermath of the Qinghua University 100 Day War.

Okay. So on August 4th, 1968, a few days after the 100 day war had been quashed by the workers Mao Zedong Thought propaganda teams, foreign minister Chen Yi had a meeting and banquet in Beijing with Pakistani foreign minister Mian Arshad Hussein. Hussein brought with him a crate of 50 mangoes which he was specifically wanting to give as a gift to Chairman Mao.

Next morning, Hussein met with Mao, Zhou Enlai, Jiang Qing, Kang Sheng, and Lin Biao, and he presented the mangoes to Mao. Mao decided to be extra nice and instructed the mangoes to be given to the workers propaganda team at Qinghua as a reward for their excellent work in ending the 100-day war.

When the workers received the mangoes, they went absolutely nuts about them. A gift from Chairman Mao himself. The overjoyed workers reported to People's Daily, "These are not mere mangoes. They are the rain and sunshine."

Some workers preserved their mangoes in formaldehyde or preserved them in wax and sent them to tour the country where they would be greeted by thongs of crowds and great fanfare. People who did eat mangoes claimed to have experienced miraculous healing benefits from them.

From curing toothaches to gout or even curing deafness and blindness, were everywhere. Wax and plastic replicas became household decorations. Mango themed bed sheets and tapestries were found in many homes and uh mango scented and flavored everything could be found in supermarkets across the country.

Um, in fact, I even have several Mao badges from late ' 68 and early 69 which have mangoes displayed prominently under Chairman Mao's profile.

The funniest thing to me though was the giant mango floats that were part of the 1968 National Day Parade in Tiananmen Square, the ultimate culmination of the Maoist Mango Mania.

Um, now we shouldn't ignore the international decision of August 1968 for China though. So on August 20th, 1968, the Soviet Red Army and the Polish, Hungarian, and Bulgarian People's Armies supported by the East German National People's Army launched an invasion of the Socialist Republic of Czechoslovakia, the wave of liberalization and political reforms known as the Prague Spring that had been launched by Communist Party of Czechoslovakia first secretary Alexander Dubcek who promoted a doctrine of socialism with a human face.

Soviet leader Brezhnev’s doctrine stated that the war packed countries had the right to intervene militarily in any member states affairs if the member states government threatened Soviet quote actually existing socialism. As such, Dubcek’s reforms were reversed at gunpoint by Soviet tanks and the Chinese were aghast.

While Mao and company were by no means fans of Dubcek in his reforms, they were horrified at the blatant disregard for Czechoslovakia's self-determination as a sovereign country.

It was also a sign that Brezhnev was growing bolder in his attempts to use the Soviet military to force the Communist Party of the Soviet Union's line onto other communist parties. So, the Chinese found themselves wondering, "What if we're next?"

On August 22nd, Xinhua news agency reported that the invasion of Czechoslovakia revealed the national ego and paper tiger nature of the revisionists. Later that day, Mao met Zhou Enlai, Chen Yi and others to discuss the situation. Mao declared to people's daily that they should issue a strong condemnation.

Zhou Enlai, in his own personal public press release, said that the Soviet led invasion of Czechoslovakia was an act of social imperialism and drew comparisons with Nazi Germany's own annexation of Slovakia.

Mao himself said that it was proof that the USSR was no longer just a revisionist social imperial state but an outright quote fascist state of a big Hitlerite type.

The declaration in People's Day entitled the brutal aggression of the Soviet revisionist clique against Czechoslovakia must be resolutely condemned was co-signed by Central Committee of the Communist Party of China, the party of labor of Albania, the Swedish Communist League Marxist Leninist and the Revolutionary Communist Party of Chile.

Other Maoist and pro-Beijing/pro-Tirana parties and organizations around the world joined Beijing and Tirana in their condemnation of Moscow's tanks in the strengths of Prague. The Chinese concern was not entirely unfounded and indeed less than a year later the Sino Soviet border conflict would break out on China's northeastern border.

Anyways, back to the main topic of today's episode. By the end of August, the Red Guard movement was gone. The rebel mass movements in general had ended too. Revolutionary women's committees, rebel peasants committees, rebel workers congresses, etc., etc., were to cease all independent operations.

The only place where the rebel worker movements continue to be of note, like I said, was in Shanghai. The Red Guards officially can continued on at least on paper in K through 12 schools as little Red Guards and the quote red guard communist youth league. But those outfits were little more than time young pioneer and youth league branches with red armbands and little red books. They didn't even wear the olive drab uniforms in most schools.

They were politically involved in mass mobilization campaigns in the latter half of the cultural revolution like criticize Lin Biao and Confucius, criticized Deng Xiaoping but not with the same amount of militancy and autonomy that they had possessed from spring of 60 to summer of 68. And with that the Red Guards stepped away from the stage of history and the cultural revolution took a very very different turn.

Uh so our um I haven't talked to you guys since April, so you know, our Mayday holiday was good. We had a fun little jaunt up to the mountains, the Qinling Mountains, and mostly just spent May working on administering and grading midterms. That always takes up a lot of time. Um and then um a few days ago I went on a trip to Liquan County which is an hour just northwest of Xi’an to enjoy seeing the Taizong Empress Mausoleum as well as uh Yuan Jia Cun which is a great little village where I got to enjoy some of the local Shaanxi cuisine and culture.

Um me and the Mrs. are also planning on uh travel plans for Beijing in July. My fiance's cousin is getting married, so we'll have two days with her family and 5 days to go sightseeing. So really hoping to finally finally after all these years get into the Mao mausoleum and see the great helmsman self in all his embalmed glory. And uh I want to also take a day trip out of the city to see the Ming tombs, which has always fascinated me since I was a little kid, as well as some maybe some of the great part parts of the Great Wall we've never visited before.

But speaking of the Great Wall, today we're going on a journey beyond the Great Wall. I know that I was originally going to have this episode be about China and Albania during the cultural revolution, but I kind of fell into a rabbit hole about this and I just had to make this episode about this subject.

You see, today we're going to go deep into the grasslands and steps thousands of miles from the big metropolises of Beijing and Shanghai. We'll pay heading to the vast and mighty Inner Mongolia, the land of Chinggis Khaan, the land of yurts and horsemen, and we'll be learning about how the great proletarian cultural revolution in Inner Mongolia unfolded.

Now, this will require a little more backstory than our episode about Tibet and Xinjiang, as I have to answer the question, what is the difference between the nation of Mongolia, or as it was known at the time during the Cultural Revolution, the Mongolian People's Republic, and the Chinese province of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region.

So, let's go back way back, back into time. So after the fall of the Mongol Empire and the Mongol Yuan dynasty that ruled over China in 1368, the Mongols were pushed back into the steppe lands that are today Mongolia and Inner Mongolia.

After 1635, the last Mongol Khan submitted to the rising Manchu rule, the Qing dynasty, which would conquer and topple the Ming dynasty in China some 9 years later. And annexed the Mongol lands into China, although allowed for a great deal of autonomy to a certain extent. Around the 1700s, famine and floods, big surprise, around China caused many Han Chinese to seek refuge in the southern areas of Mongol majority territories in the area that we know now today as Inner Mongolia.

When the Qing dynasty fell and the Republic of China was proclaimed, the Mongols proclaimed independence under the Bogd khanate which was able to seize territories of what is now the Republic of Mongolia and was during the Socialist period the Mongolian People's Republic. The inner Mongol lands, however, had such a sizable Han and Manchu population that the Mongol princes in those areas were basically unable to throw their support in with the newly independent Khanate.

And well, to make a long story short, those areas split off into Chinese territory and they became what is today Inner Mongolia. All right, so fast forward to 1949. The People's Republic of China has been founded and Inner Mongolia has been liberated from Japanese imperialism and Guomindang fascism. In 1949, a Mongol communist named Ulan Fu was head of both the party and government. Oh, and the army, I forgot, in Inner Mongolia, having joined the Communist Youth League of China in 1925 and cut his teeth at Yan’an in the 1930s.

Ulanfu/Ulanhu despite his communist credentials and highly sinicized upbringing. Indeed, Ulanfu could not even read or write Mongolian. He was particularly tenacious in his insistence on as much autonomy as possible for Inner Mongolia. Before 1958, the land reform in Inner Mongolia, especially during the period of 1956 to 1958, adhered to a policy from the party center that was referred to the as the Three Nos and Two Benefits.

Now what this meant was that there would be no struggle, no division of private property, no distinction of class composition and

there would be benefits to the interests of the herders and benefits to the interests of the ranchers who are basically in pre 1949 in Mongolia they were kind of like the kulaks or the rich peasants or the llamas in Tibet.

Um, even though Inner Mongolia was involved in more radical policies after 1958, the land reform was still very moderate, more than that of the rest of China. Very much like how Tibet's democratic reforms lasted until 1965. For more information on that, please see the episode about Tibet and Xinjiang.

Now on the one hand it did allow for Mongol and cultural heritage to flourish after centuries of being under the Han chauvinist yoke. On the other hand it also sowed the seeds for the local party apparatus and army brass to be filled with Mongol nationalists.

Many party members in the grassroots and pastoral areas of Inner Mongolia were actually converted from the ranchers and continued to be the local elites in the new society because well, Inner Mongolia didn't overthrow the ranchers and because of this, the class struggle in Inner Mongolia was at a serious impasse in 1966.

Indeed, a few weeks before the cultural revolution was launched on May 16th, 1966, while Ulanhu was in East Germany leading a Chinese friendship delegation, Li Xuefeng, the first secretary of the CPC's North China bureau came to Inner Mongolia's capital of Hohhot for 3 days and addressed senior cadres and military officials. Li harshly criticized Ulanhu without naming him. He said, quote, "Inner Mongolia is like a pool of stagnant water. Its leader is like a walking dead man, never emphasizing class struggle." Uh-oh.

On May 17th, 1966, the Inner Mongolia Daily published an editorial calling for the quote, "people of all nationalities in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region to rise together and actively participate in this great socialist cultural revolution. Like everywhere else in China, Inner Mongolia was a clamor with the news that Mao was calling for a revolution within the revolution.

On May 22nd, the North China Bureau convened a marathon conference at the Qianmen Hotel in Beijing. The conference featured sessions focusing on specific provinces and metropolises within the North China region. Ulanhu was responsible for obviously organizing the Inner Mongolia session and Gao Jingmin was charged with running its day-to-day affairs.

For the first few days, the Inner Mongolia session studied the documents issued by the center, such as the May 16th circular and Lin Biao's speech on May 18th, which discussed the plots and coups within and outside China, setting the ideological ground for the subsequent mass campaigns to be launched in Inner Mongolia and throughout the country.

On June 5th, loudspeakers informed students at that the Inner Mongolia Party Committee and the Cultural Committee led by Buhe were dispatching a work team to each of the seven colleges in the capital of Hohhat to strengthen party leaderships. All revolutionary students were ordered to welcome the work teams.

But as elsewhere in China, it became quite obvious very quickly that the work teams were under the direction of Liu Shaoqi and Ulanhu and were meant to stifle the cultural revolution, not help stoke the flames.

Many students grew fearful as work team members entered the department and began compiling lists of names. They classified students in three categories.

‘Revolutionary leftists’ who supported the party committee and denounced the red guards.

Middle elements who blindly followed the red guards but did not attack the party committee.

And ‘reactionary rightists’ who were diehard red guards and revolutionary rebels.

They began jailing and arresting anyone who opposed them trying to create something more akin to a top-down purge than a mass uprising. Eventually, Inner Mongolia University and Inner Mongolia Normal University, which at that time was called the Inner Mongolia Teachers College, were put under lockdown by the various work teams.

Meanwhile, in the halls of power on June 5th and 6th, Xie Xuegong, Wang Zaitian, who was a Khorchin Mongol, also known as Namjilserin, and he was also the secretary of the Inner Mongolia party secretariat, Quan Qingyuan, secretary of the Inner Mongolia uh party committee, Lei Daifu, member of the Standing Committee of the Inner Mongolian Party Committee, and others criticize Ulanhu.

Now, some of these high-ranking officials did indeed take the sight of the Red Guards, but others were simply throwing Ulanhu under the bus as a sacrificial lamb to save their own skins.

The question of Mongol nationalism and Han chauvinism was also put on the table. Li Gui, party secretary of the Hohhot municipal party committee, stated unequivocally, ‘as far as Hohhot is concerned, Han Chauvinism exists objectively and it is the main problem. Even some children are Han Chauvinist.’ And as you all see, this will become the big issue in the cultural revolution in Mongolia. And unfortunately, it is never entirely resolved.

On July 8th, Gao Shuhua and seven student leaders from Inner Mongolia Normal University escaped from the campus that had been put on lockdown by the work teams and traveled to Beijing to report to the North China bureau and central Cultural Revolution Group on the Cultural Revolution at their college and the activities of the work team.

Ulanhu's opponents continued to demand that he confessed to all his crimes. In particular, Ulanhu refused to criticize the Mongolian People's Republic, which was a Soviet client state at the time. That was the main focus of the criticism.

In this, Ulanhu finally buckled on July 2nd, 1966, and he made a full self-criticism of his Mongolian nationalism. On July 14th, the participants at recommended that the party center strip Ulanhu of all his party posts and all posts in Inner Mongolia and the North China bureau.

Indeed, he was stripped of his party membership, but he was allowed to retain his place as state governor of Inner Mongolia. And another interesting thing is that Ulanhu was also on the Tiananmen Square roster at the first Red Guard reception on August 18th of ' 66. And he was at the National Day parade um on October 1st, 1966. So he was not fully down and out yet.

On August 1st, the work teams were ordered to pull out of Hohhat's campuses. The students on the campuses erupted with chairs, shouting, "Long live Chairman Mao, down with the work teams." And waving little red books in defiance. The work teams attempted to dig in for a few days and trumpeted the claim that they could not dissolve because they had unearthed a several hundred person anti-party clique in Hohhat labeling the rebels counterrevolutionaries and reactionary capitalist roaders.

Finally though, on August 4th, the Inner Mongolia Party Committee forced the withdrawal of the work teams from all the universities, but stipulated that one work team would remain at each teachers college and few other campuses to act as liaisons between the colleges and the party committee. And many of those ended up becoming the so-called quote unquote cultural revolution preparatory committees.

The first Red Guard organization was formed in Hohhat on August 19th at the number two wool textile factory, eventually becoming known as Geming Zhanxi, the revolutionary soldiers workers headquarters.

At the Teachers College, the earliest Red Guard organization was the Mao Zedong Thought Red Guard general headquarters. At a Hohhot mass rally on August 22nd, Inner Mongolia Party leaders Gao Jingmin and Wang Duo called on people to follow Chairman Mao to carry out the revolution. Smash the old world to build the new world.

By mid August, revolutionary networking had begun in Inner Mongolia and many Beijing red guards were moving into the region. Ulanhu and his so associates while having a lot of their power stripped they were still there hoped to play along with them and give them a moment of glory calm them down and then gradually ease them out of Inner Mongolia.

He gave them a warm reception much like uh much like the party brass and army brass did in Tibet and Xinjiang, but then encouraged them to move onward into other parts of China. When this did not work, he tried to redirect the struggle in another direction, attacking traditional Chinese and Mongol culture.

And what do you know? Tale as old as time. The cruelest, most violent and mindless acts in the destroy the four olds campaign in Inner Mongolia were conducted by students with good class backgrounds. Students who were part of loyalist Red Guard factions both from Hohhat and in Beijing.

Across August and September, the Red Guard and rebel worker peasant factions in Hohhat consolidated around the Huyisi, the Hohhat first headquarters. However, it was racked with conflicts between loyalists and rebels. And eventually, the loyalists split off to form the Hu’ersi, the Hohhat second headquarters, with these high-ranking cadre's children vowing to honor their proletarian fathers.

A new umbrella rebel organization, the revolutionary rebel headquarters of red guards of colleges and schools in Hohhat was formed out of the rebel factions of the Huyisi and then consolidated into the Husansi aka the third rebel headquarters.

On November 24th, 1966, Hu’sansi organizations, including Dongzong, the most radical red guard group at Inner Mongolian Teachers College, and about a dozen other rebel organizations, staged a bold action, kidnapping the loyalist leader Wang Duo and taking him to Beijing to forcibly debate Inner Mongolia issues before the leaders in Beijing. Meanwhile, armed clashes erupted in Hohhat, spurred by loyalist Hongweijun forces. The Hongweijun Red Guards were the main uh Hohhat uh red guard group that received strong support from Wang Yilun.

In December of ' 66, however, a series of meetings in Beijing solidified that the Central Cultural Revolution Group supported the rebel Husansi over the loyalists. And soon the rebel movements proliferated across the rural areas of inner Mongolia and among Mongols living around other parts of China. Now it is interesting that no organizations compared to say in Tibet were ever all Mongol or all Han either in principle or in practice. And um according to my sources the majority of Mongols were actually supportive of the rebels.

On January 25th, 1967, the January storm hit Inner Mongolia. Provincial uh level government buildings, the telegraph office, the railway station, radio Inner Mongolia, and the Inner Mongolia daily offices were seized by Husansi under the red banner as rebel Red Guards. Across the next two days, fighting between the PLA and the Red Guards filled the streets of Hohhat as the PLA Inner Mongolia military region, which was still heavily loyal to Ulan Fu, Ulan Hu, sorry, um attempted to quell the upsurge. In response, the Husansi staged a series of sit-ins and hunger strikes on campuses in front and in front of government buildings.

On the morning of February 5th, the military leadership issued a three-point ultimatum proclaiming that Husansi was counterrevolutionary and that the sit-in hunger strike was counterrevolutionary and that the students had to disperse or they would be severely punished. The rebels, however, defied the ultimatum and the sit-in continued. Han Tong, a fourth-year teachers college student holding a battery speaker in front of the south gate of the Inner Mongolia military region headquarters, was urging the crowd to be patient and hold the line.

Unfortunately, two shots rang out from inside the military region headquarters, and Tong fell.

The first few rows of rebels in front of the gate were workers of the August 18th Rebel HQ from the River West Company, whose 50,000 workers were involved in building missiles. As soon as the shots ranged out, the workers in front, most of whom were demobilized soldiers, realizing the danger of a blood bath, stood up and pressed backward, pushing the several hundred students behind them about 50 yards to the rear.

And according to one eyewitness, this action undoubtedly saved many lives. As Han Tong laid bleeding, the army encircled the rebels with armed soldiers and commandeered the hostel where the rebels were staying. Recognizing that the nature of the conflict had changed in essence that evening, the rebels halted the hunger strike and sit-in and withdrew from the army headquarters, preparing to take their case to Beijing.

Han Tong was rushed to a hospital where he died that evening. Han was the first student killed in cold blood by the people's liberation army during the cultural revolution in all of China and became a martyr for the red guard movement. Zhou Enlai called the Inner Mongolian military region top brass and the leadership of the rebels and the loyalist organizations to the negotiating table in Beijing.

Across several days, the negotiations continually stalled with both sides pointing fingers at each other for Han Tong's death. Zhou made an instruction to call both sides uh for both sides to call for a ceasefire with no denunciations by either side to be made on radio or in the press. No more mass demonstrations by either rebels or loyalists and no taking of prisoners. Neither side was happy with the results.

On March 1st, 1967, the Inner Mongolia military region moved to crush the small rebel opposition within its own ranks.

It sent armed troops to Beijing and arrested 16 soldiers who were members of the Army Rebel Organization Hongse Zaofantuan and took them back to Hohhat for punishment. The Hohhat steel plant, Hohhat Railway Bureau, Inner Mongolia Daily, and other units that had been in rebel hands were captured by the loyalist Red Guard grouping, the Hongweijun.

With military support, former leaders of these units who had been overthrown by rebels resumed power. Husansi and other rebels were harassed, beaten, and arrested by the army in Hongweijun.

With the city under martial law, one after another, rebel branches were sealed off by the military and police.

The army branded Husansi a counterrevolutionary organization once again and set out to destroy it. On the evening of March 7th, 10,000 loyalists affiliated with Hongweijun and Wuchanzhe Red Guard organizations with trucks, motorcycles, and jeeps encircled Husansi headquarters and the Inner Mongolian Federation of Trade Unions building which housed the headquarters of the six main rebel worker organizations.

Storming the building, Hongweijun and Wuchanzhe arrested staff members. The following day, the remaining Husansi and other rebel activists regrouped at Inner Mongolia Normal University.

There, armed PLA soldiers and Hongweijun immediately attacked the last remaining Husansi stronghold, which had been the center of rebel strength in Hohhat from the outset. That night, Inner Mongolia Normal University was put under siege, a siege that would last an entire month with several wounded on each side.

On March 30th, Zhou Enlai, Jiang Qing, Chen Boda, Kang Sheng, Zhang Chunqiao, and Yao Wenyuan met once again with a delegation of Inner Mongolia leaders along with the leadership of Husansi and Hongweijun.

The CCRG was adamant that the Inner Mongolia military region was to back down and Zhou Enlai ordered the military region to apologize. But with an eye to the region's sensitive international position as well as its critical position in Chinese politics, he again insisted that the rebels had to protect the reputation of the army of inner Mongolia because of the fact that the Soviet army was in the Mongolian People's Republic, he decided to tell the rebels to not topple any reactionaries within the Mongol military region.

On April 13th, 1967, he ordered the Beijing military region to send a small military force to take control of the Hohhat Railway, securing transportation between Hohhat and Beijing. The army arrived the following day on April 14th, and with the Inner Mongolia military still siding with the loyal lists and uh on a collision course with the rebels in the center, the incoming PLA soldiers were fully armed.

Notified in advance of their arrival by rebel representatives in Beijing, more than 40,000 rebels and supporters gathered at the railroad station that morning to welcome their arriving troops, shouting, "Long live the People's Liberation Army. Long live Chairman Mao," and setting off firecrackers. They cheered and cheered, overwhelmed at the hope that this would change their fortunes.

Rebels saw this as the advanced party of a military that they would hope would shift the balance from repression of rebels to supporting the new legitimacy.

Well, that will be remain to be seen. In response on May 4th, Teng Haiqing on the instruction of the state council and the Central military commission placed the Inner Mongolia Daily, Inner Mongolia radio station, public security bureau and Hohhat Telecommunications Bureau under martial law.

The following day, a fight between loyalist and rebel soldiers left 40 soldiers severely wounded and 14 hospitalized, most of them outnumbered rebel soldiers. On June 18th, 1967, the founding of the preparatory group of the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region Revolutionary Committee was announced.

150,000 people rallied on Xinhua Square in Hohhat, hoping that a formation of a revolutionary committee like that in Shanghai would bring peace between the Red Guards and the People's Liberation Army.

In early October 67, an organization called ‘Ferreting out the traitor clique liaison office’ headed by the Mongol Ulaanbagan submitted the brief report of 'On the big treasonous group harbored by Ulanhu Black Clique' to the preparatory group of the revolutionary committee.

The report described the alleged traitorous activities of many Mongol leaders including Hafenga, Tegusi (Tögös), Wang Zaitian (Namjilseren), Wangdan (Vandan), Mulun (Mörön), and Yidaga (Yatga).

According to this report, many Mongol leaders were members of a secret inner Mongolian People's Revolutionary Party, which was looking to overthrow the Chinese rule in Inner Mongolia and merge the region with the Mongolian People's Republic.

Everyone in Inner Mongolia was familiar with the Inner Mongolia People's Liberation Party, Na RandongInner Mongolia People’s Revolutionary Party (Neirendang). It was a real actual organization during the Chinese Civil War and the anti-Japanese war. And they knew that Ulanhu, Hafenga, Tegusi, and other Mongol leaders had been members of that party before its disillusion and merger with the CPC in 1947.

But according to this report, the Neirendang had survived past this point as a secretive organization for Mongol nationalists and the entire Inner Mongolia Party apparatus was filled to the brim with this secretive traitorous clique. This report would have serious consequences for the cultural revolution as you guys will unfortunately soon to see.

On November 1st, 1967, the Inner Mongolia Revolutionary Committee was established with PLA General Teng Haiqing heading the committee. While the people of Inner Mongolia were overjoyed at the announcement, the standing committee was almost entirely military and party.

In fact, no rebels were appointed to the standing committee of the revolutionary committee with only four Mongols elected to the entire revolutionary committee. Immediately the central task of the Inner Mongolia Revolutionary Committee became “Digging up (wa) Ulanhu’s Black Line, Eliminating (su) Ulanhu’s Pernicious Influence” or wasu campaign for short.

On November 27th, 1967, Jiang Qing called for a cleansing of the class ranks. And in in a speech where she said, "In the process of reforming and building the party, we must cleanse out traitors, spies, and those unrepentant people who have committed mistakes."

The Wasu campaign was to become an extension of the cleansing of the class ranks campaign later in the year, but to a very violent and extreme extent.

On January 15th, 1968, the whole Hohhot mass dictatorship headquarters was established with the support from the Ferreting Out the Black Hands, Ferreting Out Hafenga, and Ferreting Out Ulanhu liaison stations. The Hohhat mass dictatorship headquarters would consolidate the Wasu campaign to be a mass investigation of and attack on anyone suspected of Neirandang membership.

One week before the lunar new year on January 3rd, 1968, three members of the Inner Mongolia Revolutionary Committee, Li Shude, Li Dechen, and Haoguang De took charge of the investigation of the Neirandang.

Each had de in their name, which means the virtue like Dao De Jing, the Daoist uh holy text. People ironically then called them the three virtues group ‘San De Xiaozu’

A mass of mass arrests ensued with many intellectuals and cultural figures detained for Mongolian nationalism. By this point, the rebel worker and red guard movements in Inner Mongolia had already become essentially paralyzed by the revolutionary committee.

Indeed, Husansi, Hohhat's preeminent rebel organization in the years of ' 66 and ' 67 was a major casualty of the Wasu campaign. A few of its leaders had risen high, but it ceased to be a force to be reckoned with in Inner Mongolia politics in January of 1968.

By spring of '68, the Red Guards and other rebel organizations in Inner Mongolia had essentially begun to be disbanded. Most former Red Guards were sent to the countryside, while a small number were assigned jobs by the new leadership following the center's intervention.

The few rebels who assumed positions in revolutionary committees were overwhelmed and outnumbered by military officers and former party officials, most of whom had supported the loyalists in earlier struggles. So once again, meet the new boss, same as the old boss.

On February 4th, Teng Haiqing and Li Shude went to Beijing to report on Inner Mongolia's Wasu and mass dictatorship campaigns. They were met by the leaders of the CCRG. As usual, Zhou Enlai cheered. Jiang Qing praised Inner Mongolia for digging out bad people in literary and artistic circles and exposing bad people and reactionary party organizations. However, Kang Sheng urged caution and the importance of bringing the Mongolian people to the forefront.

He said, "Ulan Hu's influence is big, his poison deep, but first you must purge it in the army. On the one hand, criticize and struggle against Ulan Hu, but simultaneously expose and denounce Wang Yilan and Wang Duo so that the masses will know that we are not against the Mongolian people. Let the Mongols mobilize the Mongolian masses to ferret out and struggle against the Mongolian nationalists and the Han chauvinists.”

The remarks reveal Kang's intuitive grasp of the ethnic character of the campaign and his ability to understand Han and Mongol tensions. With leadership in honor of Mongolia almost entirely in Han hands, Kang stressed the need to criticize Han leaders as well as Mongols.

However, Zhou Enlai as chair of the meeting shot this idea down and criticized it as enabling Mongol separatism. Essentially, Zhou basically said that Kong was enabling Mongolian identity politics in a sense.

Zhou sent the Inner Mongolia leadership on their way, giving the WASU campaign his stamp of approval. Oh, brother. On July 20th, a plenum of the Inner Mongolia Revolutionary Committee passed two key documents. One was opinion on the treatment of the Inner Mongolia People's Revolutionary Priority and Opinion on the treatment of the Inner Mongolia People's Revolutionary League.

They were distributed throughout Inner Mongolia as documents from the International Revolutionary Inner Mongolia Revolutionary Committee numbers 351 and 352. The two documents established policies for screening quote black elements and the plan charted the anti-Neirendang campaign and ramped things up to the next level with roundups of ethnic Mongol party officials increasing more and more.

From July 68 onwards, digging up the Neirendang became a regionwide movement led by revolutionary committees at every level. The campaign marked a new phase of the cultural revolution in Mongolia.

One that screened every single Mongol, including many workers and peasants with no history of association with the Neirendang of the 1940s or indeed any political involvement whatsoever.

This campaign was taken up by activists who had once fought one another on behalf of or either the loyalists or the rebels now united in a campaign of terror that targeted Mongol cadres and rebels.

At the end of July, the party center sent military and worker propaganda teams to launch the down to the countryside campaign. They were ordered to discipline rebellious youth and tens of millions of middle school and university students were transferred to the countryside to receive re-education from the poor and lower middle peasants and the workers taking part in labor communes or in factories or mines.

Inner Mongolia was by far the most important frontier destination for sent-down youth.

Half of the 300,000 youth settled in agricultural villages and pastoral production teams. The others joined the Inner Mongolia Production and Construction Corps under the Beijing Military Region, which in early 1969 took over remote state farms and labor camps.

The Construction Corps combined production and semi-military training under the control of uniformed PLA officers. Knowing nothing about Mongol politics, society, or culture, speaking no Mongolian, many and many deeply prejudiced towards the Mongols, ‘their heads were filled with tales of conspiracy and terrorism. And eager to prove themselves politically, these people took charge of cleansing the class ranks in many rural areas.’

All across Inner Mongolian, the revolutionary committees, the so-called 3 in-1 combination of revolutionary cadres, military and mass organizations, rebel representatives shorn of the support of rebel organizations that were everywhere disbanded, frequently found themselves marginalized or unable to compete effectively with their experienced and institutionally rooted political and military rivals. In the whirlwind of the Wasu campaign, the former rebels were caught in the crosshairs as the army and party decided to clean house across autumn of 68.

From the fall of ' 68 to the spring of ' 69, the Neirendang campaign mainly focused on alleged Mongol nationalism, but other class enemies, including Han and other nationalities like the Hui and Manchu, were also targeted. Most city and county level revolutionary committee litigators were labeled Neirendang elements in Hohhat. Ma Boyan, deputy commander and political commissar of the Hohhat military subdistrict attacked almost all leaders of the Hohhat municipal revolutionary committee including director Gao Zenggui, deputy directors Yue Ziyi, and Yang Hongwen, the party commissar.

In late November 68, Ma Boyan sent armed lawsuit activists to publicly humiliate the three men in mass assemblies. After the November clearances of municipal revolutionary committees of suspected Neirandang members, the Wasu campaign was almost entirely led by the PLA, albeit with the assistance of some civilian activists.

December 2nd, 1968, the Inner Mongolia Daily publishes the editorial broadly developed the cleansing of the class ranks in agricultural and pastoral areas and called for the digging out of the Neirandang even further. The editorial pushed each township and village to establish detention centers where they could extort confessions, mainly as you will see, through coercion and torture.

On January 1st, 1969, the People's Daily, PLA Daily, and Red Flag published a joint editorial used Mao Zedong Thought to command everything, which sought to reduce the disruption of class struggle. It carried Mao's newest directive

“In cleansing the class ranks. First, act quickly, and secondly, a pay attention to policy. In treating reactionaries and people who make mistakes, we must pay attention to policy. The scope of attack should be narrow but the scope of education should be broad. We must emphasize investigation." While the use of extorted confession as evidence must be prohibited. However, by this time, Mao's directions had lost their power in Inner Mongolia. Local leaders frequently ignored them even while quoting his words. Certainly, Teng Haiqing did.

A few months later, the 9th Party Congress was convened in Beijing from April 1st to 24th. The ostensible goals of the 9th Party Congress were to bring the cultural revolution to a victorious conclusion and force reconciliation among antagonists on the basis of a of new revolutionary committee structures that would consolidate the military in position of primacy as well as anoint Lin Biao as Mao's successor. Teng Haiqing, learning that a major policy shift would be announced at the Congress, was preparing to bring Inner Mongolia's chaotic situation under control to avoid becoming a victim of the cent's latest attacks. However, by then it was far too late.

According to a report put out by the Communist Party of China in 1980, the Wasu campaign had seen 16,200 people executed, 81,000 injured by torture, 346,000 imprisoned, and 1 million people had either been arrested or stripped of party membership by the campaign.

During the 9th Congress, Kang conveyed Mao's supreme directive on Inner Mongolia for the first time. quote, "Inner Mongolia has gone too far during the cleansing of the class ranks." Mao's words reverberated throughout Inner Mongolia's supercharged political milieu.

Mao's muted signal to slow down the campaign created a panic among the officials and activists. After that, Kang Sheng ordered Teng Haiqing, Wu Tao, and Li Shude to conduct thorough self-criticism.

Mao and Kang's report criticized the core of the Inner Mongolia Revolutionary Committee for dragging the PLA into the morass, destabilizing its internal unity and stability, leading quote some comrades to make certain mistakes in their works, emphasizing learning from the PLA so as to consolidate the unity between army and government and between army and people.

Thus, the summer of 69 was particularly difficult for Teng Haiqing. With the center's verdict, he not only had to criticize himself in one mass rally after another throughout Inner Mongolia and faced thousands of angry and aggrieved victims, but he also found himself quickly losing control of the revolutionary committee.

While former rebels mobilized to criticize Teng, Wasu activists were divided into two factions, The pi-Teng ‘criticize Teng Haiqing’ faction and the bao-Teng ‘protect Teng haiqing’ faction or the May 22nd faction. So keep that in mind. Pi Teng faction May 22nd faction and the May 22nd faction took its name from the center's May 22nd directive.

The pi Teng faction demanded that Gao Jinming replace Teng as the representative of the correct revolutionary line. Whereas the May 22nd faction held that the Neirandang mistake was made collectively. They insisted although Teng bore heavily responsibility, other leaders including Gao were not innocent. Simply put, the former favored Gao Jinming, the letter Teng Haiqing.

However, some victims sought personal revenge, directing their fury at Teng Haiqing and his henchmen. Inner Mongolia began to fragment into pro and anti-Teng camps. The anti-Teng camp consisted primarily of Mongol victims of the Wasu campaign, while the pro Teng camp centered mainly on Han military and civilian followers.

Those who saw this as the best hope for maintaining their personal power and defending themselves against reprisals from the Mongols. This division as well as the earlier division between Pi Teng and May 22nd factions and the center's continued support for Teng despite their vocal criticisms of his policies left rehabilitation an empty promise.

Violence and confrontation between the two factions became a serious problem.

Teng Haiqing and his followers, aware of the explosiveness of the situation, retreated. They quickly closed all Wasu offices and many people who had been prominent in the campaign fled or went underground.

Sent-down youth disappeared from the localities where they had committed excesses and atrocities. But it was more difficult for local cadres and activists to leave.

Eventually, Teng Haiqing transferred hundreds if not thousands of PLA officers who had engaged in torture to new positions in Hubei and Shaanxi. An estimated 800 WASU activists among PLA officers were transferred and continued their careers smoothly.

The Inner Mongolia Revolutionary Committee sought to prevent victims from settling scores in a new wave of vengeance. The Inner Mongolia Revolutionary Committee proclaimed that all Wasu files were to be burned publicly under police guard.

Each unit was ordered to burn all of its files and no one was permitted to read or take them. Within about a week, every unit's files were burned.

On July 23rd, 1969, the center made a shocking decision in response to the turmoil. It dismembered Inner Mongolia. In fact, it divided three of the eastern counties, Hulunbuir, Juu’uda, and Jirim to respectively the northeastern provinces of Heilongjiang, Jilin, and Liaoning.

In addition, Ejine and Alasha right counties were transferred to Gansu province and Alasha left Banner to the Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region. Military in those areas were transferred to different military regions, Shenyang in the northeast and Lanzhou in the northwest, severed from the Beijing military region.

On September 5th, 1969, directed by the center, the members of the Inner Mongolia class of the Mao Zedong thought study classes at the Beijing Air Force Institute prepared the urgent telegram to the whole region's revolutionary people of various nationalities. Issued on October 4th with Mao's direct orders, it urged people to be alert of the possibility of Soviet Mongolian invasion and warned of anarchy.

And uh two points about this are particularly significant.

First was the demand for the immediately dismantling of all coordination offices, fighting corps and other mass organizations that cut across the trades and professions.This reflected the center's concern that rebels who had been dispersed and confined to individual work units might again unite to form alliances to seize power a la 1967 January storm.

Second, it endorsed the revolutionary 3in-1 combinations that had co-opted rebels into revolutionary committees, a process that subordinated them to the leadership selected by the center dominated by the party and army.

Reiterating Mao's words, the revolutionary committees are good. It rejected any pretext to storm the revolutionary committees, beat up Revolutionary Committee staff, occupy Revolutionary Committee offices, loot, stash, or steal Revolutionary Committee documents, seals, property, or equipment.

By December 19th, 1969, the center intervened directly to control of fractious Inner Mongolia, proclaiming a new form of zoning and comprehensive martial law. It replaced the Teng leadership with a powerful new military leadership headed by Zheng Weishan, commander of the Beijing military region, a close associate of Lin Biao and Chen Boda, as well as Jung's deputy, Du Wenda.

A new martial law run military regime was imposed throughout Inner Mongolia.

Under martial law during January of 1970 and across May 1971, 11,106 Inner Mongolia cadres were detained and dispatched for rectifying thought and unifying understanding to various locations in Hubei, Shaanxi and Beijing, collectively known as the Tangshan study class. To ensure that the center kept full control, classes were held outside of Inner Mongolia under the auspices of the Beijing military region.

At the end of April of 71, after a year and a half, classes became more relaxed. In May, the leaders outlined the next stage. Each participant of the Tangshan study classes would write a self-evaluation after each level, beginning with class and continuing up to platoon and company had to finish a collective summary and evaluation of each individual job assignments and such that would be made from May 13th to May 18th. A few weeks before the Tangshan study classes members returned, the third party congress of the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region was held in Hohhat.

You Taizhong, commander of the 27th Army and deputy commander of the Beijing military region, was elected first secretary, concern currently serving as the chair of the Inner Mongolia Revolutionary Committee.

Martial law in Inner Mongolia was terminated on January 12th, 1972, but the withdrawal of military personnel proceeded very slowly in some areas, dragging on into the summer of ‘72. In August of ‘72, Mao decided to end military control nationwide as new party committees were reestablished to strengthen the party's control of the army.

And at this point, I will say this, the early '70s did see a lot of positive transformation in Inner Mongolia. To improve rural health care, the party center ordered the transfer of urban physicians to the countryside and launched the barefoot doctors movement, providing uh a lot of great medical training to rural medics.

This brought a large amount of modernized healthcare to the remote glasslands of Inner Mongolia. The economy was good too with agriculture and industrial production booming after 69. For all the horrors of the Wasu campaign, the standard of living and quality of life for the peoples of Inner Mongolia did improve significantly across 1970 through 1976.

Unfortunately, as with all stories of the cultural revolution, things came to a tragic end for the revolutionary left.

On November 12th, 1976, shortly after Mao's death, the call to clean house of anyone supportive of the gang of four was heard. It began with arrest arrest of rebel leader Liu Litang from the Hohhat railway bureau. And indeed historian and one-time Red Guard leader Gao Shuhua later called that day ‘the doomsday of the rebels’.

In short order, all former rebel leaders were uh arrested regardless of their positions, including many who had gone into hiding in other provinces. For example, Li Feng, who led the Inner Mongolia Party Committee work units red flag headquarters, was arrested in Heilongjiang. Wang Zhiyou, the August 18th leader from River West Country, was arrested in Nanjing. And Huo Daoyu, leader of the Hohhat Jinggangshan Red Guards in Hubei.

Later that month, Hao Guangda and Nasanbayar, two former rebels and ranking members of the revolutionary committee, were detained by the cleansing of the Gang of Four office. Most rebels were sentenced to 5 to 10 years of imprisonment, and many more people were expelled from the party or dishonorably discharged from the army for supporting the leftists in the Inner Mongolia apparatus.

The following year in 1977, Zhou Hui became the party secretary of Inner Mongolia.

He was a Jiangsu native acting as party secretary of Hunan Province in 1959 when he was punished by Mao for supporting Marshall Peng Dehuai's criticism of the Great Leap Forward. In his 9-year tenure as party secretary of Inner Mongolia, he was instrumental in introducing the household contract system which demobilized the people's communes with family farming and free market throughout rural China boosting agricultural productivity and rural incomes in subsequent years.

But the logic of agriculture and animal husbandry were profoundly different for Inner Mongolia. Dividing the grasslands into minuscule private plots of fence land with hundreds of sheep and goats eliminated the possibility of the seasonal migration that was the heart of the pastoral economy. The result was the massive desertification of the grasslands with devastating impacts on the pastoral economy and herder incomes.

Zhou Hui's failure to appreciate both the imperatives of agriculture and pastoral production and the ethnic complexity of Inner Mongolia precipitated a new round of ethnic conflict which many argued across the 1980s was actually worse than the Wasu campaign.

And that dear listeners is where our story ends. So I will say this: how do we sum up this whole thing? Let's sum up the whole things. I have a few thoughts. I will say this in the defense of many of those who took part in the lawsuit campaigns is that there was actually some evidence that the Inner Mongolian People's Revolutionary Party, the Nandong actually did still exist into the late 60s.

Um especially among the uh you know the good old boys club, the rancher kulaks. So there actually may have been a degree, a grain of truth to the Neirandang and Wasu campaigns. In fact, some of the Chinese scholars of the cultural revolution who I've spoken to over the past month say that they believe that the Neirandang did in fact exist during that time but that it was highly exaggerated.

It was highly exaggerated. That's what they were saying. As one of my uh colleagues said, it is clear that this organization was real but did not and could not have had so many members in reality. So we can say that the purge carried out in inner Mongolia was far too harsh.

Also, I would say that another reason that things got so bad in Inner Mongolia was that, like in a lot of provinces in China at the time, they failed to go with the Maoist dictum that the party controls the gun.

The gun must never be allowed to control the party. That's what Mao always said. But the fact of the matter is, as you guys have seen, is that across the cultural revolution, the gun always ends up controlling the party in Inner Mongolia. Now, I know that the party center was terrified of the prospect of a Soviet invasion via the Warsaw packed aligned Mongolian People's Republic, but they didn't struggle against them at all.

The price that was paid was just not worth it in my opinion. Hopefully in future revolutionary societies, we will look back at the story of Inner Mongolia during the cultural revolution as an example of how not to conduct a cultural revolution among places with large amounts of oppressed nationalities and instead turn to the more positive examples of Tibet and Xinjiang. All right, guys. Well, it's Friday night.

Um, and uh we're probably going to either order pizza or get some late night snacks, something like that. So, I'm going to wrap this up. I hope you found it as interesting uh as I did. This looks into a lesser known aspect of the cultural revolution.

At the end of this month, we will be returning to our chronological episodes where we will be covering the screeching climax of the Red Guard movement, the 100 day war at Qinghua University. You won't want to miss it, my friends. So from the ancient city of X’ian I say Zai jian.

Sources for today's episode include

A Chinese Rebel Beyond the Great Wall: The Cultural Revolution and Ethnic Pogrom in Inner Mongolia by Cheng Tiejun, Uradyn E. Bulag and Mark Selden.

The Cultural Revolution in Inner Mongolia by Paul Hyer and William Heaton.

Records of victims and perpetrators in the Inner Mongolia military region during the Cultural Revolution compiled by Yang Haiying.

Records of the Cultural Revolution in Inner Mongolia compiled by TJ Cheng.

Storms of the Cultural Revolution in Inner Mongolia. An oral history of a rebel leader by Gao Shuhua and Cheng Tiejun.

Digging for historical evidence and social immobilization of the Inner Mongolia People's Revolutionary Party compiled by Yang Haiying.

Government documents and leader speeches on the Inner Mongolia People's Revolutionary Party compiled by Yang Haiying.

And the cultural revolution in Inner Mongolia, the oral history of a rebel leader by Gao Shuhua.

All right, y'all. Have a good day. Zai jian

Da jia hao tongzhimen and welcome back once again to the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution podcast with your host Drew Smith broadcasting once again from the ancient city of Xi'an, the former illustrious Han and Tang capital of Chang’an. in the heart of Shaanxi Province, the red holy land of China.

Uh we've been doing well these past few weeks. Hope you guys have been too. Um as you guys have probably heard um from my podcast account, I've been super busy lately. Um I've been doing like a bunch of grassroots mass and propaganda work for the party lately. Um, we've been having midterms for my students and all sorts of crazy stuff's been going on.

Um, you know, it it actually has been a very interesting uh learning experience actually going out and doing grassroots work uh with the party. You know, I'm a Maoist. I feel like the Chinese Communist Party (note by editor: it’s CPC, not CCP, and it is still on the road, just not in your definition) is no longer on the socialist road. But one thing I learned is I think the vast majority of rank and file grassroots cadres are genuinely good people who want to make their communities better places. And uh you know that's uh it's really amazing how there are still some comrades on a local level that genuinely take way serve the people very seriously and uh are actually out there making things better for Chinese people and not just serving for their personal careers.

Um, otherwise, let's see. Uh, I went to a Halloween party where I dressed up as a red guard. And that with an authentic, uh, cap, armband, Mao badge, and little red book. And that was actually a pretty big hit at the party, if only because I was wearing like actual authentic garb from that time period.

Uh, Thanksgiving's coming up soon. And so, uh, the MS and I will be tucking into some classic Thanksgiving fair with a large group of my fellow American expats at Red Oak, which is a really upscale, uh, American bar and grill here in Xi’an. And, uh, it's doing a whole, uh, whole ass buffet tomorrow night. So, it's going to be fantastic.

Um, as for the holidays, uh, we're not quite sure what we're doing for the holidays, but we'll find something to get into. I think we'll do Christmas dinner at this one Shanghai style seafood buffet we recently discovered and enjoyed highly recently. So, there is that. There is that. But enough of the personal jibber. I know what you guys are here to talk about. I know what you guys are here to hear about.

And uh we're about to deal with some really heavy and gnarly topics today. Um, while you'd think that the factional warfare in China had finally ended, you'd think things would have finally calmed down, but no, not really. Um, things are about to get pretty hairy here in the autumn and winter of 1968. And the cultural revolution was without a doubt not over, my friends. Not over. it is continuing onward all by on very different terms.

What do I mean by this? Well, let's get into it. Okay, so we left off with the Red Guard and rebel mass movements having been disbanded.

And with that, the push for the revolutionary committees to be consolidated on every level was put front and center with the hopes of creating a grand alliance of all factions to solidify the final victory of the cultural revolution. At least that particular stage of the cultural revolution. Mao was very much open to having multiple cultural revolutions.

On September 1st, things got off to quite a start when recently demobilized red guards at Beijing University BeiDa decided to settle one last score before dissolving. Deng Xiaoping’s son, Deng Pufang, was supposed to be released from his dorm room turned jail cell with the dissolution of the Beida Red Guards.

But it seems that well whoopsy doodle, he had a little accident and his captors decided to free him from the captivity by throwing him out the fucking window. And in fact, to this day, Deng Pufang is still alive, but he's paralyzed from the waist down and currently serves as the chairman of the All-China Disabled Persons’ Federation, the main Communist Party mass organization for Chinese people with disabilities. So yeah, he is in a wheelchair the rest of his life because he got released from captivity through his window. So ouch. Oh, this tea is good.

Also during the first week of September, the Hainan Provincial Revolutionary Committee initiated a wave of mass arrests of Red Guards and rebels with over 5,000 ending up in prison and 700 being executed due to some local factions refusing to disband.

And this is actually something that really concerns me at this point, especially through September, October, and November of 68. Um especially with the way that things were handled in Guangxi, you know, and how horrible that went. Unfortunately, we're going to see a lot of this over the next few months in China where some rebel factions refuse to disband.

They refuse to believe that Mao would call for an end to the rebellion and the local provincial and re and municipal revolutionary committees deal with him in a very brutal, heavy-handed pan manner. Uh so and we're going to get into that in a few minutes. We're going to get into that in a few minutes.

On September 2nd, the Tibetan capital of Lhasa and the Xinjiang capital of Urumqi were lit up with revolutionary enthusiasm as the final two provincial rebel revolutionary committees were finally established.

Um, allow me to copy and paste and do a quick recap from our episode on Tibet and Xinjiang during the cultural revolution. If you want more information about this, uh, please refer back to episode 14, which is on Spotify, Podbean, and um, a couple of other platforms.

After months of intense negotiations, the Tibetan Revolutionary Committee was founded with former members of the Maoist Rebel Gyenlo faction firmly gaining a majority of seats in the party and masses section of the 3-in-1 combination while former members of the conservative PLA-aligned Nyamdre nationally gained a majority in the army section. Major General Zeng Yongya was elected chairman, a moderate candidate who wanted to build a grand alliance between the Gyenlo and Nyamdre factions.

It was actually a major victory for Mao and the left wing of the Communist Party in Tibet. And with it, a large amount of new reforms and economic initiatives were able to be pushed in Tibet. 50,000 people that day took part in the rally to celebrate the establishment of the committee.

That same day in Urumqi, Xinjiang, 200,000 Xinjiang citizens of all nationalities traveled from all around the autonomous region to celebrate the founding of the Xinjiang Revolutionary Committee. Long Shujin, a general from Hunan who was a close associate of Lin Biao, was elected chairman of the revolutionary committee. Wang Enmao and Seypedin, the two main capitalist roaders in Xinjiang, who were close to Liu Shaoqi prior to 66, were elected as vice-chairman, but their powers within the reconstituted regional party committee and the military region command were severely diminished.

So it seemed for now the left had been able to win out against Wang and Seypedin and their gang and that Xinjiang had become firmly red under um Long Shujin and his crew.

In celebration of the full consolidation of the revolutionary committee cities committee system from the provincial level downward on September 7th a rally was held in Tiananmen Square in which over 500,000 people waving little red books and red flags and giant banners of chairman Mao listened to Zhou Enlai and Jiang Qing speak on the overall victory of the revolutionary committees.

Zhou said in his speech, quote, "In the 20 months since the January storm, the whole country has once again become red, excepting Taiwan, which remains to be liberated."

Jiang Qing praised the Mao Zedong Thought workers propaganda teams for their work in stopping the factional war, saying that the working class had gone up onto the stage of history to lead the struggle, criticism, and reform of the superstructure.

The revolutionary committee system unfortunately was still uh quite a sight of raw and rough contradiction among the masses. Among the 29 revolutionary committees, only eight, Heilongjiang, Shandong, Shanghai, Shanxi, Shaanxi, Tianjin, Henan, and Hebei had local rebels or rebel party cadres as their chairman while the other 21 chairmen were all army officers.

These first revolutionary committee chairmen also became central committee members during the ninth party congress.

And given that the army had an unprecedented amount of control starting in autumn of '68 despite the fact that the rightists had not been fully fleeced from the ranks of the army officer corps and the army's party committees, uh you know, so there's that, indeed Xie Fuzhi feared that there would still be a possibility of ideological splits within the provincial revolutionary committees and felt that there was a need to constantly work on unity struggle unity within the working class at the forefront.

Mao also made sure to say in a meeting on September 21st that a national level quote “all-China revolutionary committee would not be desirable and that instead work should begin on reconstituting the national people's congress after the upcoming 9th party congress in April of the next year.”

A few days later, the National Day holiday was in full swing as on October 1st, Beijing celebrated the 19th anniversary of the founding of the People's Republic. Mao and his entourage, flanked by all 29 provincial revolutionary committee chairman and most of the central committee watched as 100,000 people used colored cards to fill Tiananmen Square with the image of a sunflower which turned and faced Mao as the East is Red played throughout the city.

Lin Biao and Zhou Enlai made speeches calling for the preparation of a people's war in the event of a Soviet or US invasion of China. Crowds chanted repeatedly for an hour, "Down with the USA. Down with the Soviet Union, long live Chairman Mao. Long live the great proletarian cultural revolution."

That year's National Day Parade was made up of 400,000 marchers with giant models on floats, including the character Zhong, which is loyalty, giant volumes of Chairman Ma's works and massive mangoes.

That night, Mao and Lin Biao returned to the Tiananmen rostrum in the evening to watch fireworks and wave to the crowd as the masses continued to sing and shout their praises.

Sadly, things would take a very rough turn just as it seemed as things were settling down within the revolutionary order. Uh, today, my friends, we really have to talk about a very uncomfortable truth, and that's something called the Cleansing of the Class ranks campaign of 1968 through 1969.

It's something I've mentioned briefly in some earlier episodes and I talked about its dire consequences in Inner Mongolia in my episode about that region. Um, but it's really in October of 1968 that the cleansing of the class ranks kicks heavily into high gear and becomes a rather excessively bloody affair.

Okay, in order to understand the cleansing of the class ranks, we need to rewind back a few months. On May 13th, 1968, Yao Wenyuan submitted a document called the experience of the military management committees of Beijing Qinghua printing factory in mobilizing the masses to carry out the class struggle against the enemy.

He sent this to Chairman Mao and Yao wrote, "This document summarizes some of the policies of what must become a cleansing of the class ranks." On May 19th, Mao commented on the document. “Yao Wenyuan, I suggest nationwide circulation, publication, and study of this document. It is the best written piece among all the relevant files you have sent me today.”

As a result, the ‘cleansing of the class ranks’ campaign was launched on May 25th with the circulation of the document. While the initial call to cleanse the class ranks was relatively vague and was simply a call to, you know, um, allow the rebels to ferret out the most obstinate and unrepentant of class enemies.

With the disbanding of the mass movements in July and August of 68, the campaign quickly became a means for local authorities to settle scores against former rebels in a very top-down manner under the pretext of consolidating the revolutionary committee system.

During the second week of October, Mao explained the campaign to an Albanian delegation led by Beqir Balluku, quote, "A failed class will still struggle, so we will never speak of final victory. Even after decades, we cannot speak of it or lose our vigilance. Those people still exist. That class still exists. The mainland has dregs of the Guomindang. Some people have drilled into our leadership organs or into local leadership organs. This time, we're cleaning them out one by one."

"This time has brought quite a major cleanup of the party, government, army, and the civilian population. They're cleansing and exposing themselves. If we're talking about 700 million people and out of and one out of a thousand of them are bad, this indicates that the contradiction between the enemy and us is serious. We'll probably have to continue cleansing the class ranks and perching the party for half a year or even a year, then things maybe will be able to keep quiet for about 10 to 20 years.”

That month was also when the 12th plenum of the eighth central committee of the CPC met and it issued a bulletin stating it is essential to continue continue earnestly cleansing the class ranks in the factories, people's communes, government organs, schools, enterprises, and state-run institutions as well as neighborhoods in order to unearth the smattering of remaining counterrevolutionaries concealed within the mass organizations.

And what's interesting is how people started reacting to this. Um with the military and civilian bureaucrats resuming their old ways, rebel factions actually still were able to launch quote "anti-restoration campaigns" in Shandong, Hubei, Gansu, Fujian, Jiangsu, Shaanxi, Heilongjiang, and other remote places. In fact, this is where it gets really interesting is in Shandong, it was launched by the chairman of the revolutionary committee of the province, Wang Xiaoyu.

And basically what happened was is Wang creates this thing called the verbal attack and armed defense general headquarters out of the people's militias and the cleansing of the class ranks uh mass dictatorship offices. And he made that them seize control of all the police stations from November of 68 through January of 69, alleging that they were compiling black dossiers on leaders of the provincial and municipal revolutionary committees in order to overthrow the revolutionary order.

And what's interesting is that Mao initially encouraged these anti-restoration campaigns um especially in an October 14th Red Flag editorial um where he called for an end to the rightist wind. But when it seemed like the campaign was looking to attack the entire quote ‘newborn red regime and undermine the revolutionary committees’, he said ‘opposing restoration is in fact restoration’.

And then Zhou Enlai came in and said some places are still carrying it on and wanting to seize power, but whose power are you seizing? Isn't it seizing power from the proletariat? And then unfortunately in many places the rebel factions were forced to stand down and those opposing restoration were suppressed in the name of defending the newborn red regime. So that sucks. And with that many more waves of arrests and executions began across the country. And it's actually pretty it gets bad, guys. Um, I know I remember something like 12,000 people died in just Inner Mongolia alone.

Um, I'm looking at this table from Andrew uh G. Walder's Agents of Disorder, which is, you know, gets really deeply into the power seizures and the revolutionary committee systems.

And one thing that stands out to me is that the actions of the revolutionary committees after the mass movements were disabled generated more reported deaths and imprisonments than the actions of the factional civil war. Um the thing is that and also what you notice that the political campaign of the cleansing of the class ranks was by far by far the single most important generator of casualties and victims.

Um, in fact, up to over half of the 183,000 deaths recorded in local annals are that are tied to a specific event or period of time. 50% of them are attributed to the class cleansing of the class ranks campaign. 13.4 million people were arrested and no fewer than 42% uh were generated by the cleansing of the class ranks and that usually all of those it says according to what I'm seeing as much as yeah as much as 75% of deaths and uh yeah about 42% of arrests were generated after the formation of the revolutionary committees. So, yikes.

Um, one place I was looking at said that there was something like um 200,000 - someone predicted that or estimated there was about 200,000 people killed from during the all-around civil war and factional warfare, but that 250,000 were executed during the cleansing of the class ranks.

Although Walder has calculated at least 183,780 executed by the cleansing of the class ranks campaign, but he says that 75.3% were killed after the disbanding of the Red Guard movement. So yikes. Um, one thing that he mentions is that the cleansing of the class ranks reached more parts of the country, at least on the local and village and county level, than the 1967 power seizures than the January storm. And it was conducted even in regions that never reported any factional warfare activity.

And according to him, quote, "The annals from 89% of all localities reported activity related to the cleansing of the class ranks, compared to 81% that reported power seizures during the January storm, 70% that reported insurgent activity, and 60% reported violent factional battles. April to October 68th was the high tide of the campaign spread. The median date was August. Fewer than 6% of reports occur prior to the month and a local revolutionary committee was formed and more than half of reports within the first 5 months of its establishment.

Um and what Walder and Esherick and um Xiao, a lot of these scholars make a very interesting point is that the cleansing of the class ranks campaign compared to the Red Guard movement is a lot like it's more like the the Soviet great terror of 1937 through 1938. It's more like a Yezhovschina style great purge. Although um Walder believes that the cleansing of the class ranks generated a much lower death rate than the great terror did.

Um, one interesting example to me is um how the cleansing of the class ranks campaign uh went in Shanghai.

If we go and look at Perry and Lu's text proletarian power, the Cultural Revolution in Shanghai, we see Shanghai has a really interesting example of the cleansing of the class ranks. Um, across August through December, the Red Guard organizations in Shanghai were actually rather gradually disbanded on Mao's order and college and middle school students were assigned jobs or sent up to the mountains and down to the villages.

Uh, more on that in a little bit. However, and um what’s interesting is to see contrasting with the rest of the country, the rebel worker mass movements in Shanghai remained politically influential for much longer and with far greater impact than the student red guards in Shanghai.

And compared to the rebel worker movements in other cities in China, because, after the Mao Zedong Thought workers' propaganda teams were sent out, essentially the rebel worker uh organizations were either disbanded or had to merge with the propaganda thought teams.

Whereas in Shanghai, the Shanghai revolutionary rebel workers headquarters still stayed intact officially and organizationally well into the mid 70s.

So how about that? So it's interesting how the cleansing of the class ranks campaign did not demolish the workers headquarters in Shanghai.

Um, as we have seen in the case of the Mao Zedong Thought propaganda troops, um, contacts between former student militants and rebel workers, uh, really still did continue even after the demobilization of the Red Guard movement. Um, and like I said, a substantial number of former Red Guards were assigned to factory work at the time, and they ended up linking up with the rebel workers headquarters.

Um, one thing that Perry notes is that having quote, "Having experienced the heady exhilaration of political activism and revolutionary responsibility, these youngsters were reluctant to withdraw from political engagement. Boasting literary schools well above those of the average factory worker, more than a few former Red Guards now working in the workplaces took charge of propaganda activities in their new work units. By late November of '68, virtually everything published in the press in the name of the workers was really being written by former red guards or by radical intellectuals and journalists affiliated with the Shanghai Writers Rebel Union." So, huh.

And um so when a new Shanghai and like I said the rebel workers HQ was still very very influential. In fact when elections were held in November of '68 for a new Shanghai Revolutionary Committee. The Shanghai Revolutionary Rebel Workers HQ won once again in a landslide victory winning 35 of the 45 seats.

Still, still the cleansing of the class ranks did take a toll on industrial workers as well as former red guards. As Wang Hongwen noted in at the end of November of '68, quote, "The number of workers ferreted out in the past two months has been greater than the entire previous two years." Wang went on to say about the cleansing of the class ranks campaign and this is pretty shocking that Wang, you know, he would go on to be one of the gang of four.

So he was, you know, he's a big dude in this situation. He said, quote, "This is an evil rightist wind whose obvious characteristic is a repudiation of the revolutionary rebels, a repudiation of the January revolution, and an attempt to reverse our verdict on the bourgeois reactionary line on the capitalist roaders. the traitors, the secret agents, and is a plot to destroy the revolutionary committees organizationally as a nationwide movement.”

Though um as we will see in the next uh chronological episode, the cleansing of the class ranks campaign generally was wound down during the winter of early 69 and uh early spring of 1969. By then, Mao, uh you know, according to what I'm reading, appears to have felt that it had gone way too far, particularly in uh Inner Mongolia.

In a Zhongfa (central speech?) address in late December of '68, Mao addressed the revolutionary committees and military control committees all over China, noting, quote, "Among those who have committed capitalist roader errors, the arch unrepentant ones are only a small minority, while those who are capable of accepting education and correcting their errors are a majority. Hence, comrades, you should not automatically assume that all of those who had been capitalist roaders are bad people."

With that, the cleansing of the class ranks was quickly wound down and its excesses uh sweeped uncomfortably under the rug.

Although it should be noted some sporadic cases were seen in isolated parts of the country by the People's Liberation Army in 1970 and 1971.

Unfortunately, it seems to me that there is little in the way of Marxist historiography of the cleansing of the class ranks campaign. Indeed, it wasn't until I started reading about the cultural revolution on a scholarly basis in graduate school that I even heard about the cleansing of the class ranks.

Various summations of the cultural revolution by Maoist parties such as my alma mater, the revolutionary communist party USA and other rim organizations such as the communist party of Peru almost entirely omit the very existence of the cleansing of the class ranks campaign from their entire narrative, which bothers me greatly because obviously this is something that caused a lot of struggle and it seems like it genuinely negatively affected the left during the cultural revolution especially further down the line and it seems like a lot of innocent people got killed or imprisoned because of this. So why why aren't we Maoists or why aren't Marxists more broadly discussing this?

In the battle for China's past, Dr. Gao Mobo states “violence such as the cleansing of the class ranks movement in 1968 was premeditated. But this movement was not meant to result in the physical elimination of class enemies, though this clearly happened. In any case, much of the violence that took place during the late 60s was not initiated by either the Red Guards or the rebels or by Mao. In fact, many of the rebels became victim themselves in campaigns such as against the May 16th elements," unquote.

Obviously, more work needs to be done on this particular uh part of the cultural revolution, especially on the part of the international communist movement and Marxist scholars within academia. To fully sum up what went so terribly wrong during the fallen winter of 1968 and 1969 and how it could have potentially contributed to its overall defeat 8 years later.

Oh, and um also I almost forgot to mention it's interesting how I when I was looking through the Xi’an municipal and county annals at the Shaanxi provincial archives. The cleansing of the class ranks campaign seems to be relatively bloodless in our city with the exception of one very very glaring exception. Xi’an Jaotong University. Um JaoDa, as we call it here in Xi’an, is Xian's best university. It's considered let's see uh as of the last Shanghai ranking which is like the big ranking for all the universities in China. Shanghai ranking had it as the ninth best university in all of China.

So it's up there with like BaiDa and Qinghua, uh Renmin uh Renmin University, Beijing Normal University when it comes to the elite institutions of learning here in China. And according to the records I was reading at JaoDa, I found that over 100 professors were executed by order of the municipal revolutionary committee or died of vigilante torture at the hands of local grassroots cleansing of the class ranks activists.

Um just as an aside, there would be basically there was kind of these um grassroots activist groups called mass dictatorships groups, mass dictatorship groups that were often mobilized by the people's liberation army to cleanse the class ranks. Um so you know I'm wondering why was there such a massive amount of bloodshed at JaoDa compared to say uh where I teach Northwest University where no professors were executed.

I was unable to really find any answers nor could I uh find any eyewitnesses who could be reached for comment or you know at least willing to comment but I will let you guys know if I find out anything.

Well, while all this was happening, the final fall of Liu Shaoqi, the former president of the People's Republic of China and China's number one capitalist roader was finally consolidated.

On October 31st during the plenum of the central committee, the 12th plenum endorsed a report called the crimes of the renegade trader and scab Liu Shaoqi, finally officially naming him as the Communist Party's number one capitalist roader.

Now, I know a lot of you guys are thinking, wait, there was this huge mass movement for the past, you know, 2 and 1/2 years against him. What do you mean finally naming him? Well, here's the funny thing.

I encourage you guys to look at old issues of Peking Review in English or if you can read Chinese, People's Daily, Liberation Army Daily, um, or Hongqi, Red Flag Journal, you'll notice that up until October 31st, they never actually say Liu Shaoqi's name when they talk about the number one capitalist roader. They always call him by the pseudonym China's Khrushchev.

They never say Liu. The only time you'll see Liu specifically named as China's Khrushchev during that time is if you find local Red Guard periodicals and zines. But the national press, the state-owned press always called him just simply China's Khrushchev or China's number one capitalist roader.

So finally they had given officially the name to Liu. Liu Xiaoqi and Deng Xiaoping that day officially lost their uh posts. A resolution to expel Liu from the party forever was passed with only one exception that of Chen Shaomin the vice chairwoman of the all China Federation of Trade Unions. When she passed her abstention, Kang Sheng castigated her asking why she would not vote for Liu.

Despite Kang's prior lobbering and with her, she told her him simply, "This is my right." Kong sat back down in silence, but later he arranged Chen to be sent to work on a farm in Luoshan County, Henan Province of later in that year as a way of punishing her for not voting the way he wanted.

The next day, all newspapers printed the official verdict on Liu Shaoqi, calling him a scab and a traitor, finally naming him as the open China's Khrushchev.

On the second, Liu Shaoqi's expulsion was announced over the radio. Liu was played the broadcast from his hospital bed at the prison and he began to shake and vomit. Meanwhile, Deng Xiaoping was ordered to pack his bags to leave house arrest and go work in a factory on in uh was it Jiangxi? Yeah, Jiangxi Province.

Meanwhile, a few a few weeks later on the 12th of December 1968, an evening radio broadcast transmitted a new directive. Now, educated youth should be going to the countryside to receive re-education from the peasants. The next day, newspapers published Mao's call for educated youth, especially cadres’ children and former red guards, to receive education by living among the rural poor.

In Jinan, 820 urban educated youth followed Mao's directive and they packed their bags and left for the countryside as the first model youth group of youth. In Hangzhou, the next day, some 2,000 youth gave up their urban residency to start new lives laboring in a rural Heilongjiang commune.

In the end between December of 1968 and December of 1979, over 17 million kids would be sent to work in the mountains and in the countryside or in urban factories if they were lucky. And you know, if I have time, I want to do a uh episode on that because and maybe I could get my father-in-law to talk about it because he became a sent-down youth in the last year of the cultural revolution when he was 14.

Um, so I'll see if he wants to talk about it with you guys. I'll see if he wants to talk about it with you guys. And like I said, we're going to talk a lot more about the sent-down youth, the up to the mountains and down to the countryside movement uh across across the rest of the podcast because it's actually a pretty interesting um development and it goes on for such a long time.

Even after the cultural revolution during the Hua Guofeng period, the down to the countryside campaign continues onward until Deng Xiaoping initiates the reform and opening up and sends everybody back home.

All right. Um some other miscellaneous points uh to go through and this is interesting is you know as I always say even during the worst of the cultural revolution good things were happening uh during that time proletarian internationalism towards revolutionary national liberation struggles and left-wing movements in Congo, Italy, Mexico, Thailand, Vietnam Palestine and Yemen were given a great amount of ideological and financial and even military support.

The struggles of the oppressed peoples in the United States were put front and center and closer attention was paid to the new pro-Beijing parties and pre-party found nations for nations being founded around the world especially on December 26 1968 when a professor named Jose Maria Sison decided to convene a congress that reconconstituted the old Filipino Communist Party.

On that day, the Communist Party of the Philippines was born and it's been uh a very important actor in global Maoism ever since. Uh also at that time the Tanzania Zambia Railway aka the Tazaro railway or the Uhuru railway was beginning to be constructed by Chinese workers and engineers as a gift to the republics of Tanzania and Zambia.

That way they would not have to rely on having to trade with Rhodesia or South Africa and other such regimes. So that was a very big thing of international friendship and a lot of East Africans still are very thankful to China to this day for what they did with the Tazara Uhuru Railway.

Um, another thing that to note was that in 1968 there was a bumper harvest.

Um there was major water conservancy projects that brought a lot of irrigation uh to remote parts of China, it brought clean drinking water. Uh a lot of desert and rocky mountainous areas were finally able to grow crops. Crop production actually doubled during 1968 all across uh China despite the fact that there was a drought in southern China. And usually when a drought hits southern China, there is, you know, if you look back in in history, it almost always results in a horrible famine that kills hundreds of thousands, even millions of people.

But not this time, baby. The drought, the 1968 southern China drought produced no famine and no casualties, which was the first time in Chinese history.

Another thing that I want to talk about is the May 7th cadre schools. Um the May 7th cadre schools were basically where rebel cadres and the most obstinate rightist cadres uh ultra-left cadres and rightist cadres were sent to labor in the fields alongside the peasantry and the sent down youth or to uh work in factories and transform themselves into revolutionary cadres and revolutionary intellectual rituals.

The reason they were called the May 7th cadre schools and not like the October 5th cadre schools was because in May of '66, a week before the cultural revolution was initiated, uh Mao said that he want sent out a report saying he wanted the army to act as an educator for the masses and that China should become one big this was the May 7th circular that the um that China should become one big school where soldiers would learn politics and engage in production, cadres would learn politics and engage in production and students and workers would learn military affairs from the army.

And uh he it was also in the May 7th circular prior to the May 16th circular that he said uh all education must be revolutionized. So in honor of this May 7th circular in September and October and November of ' 68 they initiated the May 7th cadre schools which lasted until 1960 uh 1976.

Um, with that, um, another thing I should also say is that at the end of the day, the revolutionary committees, at least on a local level, were still a good exercise in democracy, uh, direct democracy, you could even say.

I'm looking at um recently I reread Maria Macciocchi's daily life in revolutionary China which was about her travels through China in 1970 and 1971 and she gives a lot of great eyewitness testimony on how revolutionary committees were elected directly by the people and how they were able to really connect with the masses, how voting took place within revolutionary committees.

Um yeah, it's it's a really interesting it's a really interesting um look at how even at the end of the day, there were good things about the revolutionary committees. Make no mistake, as much as I criticism as I have of the Revolutionary Committee system, and it could have gotten a lot better, it wasn't entirely without merit.

All right. Well, my friends, with that, we conclude our long and wild look at the most intense and most radical year of the entire cultural revolution. 1968, the year that shook the world.

And let me tell you, you know, as someone who's really interested not just in the cultural revolution, but also like global Maoism, global student and worker radicalism, national liberation movements, and you know, the global 60s.

Let me tell you, a lot of my friends ask me, uh, Drew, out of all the years in human history that you're most interested in, if you could choose one year to study for the rest of your life, which one would it be? And I always say unequivocally, 1968, 1968 was one hell of a year.

Whether it was in, you know, it was in Chicago during the DNC demonstrations, uh whether it was in Paris in May of '68, whether it was the Red Guard factional warfare in summer of 68, just wow, what an amazing, you know, the the founding of the Communist Party of the Philippines. Just wow, what an amazing year it was. What an amazing year it was. Too bad I was born in the wrong time. Too bad I was born at the wrong time.

All right, my friends. Well, um, next month will be our next thematic episode. We'll be eating some dim sum and having a bit of a Cantonese delight as we are finally, after all these years of doing this podcast, I'm finally getting time to taking a look at the cultural revolution in China's third largest city, Guangzhou.

So, next month we will be having Guangzhou during the cultural revolution. Um, then in January we will not be having an episode because I will be traveling to the US to visit my family. Um, we might have one in February if I can if I can find time. I might still be in the US. Like I said, it's been 5 years since I've seen my family. So, uh, I really need to make up for lost time.

Um, I will say though that at at the very least by March, we should be having our first episode about 1969 where we will be discussing the, um, 9th Congress and the Sino Soviet border war.

So, uh, be on the lookout for that. And um I guess until then from the ancient city of Chang’an, my comrades, I say Zai jian.

Sources for today's episode include

The World Turned Upside Down: A History of the Chinese Cultural Revolution by Yang Jisheng,

The Battle for China's Past, Mao and the Cultural Revolution by Dr. Gao Mobo.

Turbulent decade, a history of the cultural revolution by Yan Jiaqi and Gao Gao.

Agents of Disorder Inside China's Cultural Revolution by Andrew G. Walder.

China's Cultural Revolution 1966 to 1969. Not a dinner party by Michael Schoenhals.

Mao's Last revolution by Roderick McFarquhar and Michael Schoenhals.

Proletarian Power Shanghai During the Cultural Revolution by Elizabeth J. Perry and Li Xun.

The Cultural Revolution at the Grassroots by Jonathan Unger, Marxist Internet's Archives, Peking Review Archive, Shaanxi Provincial Archives,

and Reassessing the Cultural Revolution by Lucian W. Pye.

All right, guys. Have a good day.

Da jia hao tongzhimen and welcome back once again to the great proletarian cultural revolution podcast with your host Drew Smith once again broadcasting from the ancient city of Xi'an.

Hope you guys are doing well. Uh, first off, well, I guess I better go on and uh, apologize for the lateness on this particular uh, episode. You know, life was kind of crazy getting ready for and then going on vacation for this particular uh, National Day holiday. Uh, the missus was in Nanchang, aka the city of heroes, where the Nanchang uprising happened, where the um, people's war, the Chinese people's war began and it's also her birthplace, so how about that? And uh, I was in Yan'an.

Yes, the cradle of the Chinese revolution itself. Um, I had a great time. I ran into a friend of mine who was who lives there.

He's a colleague of mine, Dr. Wen Lung. He is an expert on translating uh, Shaanbei, that means northern Shaanxi, Shanbei folk songs into English. And uh, he had that week free. His family wasn't really doing anything, so he decided to come out and play with me and show me around the town, and we had a great old time. If you follow me on Twitter, you probably saw some of the high jinks I was getting into.

Definitely a fun town. If you can go, go. Definitely go see Yan'an once in your life. It is really an experience to remember. Would I live there? No. It's still pretty developing. It's got a long way to go when it comes to this, you know, when it comes to fun stuff to do other than history, but as a vacation spot for history buffs and commies, well, yeah. That's Yan'an's there for you. Other than that, uh not much to report.

Life is good otherwise. So, how about we go in and launch into today's episode? So, our episode today is a thematic episode that is very near and dear to my heart. It's one of my hobbies.

That hobby being collecting Mao badges, Chairman Mao badges, the ubiquitous symbol of the Cultural Revolution that everyone at that time was wearing on their breast. Every Red Guard had one. People who were in the Panthers and in the SDS in the USA had one.

Uh kids in the streets of Paris in May of '68 were wearing them. They became a symbol of both loyalty to Chairman Mao and a symbol of rebellion. And because of that, I find them to be so fascinating. So, what we're going to mainly do is I recently gave a presentation about Mao badges at my university to um share and uh share the joy of being a Mao badge collector.

And I got into like the history and the symbolism and all of those kinds of things. So, a lot of this will be not based off a script like it usually is, but me basing off my notes and I'm reading off my PPT. Uh I've given this talk three times now and um I'm going to be giving it now again to you. So, it shouldn't be hard.

Um let's talk about Mao badges, my friends. Let's talk about Mao badges.

So, before we discuss Mao badges in during the Cultural Revolution, we actually have to go back, way back.

Back into time. And let's talk about the earliest Mao badges. Now, the earliest Mao badges were created in Yan'an, mainly between, of course, 1936 to 1948. And these badges were mainly little square badges that were made of either rubber or they were made of like very thin aluminum from toothpaste cans or deodorant cans. And then they would just paint them on or emboss them with a symbol.

A lot of them are pictures of Mao with Peng Dehuai. Like, during this time there was a large amount of two heads on each Mao badge, Mao and then someone else. Like I said, usually Peng Dehuai, but every once in a while Zhou Enlai or Zhu De, one of the other uh marshals or people in the PLA. And so, this is where you first really begin to see Mao badges in a limited form start coming out of the woodwork and be made as a popular thing. Then in the 1950s you see them crop up again.

This time as um small tokens of celebrating the building of the country and during the resist-America aid-Korea war in my collection I actually do have one very interesting Mao badge which is where I it's actually interesting it's Mao and Kim Il Sung on the same badge and the Chinese flag and the DPRK flag flanking their heads.

That's extremely rare to have a foreign head of state on Mao's next to Mao on a Mao badge. So I'm very glad that I have that specimen in my collection. These are very rare. Mao badges from the 1950s are extremely rare. I only have five in my collection of 500 Mao badges only five about are from the 1950s.

Um most of them are now in museums or in private collections of the most elite Mao badge collectors.

All right. So that leaves us you know so after the Korean war during the Great Leap Forward you really don't see any Mao badges. I've never found any Mao badges from the Great Leap Forward or from the socialist education movement anti-rightist campaigns. Basically from 56 to 65 you really don't see any Mao badges. Maybe one or two.

Actually, now that I think about it, I have one Mao badge from 1965, but one. So, of course, this is the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution podcast, so let's get to the Cultural Revolution. And so, the early Cultural Revolution from '66 to '69, that's when most Mao badges were made.

According to most sources, at least 5 billion were made, and according to one expert at Zhengzhou University, who I spoke to, uh maybe up to 8 billion were made before production was shut down in late 1969. And what's very interesting to me about Mao badges is Mao badges have a very specific spirit and a very specific message.

Um during the times factional fighting and sharp class struggle, the badges acted as something that people could unify around. Um they concentrate on loyalty, they concentrate on success, they concentrate on marching together on the road to communism under the leadership of Mao.

They're very inspiring message. Um you mostly see a lot of stuff like uh serve the people rather than it's right to rebel or bombard the headquarters. I have a handful of what you might call attack messages. I do have a handful of Mao badges that uh have stuff like it's right to rebel and bombard the headquarters, but maybe less than 20 in my collection. The rest of them are uh very unifying messages.

Now, I'm going to be jumping around a bit, but one thing is that that Mao badges you might notice I just said that Mao badges were uh mainly made from '66 to '69.

And there was a reason for that. Mao badges were mostly made of aluminum and aluminum is what makes airplanes.

And some estimates says that there were enough to make 39,000 MiG fighter jets at a time when China was facing a lot, and I mean a lot, of Soviet and US pressure. And at the time when China's population was 800 million, Premier Zhou Enlai estimated there were enough badges for every Chinese person to have five to 10 badges. And because of this, Mao referred to this as wasteful and Zhou referred to it as formalism.

Many of these badges, and I have a few huge badges that basically are like gigantic uh necklaces rather than badges that you wear on your breast. Um they basically they became too big to wear and they were often just used as empty gift giving and well, frankly, bribery. And that's not a good thing to have.

Bribery means corruption. If any of you guys know one of the things that you know, one of the causes of the Cultural Revolution was, you know, corruption. Today Mao badge collecting is a very common hobby. In the 1980s, the Chinese government, who actually regulates the antiques and says like what kind of things can act as antiques, Mao badges were recognized as antiques, which is funny cuz like it was just after the Cultural Revolution was officially condemned in 1981 that they designated Mao badges as collectible antiques.

So, not that long after the Cultural Revolution, less than 10 years afterwards, and then like less like basically the same year that they condemned the Cultural Revolution. So, things like coins, porcelain, antique furniture, they are classified in that same way. And that's when people really began collecting badges, particularly badge sets. Many badges are made to be parts of sets. Example, I have one where it's Mao through the years, where the first badge is him as a as a child going all the way to him during his great swim.

That's the last one. Serious collectors often hold the large meetings and conventions, sort of like coin collectors and baseball card collectors, comic book collectors.

You know, they'll have these big vending rooms that they'll hold meetings. People will publish whole volumes of catalogs. I, for example, I own the Shanxi catalog, which has all of the badges from our provinces.

Um some collectors are pretty hardcore. They'll have up to 50,000 to 200,000 badges, which I would love to have that if I ever am able to get a house, the you know, that can hold that, but I don't know if the missus would be okay with that. [laughter]

Uh yeah, um I I only have 500 so far. Although that number is always growing. I just got a badge from Yunnan. While I was there, I bought one badge when I was in Yunnan. Of the 5 billion badges made, we now think only about 50 million are still around. That's what the collectors catalogs and uh the Antiquities um board association of China say.

Most of them estimate it's about 50 million. The rest were melted down to make into airplanes during the Sino-Soviet Border Dispute. All right. Well, let's now move on.

Let's move on and let's talk about the three main phases of Mao badge production. So, Mao badges really start rolling out during the Cultural Revolution about a month after the Cultural Revolution is launched, we have the May 16th Circular. And during that time, in June of '66, you start seeing um spontaneous production by local people.

Most Mao badges at that time are handmade or uh just made by local shops. And there are really no rules set in place on how to make them by the government. There's no regulations. After the January storm of '67, that's when you see factories set up in Beijing and Shanghai um due to such high demand. And badges from this time tend to be very small.

They are usually only about the size of your thumb. About the size of your thumb tip. Or fit, you know, any of your fingertips. There That's about how big they are. Um if you have a small badge, if any of you collect badges or have a Mao badge, and they tend to be very small, and they're like the little star, those tend to be from uh June of 1966 to May of 1967.

The second phase of the Mao badge production was May of '67 to September of 1968. So, during the height of the factional fighting.

So, during this time, you see um, more standardization and regulation. That's when actually folk badges are kind of suppressed and the more round red badge becomes the most popular.

The the badge that you guys think of when you think of a Mao badge. When you think of a Mao badge, you think of the round red one with his face pointing left. That is when these became the most popular and the badge factory industry exploded.

Every badge began to have their own badge factory. The most some of the most popular ones were of course Beijing and Shanghai, but Zhengzhou, Xi'an, and Yan'an had very large badge factories. Wuhan did too. Guangzhou did. Chongqing of course.

Um, and badges from places like Yan'an and Wuhan due to their excellent quality and of course their revolutionary credentials are highly sought after by um, Mao badge collectors.

And really a lot of it was the people and when it came to leading production, this is about the time that the factions, the Red Guard factions, stop being the main leaders in production and the People's Liberation Army and Revolutionary Committees start leading in production.

Then in September of '68, once the Red Guard movement is over, the rebel movements and mass movements are disbanded, this is where the third Mao badge production phase happened. September of 1968 to April of 1969.

And that's when you begin to see a lot of gift badge sets, um, and oversized badges becoming more and more common. Um, many badge sets are begun to be produced by Mao Zedong Thought Propaganda teams, and this is actually it's not until this phase of the Mao badge production that you begin to see Mao badges basically becoming essentially required of all citizens at all times.

And badges are almost treated as like sacred religious objects. You want to, you know, like wash your hands before you handle a Mao badge. You want to you know, make sure that a Mao badge doesn't fall on the ground. People, you know, don't wear your Mao badge into the latrine or into a bathhouse. You know, take it off and put it in your pocket and then put it back on.

It was very highly ritualized. Um, in fact, there's an interesting story from a book called called Mao's Children in the New China, The Voices of the Red Guard Generation.

Um, the name escapes me of the two authors at the moment. It's a compilation of interviews with Red Guards. It's a great book. I would highly recommend it. Once again, Mao's Children in the New China, Voices of the Red Guard Generation. I highly recommend everyone read it.

But one story that sticks out to me is that um, one guy interviewed remembers how um, when his girlfriend died in a farming accident when they were sent down youth, he [snorts] buried her with her favorite Chairman Mao badge. And then when he mentioned that to his production manager, the manager became extremely irate, extremely irate, and demanded that they dig the girl back up to get the badge out of her off of her corpse.

Truly grizzly, but that just shows you just how reverent people became towards these things.

Of course, I should make a note that Mao and the party center very much opposed this very cult-like viewpoint. Oh, another thing, and I I did mention this in my episode on Tibet And Xinjiang during the Cultural Revolution is that Tibetans began to believe that Mao badges had like talisman-like properties, that they could ward off evil spirits and demons, that they warded off evil eye.

Uyghurs and Hui would often believe that they could ward off the evil eye that is mentioned in Islam. So, yeah, it was very interesting how people reacted in that way to Mao badges.

All right, well, let's move on and let's go to the final phase of Mao badge production, and that's April of 1969 to January of 1970. And this is when Mao badge production is is declared to be out of control and becoming Mao says something very funny in a circular.

He sends out an internal memo to all the party committees and revolutionary committees of all the Mao badge production plants in China, and that he says provocatively, "Give us back our airplanes."

Because like I said, aluminum is a key part in making fighter jets and bombers. So, they were basically with they they had made enough, like I said, enough to make 39,000 military airplanes, which could have come in quite in handy to intercepting large illusion bombers from the Soviet Union.

So, with that, Mao requested that they uh stop production and then a uh later in April of '69 after the Ninth Congress, Zhou Enlai signs an order, an official order to shut down the Mao badge factories, and the last Mao badge factory closes in uh at the end of January of 1970.

Now, and this is basically where Mao badges end. Now, there were small sets of badges made in 1977 to commemorate the opening of the Chairman Mao Memorial Hall in Tiananmen Square, and another set was created in 19 uh '93 for his 100th birthday.

And there's always uh fake badges being counterfeited to sold to tourists in this day and age. Um so, in a weird way, Mao badges are still being made, just in a very different way.

All right. So, now that we've gotten through the brief history of Mao badges, let's talk about the symbolism on Mao badges, because in my opinion, every Mao badge tells a story. Every Mao badge tells a story. Symbols, signs, and words sending a message of unity, socialism, loyalty.

And these are all very um every there's so much symbolism in Mao badges. So, let's go over the most common symbols.

Once again, I'm uh let me go through my PPT. All right. So, the globe or people of the world, you know, a sign of proletarian internationalism, Marx's edict workers of the world unite, proletarians of all countries unite. Um the edict uh the people of the world love Chairman Mao.

So, many badges will be in the shape of a globe and will often have little people looking upward at ChairmanMao and they'll have like things like hijabs and some prayer arrows, kufis, um Russian ushankas, baseball caps.

So, you can definitely tell they're like all little different ethnic groups or different uh nationalities from around the world looking up reverently at Chairman Mao as a sign of proletarian internationalism and the universal applicability of um Maoism.

Another common symbol you will often see is um Shaoshan, his uh birthplace in Hunan, you'll often see his birth house.

Um underneath him and uh what I've noticed is that Mao Zhuxi Wansui is often put on the reverse of these badges.

I'm not sure what the the two the the connection of those two things is, but yes, often times if there's a Shaoshan badge on the front, on the back underneath the back clasp will be Mao Zedong Thought.

Um the city of Yan'an, you know, Baotashan mountain with the Baota Pagoda on it and uh or uh scenes from the Yan'an Forum on Arts and Literature. These are very common. So, Yan'an of course is a very common symbol.

Uh Jinggangshan in Jiangxi province, that's another very common symbol you will often see. So, if you see three to five mountains underneath Mao on a badge, that's Jinggangshan.

Um of course, Tiananmen, Tiananmen Square, the gate, or the Great Hall of the People, those are very common symbolism.

Another thing is often times you will see three flags under Mao's head, and that's um the three flags of socialist construction, the general line of the party, and the people's communes.

Another thing is sometimes you will see not just slogans like serve the people, but you will see the names of important documents or important articles. So, if say People's Daily, Liberation Army Daily, or Red Flag Journal sent out an important editorial, let's just say as an example like Jiang Qing's on the overall exercising of the dictatorship of the proletariat, or the people's the revolutionary committees are good. You will often have the names of those essays or editorials emblazoned onto Mao badges.

Um of course, mangoes and the mango mania of uh July of 1968 through April of 1969. If you've been following the podcast lately, you know that mangoes were auspicious symbol during the Cultural Revolution. So, you will often see a mango or a plate of mangoes underneath Mao's face on many badges.

And uh another thing to look out for is sunflowers. Sunflowers pointing towards Mao or bedecking the edges of a badge is common.

The sunflowers looking up at the red sun in the sky and Mao Zedong thought being the red sun in the sky.

Of course, you'll often see the Little Red Book or the Selected Works of Mao Zedong underneath him.

And another thing you will often see is nine stars. Nine little stars. Always count the stars on your Mao badges. Most of the time there will be nine stars. And those nine stars represent the ninth Congress of the Communist Party of China. So those are all some things to look for. Other things is that you will often see two um characters. You will often see two Chinese characters on Mao badges and that's Zhong and ai. And Zhong means loyalty and then Ai means love.

And so often you will see those two words, loyalty to Chairman Mao and love for Chairman Mao. So if any of you do have Mao badges, dig them out and try to find what kind of interesting um symbols you see.

And let me know in the comments on my Twitter account what you find on your Mao badges.

All right, so the last point I want to get into is how to get started on collecting Mao badges. How do you want to get started on collecting on Mao badges? Well, this is a little bit of a tough one because for many most of my listeners are not in China.

So, that makes it hard in one way. What I would recommend is to eBay is probably your best bet for now unless you can find a private dealer who gets them from China. The main thing you want to look at is to go and look on the back.

Here's what you do. Email the vendor or the seller and ask them to take pictures of the back of the Mao badges.

If they are like gold leafed and the back clasp looks very thin and long and flimsy, it's a counterfeit. Another thing that you should also look for is certain colors like black or green or orange are were kind of prohibited.

You should only see red and maybe blue and gold and silver on a Mao badge. On a front of a Mao badge because that means it's authentic and those were allowed. Um but most of all though that's the rule of thumb when trying to look for fakes.

Um if you decide to come to China, the best things are antique markets and bazaars. I would recommend Panjiayuan in Beijing Huiminjie and Datang Xishi in Xi'an and then Taobao and 7788 Shoucang (7788收藏) here in China. Those are websites that sell large amounts of badges. So, those are some great ways to get involved in Mao badge collecting.

It's a highly rewarding hobby. Um you're preserving history and yeah, it's just it's a very interesting way of getting in touch with a um not just Maoism as an ideology, but you know, something that was so very precious and meant something so much to the Chinese people. So, there you have it, guys. That's the little spiel I wanted to give about Mao badges.

Um so, I guess with that, I want to just say um most likely because of midterms coming up, uh we will not be having a chronological episode this month. Um we will resume a chronological episode at the end of November. At the end of November, I will be trying to do a minisode at the end of this month.

Um I'm going to see if I could possibly get someone to help me um with doing a Q&A session uh that some people have been asking me to do. Um I'll be calling it off-topic or off-the-cuff. I'm not sure yet, but it will be basically um me talking about, you know, how did I become a Sinophile? How did I become such an enthusiastic China head? Um how did I become a Maoist? Uh how did I get involved with the Revolutionary Communist Party back in the day? Um so, hopefully maybe um we could uh I'll find if my fiancée wants to help me with that, that'll be cool.

If not, um I'll see if uh there's anybody else who will uh want to interview me or uh chop it up with me a little bit in uh on a for a Minnesota. Well, we'll see where that goes. We'll see where that goes. But until then, my friends, let's just put a bookmark in it there, and I will see you at the end of November for our next episode of August 1968 through November of 1968, Cleansing [snorts] of the Class Ranks.

Until then, from the ancient city of Xi'an, I say, "Zaijian."

Sources for today's episode have been

Chairman Mao Badges, Symbols and Slogans of the Cultural Revolution by Helen Wang.

Mao Badges by the Billions, lecture at the 2016 US-Chinese People's Friendship Association Fall Forum by Dr. Douglas Reynolds.

maozedong.net, Mao Badges Database administered by Clint Twist.

Long Live Chairman Mao Badges, Buttons as Revolutionary Odd Objects by Emily Williams.

And Chairman Mao Badges Catalog, Shaanxi and Hunan Editions compiled by Shu Shen and Zhong Ji Ping. (Names attributed on this source may be questionable)

All right. Bye-bye, guys.

Da jia hao tongzhimen and welcome back once again to the great proletarian cultural revolution podcast with your host Drew Smith once again broadcasting from the ancient city of Xi’an. Um, we've had a lot of series of seriously humid scorchers these days. Weather here in northwest China has been hot.

But, uh, today thankfully we found ourselves a nice respite with some cool breezes flowing through the air thanks to some recent rain.

Um, I sincerely hope you enjoyed last episode's interview with our former Red Guard comrades, quote, Mr. and Mrs. Wang.

"Your kind words and positive feedback about the interview and all that have meant a lot to them, as well as to their granddaughter who arranged the interview."

So, xie xie to the Wong family and to all the other OG rebels of the cultural revolution still out there today like Uncle Zhang and Uncle G Bing from prior episode who are using their golden years to keep history alive. And hey, guess what guys? Guess what? You know what day it is?

Next week. In fact, it's a week from today. The holiest day in the communist calendar, Mayday, Revolutionary May 1st.

Yep. It's going to be International Workers Day. The day that all proletarians of the world unite and celebrate our goal of a world without oppression, exploitation, tyranny, and to remember the victories that our class has won since the uprising of the Paris Commune in 1871.

Uh well these days here in China unfortunately Mayday is uh very much stripped of its political connotations and is treated about the same way as like Labor Day or Memorial Day is in the United States. Um well I I will say though that I do like the fact that we get three full work days off. Uh, in fact, for me, uh, because of my schedule this year, I get myself five full work days off plus the weekend afterwards. So, I am ready to kick back.

Um, I will probably will uh go be going to uh Niubeiliang, which is this beautiful mountain in the southeastern part of Shaanxi. Um me and the misses and uh the in-laws are going to go hiking up that mountain as a daring to scale the heights on a long march to communism as a together as a family. And uh also on Monday night uh I'm going to go to uh Vein Lab, which is a local underground concert venue, and uh a few black metal bands and uh uh death metal bands from Chengdu and uh Beijing are going to be there.

So, I'm going to get to hear me some true cult brutal Sichuan black metal that China has to offer.

So, yeah, it's going to be a good Mayday weekend, even if it's not, you know, even if it's not what it used to be here. But you know, here at the GPCR podcast, we try to keep the red spirit alive and hold high the red banner of Marxism, Leninism, Maoism on International Workers Day. So, uh, before we finish our catching up section of our episode, all listeners, please raise your right fist or if you have a copy of The Little Red Book on hand, raise it high above your head. Put your other hand upon your heart and bow your head as we say.

[Chinese rendition of Internationale]

Geming [] wansui, Mao Zhuxi wansui

Okay. Now, um, so before we launch into today's episode, before we get back to the rest of the story, I actually want to add a bit of a uh a content warning or a trigger warning here because, and you know, and I usually don't do this, uh, but I think this episode it it's going to be warranted cuz, uh, during this time, a lot of struggle sessions and uh vigilante witch hunts related to the factional battles really ramp up badly across February through April of 1968.

Um and honestly the excessive violence perpetrated by many of the Red Guard factions and by the people's liberation army lead to a lot of people taking their own lives out of shame and desperation. So, uh, just warning you, there will be a notable amount of discussion of suicide in this episode.

So, you know, if if you're not in a good head space right now in life, if you're depressed, if this stuff kind of distresses you, you might want to set this episode aside and listen to it later when you're you're in a better head space, cuz this episode gets pretty dark.

Um, like I said, I rarely issue trigger warnings for for this podcast, but this episode as well as episodes 22 and 23 will definitely require at least some kind of content warnings just so that listeners who struggle with this kind of stuff can mentally prepare for because uh, you know, I care about you guys.

I've been there. I don't blame you in the slightest. And honestly, across the next three chronological episodes, we are going to be at what many historians, even historians sympathetic to the Cultural Revolution, refer to as the Cultural Revolution's darkest hour, not including the 1976 coup.

Okay, but with that out of the way, put on the kettle, brew yourself up a nice hot cup of oolong tea or some long jing green tea. Order your uh favorite combo from your local Chinese takeout delivery joint.

Get into your bunny slippers and put on your favorite pajamas. Lay back in your easy chair. And let's get back to the story of the great proletarian cultural revolution during the first few months of 1986 known by many historians of global history as the year that shook the world.

It could be argued honestly that spring of 68 in many parts of China started out with a glimmer of hope. In Hebei Province, which is the next door neighbor of the cities of Beijing and Tianjin, a new revolutionary committee was set up on February 2nd with former Beijing Municipal Party Committee leader Li Xuefeng at the helm and with rebel party cadres, Red Guard leaders, and mass organizations leaders heading the helm rather than PLA officers as was unfortunately the norm with most provincial revolutionary committees. The People's Daily lauded this new revolutionary committee declaring that ‘northern China’s rivers and mountains are red’ and a 400,000 strong rally was held in the provincial capital of Shijiazhuang

3 days later on February 5th, the Hubei Revolutionary Committee was declared in Wuhan under Lieutenant General Zeng Siyu with 700,000 in attendance at the inaugural ceremony. While Zeng was a military man, he made sure that the majority of the vice chairs, secretary, the treasurers, and the steering committee of the Hubei revolutionary committee would be majority red guards, rebel workers, and rebel peasants.

Zeng, despite being part of the PLA officer brass, was deemed a reliable leftist by Mao and the CCRG. And it seemed like Zeng didn't want a repeat of the prior year's Wuhan incident. And I mean, who would really? Even Chen Zaidao, disgraced and laying low in the shadows, supposedly approved of the hardline red provincial revolutionary committee now in place in his former political stronghold if it meant stability and a prevention of return to factional warfare in Wuhan and other industrial towns around Hubei.

On February 21st in Guangzhou, 600,000 locals and soldiers gathered to witness the proclamation of the Guangdong Revolutionary Committee and the Guangzhou Revolutionary Committee led by new chairman Huang Yongsheng. Speakers at the Guangzhou rally denounced the double dealer Tao Zhu who you guys might remember from the first few episodes and Liu Shaoqi's big man in Guangdong, Zhao Ziyang, who was the party chief of Guangdong province just after the great leap forward and he was a major proponent of market reforms uh in the early 60s and was a vocal opponent of the um take pulling out of the work teams in summer of '66.

On March 6, in front of the geological palace in Changchun, 300,000 people gathered for the establishment of the Jilin provincial revolutionary committee, led by new chairman Major General Wang Huai-xiang, the speakers that day declared victory over Liu Shaoqi’s attempts to restore capitalism.

On March 24th, the Zhejiang Revolutionary Committee under Major General Nan Ping was established at a 300,000 strong rally outside Hangzhou's youth palace.

On April 4th in Changsha, the Hunan Revolutionary Committee was finally established, led by Major General Li Yuan. 300,000 people attended the inaugural rally. Unsurprisingly and sadly, of the 14 standing committee members now running in Hunan, eight were PLA men who had been initially toppled by the rebels during the January storm.

So, you know, unfortunately, the Hunan Revolutionary Committee was kind of one of those ‘meet the new boss, same as the old boss’. Looks like we got fooled again. The top civilian cadre of the Hunan Revolutionary Committee just so happened to be a guy named Hua Guofeng.

And well, for those of you who don't know the history of the cultural revolution, you're going to be hearing a lot more about him in the last few episodes of this podcast. Foreshadowing. On April 10th in Ningxia Hui Autonomous Region, a large crowd celebrated the formation of a provincial revolutionary committee once again dominated by the army. Womp womp.

The new head of the Ningxia leadership, General Kang Jianmin, told the rally to oppose rightism and capitulationism and attacked the Mongolian revisionists across the border as lackeys of Soviet social imperialism that threatened northwest China. And finally on April 18th, General Li Desheng became chairperson of Anhui Province's new revolutionary committee with a 300,000 person inaugural rally and parade in Hefei.

Once again though, the Anhui Revolutionary Committee became one of those revolutionary committees that was stacked in favor of the army for better or for worse.

Still, the spring campaign of successful establishments of provincial revolutionary committees ostensibly meant to begin rolling back the civil war and establishing a nationwide grand alliance of party, army, and red guard rebel organizations was well, it was the exception and not the rule of the first half of 1968.

The factional war between Red Guard organizations was continuing on as horribly as ever, and the body count just kept piling up and piling up and piling up, and the capital of Beijing was hanging by a thread. What would happen if the Red Guard Civil War spilled out of the campuses and into government buildings and into army barracks?

Mao sat back and thought of a way to struggle ideologically with the rebels and decided that injecting them with a healthy dose of the immortal science of Marxism Leninism would possibly be the ticket.

After all, it had worked in many places on a small scale. Um, if you guys remember in the last episode, our two former Red Guard friends that we interviewed said that usually if there was a dispute between two opposing factions in their city, the two factions would come together and they'd sit down, study Mao's works, and come to a resolution.

And so, I can see why Mao was being optimistic like that. And so Mao sent propaganda teams into every poor and nook and cranny of Chinese society, setting up Mao Zedong Thought study groups where people would read the works of Marx, Engels, Lenin, Stalin, and of course, most importantly, the chairman.

Red Guard factions that hated each other's guts were ushered into classrooms and forced by the PLA or people's militia to sit down and actually think scientifically in an all-around Marxist way about what they were doing and how to resolve the contradictions they were facing. In Beijing on February 5th, the Beijing PLA garrison did just that.

They gathered up the leadership of as many university and high school red guard factions as possible. marched them into the boardroom of the great hall of the people and into the assembly halls of various colleges and told the kids to hit the books.

For two months, hundreds of Red Guards leaders were retrained in the Marxist classics and instructed on how to think critically about Mao's quotations and not just use them as excuses to turn every contradiction into an antagonistic one.

Mao himself hoped that a deeper understanding of the Marxist classics of the five heads, if you would, would help build a grand alliance of the city's red guards and establish a more robust and democratic set of revolutionary committees. Alas, it was of no use.

And the Beijing Red Guard Mao Zedong thought study groups ended with everyone walking out on only more convinced that the Marxist Leninist canon justified their own particular factions’ politics. Andrew G. Walder says of the failure of the study sessions in his book Fractured Rebellion, quote,

"In a deeply flawed policy pursued until the middle of '68, student factions were expected to forge their own alliances and establish revolutionary committees via study groups. By this point, however, the mutual charges each side had directed against each other had made the prospect of defeat or compromise unthinkable.”

Mao's attempt at using his theories for reconciliation and unity-struggle-unity ended up being fruitless.

Now let's turn our attention. We'll come back to Beijing, but let's turn our attention to our lovely city of Shanghai.

In Shanghai, the red flag was flying high and the rebel workers seemed to be able to keep factional warfare to a minimum. Remember this was a place where people were literally fleeing to in order to seek refuge from the civil wars in their home provinces.

Now, of course, Shanghai was no utopia. There were still problems. Uh, for example, on February 22nd, Jiang Qing issued an edict with a list of top officials from the Shanghai Public Security Bureau that she wanted arrested, saying that there were still rightists hiding within the police ranks.

And as you guys will see later on in this episode, some struggle sessions that were unauthorized by the Shanghai Revolutionary Committee and the Workers General Headquarters occurred on the University campus of Shanghai. often ending in tragic results. Still, Shanghai is a fascinating case study to me.

As Elizabeth Perry and Li Xun point out in their text, Proletarian Power, quote, "Rebel workers in Shanghai remained politically influential for much longer and with far greater impact than the student red guards." End quote.

One interesting case of the Shanghai Red Guards around this time was in April of that year when a coalition of Red Guards from various schools declared war on Zhang Chunqiao and launched a mass campaign calling for the masses of the city to topple him as a capitalist roader who was upholding the bourgeois reactionary line.

On April 12th, a rally of about a thousand red guards broadcast via speaker phones, dazibaos, and passed out leaflets claiming that Zhang Chunqiao betrayed the revolution to the Guomindang back in the 1930s as a spy.

Thanks to the intervention of Jiang Qing, however, a battalion of Air Force troops were able to break up the protest march onto the Shanghai Revolutionary Committee offices and dispersed the crowd that was attempting to drag Zhang out and capture him. The red guards who participated in this last ditch offensive suffered severe reprisals.

According to Perry, quote, “official government statistics cited that 856 students at seven universities in Shanghai were disciplined for the incident, of whom 368 were incarcerated, 12 were persecuted to death by fellow rebels, and 12 were driven mad.” I'm not sure quite what that means, but uh you be the judge of that. I guess that meant they were confined to mental institutions. Not sure.

What is also very interesting is that around spring of 68 there was on the flip side a big push in Shanghai to rehabilitate young people who had been part of the scarlet guard movement in 1966 by enrolling them in compulsory Mao Zedong Thought study groups and other forms of re-education.

Once again, as per Perry and Li, quote, ‘according to an April 1st, 1968 report commissioned by the Shanghai Revolutionary Committee, the previous year, a total of 15 concentrated study sessions had been organized for some 500 former backbone elements of the Scarlet Guards at city and district levels. Of the 264 leaders surveyed, 144 or 54.5% now supported the rebels wholeheartedly and 104 or 39.5% acknowledged their errors but still harbored some reservations about the rebels. Only 6% remain adamantly opposed to the rebel forces.’

I must say I find it fascinating that the Shanghai Revolutionary Committee actually put forward effort into rather than just executing or jailing or throwing them into struggle sessions, taking these scarlet guards and rehabilitating them even though they were viewed as diehard reactionaries and capitalist roaders. and they were successful in winning over about 55% of them to a Maoist position with another 40% at the very least being willing to self-criticize and assume a neutral stance.

And you know, in future social societies, I think that's something we could all learn from. But maybe I'm just too nice for my own good. Kind of like Mao in Beijing. However, midspring couldn't be more of an opposite compared to Shanghai. By this time, all the factions in Beijing had coalesced into two major coalitions.

The Heaven faction led by Nie Yuanzi's New BeiDa Commune Red Guards and Kuai Dafu's Tsinghua Jingangshan Red Guards on one side. And then there was the Earth faction which was led by the Tsinghua 414 Red Guards and the Geology Institute ‘East is Red’ Red guards as well as a group that was called the Red Guard army. Now just to be clear, just remember this. Just remember this. Heaven faction, Nie Yuanzi and Kuai Dafu. Earth faction 414 and East is Red.

Just keep that in mind when I talk over the next few minutes cuz this is going to get a little confusing. I mean, we're talking about the Beijing Red Guard movement. Of course, it's going to get confusing.

Oh god. So each day was a tit for tat, blood for blood scuffle that would eventually set off the largest, bloodiest, and most decisive red guard battle of the cultural revolution in the city of Beijing. One that would cause so much damage that it would act as the beginning of the end of the red guard movement nationwide.

On March 20th, the geology institute ‘East is Red’ Red guards part of the earth faction of Beijing rebels invaded the BeiDa, remember that's the Beijing University Bay campus with a force of thousands of other students from several other Earth faction universities in retaliation for Nia Yuanzi's forces criticizing police minister Xie Fuzhi.

The mob called for Nie to be dragged out and subjected to a violent struggle session. But the new Beida Commune red guards loyal to Nia reorganized themselves quickly across the day into a fully armed-to-the-teeth red guard militia. That's what they called them. They called themselves the Red Guard militia and countered attacked ‘the East is Red’ Red Guards chanting slogans through loudspeakers denouncing Xie Fuzhi as a capitalist roader.

The next day, vice chairman of the Beijing Revolutionary Committee, Wu De sent out a communicate warning that criticisms of the Mao Zedong Thought study classes cannot be used as an attempt as to undermine Xie Fuzhi and that the Beijing Revolutionary Committee would not stand for it and that both the Heaven and Earth factions should call for an immediate ceasefire and continue on with the Mao Zedong Thought study classes.

Meanwhile, on the other side of town at Zhongnanhai, Mao was dealing with problems from within the Central Military Commission and the People's Liberation Army top brass. Frustrated with their antagonisms towards Jang Qing, Zhang Chunqiao, and Lin Biao. On March 23rd, Mao drew up a list of army bigwigs to be demoted or expelled from the party.

PLA Chief of Staff Yang Chengwu, Beijing Garrison Commander Fu Chongbi, and Chief Political Commissar of the Air Force Yu Lijin were all given the pink slip and arrested for various official reasons, allowing Lin Biao to put his own loyal officers into these positions. Ruhroh.

Mao thought that this would be a victory for the left within the PLA and might pull the army brass leftward at a time where the rebel movement was literally drowning itself in blood. But as you guys will see in 1969 and 1971, time will tell whether or not this was going to be true.

That same day, the Beijing Revolutionary Committee held a meeting to deal with the beef between Nie Yuanzi and Xie Fuzhi. Both were committed members of the Maoist camp on a national level, and the Beijing Maoist couldn't afford to lose one or the other. The Red Guards within the city's revolutionary committee proclaimed that if Nie did not back down, they would raise a vote to have her kicked off the committee.

Facing this risk, Nie backed down and the Heaven faction self-criticized for attacking Xie and declared their allegiance to him once more. March 25th, Xie Fuzhi visited BeiDa campus and declared his support for Nie Yuanzi and used his power as minister of public security to order all opposing factions to leave the campus.

While most non Beida Earth faction groups left, the Earth faction group on Beida campus, the Beida Jinggangshan Brigade Red Guards, once again, not to be confused with Kuai Dafu's Qinghua University Jinggangshan Red Guards. They were part of the Heaven faction.

Anyways, the Beida Jinggangshan Brigade refused to back down and said that armed battles would continue if Nie did not resign from the Beijing Revolutionary Committee and her position as a professor at Bay.

On March 28th, with Nie and her faction having refused the other faction's terms of surrender, an armed battle erupted. Red Guards began stabbing each other with knives, throwing homemade IEDs at each other, and engaging in shootouts with weapons stolen from the local police and militia garrisons. That evening, Nie Yuanzi attempted to meet with the Beida Jinggangshan brigade leadership in order to negotiate a truce, but was stabbed and nearly died at the scene. The army sent in troops to restore order and Xie Fuzhi visited the next morning saying that those who attempted to murder Nie should be arrested as counterrevolutionaries.

A temporary ceasefire was reached on March 30th, but both sides made it clear that the key word was temporary ceasefire and continued to hold separate rallies on opposite sides of the campus, denouncing each other as running dogs of Liu Shaoqi's bourgeois reactionary line. On April 23rd, the dam burst and the ceasefire broke down at a mass rally of PLA soldiers and pro-Heaven faction Red Guards. Nie Yuanzi received a mass pledge of support from the commanders of the Beijing army garrison.

In response, the BeiDa Jingangshan Brigade began to dig trenches, lay down sandbags, and build barricades around their part of the campus. No amount of study groups and friendly unity-struggle-unity meetings could stop what was about to happen across the next month at Beijing University. Shit was about to get real ugly, y'all. Real ugly.

That same day at Tsinghua University, Kuai Dafu's Tsinghua Jingangshan Red Guards launched a preemptive attack on a building held by the 414 Red Guard faction, which was repelled by rocks and spears. In retaliation, the 414 faction ransacked the on-campus housing for faculty and staff, ferreting out any professor, administrator, or even lowly maintenance worker who pledged loyalty to Jinggangshan. Jinggangshan returned the favor by attacking any faculty and staff possibly aligned with the 414.

Some faculty were beaten and thrown out of their apartment windows to their deaths. Others committed suicide upon hearing the sound of the approaching mob kicking down the doors of their apartment buildings.

All the rebel party cadre factions, rebel teacher factions, and the rebel campus police and militia factions on Tsinghua campus all agreed. This battle was dumb.

They said, "We don't have a bone in this fight, and it's frankly useless for advancing the cause of the Cultural Revolution more broadly."

And so, by the evening of the 26th, all non-student residents of Qinghua campus had vacated their homes and washed their hands of the entire matter.

On April 27th, the Qinghua campus was carved up into two combat zones held by the opposing factions. Just like BeiDa, trenches were dug, sandbags were laid down, barbed wire was thrown about, windows and occupied buildings were fortified, and Jingangshan and 414 Red Guards laid down their knives, clubs, and revolvers and picked up Russian AK-47s, Type 67 heavy machine guns, Type 53 sniper rifles, RPG-7 rocket launchers.

For the next three and a half weeks, one of the bloodiest battles in the story of the Cultural Revolution in Beijing would unfold in a horrific, senseless slaughter. The 100 Day War had begun. But that, my friends, I will tell you about in our next two chronological episodes.

Yeah. So, before I tell you guys the rest of the story of the 100 Day War, I wanted to catch up on a few other things cuz many people have been asking what's been up with Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping the whole time. You know, the two guys who were considered public enemies number one and number two across the entire Cultural Revolution. We haven't heard from them in a few episodes now, have we?

Well, Liu and Deng had been sentenced to house arrest in Zhongnanhai, oddly in the same apartment complex that Mao and many CCRG members resided in. Liu and his wife Wang Guangmei were still periodically dragged out to the gates of the Zhongnanhai complex to be struggled against, but Deng and his wife Zhuo Lin were pretty much kept hidden away. They were repeatedly denounced in the press and on dazibao pasted along the walls of their apartments, of course, but overall they were rarely subject to the wrath of the mob like Liu and Wang were.

Mao himself said at one meeting with Jiang Qing, Kang Sheng, Lin Biao, and Zhou Enlai, "Liu and Deng cooperated. Deng must be criticized for this." But then Mao paused and said, "Hm, my idea is that he should be distinguished from Liu Shaoqi. Their cases must be treated separately."

Mao then went to suggest that further investigations and denunciations of Deng should be put to a halt and tabled until the summer. Possibly in case Mao might have a use for a rehabilitated Deng Xiaoping down the line. FORESHADOWING. FORESHADOWING. FORESHADOWING.

Deng Xiaoping's kids weren't faring as well as their parents, though. They were students at BeiDa majoring in physics and for the past two years they were subject to constant harassment, beatings, insulting dazibao plastered around their dorm rooms.

Eventually, Deng's daughter, Deng Nan, and his son, Deng Pufang, were placed under house arrest in their dorm rooms and told they would not be let out until they denounced their father and turned over as much personal family information as possible to both Red Guard factions on Bay campus.

Both Nan and Pufang refused to relent. And a few months later in September of '68, shortly after the end of the Red Guard movement, well, something pretty notorious happens to Deng Pufang that we'll discuss later when he has a bit of a quote-unquote "accident" that he's still paying for to this day.

Yes, Deng Pufang is still alive and uh there is a reason that he is still to this day president of the China National Disability Association. Now, if you guys remember from episode 14 in Tibet, clashes between hardline Maoist Gyenlo and pro-PLA Nyamdre continued on and off again across spring of '68, although mostly confined to the remote countryside and not nearly as brutal as they had been in '67.

Clashes in rural Xinjiang between the pro-PLA First Headquarters and the hardline Maoist Second Red Headquarters also continued during that spring. But Mao knew that Xinjiang was going to be a wide-open weak spot for any potential Soviet land incursion.

So he tried to keep the leadership of the two headquarters in Xinjiang confined to Beijing as much as possible to take part in the aforementioned Mao Zedong Thought study groups in hopes that revolutionary class consciousness would bring both sides to a proper revolutionary position and to unite against the more pressing matter of a possible Soviet invasion.

However, if you've listened to episode 14 and read the literary sources that I provided at the end of that episode, you know that that was easier said than done.

So, well, what about things here in Xi’an? You know, the oasis of peace and stability compared to the rest of Shaanxi province's near-apocalyptic guerrilla warfare. Well, I mean, yeah, the Workers Alliance Red Guards and the Workers General Headquarters Red Guards may have indeed forged a grand alliance with the local PLA garrison and had greenlit the creation of a Xi’an Municipal and Shaanxi Provincial Revolutionary Committee with the target date being the upcoming May Day holiday.

But some universities still saw some pretty gruesome action going down on their campuses, primarily Xi’an Normal University and Xi’an Jaotong University.

At Shaanxi Normal University across March and April of 1968, the leadership of the university's Red Guards put out a call to sweep out any quote-unquote "poisonous weeds" in order to make sure their campus would be sufficiently red before the May Day deadline for the revolutionary committee.

900 faculty members were arrested and denounced by a coalition of Red Guards and rebel teachers in a series of struggle sessions and interrogations.

While the vast majority of these 900 people were let go and found innocent of being counterrevolutionary or just simply let go with a warning, 14 faculty were tortured to death or committed suicide out of humiliation.

On the other side of town at Xi’an Jaotong University, which is considered to be the most prestigious university in Shaanxi Province, had its own tragic situation stemming from the current campaign.

On March 27th, Peng Kang, the president of Xi’an Xiaotong University, was put through a day-long struggle session at the Xi’an City Walls East Gate by the Red Guards.

The Shaanxi Provincial Archives doesn't give a specific charge that the Xiaotong University Red Guards laid upon him, but it might stem from him possibly supporting the work teams in spring of '66, two years earlier. I don't know, just my conjecture. Like I said, the county annals and the archives really aren't clear on the matter.

The next day, Peng Kang was put through a second struggle session at the Xi'an City Wall that lasted across the day until Peng collapsed from exhaustion. University staff from the Jaotong School of Medicine made their way through the crowd and towards the stage where they picked up the unconscious university president and tried to get him to a nearby hospital.

Many in the crowd booed and jeered at the medical staff, calling their attempt to rescue him a reactionary act. Despite this, Peng Kang died at the age of 67 en route to the hospital in an ambulance.

A few days later on April 4th, another Xi’an Jiaotong University professor named Qian Xianlun, his wife, and his wife's mother were swept up in the chaos and were accused of being Guomindang spies for Taiwan. Fearing the rage of their students, the three committed suicide using gas.

Unfortunately, and uh this is the point where a few of you might want to fast-forward through this part. Uh guys, um, I'll let you know. Um, mass suicides weren't just confined to Xi’an obviously.

On February 19th at Beijing Agricultural University, high-ranking rebel party cadre An Tiezhi was so humiliated by a struggle session by a rival rebel faction that he jumped from a classroom building to his death.

On March 19th, Dr. Wu Weijun from Beijing Agricultural University committed suicide after being given notice that he was to be put through a struggle session across the next few days.

Sadly, even on some campuses in Shanghai, remnant quote- ‘loyalist and ultra-leftist Red Guard factions unaligned with the rebel workers of the Shanghai Revolutionary Committee were instituting a new wave of harassing professors.’

On March 3rd, while forced into solitary confinement, the famous Shanghai Jaotong University physics professor Ma Youyuan committed suicide.

On March 19th, deputy director of Shanghai Haiyan Film Studios, Zhang Youliang, was captured by a group of student Red Guards, denounced as having produced films lacking in proletarian class character, and he was beaten within an inch of his life. Realizing that his career was essentially finished, Zhang jumped to his death from the top of the film studio headquarters.

On March 23rd, Dr. Hao Li, a professor of Russian and English languages at Shanghai's East China Normal University, was accused of being a spy for American imperialism and Soviet social imperialism. He committed suicide out of the shame of the public accusations.

I could go on and on really. I in fact counted about 17 other suicides of prominent intellectuals, cultural figures, and Red Guard and rebel faction leaders during the months of February, March, and April. But I honestly have to stop because it's just too much. It's just too gruesome.

But my point stands. Unfortunately, at this point, the Cultural Revolution had become so mired with pointless bloodshed, paranoia, and a lack of direction that it seemed that for many, no matter what strata of society, no matter what their political alignment, no matter what their profession, life seemed hopeless.

The revolution seemed lost. And death was the only way out. And for many, sadly, it was only going to get way worse across late spring and early summer of that year. After all, as Chairman Mao said, revolution is not a dinner party.

But, you know, maybe we can, maybe, we can turn some frowns upside down. While a great deal of bloodshed marked late winter and early spring of '68, and while industrial and agricultural output was markedly lower compared to the second half of 1967, there were still some glimmers of hope that the Cultural Revolution could still continue on successfully across the year.

One example was the preliminary educational reform program of April 1968.

Spearheaded by Red Guards and rebel teachers who volunteered to go to various parts of the countryside. This reform program brought new education reform to the countryside that built upon earlier educational initiatives from the early years of the People's Republic.

New schools were built in remote villages that had been overlooked during the early 1950s. Educational reforms, often in places where parents were forced to send their children long distances to overcrowded schools in county seats and in the cities.

Student-to-teacher ratio in the classroom was lessened, allowing more interaction and in-depth education tailored to students' individual needs and ambitions. School schedules became more flexible to the needs of the parents of the students in terms of collective farm harvest or work pace production quotas.

Kids got to learn not only the three Rs of read and write and arithmetic and Marxist-Leninist theory, but also practical stuff that would help them later on in life in their careers of choice. Sometimes everyday workers and peasants would come to help teach the kids basic skills.

Learn from the people to serve the people. That's the way it was seen. So once again, like I always say, like I always say in every episode, even in the Cultural Revolution's darkest hours, there's always some untold stories of the people coming together to transform society in new and innovative ways. And that's what made the whole thing, at least in my opinion, worth it in some way.

Another example is the Chinese people's steadfast internationalism that continued to surge across 1968.

When African-American civil rights leader Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. was assassinated in Memphis, Tennessee, thousands of miles away from China, Chairman Mao was so moved that he decided to write an editorial in solidarity with the civil rights movements in the United States called, quote, "A New Storm of Imperialism." At the end of the statement, Mao made a provocative call.

"The struggle of the black people in the United States for emancipation is a component part of the general struggle of all the people of the world against US imperialism, a component part of the contemporary world revolution.

I call on the workers, peasants, and revolutionary intellectuals of all countries and all who are willing to unite against US imperialism to take action and extend strong support to the struggle of the black people in the United States."

The Chinese people took those words to heart. Mass demonstrations, sometimes numbering hundreds of thousands, broke out all across China in solidarity with Black liberation and other people's struggles within the United States.

Cities like Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, even smaller cities like Xi’an, Lanzhou, Fuzhou, Taiyuan, Lhasa, Urumqi saw massive pro-civil rights marches, demonstrating that the Chinese people, even when violently at each other's throats in factional sectarian squabbles, were able to show a strong internationalist spirit and a firm belief in Marx and Engels' words in the Manifesto, the working man has no country and workers of the world unite.

And these demonstrations didn't go unnoticed in the United States. Black radical groups like the Black Panther Party, SNCC, and other Black nationalist formations had already been studying Mao's works in the past two years in hopes that his teachings would be, you know, possibly applicable to their own national liberation struggle.

But now it seemed every black radical from Oakland to Atlanta was wearing a Mao badge and making use of quotes like "Serve the People" and "It's right to rebel." Maoist slogans and symbols were even raised across the riots of April and May of 1968 in response to King's assassination.

And it wasn't just Black revolutionaries who were moved by the Chinese people's demonstrations of solidarity with the civil rights movements. More and more members of groups like Students for a Democratic Society began wearing Mao badges and organizing Mao Zedong Thought study groups within their own organizations and parties.

In California, a group of Maoists, including prominent student activists and labor union organizers Liebel Bergman, H. Bruce Franklin, and Bob Avakian gathered some of their proud comrades to found a new collective called the Bay Area Revolutionary Union, which would quickly come to prominence as the largest and most influential Maoist organization in the US. But uh we'll get to them a little later in the series.

And boy, let me tell you, if you think that the Chinese workers and students were passionate in their demonstrations of solidarity with the Vietnamese national liberation struggle and the African-American civil rights movement, just wait till our next chronological episode when you see how the people of China react to the May '68 uprisings that take the world by storm, especially in places like France and West Germany.

Well, all right, folks. Here we are, the end of April at the beginning of the 100 Day War at Tsinghua University and the beginning of the radical student uprisings around the world that would take Mao as their guide to quote Don McLean in his song "American Pie." And in the streets the children screamed, the lovers cried, and the poets dreamed.

So, let's put a bookmark here and we'll continue with our chronological telling of the story of the Cultural Revolution in June with episode 22 when we'll be discussing the first half of the 100 Day War at Tsinghua University. Before that though, in May, we'll be doing a very special thematic episode in which we'll be discussing Chinese-Albanian relations during the Cultural Revolution and the reform and opening up.

Finally, finally, we'll be able to dive deep into exploring the why and how of the People's Socialist Republic of Albania's decision to assure remaining part of the Soviet Eastern Bloc and throw its diplomatic and ideological hat into the ring with their fellow revisionist anti-revisionist Marxist-Leninists, the People's Republic of China, despite China and Albania being over 7,000 kilometers apart from one another as well as their tragic divorce after Chairman Mao's death. Trust me, you won't want to miss it.

But until the end of next month, I bid you a warm and happy goodbye, a happy May Day, a happy International Workers' Day, the deepest of revolutionary socialist solidarity, and hope to hear from you guys again on Twitter and Discord in between now and then. So from the ancient city of Xi’an, I once again say, zaijian.

Sources for today's episode include:

Mao's Last Revolution by Roderick McFarquhar and Michael Schoenhals,

Fractured Rebellion: The Beijing Red Guard Movement by Andrew G. Walder,

Agents of Disorder: Inside China's Cultural Revolution by Andrew G. Walder,

Proletarian Power Shanghai During the Cultural Revolution by Elizabeth J. Perry and Li Xun.

The World Turned Upside Down: A History of the Cultural Revolution by Yang Jisheng,

The Battle for China's Past: Mao and the Cultural Revolution by Gao Mobo,

The Unknown Cultural Revolution by Han Dongping,

Deng Xiaoping: A Revolutionary Life by Alexander Pantsov and Steven Levine,

Turning One's Back on the Party and the People: Suicides During the Chinese Cultural Revolution by Fei Yan,

the Shaanxi Provincial Archives, Xi’an Jaotong University Archives, Shaanxi Normal University Archives, and the Marxist Internet Archives Peking Review Archives.

All right, have a great one.

Zai jian

Um, it's weather's been kind of interesting. It was kind of warm last week, but right now it is a winter wonderland outside and we've got quite an accumulation of snow. It's uh quite a bit cold and quite a bit slippery. So, I'm staying in today working from home and uh just keeping myself warm with lots of good pu’er tea and things like that.

So, uh you know, hopefully hopefully which will be on its way out here soon. It usually is around March in Northwest China. So, um quick updates. Uh you guys might remember that uh my fiance and I, we ended up going to Lanzhou, which is the capital of Gansu province. And Lanzhou was all right.

Uh Gansu province is definitely one of those provinces where like all the cool stuff, like the ancient temples and ruins and the parts of the Great Wall, um most of that's going to be in the countryside, several hours drive or high-speed rail away from the provincial capital.

I mean, don't get me wrong. Don't get me wrong. Lanzhou was no by no means a bad city, but other than the Gansu Provincial Museum and the stuff around the Zhongshan Bridge waterfront and some of the night markets, uh I don't know. Give Lanzhou about 10, 20 years and I think it'll be a cool town.

Um I did like the Hui community there, the Muslim night markets, the mosques, uh the famous Lanzhou Niurou Lamian, which is the Lanzhou beef lamian noodles, uh which are specifically made by the Hui people there. Those were all great, delicious.

Um I also got two new Mao badges from the antique market. I mean, nobody's surprised. Of course, I'm in a new city in China. Got to see where Mao badges are for sale.

Uh I don't know. I I I I - give Lanzhou a try. See what you guys think if you're ever in China.

To my American listeners, if you like Chattanooga, Tennessee, you might like Lanzhou. Let me put it that way. Very similar, very similar, almost like sister cities, you could say, even though not officially.

As for Chinese New Year or Spring Festival itself, nobody calls it Chinese New Year here. We call it Chūnjié or Spring Festival.

Anyways, it was pretty chill. Um Yoú Kūn's dad and stepmom made a stupendous spread for Spring Festival Eve lunch. And then that night, we made some made-from-scratch dumplings and ate them while watching the CCTV Spring Festival Gala, which I don't know.

The Gala is usually kind of repetitive and hokey, but this year they featured Xiao Zhan, so that had us all hyped up, man. Uh then the next day on like Spring Festival day, on Chinese New Year's Day, uh stepmom's son and his wife, so my fiancé's stepbrother and his wife came over the next day. And I whipped them up some nice homemade char-grilled cheeseburgers, which they enjoyed immensely.

Um yeah, obviously the Americans of the family, he has to make burgers.

But you know, it was a nice little time and definitely gave me a feeling of really just how much of a blessing it is to a become part of Chinese family.

Anyways, uh that's what the Guo and Smith families been up to. But today, what I want to do is I'm going to do a thematic episode about a little thing you could call it. It's It's a book. Um but it's more than a book.

For the people of the world, it is the symbol of the Cultural Revolution. And it's it's one of the quintessential symbols of the 1960s worldwide.

Uh I mean, honestly, it's absolutely impossible to talk about the Cultural Revolution without spending a good amount of time talking about it, its contents, and its impact.

So, I think you guys know what we're going to be talking about when I say a book. A book that is, without exaggeration, one of the most formative books in my life in terms of making me the person I am today and shaping the trajectory of my life. Without it, I probably wouldn't be broadcasting to you guys from China today.

Of course, what I'm talking about is a little text called Quotations from Chairman Mao Zedong, aka The Little Red Book. So, if you guys have a copy, grab it from your bookshelf, crack it open, and let's dive into this tiny little book that shook the world.

Um in fact, May 1st, 2024 will be the 60th anniversary of the first publication of Quotations from Chairman Mao Zedong. Uh 60 years of one of the most iconoclastic icons. A book that, depending on who you ask, is the ultimate symbol of conformist indoctrination or the ultimate symbol of dynamic youthful rebellion.

It's made up of 427 quotations divided into 33 thematic chapters. And it presents extracts from Mao writings and speeches from 1929 to 1964 converted into digestible little bites to stir the reader to action.

At the time, the Little Red Book was the most printed book in the world. Printed in the billions and at one point it even out-sold the Bible. I think it was in 1968 and 1969. Those were the two years it out-sold the Bible. Keep in mind though that's all lot of it is because there were 750 million Chinese people and literally everyone there owned multiple copies.

But, as you guys see here in a moment, it sold like hotcakes in the global south and among young radicals in the west. In fact, it was translated into more than 50 languages and was sold in over 100 countries.

Scholar Alexander C. Cook in his introduction to his compilation Mao's Little Red Book, A Global History, um, says this, quote,

"The story of the Little Red Book speaks to the coming of age of the post-war generation, the unresolved legacies of fascism and totalitarianism, the disenchantment with liberalism and with state socialism, the descent into the Cold War and the threat of nuclear confrontation, the unfulfilled promises of national liberation in the post-colonial world, the accelerated globalization of capitalism, and the mass production and radical appropriation of popular culture." I uh have a lot of issues with that, but I think he's on to something.

And I'll get a little I'll I'll I'll unpack that a little in that I think that uh the Little Red Book really captures the zeitgeist of the '60s. Um it's and the global proliferation of Little Red Book, in my opinion, reflected widespread and disenchantment with the post-war status quo.

Liberal capitalism had given away to massive inequality, racism, and imperialism, and misogyny, and {quote} actually existing socialism in the Eastern Bloc was gray, bland, ossified, and corrupt.

And many of the initial Third World national liberation movements in the 1950s and '60s had not solved the problems that colonialism had left behind or had gravitated into basically becoming comprador collaborators with the West in one way or another.

As The Who said around the same time, you know, meet the old boss, same as the you know, meet the new boss, same as the old boss, was how a lot of people in the Third World, in the newly independent countries, especially like in Africa and Asia, felt. Maoist China, however, increasingly was identified with national liberation against neocolonialism, and it actively threw in its lot with the oppressed nations of the global south.

And you know, at that time, Marshall Lin Biao drew up grand visions of a global people's war with ideas of encircling the global cities within the global countryside in his text Long Live the Victory of the People's War.

Um so, and what's interesting is that scholar Ban Wang makes another good point is that the Little Red Book also captures the creativity of the '60s. He said, quote, "The Little Red Book was what people made of it. It is perhaps tempting to think of it as the sacred word of a totalitarian godhead exerting its numerous powers over the mass of enslaved idolaters or as an ironic accessory for the non-believers who knew better, but in fact there is something more to it."

And we'll talk about that a little more. I'm very interested in talking about how this ties into Wu Yiching's ideas that he puts forward in The Cultural Revolution in the Margins, um, which is a book that we have discussed a lot on this place.

But most importantly, I feel that the Little Red Book acts as a metaphorical weapon.

You know, what Lin Biao referred to as a spiritual atom bomb that can obliterate bourgeois thinking within the reader and thus within society.

And, you know, Mao believed that people, not weapons, were decisive within revolutionary warfare. So, he felt that if the people took the Little Red Book into their own hands and used it in correct and creative ways that sugar-coated bullets of the capitalist rulers in the party and the soft power of the USA and USSR would be useless against the heart of the masses.

You know, after all, Mao, with his books On Practice and On Contradiction, he is a firm believer that the superstructure and culture, including literature, can at points be decisive in changing the base and thus keeping China on the socialist road.

For many, the Little Red Book simultaneously acts as a guiding North Star, a compass, and as a ship for the reader to guide themselves to communist consciousness.

So, let's get a little into the history of the Little Red Book. So, we have to go back to kind of near the end of the Great Leap Forward.

Marshal Peng Dehuai was - he was the man in charge of the People's Liberation Army at the end of the Great Leap Forward, but of course, with the way things turned out, he fell from grace, and Marshal Lin Biao found himself catapulted to become head of the People's Liberation Army and second in command of the party. Now, Lin was the kind of guy who, at the time, seemed very timid and unambitious. But, Lin was also a very by-the-book sort of guy. He was a strong proponent of rote memorization when it came to revolutionary theory or military strategy.

Um and in the early '60s, he began to really push for something that could fit the mold of pedagogy for soldiers in the People's Liberation Army, especially because the socialist education movement was being launched within the armed forces after the Great Leap Forward. Uh

For those who don't remember what the socialist education movement was, please refer back to episode 1, why the Cultural Revolution happened.

In December 1963, Lin Biao and Liberation Army Daily Newspaper editor Tang Pingzhu convened with the General Political Department of the PLA with the idea of coming up with some kind of small study guide of selected quotes by Mao regarding military issues and theoretical issues.

After several months of brainstorming and several revisions, in May of '64, the official edition of a small book called Quotations from Chairman Mao Zedong was distributed to officers and soldiers of the PLA, but specifically for military use only. Civilians were not allowed to have them.

Originally, it was only 355 quotations divided into 30 chapters, but within a year, it was expanded to include more non-military theoretical quotations and was packaged into the now standard 427 quotations and 38 chapters with its trademark red vinyl cover and its pocket-sized shape, the Little Red Book that we know and love today.

According to the forward printed in the reprint of the August '65 edition, and in conformity with comrade Lin Biao's instructions, the Little Red Book was to be issued to every soldier in the whole army just as we issue weapons. Amidst the nationwide campaign of learn from the People's Liberation Army, which was part of the socialist education movement, it was a handy piece of standard issue equipment that became a prized trophy among young soldiers.

In late August 1966 with the Cultural Revolution, you know, really got going. Mao approvingly reviewed throngs of young Red Guards waving little red books in Tiananmen Square.

And the book was soon made available to the general public in order to, as Lin Biao's foreword said, "Arm the minds of the people throughout the country with Mao Zedong Thought. Mastering Mao Zedong Thought could split the atom of the mind, unleash the power of human consciousness, destroy the old world, and create a better world."

Now, it should be noted that the rise and fall of the spiritual atom bomb that we call the Little Red Book is seen as often tied to the personal fortunes of Lin Biao, with whom the book is often closely associated throughout history. Now, there is a bit of dispute about just how much of an active role Lin took in creating the Little Red Book. You mean, he was often seen as, like I said, very timid, very unambitious, especially at that point.

And um some even doubt that he even wrote the foreword credited to him. Some people think it was ghost-written by someone else.

Uh but he is still seen as the guy who pitched the idea in '63, and he was the one who spearheaded the Little Red Book's popularization.

So, I think, and the consensus is basically within popular academic discourse, that without Lin, there would have been no Little Red Book.

The Quotations, like I said, was quite received by the soldiers of the PLA. And when they bring it home to share with their families while on leave, they found that their civilian loved ones were eager to get copies as well. While still only officially available as an internal military document, demand for access to copies among civilians grew across late '65 and early '66. Finally, on April 20th, 1966,

a little more than 3 weeks before the Cultural Revolution was officially launched, the People's Publishing House and the Central Propaganda Department of the China of the Communist Party of China jointly issued an authorization to sell what would become known in English as the Little Red Book or in Chinese, Hong Bao Shu, or the Red Treasure Book.

Uh so, I just want to let you guys know that if you say in China the XiaoHongShu, which the literally the Little Red Book, people will not either not know what you're talking about or be think you're talking about um a popular social media app called XiaoHongShu. But if you say Hong Bao Shu, the Red Treasure Book, that's when people will know, "Oh, you're talking about the Quotations of Mao Zedong."

But I digress. On April 20th, 1966, the directive allowed civilian bookstores in every city and every village in China to stock the Little Red Book. And within days, it seemed like bookstores couldn't keep them on the shelves, with literally millions being sold even before Mao wrote the May 16th circular.

When the Cultural Revolution was launched with the May 16th circular, the people of China were lucky. They had already made manual for revolution that they could carry with them at all times, categorized into subjects with sharp, concise quotations that they could pull out and read if they had a question or wanted some inspiration on how to move forward with a problem, how to organize with their comrades and community, blah blah blah blah blah.

And just to give you an idea of the sheer numbers of book Mao's Little Red Book of Global History says, quote, "Between 1966 and 1970, the amount of paper used for the official print of Mao's works amounted to 650,000 tons, slightly more than it had been used between 1949 and 1965 for all published items in the People's Republic of China." So, think about that.

By late June of '66, basically the whole Chinese publishing industry was geared towards the production of the Little Red Book, even at the expense of printing of the works of Marx, Engels, Lenin, and Stalin.

The target number of the quotations had been raised to 200 million copies, and the party center ordered new printing houses to be set up in every province by the end of the year, each of them exclusively for printing the Little Red Book and the similar red vinyl edition of the Selected Works of Mao Zedong.

By the end of '66, it seemed like there was a copy of the Little Red Book in the hands of almost every literate adult Chinese citizen. And by the end of 1968, statistically every single Chinese citizen owned more than one copy. And that's not counting the millions in circulation outside of China.

By the end of 1970, the Chinese government called for a temporary cessation of production of Little Red Book because the sheer amount of ink, paper, and vinyl being used to make them was just too much to keep up with. Especially by 1970, there were enough unsold Little Red Books to keep the book on the shelves for decades to come.

And they were pretty serious about distribution. Another quote from the book that I was rereading is materials used for the production of Mao's work were exempt from all taxes. Transfer of raw materials and paper and finished products of books via railway or air, including packaging and distribution cost, was conducted free of charge. State banks offered interest-free loans to institutions manufacturing or distributing Mao's works. P

rices were set only slightly above manufacturing costs, thus turning the book hype in his the biggest book hype in history into actually one of the biggest financial losses. But at the end of the day, the party didn't care. What mattered was not profit, turning a profit, it was making revolution.

Now, what's interesting is that yes, there was the standard 33-chapter um Little Red Book. And uh I'll just list off the 33 chapters um for those who don't have a copy or don't have their copy by them.

The Communist Party,

Classes and Class Struggle,

Socialism and Communism,

The Correct Handling of Contradictions Among the People,

War and Peace,

Imperialism and All Reactionaries Are Paper Tigers,

Dare to Struggle and Dare to Win,

People's War,

People's Army,

Leadership of Party Committees,

The Mass Line,

Political Work,

Relations Between Officers and Men,

Relations Between Army and People,

Democracy in the Three Main Fields,

Education and the Training of Troops,

Serving the People,

Patriotism and Internationalism,

Revolutionary Heroism,

Building Our Country Through Diligence and Frugality,

Self-Reliance and Arduous Struggle,

Methods and of Thinking,

Methods of Work,

Investigation and Study,

Correcting Mistaken Ideas,

Unity,

Discipline,

Criticism and Self-Criticism,

Communists,

Cadres,

Youth,

Women,

Culture and Art, and finally

Study.

Now, the reason I listed off those 33 chapters was because I want to make an interesting point is yes, there was the standard Quotations of Chairman Mao Zedong, but there were other well, you could call, you know, uh, Hongbaoshu, uh, red treasure books that weren't the standard quotations of the 427 quotes in 33 chapters.

Um, where in 1970, it ruled that there was also, alongside the official Little Red Book that we all know and love, there was no less than 440 local editions, 53% of which had been compiled by Red Guard organizations, while the remaining 47% had been printed in the name of temporary state institutions such as revolutionary committees.

Um, I actually have some of these uh, little local editions of Red Treasure Books. I have a little Red Book that is just Mao's poetry. I have one that is a collection of articles and quotations by Mao from um, some Red Guard faction at Xi'an Jiaotong University.

I have one that is a little Red like it's kind of a little Red Song Book. It's a little Red Book and it's just songs. It's like a different songs of the Cultural Revolution.

I have one that is uh, something about Mao and agriculture. Chairman Mao speaks on agricultural production. So, like I Yeah, there were multiple little Red Books.

Although I don't think other the selected military writings of Mao, those were translated in a more limited numbers into foreign languages. I have an English edition and a Portuguese edition. But, uh, other than that, yeah, most of the local little Red Books were only produced in Chinese.

And anyways, the years of 1966 and '67 were such a fascinating period when people applied the Little Red Book into all aspects of life. And this is where I I want to circle back around to what I was ranting about earlier about how

And much like scholar Wu Yiching said of Maoism in general, uh what you see is that the masses forced Mao's quotation out of Mao's hands and into their own and crafted their own interpretations in very innovative but it also very contradictory way.

So, for example, in the spring and summer of 1966, pro-Liu Shaoqi work teams used the Little Red Book's first chapter, which says the ‘leading core of the Chinese nation is the Communist Party’, to justify blind obedience to all party cadres,

while high school Red Guards during Red August later that year used the quote about how ‘revolution is not a dinner party’ to wreak havoc and punch in all directions indiscriminately.

Often in ways that were excessive and to unnecessary tragedies.

Some factions tried to use the quotations from the chapter on the correct handling of contradictions among the people to emphasize that the Cultural Revolution should primarily be a revolution based on non-violent line struggle in the realm of culture,

while other factions used the military and strategy and maneuvering quotations chapters to emphasize the necessity to raise the Cultural Revolution into being an armed struggle.

And that's the strange beauty of the Little Red Book, in my opinion. It's a book that because it's what you make of it, in a sense, it's an extremely democratic text. It's an anti-authoritarian text in a way, if I may be a bit provocative.

And let me tell you, Chinese people weren't the only way to feel this same way about the Little Red Book.

And let me tell you about how the Little Red Book took the world by storm.

And uh we'll get a little more into this near the end of this podcast series and our transnational consequences of the Cultural Revolution, but I want to touch real quick about the translations. Like I said, so there are 50 translations. Uh the Little Red Book was translated into 50 different languages, sold in over 100 countries.

And it was not just, you know, distributed to the pro-Beijing parties or, you know, such groups. It was extremely popular, for example, with the Black Panther Party in the United States, the Students for a Democratic Society in the United States.

Um many national liberation movements in Africa, like, you know, the UNITA in Angola or uh SWAPO in Namibia. Even the non you know, the non-communist uh certain not pro-Beijing African National Congress, I have heard, used the Little Red Book in certain ways.

Uh in Western Europe during May of 1968, French radical students on strike and French workers in the labor unions waved the Little Red Book as a symbol of rebellion.

Uh the Red Army Faction, Red Brigades, and other urban guerrilla movements in Western Europe utilized the Little Red Book. The Little Red Book was even popular among some of these weird like third positionist Italian neo-Nazis. Oh.

It's The Years of Lead in Italy were really weird and uh so yeah, there was kind of this way where there was like these Nazis that liked the Little Red Book in Italy. You should definitely look up that story if you have to. We don't have time, but that's that's quite a story.

Um even the Provisional Irish Republican Army, uh while the leadership of the IRA disapproved of the Little Red Book being used, it was popular among IRA POWs in Long Kesh prison. It was popular um especially within the South Tyrone Brigade of the IRA and the South Armagh Brigade of IRA.

Um it was popularly used by the Irish National Liberation Army, which was a more Marxist offshoot of the IRA.

So I mean, the Little Red Book had such a global impact. It was taught in universities in Ghana. It was taught in universities in Tanzania. It was taught in universities in Albania. Chinese embassies couldn't keep up with the amount of requests for copies of the Little Red Book from the East Germans you know, from for their Embassy in East Germany or their Embassy in London.

It was just crazy how everyone it seemed in some way, shape, or form was goo-goo ga-ga for the little redbook. The little redbook was even used by the Viet Cong in during the Vietnami the Vietnam War to a limited extent. I have a Vietnamese translation of the little redbook on my shelf in fact.

So, it is really amazing just how much of an impact that the little redbook had as a symbol of youthful rebellion, as a symbol of, you know, of bringing the Cultural Revolution outside of China's borders from Berkeley to Tokyo.

However, the summer of 1968 saw a great change in how the little redbook was treated at least in China.

That's where is when we see as you know, and we will see in the upcoming episodes the disbanding of the Red Guard movement and the Rebel mass organizations and the People's Liberation Army becomes inordinately dominant in many aspects of political life and Lin Biao's loyalty campaigns to continue to ramp up, which I've talked about in the last couple of episodes.

The little red book at this point in summer of '68 through spring of 1969 slowly becomes less of a book that the masses could interpret freely and apply to their particular conditions and was basically now a piece of scripture that was to be recited, memorized, and codified into a dogma. Now, the PLA's interpretation, or more specifically, Lin Biao and his clique's interpretation of Mao's quotations were the only interpretation that would fly.

Uh remember how I said in a recent episode how during the loyalty campaigns, people were encouraged to memorize the Little Red Book from start to finish, and were told to quote, "Study and memorize Chairman Mao's teachings, even if you do not understand them." End quote. Uh many feel that a vulgarization of Maoism had been cast over the Little Red Book by the PLA, and a wind of dogmatism began to blow through the book's pages.

Some scholars argue, not without merit, I think, unfortunately, that by the 1970s, the Little Red Book had become an empty symbol of obedience rather than one of rebellion.

And when I say a wind of dogmatism, I talk about people treating the Little Red Book as scripture, I really do mean it. Um thanks to the Marxist Internet Archive's Peking Review archive, and also Carma Hinton and Longbow Group, they have an excellent website called Morning Sun, which is the official website uh for her documentary about the Cultural Revolution called Morning Sun. I did a minisode where I reviewed it.

Anyways, it's a great website with a lot of interesting resources about the Cultural Revolution. And I found a few articles that really stuck out to me. I found one article that speaks of one exemplary red family's devotion to the Little Red Book.

‘In March 1967, with the enthusiastic help of the PLA, a Mao Zedong Thought Study Class was set up in in Ting Laiyu's family village.'

'This further promoted the family's ideological revolutionization and aroused an expressively deep class feeling of loyalty to Chairman Mao.'

'Every member, with the exception of Wang Ping, who is less than three, can recite the good old three articles and over 100 quotations from Chairman Mao. Every bit they learn, they apply, combining study with application.'

'The invincible thought of Mao Zedong is the lifeblood of the revolutionary people. They feel that in addition to studying and applying well Mao Zedong Thought themselves, they should also propagate it among more people. They study and practice every day. So far, they have learned to sing more than 100 revolutionary songs and perform 50 odd minor revolutionary items of literature and art.’

And this family, the Ting family, they actually would go on tour as a musical troop, like the Von Trapp Family Singers, all around China, doing these, you know, revolutionary songs that were quotations of Chairman Mao set to music.

In some places in China, literal miracles were attributed to the Little Red Book.

In 1972, a pamphlet was published in English called Exploring the Secrets of Treating Deaf-mutes that said that in Liaoyuan, Jilin province, barefoot doctors and PLA soldiers help deaf mute children learn to speak via the quotations.

A similar story was running in the March 1969 issue of China Pictorial.

Which said that at one school for the deaf in Liaoning province, 105 students were able to gain the ability to hear and speak through study of Mao's work and well, with a little help from strategically poked acupuncture needles.

And they joyously shouted, "Long live Chairman Mao." as their first words.

Another article run by Xinhua News Agency in September of '69 declared that a cancer patient's determination to study and apply the works of Chairman Mao helped clear his body of the illness and he declared, "Cancer is a paper tiger."

And like I said in a few other episodes, many national minorities like Tibetans, Mongols, and Hui believe that Mao's quotations could be used as spells to ward off evil spirits, bring good luck to their households, and would carry the little red book with them as an amulet of protection. Just like during the old society they would carry Buddha sutras, pocket-sized Qurans on their bodies.

I don't know of any other secular text, honestly, in world history that caused such reverence and awe in people than the little red book.

In 1971, however, the Little Red Book went through yet another unfortunate transformation.

In 1966, it was a weapon of mass line struggle. In '69, it was a scripture of a personality cult. In 1971, it begins to slowly fade into the background of the Cultural Revolution.

Anyone who's familiar with the general history of the Cultural Revolution knows that in 1971, Lin Biao makes a little bit of a boo-boo and uh he tries to flee to the Soviet Union and then uh ends up crash the plane ends up crashing and he dies in somewhere in Mongolia, allegedly.

But, you know, the Little Red Book was so tied with Lin that the Little Red Book kind of fell from grace itself.

Don't get me wrong. People still bought it, read it, studied it, carried it with them, but it was not as prominent of a symbol.

It wasn't a daily thing that you would read uh you know, at study groups obligatorily, like for the most part. I mean, it still happened. Um I didn't really see people waving Little Red Books at rallies as much anymore, things like that.

And by 1976, like I said, the Little Red Book, it's still in circulation, but it's actually no longer in print. They don't really need to print anymore. They've made enough for decades to come. And in fact, mostly Mao's other works, um his selected works and his collected works become far more popular than the Little Red Book at this point.

Um Of course, Mao's death in September of 1976 and the coup that toppled the Gang of Four and ushered in the reign of Hua Guofeng and Deng Xiaoping, this was the beginning of the end for the Little Red Book in China.

The reform and opening up had no place for revolutionary rhetoric and rebellious symbolism. Money and foreign goods were to be the new objects of veneration after all. So, Hua Guofeng, Deng Xiaoping, and the entire Central Propaganda Department issued a joint communique on February 12th, 1979 to say that the Little Red Book had to go.

The very next day, Quotations from Chairman Mao Zedong was officially withdrawn from circulation, and by the end of the year, over 100 million unsold copies had been pulled from bookshelves and those that had yet to reach bookshelves were either sold out to foreign bookstores or melted into pulp.

In the 1980s, the party criticized the Little Red Book as having been a bastardization of Marxism-Leninism and had been orchestrated solely like by Lin Biao to create excessive dogmatic worship of Mao. Nowadays, the only way you can get a copy of the Little Red Book here in China is either by buying them from antique book shops at flea or at flea markets or by buying the 1993 bilingual Mao centenary edition that you'll often see in souvenir shops around Beijing.

Uh many of my listeners probably have one. It's the one that has Mouse face on the cover and it has a few color photos of him at the front. Thankfully, like I said a few times this episode, so many of them were made that even with it being out of print and so many unsold copies being destroyed in the late '70s, it's still very easy to find and will probably be for many years to come. You can also buy a very good edition from China Books in the US that is made to look like the 1960s English edition and that's the one that I usually keep on my desk at home.

The Little Red Book is just it's one of those books that has such a staying power. It's truly a spiritual atom bomb and an invincible weapon.

Well, all righty folks, I guess that's as good as a point as any to stop. But man, I really enjoyed talking about this book today. I really enjoyed talking about the Little Red Book. Very few books can be said to have the impact that it did. You know, the Bible, the Quran, the Communist Manifesto, Mein Kampf, Thomas Paine's Common Sense, uh the Declaration of the Rights of Man, and of course, Quotations from Chairman Mao.

And it's a book that I think will make continue to make a serious impact on radicals around the world for generations to come if my predictions are correct.

But uh right now, it's time for me to click off the mic and uh whip up some lunch here in a bit. Uh I got to upload some of last spring's sister's PowerPoint lectures to my USB drive for next week's classes. Um just a letting you know, Uh, I found out that I will have a uh, I have a conference to go to at the end of March.

So, there will be no new episode next month. Maybe I'll be able to sneak in a minisode in the middle of the month. Uh, if I have some time, but um, our next chronological episode will have to wait until the end of April. Sorry to say it, but you know, work comes first. I don't make any money off of this podcast yet. I just do it for the hood.

But, uh, stay tuned for April, cuz that's when we get back to the rest of the story as the drama of the revolution continues yet again and reaches yet another jaw-dropping crescendo. You won't want to miss it, trust me.

So, like I always say at the end of every episode, from the ancient city of Xi'an, I say, be resolute, fear no sacrifice, surmount every difficulty to win victory.

And always, everyone be safe and take care. Zaijian.

Sources for this month's episode are

Mao's Little Red Book: A Global History, compiled and edited by Alexander C. Cook.

The Mao Cult: Rhetoric and Ritual in China's Cultural Revolution by Daniel Leese.

Morning Sun: A Film About Cultural Revolution Official Website by Carma Hinton and the Long Bow Group.

Marxist Internet Archives Peking Review Archives.

And of course, the Quotations from Chairman Mao Zedong by Mao Zedong.

All right, you guys have a great March and I will see you guys in April. Bye-bye.

__

Welcome back to the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution podcast with your host Andrew Smith broadcasting once again from the ancient city of Xi'an.

It's a lovely chilly last week of January and preparations for Spring Festival or Chinese New Year are in full swing as we gather together to prepare to welcome the year of the dragon.

You know, I have a good feeling about this year as traditionally the year of the dragon is always an auspicious year with lots and lots of good luck. So, here's to hoping.

As for life updates, the first week of February should be fun. Youkun and I are headed to Lanzhou, the capital of Gansu province, which has a beautiful view of the Yellow River and was the scene of a lot of interesting Chinese People's War of Liberation, Anti-Japanese Resistance War, and Cultural Revolution events despite being designated in Chinese society as being a bit of a backwater town and you know, Gansu province still is today an extremely underdeveloped province.

Uh, you know, I've never fully visited there, but on my way to Xinjiang, I went by train through the entirety of Gansu and let me tell you, it's pretty back run down and it's the boonies. It's a lot like uh West Virginia.

Um and but as such, it's one of the main targets of the poverty alleviation campaigns that the Chinese government's doing right now.

Um as for Chinese New Year / Spring Festival itself, it will be the second week of February this year.

Um we're actually staying in Xi'an this year for the Spring Festival itself, mainly cuz we want to save money for our trip to the States this summer. And also, my fiance's family in Beijing just really they're not feeling up to hosting a big gathering this year. So, you know, fair enough, fair enough.

Uh most likely we'll just be kicking it at the homestead, dumplings and fish with the fam while we watch the CCTV Spring Festival Gala until midnight. Uh but uh hopefully next year we can be doing things in Beijing. Wouldn't that be cool?

Uh but you know, overall, winter break is just been us relaxing. The missus and I had a really busy semester, so we've just been vegging out. Uh we went snow skiing, that was fun. Uh we've had Beijing roast duck dinners and uh yeah, we've just really been enjoying ourselves.

Um by By way, the new Qin and Han History Museum up in Xiangyang is amazing. Uh I highly recommend it.

So, anyways, uh enough of the jibber-jabber and the oversharing. Let's get back to the story.

So, we're reaching the end of 1967 and the beginning of 1968, and this is where the Cultural Revolution probably reaches its most radical zenith with all of the positive and negative things it entails. This is truly where we get to the agony and the ecstasy, the best of times and the worst of times.

We'll see how large swaths of China experiences the party apparatus essentially collapsing as local party branches split into rebel cadre factions and much of the country, I won't say most of the country, but much of the country becomes de facto ruled by either the PLA or various mass organizations with only the Central Committee and CCRG in Beijing and the provincial revolutionary committees that had been established by then really the only things holding the Communist Party of China as a, you know, Leninist vanguard party together. That's the only thing that is holding together.

Indeed, by the last week of October 1967, where we last left off, the small, quote unquote, I'm quoting here, to quote MacFarquhar and Schoenhals in Mao's Last Revolution, the quote "small party nuclei within the revolutionary committees made up of rebel cadre factions were the only way that the provincial party committees had any hope of being reconstituted before the next party congress that Mao wanted to see so badly by 1969."

Yes, indeed my friends, it seemed that the all around civil war had collapsed not so much into a civil war as so much as a cauldron of complete chaos with no clear sides to speak of and only the most bare bones of a communist party to lead the proletariat in the battle against capitalist restoration.

Now, one thing that did unite everyone in China though, let me tell you, was the day of November 7th, 1967.

Now, November 7th, 1967 in the Gregorian calendar was the 50th anniversary of the Great Soviet October Socialist Revolution led by Vladimir Ilyich Lenin and the Bolsheviks.

The half-century of the revolution that had established the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the first Communist Party led socialist nation in human history, was obviously a deeply revered holiday in socialist China and one that had to be celebrated with the utmost pomp, circumstance, and military revolutionary fervor.

And of course, in a way that they could stick their middle finger up to those Soviet revisionists.

After all, um the Soviets had just put the finishing touches on de-Stalinization that recently. Now, de-Stalinization started in 1956 with the 20th Congress of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union with the denunciation of the personality cult and they started tearing down the statues of Stalin. They took Stalin out of the Lenin and Stalin Mausoleum and buried him in the Kremlin wall.

Um but in 1965, the Soviet economic reforms of 1965, aka the Kosygin reforms, really cemented de-Stalinization.

And what the Soviet economic reforms of '65 did is they made accumulation of profit rather than human need the driving force of the Soviet economy and it instituted two things, {quote} "one-man management in state-owned enterprises and {quote} economic independence of enterprises"

which well, this didn't privatize state-owned enterprises like you would see with perestroika in the 1980s or the reform and opening up in China in the late '70s and early '80s, what this meant was is that the managers of Soviet workplaces were now personally able to determine the detailed range and variety of products using their own personal funds to invest in production and accumulate capital from the surplus value of Soviet workers for their enterprise with only the most minute amount of consulting of the State Planning Commission.

All of these reforms only gave the Communist Party of China further proof that the USSR had betrayed the principles of Lenin's revolution and had become a capitalist state and in a socialist imperialist state. I'm sorry, not even socialist imperialist, social imperialist. Socialist in name, imperialist in deeds. And now it was time for the People's Republic of China to take up the mantles of the defenders of Lenin and the October Revolution.

So, on November 6, 1967, beneath portraits of Lenin and Stalin, Zhou Enlai, Lin Biao, Kang Sheng, Jiang Qing, Zhang Chunqiao, and other CCRG comrades chaired a rally of 10,000 people in the Great Hall of the People to celebrate the October Revolution.

Lin Biao gave the keynote speech calling for the {quote} revisionist renegade clique led by Leonid Brezhnev to be toppled by the Soviet proletariat. Well, Zhou Enlai denounced Khrushchev's doctrine of peaceful coexistence with with the USA and the European bloc.

The rally ended with the singing of the Internationale as the audience waved copies of the Little Red Book and held up large portraits of Lenin and Stalin chanting, "Long live Lenin! Long live Stalin! Long live Chairman Mao! Long live the Great October Socialist Revolution! Long live the Communist PARTY OF CHINA! DOWN with the Soviet Union!"

A large anti-Soviet revisionist demonstration of several hundred thousand followed in Tiananmen Square the next day. On that same day, People's Daily Newspaper and Red Flag Theoretical Journal published a series of joint editorials and polemics saying the international proletariat and the communist parties of the world were being betrayed by Soviet pursuit of peaceful coexistence with the USA.

The editorials and polemics were printed into pamphlets and distributed widely among the Chinese masses by the party, army, and Red Guard propagandists who helped stoke anti-Soviet sentiment among the Chinese people and strengthen belief among the population that only Mao Zedong thought could carry forward Marxism-Leninism, and that the victory of the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution in China was the only way to defend the victories of the October Revolution, and furthermore, to spread more October Revolutions across countries around the world until global communism.

To say that these anti-Soviet pro-October celebrations across the first half of November were a massive propaganda victory for Mao and the Party Center would truly be an understatement. Sadly, however, the Party Center's attempt to rally the myriad warring rebel factions together in a united front against Soviet social imperialism was essentially a non-starter after about, say, a week.

The Beijing Red Guard movement was still, well, the Beijing Red Guard movement with all the brutal fighting that it all involved.

By fall 1967, every Party Committee in Beijing's university campuses had effectively ceased to exist. The Beijing Municipal Revolutionary Committee attempted to use the months of November and December to hammer out a peace deal between the various Beijing University Red Guard groups with the help of Nie Yuanzi, and to reconstitute the party within Beijing's higher institutions, but to no avail.

It seemed nothing could keep the BeiDa Red Guards from splitting more and more into various factions despite many of their leaders being elected to the city's revolutionary committee.

One thing I failed to mention in the past few episodes just because we've been covering so much other important things is that at Tsinghua University the Red Guard movement had split yet again earlier that year with the April 14th Red Guards also known as the 414 faction. I'll refer to it as the 414 faction for the rest of the episode walking away from Kuai Dafu's Tsinghua Jinggangshan Red Guards ostensibly because of Kuai's commandism and ultra-leftism becoming too much for them.

Struggle sessions and fist fights between the two factions had dominated through spring and fall of 1966 sorry 1967 on the campus, but things were wrapping up even worse as winter was rolling in.

On November 16th, a Tsinghua Jinggangshan Red Guard detachment led by Kuai captured the former university party secretary after an attempt by the 414 faction to rehabilitate him. And the Jinggangshan Red Guards put him through a cruel and humiliating struggle session. However, the 414 faction crashed through the gates of the meeting area where the struggle session was taking place.

And what started as a line struggle argument quickly descended into a violent brawl with many injured. In retaliation, on December 4th Tsinghua Jinggangshan Red Guards put purged cadre Lu Yingzhong through a struggle session after attempts by the 414 faction to rehabilitate him.

The next day, a group of Beijing Red Guard representatives from around the city reported to the CCRG that Red Guard factions in almost every college of Beijing were fortifying their campuses, digging tunnel networks, and stockpiling arms despite the prohibitions of such after the end of the Arm the Left campaign. Meanwhile, at Tsinghua, Lu Yingzhong was put through a second day of struggle by Kuai Dafu's forces that nearly killed him and some of his cohorts.

At one point, some of Liu's supporters crashed the meeting and yet another bloody fight broke out.

On December 4th, Tsinghua's 414 faction demanded an apology from the Jinggangshan group for the violence which badly hurt several students 2 days before. All of their advances were rebuffed. On the 8th, 287 rebel cadres and rebel professors wrote to Kuai Da-fu's Jinggangshan group demanding that they release Liu Yingzhong from captivity and give him a chance to self-criticize and undergo rectification re-education. But, once again, their requests fell on deaf ears.

A week later, at the Renmin University of China, a large group of Red Guards and rebel teachers that had been aligned with the Earth faction group defected en masse to the Heaven faction aligned group called the Three Banners Red Guards, causing a massive schism at Renmin University that brought universe the negotiations for a university grand alliance and eventual revolutionary committee to a complete standstill.

Meanwhile, back at Tsinghua, Kuai Dafu ordered the abduction of Chen Chusan, the leader of the 414 faction. Upon arresting him, the Jinggangshan Red Guards beat Chen and burnt him with cigarettes until he fell unconscious.

Afterwards, the Jinggangshan Red Guards handed over the {quote} counter-revolutionary Chen to the Ministry of Public Security precinct, which the local PSB precinct there was staffed by cops who were loyal to Jinggangshan because Xie Fuzhi and Kuai Dafu, they were buddies. So, you can only imagine what happened next to poor Chen Chusan.

Later that night, Kuai Dafu sent his troops to arrest 20 cadres supporting the 414 faction at their homes and published the names of 41 more class enemies on dazibao around the campus. The next day, on December 21st, the 414 faction held a mass protest march outside the Beijing Municipal Revolutionary Committee, chanting slogans against Kuai Dafu and his ally Minister of Public Security Xie Fuzhi.

The protesters stormed the Beijing Revolutionary Committee's offices and began a sit-in pledging not to leave until Chen Chusan was freed from police custody.

The sit-in lasted 7 days while Chen was continually tortured, and eventually Xie Fuzhi accepted their demand to release their faction leader Chen without charges.

That night, Xie Fuzhi and Qi Benyu spent the whole evening in a meeting with various Qinghua Jinggangshan representatives explaining their decision to pardon and release Chen, although Kuai and his comrades found their rationale insufficient. And the beef between the Qinghua Jinggangshan and Qinghua Beef 414 factions would only continue to grow sharper and bloodier as both sides began to arm themselves with military-grade weaponry.

On January 4th, a top Beijing PLA Garrison officer was dispatched to Qinghua University to mediate between the two factions who had started fighting with weapons. The 414 faction argued that Qinghua must be put under PLA martial law as a prerequisite to interfactual cooperation. Kuai Dafu, however, vehemently disagreed and once again, negotiations broke down.

Finally, as January of 1968 was brought to a close, bruised egos, black eyes, and broken bones on Beijing's campuses finally gave way to dead bodies and rivers of blood on Beijing's campuses. On the final night of the month, January 31st, Kuaida Fu had at least 20 counter-revolutionaries from various other Red Guard factions both on Qinghua campuses and at other colleges around Beijing arrested by his troops. The prisoners were imprisoned in the university's classrooms and brutally beaten until they confessed to being counter-revolutionaries.

Out of the 20 prisoners, one ended up dying from his injuries and it ended up sparking a full-scale war on the campuses of Beijing. The armed battles between the various leftist and ultra-leftist factions on Qinghua University, Beijing University, and other college campuses in the city across the first few months of 1968 ended up with dozens dead and hundreds wounded.

One young woman wrote, "Watching a funeral procession for her fallen comrades who had died at the hands of their fellow communists."

At the head of the procession were the tens of dead, their comrades holding their blood-soaked bodies aloft for everyone to see. The wounded followed, aided too by their fellow rebels, and young female revolutionaries were honored to carry the set occasional severed bit of a body, an arm, or leg, or a hand as proof of the viciousness of the fight.

Behind the wounded were the defeated troops, defiant and high-spirited even in retreat.

A few carried guns, but their primary weapons of war at that point were the razor-sharp sickles originally destined for Castro's sugar fields. They marched in perfect formation, alternately chanting time and yelling slogans of defiance and revenge. They were proud to have risked their lives and would be willing to risk death again. They believed that they were going to die for Chairman Mao.

Sadly, my friends, as spring and summer of 1968 rolled around, things are only going to get worse and the Red Guard movement nationwide will have entirely forgotten its original goals of serve the people and bombard the headquarters. But, what about outside Beijing?

Well, let's take a look at here, Shaanxi province, where I'm living. Here in Shaanxi province, things were also getting pretty rough.

While Xi'an had become generally an oasis of peace of and calm, of economic and social progress, and had a strongly left-wing PLA garrison helping the rebel factions there unite to construct a municipal revolutionary committee by the end of the summer, the rest of the province had essentially collapsed into pure chaos.

Military districts and county party committees alike ceased to have any authority as PLA and people's militia troops and party cadres split into their own rebel cadre and rebel soldier militias and aligned with left, right, and ultra-left Red Guard factions.

In Yulin, which is in northern Shaanxi and is famous for being part of the Yan'an a base area during the Chinese Civil War and World War II, the quote two reds red guard faction, the East is red red guard faction, and the local PLA rebel garrison duked it out leaving dozens dead.

While in the city of Ankang, several red guards factions incursions into the countryside to fight against various peasant rebel factions left several hundred dead each month between November of '67 and July of '68.

Yan'an itself was just as bad. The ultra-left Red Alliance Red Guards and the conservative Allied Headquarters Red Guards kept fighting and it resulted in about 150 to 300 deaths each month.

Extrajudicial mass killings, vigilante executions, and fatal struggle sessions without the consultation of the local revolutionary committees or peoples courts became increasingly common in the Shaanxi countryside, particularly in the wake of the panic against the May 16th conspiracy and the beginning of the cleansing of the class ranks campaign.

It was really a sad state of affairs in our province. Despite being seen as a symbol of revolution and rebellion due to the legacy of the Shaanxi Soviet in the 1930s and 1940s, the entire countryside of Shaanxi had broken down into a massive guerrilla war between dozens, maybe even hundreds of factions.

It was becoming clear that the masses of our province were becoming understandably, very understandably, frightened, demoralized, and exhausted. And in my personal experience, uh old folks from the Shaanxi countryside or uh other cities outside of Xi'an like Hanzhong, Xianyang, they have a somewhat more negative view over all of the Cultural Revolution to this very day compared to say folks who lived in Xi'an at the time.

By the beginning of spring '68, the people of rural Shaanxi were begging the PLA to restore order. And honestly, I don't fully blame them. Can you?

Meanwhile, in Changsha, the capital of Hunan province, the Shengwulian rebel group were continuing to cause a ruckus as their radical rhetoric of pushing the Cultural Revolution to an even more extreme trajectory kept cranking up.

Remember I told you guys about in episode 15, the Hunan Provincial Proletarian Revolutionary Great Alliance Committee, aka the Shengwulian.

Well, if you recall, their attempt at becoming a new organ of mass rule within the Hunan province as an alternative to the revolutionary committee model infuriated Zhou Enlai.

And Zhou told them to immediately quote, "Scrap this ultra-leftist ideal." Unquote. And told them that their ideas bordered on anarchism rather than Marxism.

The Shengwulian leadership, however, said, "Nah, fam. We going to keep doing this."

Sheng Wu Lian took the slogan of quote, "Carry out the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution to the end." very seriously, even if that meant going beyond what the Communist Party wanted at that particular time.

On January 6th, 1968, a college student named Yang Xiguang, who was a prominent figure within Shengwulian, published a pamphlet that would send shockwaves through the Red Guard movement across China and through the halls of power in Beijing.

The pamphlet entitled Whither China asked a series of very uncomfortable questions and proposed some very uncomfortable solutions to those questions.

While still strongly identifying as a Marxist-Leninist and as a student of Mao Zedong Thought, and though Yang praised Chairman Mao as the greatest revolutionary of all time and as the great leader of the Cultural Revolution, Yang felt Chairman Mao had lost sight of the goal of the Cultural Revolution.

Yang said Mao had short-sightedly rolled back many of the gains of the January storm of 1967 and was underestimating the size of the bourgeois headquarters within the party.

Yang, by his own estimate, said that 90% of party cadres were capitalist roaders, and not just the quote small handful that Mao had originally spoken of in 1966.

Yang didn't mince words as to who was the problem, either. Not only were Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping the problem, but Zhou Enlai was also an arch-revisionist who was leading China onto the capitalist road.

Yang felt that the Communist Party was now a thoroughly rotten institution and it was time for the Chinese proletariat to discard it and to go beyond it if socialism was to be preserved in China and the cause of world communism to be realized.

Yang said that the dismantlement of the Shanghai Commune, the instituting of the revolutionary committees, and the spring 1967 institution of PLA rule in many parts of the country were a mix of a series of errors on Mao's part and a series of betrayals on Zhou Enlai's part.

Yang and Shengwulian's program was clear. The rebel mass movement across China must rise up to overthrow the revolutionary committees, reinstitute the Shanghai commune model all across China, dismantle the People's Liberation Army as a standing army, and replace the CPC and national government with a people's commune of China defended by a decentralized people's militia of China akin to that of the Paris Commune of 1871.

Needless to say, the Central Cultural Revolution Group, the People's Liberation Army, the Central Military Commission, and the leaderships of the other Hunan rebel groups were utterly infuriated. And there was a flurry of condemnations in the national press and in local Hunanese Red Guard newsletters venomously condemning Shengwulian as anarchists and Trotskyists.

Yang Xiguang went into hiding while his mother Chen Su, who was a notable revolutionary veteran as well as a prominent rebel leader herself, was captured by a rival group of Red Guards who tortured her for a week straight. On January 23rd, she was released by her captors without charge, but in her trauma and humiliation, she committed suicide by hanging.

Scholar Wu Yiching writes, and as you guys know, Wu Yiching he's very sympathetic to Shengwulian, especially if you've read his journal article about it called The Great Discontent, and of course his wonderful text The Cultural Revolution in the Margins.

Anyways, Wu writes, quote, "At a conference in Beijing on January 24th, 1968, top Communist Party leaders Jiang Qing, Kang Sheng, Yao Wenyuan, Chen Boda, and Zhou Enlai unanimously accused the Sheng Wulian of every form of heinous political crime. In particular, the national leaders condemned Shengwulian activists' idea that a newborn capitalist privileged stratum had emerged in China and urged that the organization be immediately dismantled."

"While there was no indication that Mao personally authorized the Sheng Wu Lian's suppression, he was clearly well aware of the developments in Hunan. At the historic meeting with Beijing Red Guard leaders in July of 1968, which effectively marked the end of the Red Guard movement, Mao just made a disparaging reference of the Sheng Wu Lian style hotchpotch." End quote.

On January 26, 1968, the Provisional Preparatory Group of the Hunan Provincial Revolutionary Committee, which was pretty much the coalition of all the rebel groups that were not Shengwulian, held a mass meeting in Changsha to denounce the Shengwulian.

And on February 19th, 200,000 PLA soldiers and Red Guards from opposing factions in Changsha gathered and marched on Shengwulian's headquarters, where the leadership was rounded up and arrested, forcefully dissolving one of the most theoretically interesting and thought-provoking mass rebel organizations of the entire Cultural Revolution.

And again, it's like I said in episode 15, I and there are going to be some of my fellow Maoists who are going to be really angry at me about this, but I actually have some sympathetic feelings for Shengwulian and what they were trying to do.

Allow me to quote myself from that episode, episode 15. Quote, "I don't think the questions that Shengwulian were was asking were necessarily wrong. The question of, you know, is Chairman Mao going far enough to thoroughly uproot the red bourgeoisie from the party and keeping us on the road to communism? That was a valid question and a question, in my opinion, is still unanswered by Marxists today.

The problem I have with Shengwulian is they ultimately advocated for an anarchist position that said that the party itself was the entire problem. They were basically going for what, you know, today post-Maoist philosopher Alain Badiou was going for. Who, you know, Badiou, he's I respect him. He's written some good books, but ultimately I disagree with his basic premises.

On the one hand, I agree that there were far more capitalist roaders in the party than Mao originally thought. But on the other hand, I'm a firm believer that every revolution, be it a bourgeois democratic revolution, a socialist people's war, or a cultural revolution after a socialist people's war, still needs a class vanguard leading it.

And at that point in China, the Communist Party of China, I still feel it had a sizable amount of revolutionary still leading it and that it made it a salvageable project. I think Sheng Wu Lian would have ended up throwing the baby out with the bathwater and ended up causing far more bloodshed than necessary.

Um, so in the end, I think Mao was correct in allowing the party form to continue leading the Cultural Revolution and allowing himself to continue having the final say. It's not an easy choice, but it's the best the revolution could do at that point, considering the material conditions.

So, anyways, that's how I feel about Shengwulian. But, um you know, you guys, uh let me know in the comments, uh on my Twitter page, and uh let me know what you guys think more in our Discord server.

So, meanwhile, the Party Center had even more ideas on how to further curtail the ultra-left. With Shengwulian knocked down in Hunan, it was time to ferret out similarly-minded people within the halls of power in Zhongnanhai.

You see, remember how in episode 15 we talked about the Wang Guan Qi clique and how Wang Li and Guan Feng got toppled and put under house arrest, while Qi Benyu wrote a criticism denouncing Wang and Guan? And uh well, now it was Qi's turn to get knocked down.

Obviously, his self-criticism and denouncing of Wang and Guan were not enough. Qi had refused to cease in his rabble-rousing, and his attacks on Zhou and the centrists around him continued to stoke the flames. And he was also still pretty supportive of the more ultra-left, anarchistic Red Guard factions who wanted to ramp up the sectarian warfare.

In response, on January 13th, 1968, Mao didn't say arrest Qi, but he gave the go-ahead to have Zhou Enlai. He basically said to Zhou Enlai, quote, "Do whatever is necessary to get Chi under control." That day, Zhou Enlai convened a special meeting of the Central Cultural Revolution Group and informed them of Mao's decision about Qi-Benyu and with that Zhou telephoned for Qi to come to the meeting.

Qi Benyu entered the meeting expecting business to be as usual when suddenly Xie Fujie stood up and with a group of police officers flanking him rushed toward Qi and informed him, "You're under arrest." Qi Benyu was promptly handcuffed and led to a black unmarked police car with Qi screaming repeatedly, "WHAT A JOKE! WHAT A JOKE! YOU'RE ALL A BUNCH OF CLOWNS."

Qi Benyu demanded to know what he was being charged with but Xie and the police officers escorted him to the unmarked car refused to answer his questions. Before they shut the door Qi was heard yelling towards Xie and Zhou, "Say hello to Jiang Qing for me," which made it obvious that Qi suspected Jiang Qing was behind his arrest alongside Xie and Zhou.

Two weeks later Wang Li, Guan Feng, and Chi Pen-yu who had served as Mao's emissaries at the Congress of Beijing Red Guard organizations only a year ago were pulled out of house arrest and without trial were transferred to the Qincheng Prison, the most notorious and maximum security prison in Beijing reserved for the worst political prisoners where they would remain locked up for the remainder of the Cultural Revolution and during the reform and opening up. Woo boy.

Pretty crazy, huh? Well, yet another thing that also gets really really crazy during this period. Yes, this episode is not done.

Mainly around January 1968 is the personality cult around Mao gets kicked into even higher gear.

Sure, starting in summer of '66, there were pictures of Mao plastered on almost every surface of every building in the country. People waved little red books at rallies, studied Mao's works far more than any other Marxist theorist, and called Chairman Mao the morning sun and the reddest red sun in the sky.

But in the end of '67 and the beginning of '68, this is where things tend to take an oddly excessive turn.

Marshall Lin Biao, as Chairman Mao's second-in-command, began launching a series of loyalty campaigns across 1968 and into 1969 leading up to the Ninth Congress. With tacit approval by Mao, Mao hoped that the personality cult could be used as a pole around which they could rally as many factions and tendencies as possible, and put one the road to a nationwide grand alliance of revolutionaries, as well as to reconstitute the party on the provincial and municipal levels.

During that time, reverence for Mao verged on how honestly I feel got a little bizarre and frankly metaphysical. In some workplaces, people would begin their workdays by bowing before a picture of the chairman and ending the workday by bowing before a picture of him, during which people would thank him for his guidance in their work.

People were encouraged to memorize the Little Red Book in its entirety, although many people commented that it didn't come with people achieving a deeper understanding of Mao's works. Indeed, Lin was known for saying, quote, "Memorize Chairman Mao's works and follow Chairman Mao's orders, even if you don't understand them." A very un-Marxist methodology, if I do say so myself.

People in places like Tibet and Inner Mongolia began to ascribe magical powers and healing properties to Mao badges and portraits of Chairman Mao and believed that they would ward off evil spirits and ghosts and could cure disease.

All across the country, giant statues of Chairman Mao appeared in town squares and on university campuses, which actually irked Mao because he thought it was a waste of resources. My personal favorite thing to collect from the Cultural Revolution, Chairman Mao badges, exploded in production with hundreds of millions of badges being made in the first half of '68 alone in massive factories that would churn out badges en masse at all hours of the day and night. Most people wore Mao badges daily by, you know, 1960 by the end of 1966.

But in 1968, it became customary for people to own several dozen badges and badges were also used as gifts to comrades or prizes in production competitions. Dozens of new songs about Mao were written and people would often sing these songs performing painstaking choreographed loyalty dances and Mao Zedong thought gymnastics that showed loyalty and devotion to Chairman Mao as the morning sun of the revolution and who was making the entire East become red.

As scholar Daniel Lee says in the compilation Mao's Little Red Book, A Global History edited by Alexander C. Cook, across 1966 and 1967, the "employment of Mao's quotations had resulted in anarchic quotation wars and now order was restored with ritual demonstrations of loyalty and faith in the chairman. As we will see, however, it's going to take a lot more than quotation recitation competitions and choreographed loyalty dances to restore order.

Uh, personally, I don't know. As much as I love collecting antiques and memorabilia from this area, I think the Mao cult was rather excessive and you know, uh, the problem with personality cults is this, my friends. I think they're a double-edged sword. They can be used to put a revolutionary leader's communist line in command of a revolution, but at the same time, they risk stunting ideological and intellectual creativity.

And they can also be hijacked for nefarious purposes, as we will see with Lin Biao and Chen Boda when they deal with the Mao cult. I myself, I was a member of the Youth League of the Revolutionary Communist Party USA when I was in high school and uh, the first half of college.

And I always found the personality cult around our chairman, Bob Avakian, to be stifling of internal development of cadres and at the very least off-putting to the broader masses. In short, well, I'm okay with the masses showing love and support for revolutionary leaders, be it Lenin, Stalin, Mao, Gonzalo, uh, Sison, uh, Mazumdar. I completely understand that.

But, you know, I'm okay with the masses showing love and support for revolutionary leaders, uh, but I feel like full-blown state-sponsored personality cults are a temporary solution to much larger problems. And as we see in 1950s USSR and late 1970s China, they ultimately fail in their goals to push back against the leaders' opponents.

But again, I might be wrong. What do you guys think? Sound off in the comments and on the Discord chat.

Still, personality cult or not, the masses were still building new revolutionary forms of power and good things were still happening in late '67 and early '68.

Revolutionary committees were established in Inner Mongolia on November 1st, '67, Tianjin on December 6th, '67, and then in Jiangxi, Gansu, and Hunan across the first two weeks of January of '68.

The revolutionary committees were also spreading on a local level, too. Radio Harbin reported in the last week of December of '67 that 94% of Heilongjiang cities and counties were now being run by their own local revolutionary committees. And in provinces that had set up provincial revolutionary committees, a plurality of workplaces and communal farms were now being run by revolutionary committees.

While unfortunately, it seemed that the majority of provincial and municipal revolutionary committees continued to be chaired or de facto dominated by the People's Liberation Army, the revolutionary committees did have the positive impact of keeping the remnants of the local party apparatus together, if only via the rebel cadre sections of the three-in-one bodies within the revolutionary committees.

Indeed, in a 1969 speech held shortly after the ninth congress of the Communist Party, Mao said that the revolutionary committees had been crucial in reconstituting the party on both an organizational level and on a theoretical level. So, like all things in the Cultural Revolution, it's dialectical. Lots of good things, lots of bad things coming out of things like this.

What is interesting to me is how some of the revolutionary committees were formed on local levels, particularly at workplace levels.

Uh during this time, some factional fighting within factories took on the form of, for the lack of a better term, I guess, miniature power seizures, a year after the January storm, no less, that ended in the toppling of rightist management bodies.

Whenever these in-plant uprisings took place, newly constituted and directly elected revolutionary committees composed of workers from rebel factions, non-party technicians, and rebel party cadres took over the directing of the daily activities of the factories. This new form of factory management was promoted as a model and spread nationwide during fall of '67 and early '68.

Direct grassroots democracy within the workplace, rural communes, and villages became more and more developed across winter of 1968 in ways that, in my opinion, hearken back to the early workplace and village soviets of the first few years of the Russian Revolution, albeit obviously at a very local level.

It was also on this level that we see on like in terms of workplaces, villages, collective farms, we see a lot less arbitrary PLA domination of the revolutionary committees. Uh and you know, this actually finally answered my question as to how revolutionary committees in workplaces and collective farms worked in which there were no PLA or People's Militias armories or garrisons attached to that particular work unit. So, yeah, uh the research for this episode was actually very eye-opening for me.

In even more positive developments in society happening at the time, in the last months of 1967 and early months of '68, physicians and nurses from Shanghai took advantage of their new training and the relative calm within their city to volunteer to become barefoot doctors in the countryside.

Recruiting many of the city's Red Guards to come along with them, they held up the banner of ‘serve the people’ as Chairman Mao instructed them and helped rapidly build up health care infrastructure across the Chinese countryside, even in the midst of the factional fighting.

Scholars like Gao Mobo and Maurice Meisner talk about how these barefoot doctors both aided in building new clinics and hospitals as well as training local workers and peasants into becoming certified medics for when traveling to a hospital or waiting for an ambulance to arrive might take too long.

In exchange, the Shanghai-based barefoot doctors, both the trained physicians and their Red Guard assistants, worked alongside the masses in the countryside to help with agricultural output and to teach them to plant new crops that could be used to manufacture both traditional Chinese medicine and synthesized into chemicals to create Western pharmaceuticals.

Once again, as I've shown you guys before, even at the Cultural Revolution's darkest hours, even when the bloodshed is at its worst, the Chinese masses have found ways to take the revolution into their own hands, develop their society in terms of ways of expanding democratic institutions, and overall, the social development of their quality of life.

Meanwhile, the effects of the Cultural Revolution were continuing to spill outwards across the world. While I do want to keep the bulk of these consequences to our later two-part episode near the end of our series about the transnational consequences of the Cultural Revolution, um and you know, although really

the explosion of Mao-inspired anti-revisionist communist parties like Black Panther Party and Progressive Labor Party in the US, the Communist Party of India Marxist-Leninist, the Communist Party of Australia Marxist-Leninist, other anti-revisionist political split-off groups I mentioned in a couple of episodes back, that had already begun to be a thing, but it really would be a few more months into 1968 that we would see what scholars today call "global Maoism" really take off, especially after May of 1968.

So, we'll get into that in a few more episodes and then like I said near the end of the series.

Still, by December of '67, Asia had become a powder keg of Mao Zedong Thought-inspired struggle or at least pro-Chinese thought. Be it in East Asia, Southeast Asia, West Asia, the East was becoming redder and redder and it seemed that the forces of revolution and national liberation were on the strategic offensive across the continent.

In Indonesia, where the Communist Party of Indonesia had been banned after a brutal military coup which ended in the slaughter of millions of communist cadres and their supporters, Chinese diplomats at the embassy in Jakarta stood militantly with their imprisoned and murdered Indonesian comrades, using the Chinese embassy as a base area of global proletarian revolution and would use the walls and gates of their embassy to post up posters and banners denouncing Suharto's new fascist military regime and would often shout anti-fascist slogans via megaphone from the windows of the embassy building.

Soon scuffles between Chinese embassy staff and Indonesian government thugs broke out on the sidewalks in front of the embassy resulting in several injuries.

On November 11th, 1967, the Chinese embassy closed their doors, severed all diplomatic ties with Indonesia, and airlifted all diplomatic staff back to Beijing.

The embassy staff were greeted in Beijing with a rally at the airport lauding them as red diplomatic fighters who had brought the great proletarian cultural revolution to the doorstep of the Indonesian fascist regime.

One of the most iconic scenes from that rally was when the heavily injured Chinese chargé d'affaires was brought off the plane in a stretcher, defiantly holding a portrait of Chairman Mao in his left hand, and raising his right fist in a proletarian internationalist salute.

The message was clear. No matter where the Chinese people went, they would be red fighters against fascism and would be partisan of Chairman Mao's cultural revolution.

In the Middle East, the People's Democratic Republic of Yemen, aka South Yemen, was founded on November 30th, 1967 after a long communist and socialist-led national liberation struggle against the British.

The Chinese were able to quickly make overtures to the Yemenis who they saw as a possible second Arab ally alongside the Palestinians. In a special ceremony in Cairo, while South Yemen had not yet officially declared itself a socialist republic led by a Marxist-Leninist vanguard party, the Yemenis were already putting into place policies that were very similar to Mao's New Democratic Revolution in the 1950s and were making overtures to not just China, but the USSR, East Germany, Albania, North Korea, North Vietnam, Romania, and other left-wing ostensibly anti-imperialist states.

The Chinese made sure that plenty of Arabic language versions of the Little Red Book made its ways to the shores of Yemen for the new leadership to study alongside other literature extolling the virtues of socialist industrial development under the Cultural Revolution, hoping that maybe, just maybe, Yemen could become yet another base area in the global class struggle against Western bloc capitalism and Eastern Bloc revisionism.

In Vietnam, some 170,000 Chinese People's Liberation Army soldiers volunteered to fight against the South Vietnamese alongside their Vietnamese comrades. Yes, a lot of Chinese soldiers fought in the Vietnam War.

Um there's a new book out. It came out a couple of years ago. Oh my gosh, I have a copy. I still haven't gotten around to reading it. I don't remember the author's name, but it's called The Dragon in the Jungle and it's about PLA soldiers who volunteered alongside the People's Army of Vietnam and the Viet Cong. Um so, yeah, check it out. The Dragon in the Jungle. But, you know, these guys, they firmly believed the fight to defeat revisionism at home included spreading socialist revolution across Asia.

Internationalism was part of the deal.

Cambodia, Burma, Malaysia, and Thailand also saw a massive resurgence of their ongoing communist people's wars with the Chinese government raising the amount of material and financial aid to these respective communist parties across late '67 and 1968 as well as sending PLA troops to act as military advisers.

And to teach them the doctrines of new democratic revolution, protracted people's war, and cultural revolution via local translations of Chairman Mao's works.

Even as things seem to be unraveling and falling into chaos in mainland China, it seemed that the global front of the cultural revolution was surging along more than victoriously than ever and

the rebellious essence of the cultural revolution was acting as fuel for ever more victorious people's wars, national liberation struggles, and even in the West many workers and students uprisings were becoming more and more influenced by China's cultural revolution.

The East it seemed was only growing redder and redder by the day even if China's mainland was experiencing grimmer and more dire instability as the weeks of 1968 went by.

All right, so we're coming up to the end, my friends.

So but before we part, let's completely switch gears here because there's something that's just been eating at me lately these past three episodes. And I want to use this as a conversation starter. Okay, homies. Let's just keep it real.

In summer of '66 Chairman Mao was a hair's breadth away from leading a split from the rest of the CPC, reconstituting the Chinese Red Army, reascending Jinggangshan in Jiangxi, and relaunching a protracted people's war to overthrow the capitalist roaders in the party and the PLA.

On New Year's Eve of December 31st, 1966, he toasted to the idea of an all-around civil war between the left wing of the CPC and rebel mass movements on one side and the right wing of the CPC and the officer corps of the PLA on the other side.

But now we're here 1 year later. You know, December of '67, January of '68, and he's talking he's gradually depending more and more on the PLA to restore order. He's talking about the car overturning too fast. He's demanding an end to the 'arm the left' campaign in September of '67, and going back yet again to the slogan of "the vast majority of cadres and soldiers are good."

But this time in the story, it's almost like Mao can't decide whether guerrilla armed struggle by the masses is a good thing or if it's going too far. And he can't decide whether the fracturing of the party is a good thing or whether it's a bad thing.

What is Mao cooking at this point? What is he thinking? I don't know. What do you guys think?

I'm thinking about launching a discussion specifically about this very question on both my Twitter account and in my Discord server because I think this is a very uncomfortable question that we historians, especially Maoist historians, need to face head-on. What was Mao's endgame in January of 1968?

I don't know, but if we want to sum up what Mao did correctly and what Mao did incorrectly and for us to do better in future socialist societies, this right here is definitely something we need to wrangle with. Oh boy. Woo.

All right, folks. Well, with that awkward and uncomfortable question for us to chew on, let's put a bookmark in the story and we'll pick things up next month. Um we're I'm not quite sure what's going on for February.

I sent out a bunch of emails to various scholars of Chinese history um asking if we could do a round table discussion of the state of GPCR studies within broader East Asian studies in academia and in popular discourse.

Uh so far the majority of scholars and professors have had to decline um because they're too busy or because it's Spring Festival. Others haven't replied. I've gotten a few maybes. Um it's not looking good, but hey, maybe I'll be able to cobble something together. If that doesn't work, if that doesn't work, I will do another thematic episode uh called "What was the Little Red Book" where I discuss the history and the meaning of the Little Red Book, the Quotations of Chairman Mao.

So, that's where we stand. Um much love to you all. Happy Spring Festival. You know, from the ancient city of Xi'an, I say, "Be resolute, fear no sacrifice, surmount every difficulty to win victory. And as always, love you all. Everyone be safe and take care.

It's uh going to be very special Christmas for us. you know, it's going to be the first Christmas where uh my partner and I are engaged. There's going to be a lot of warmth and cheer with the in-laws.

Um cuz I never told you guys this uh but uh my fiance spent a large portion of her childhood in the US while my father-in-law was getting his PhD at the University of Rhode Island. Um, so while they were there, they picked up the, um, habit of celebrating Christmas.

So, um, you know, we're going to do Christmas this year. Uh, I just put up the artificial tree this morning, hung the lights in the tinsel, but uh I'm going to wait till the missus is back at my place uh in a couple of nights for us to put up like all of the little ornaments that come with it together.

Um, we're also celebrating the fact that the great proletarian cultural revolution has now reached 3,000 subscribers.

I mean, granted, it's no Joe Rogan podcast or last podcast on the left, but I mean, like, that's not bad for a relatively new history podcast of less than 20 episode that's covering a very, very niche topic in history. So, I think that's going to call for a celebration in and of itself.

Well, you know folks, it is the most wonderful time of the year. And one of the best way to celebrate these holidays is with lots and lots of food. And while Mao was right that revolution is not a dinner party, he didn't say that the holidays weren't a dinner party. Kill me.

So, on our newest thematic episode of the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution podcast, we'll be taking a look at food and cooking and how the cultural revolution influenced Chinese cuisine during those 10 years and beyond.

You know, a lot of pop history K through 12 textbooks and whack job YouTube quote unquote armchair historian channels like to claim that the cultural revolution was a time of brutal famine, often conflating anti-communist estimates of 20 million deaths by starvation during the great leap forward of 1956 to 1962 with that of the cultural revolution four years later, which by the way, statisticians and East Asian studies scholars these days now believe that the death toll of the great leap forward to be much much lower and to be more of the fault of natural disasters rather than communist party policies.

I remember um once someone told me on Twitter and I still if I dug up the quote. Famine was so widespread during the cultural revolutions supposedly that the Red Guards used to quote boil their daughters alive and serve them to their neighbors and vice versa end quote and that quote starvation was so rampant that all girls lost their periods end quote not just many not just some all girls lost their periods when I asked for a source on these materials, the person deleted the tweet and locked their account. So, I guess we'll never know.

But seriously, the fact of the matter is this, folks. During the Cultural Revolution, people did what all humans do. They ate food. From scrumptious roast duck state dinners for Albanian dignitaries at Quanjude restaurant in Beijing to PLA soldiers on the Sino-Soviet border enjoying Dongbei style pork dumplings and spicy broth to Shaanxi peasants and communal kitchens on collective farms chowing down on some biang biang noodles after long days of fulfilling production quotas. Chinese cuisine has left an indelible mark on the cultural revolution and vice versa, as well as the memories of those who lived through it all.

So, put on the kettle, brew yourself up some oolong tea, log on to GrubHub or Meituan if you're here in China, order a big old plate of your favorite goodies from your local takeout joint, and let me present to you guys a feast for the ears as we get into the GPCR podcast holiday special, food and cooking during the cultural revolution.

Now, for a bit of background, I should say that things were admittedly, I must admit, they were still a bit rough during the cultural revolution when it came to having enough food to go around the national table. Poverty alleviation and agricultural revitalization were only in their very embryonic stages by the mid 1960s.

After all, the cultural revolution was launched just a few years after a massive drought during the great leap forward. And then even before that they had faced the Shanghai revolution of 1911, the warlord era of 1916 through 1928, the Chinese people's wars of 1927 through 1936 and 1945 to 1949, the Japanese invasion during World War II, and during all these wars and revolutions, China experienced five major famines and three epidemics, one of bubonic plague, one of cholera, and one of smallpox.

All of these conflicts and natural disasters had destroyed countless square kilometers of crop land, decimated the food processing industry, and completely disrupted food transportation from across the country. So, these folks, let me tell you, um, these folks were literally rebuilding from like they were in the basement and having to work their way up. They were not starting from the ground floor. They were starting from the basement.

So, rebuilding from 38 years of starvation was not going to be achieved in just a decade and a half, especially when 90% of the population lived in poverty. and the western capitalist powers were placing massive sanctions on quote unquote red China.

Still, as we will see, humans have a way of prevailing over adversity, especially when they have a socialist system in place. Rationing kept pantries sparse, but at least reasonably well stocked for what they had. And even when rations were tight, the Chinese people had unique ways to make delicious and wholesome traditional meals with minimal ingredients.

It also helped that in most collective farms and urban apartment complexes and workers dormitories, there were communal kitchens or cafeterias or canteens where everyone in the neighborhood would gather together to pull ingredients, take turns cooking for each other, and just share the wealth.

The cultural revolution did also face some problems with food distribution during the factional warfare of summer of 1967 through summer of 1968.

Thankfully though, it didn't lead to any widespread starvation. Um Mao and Zhou Enlai realized that if factional warfare continued, it could lead to massive food shortages in the city. So when Mao called out the People's Liberation Army to disband the rebel movements in 1968, he also made sure the PLA restored food transportation into urban areas that had experienced some form of food distribution disruption or another. And um it was actually in '69 that you see that rationing was eased up a good bit.

So, while we're on the subject of rationing, I wanted to tell you guys about a very interesting thing about how rationing worked up until the 1980s in China. So, basically, everyone in China was on what we in America would like refer to as food stamps or EBT or SNAP depending on your what state you're in in the United States. Um, every citizen got a booklet of what are basically were these little coupons um that you that would supplement your income. And I have a few of these rationing coupons and uh I will post a few of them up on my Twitter for you guys to see. You'll it'll they're kind of very interesting. They're very ornate. They've got like cute little pictures on them. Um, I'll give you an example from the book I'm using for this episode, The Cultural Revolution Cookbook. Um, in Guangzhou in 1968, each adult got monthly coupons that you could trade in for 16 kg of rice a month, 600 gram of cooking oil, one catty of meat of your choice, beef, pork, or lamb, four large blocks of tofu, 10 eggs, and two fowl of your choice, duck, goose, or chicken.

Now, obviously, if you wanted anything else, you had to use your own cash from your state salary or pension. And of course, if you had kids, if you were a pensioner, you were disabled, your coupons would get doubled. Um, Hui and Uyghur Muslims got special vouchers that would get them extra beef and lamb, and PLA soldiers in their families got extra ration coupons.

Of course, it was by no means a perfect system. And it does sound rather meager to our western bellies, but you got to consider that putting things into context, this was a major step up in terms of food security for hundreds of millions of people.

And you have to remember that to many Chinese they truly believed what Lukacs said when you know even the worst socialism is better than the best capitalism. And indeed one of the most common slogans among rebel peasant factions in the countryside was it is better to grow socialist grass than capitalist grain.

The influence of food on the cultural revolution and the influence of the cultural revolution on Chinese cuisine is vast and can be found in the strangest of places. For example, you guys know the East is Red, which was the de facto anthem of cultural revolution alongside the international because the official anthem, March of the Volunteers, was deemed too nationalistic. And the composer actually was very pro-Liu Shaoqi.

Um, if I recall, I think he ended up dying in prison in 1969 in the cultural revolution. Um but yes, the east is red, you know. Dongfanghong.

Yeah. It has a funny origin. The original tune was originally a shi peasant love song called sesame oil. And it goes a little something like this, [Chinese singing] which translates roughly to

Sesame Oil Cabbage hearts.

I have stomach cramps from eating so many beans.

I feel like dying after not seeing you for three days.

Oo ohayo, oh, my third brother.

So when the Chinese Red Army got to Yan’an in the late 1930s, they would hear peasant women singing this song to pass the time while harvesting grain, picking vegetables, and cooking. And it went through several incarnations as anti-Japanese or anti-Guomindang songs until in 1945 it became the Maoist anthem we know today. The east is red.

Another funny little thing is during the cold war the term quote goulash communism became a nickname for the reforms in Hungary, Yugoslavia, Poland and other Warsaw packed countries that allowed for limited market reforms and the restoration of profit in a way of building up the economy which you know goulash is a stew of often mismatched ingredients.

So during the cultural revolution when the communist party of China wanted to write polemics criticizing Krush and Breath or in particular the Hungarian Communist Party leader Jonas Kadar they um they had a bit of trouble. For one thing goulash doesn't exactly translate or transliterate well into Mandarin. So instead they called it beef stew communism or dun niu rou gong chan zhuyi. So in Mandarin a slang term for revisionism is beef stew communism. Pretty crazy, huh?

More positive slang terms were coined from food as well. For example, if someone had a revolutionary red line and an enthusiastic attitude, that person would be declared to be quote as clear as tofu and scallions. Because tofu and scallions with sesame oil, if cooked just right, has a nice white and slightly translucent look to it. So, it was basically a way of saying that you were pure, unproblematic, stuff like that.

Um, another thing is is that names of dishes could also change due to political connotations. Uh, one of the most famous American Chinese takeout dishes, Kungpow chicken, is based on the Sichuan dish, gong bao jiding.

The problem is is that Gong Bao or Kungpao in Cantonese means palace guard, giving it a distinctly feudal connotation. So during the destroy the four olds campaign of 1966, kungpao chicken or gongbao jiding simply became known as hula jiding or spicy chicken and it remained that way until the 1980s.

The Chinese restaurant industry was heavily affected too. You might remember in episodes three and five of this podcast how during the destroy the four olds campaign, there was a whirlwind of changing anything that even had so much of a hint of the old society. And that was true of restaurant names and decor.

And in Beijing, there's a famous mom and pop joint that's been around for like literally centuries. It's called Old Pockmark Mama Chen's Tofu House. And I've never eaten there myself, but I hear it's good. The lines are supposedly always out the door when you go there.

And it's uh funny. In 1966, August of '66, some high school red guards decided that was too individualistic for a person's name to be in a restaurant name. So they tore down the sign, hacked it to pieces, and forced the owners to change the name to Old Pockmarked Numbing Spicy Tofu, which if pronounced in a Beijing accent, sounds very similar to the original name. Uh, the name was changed back in the 1980s, but it's just one curious story.

Now, one restaurant in Beijing that has massive importance to the story of the cultural revolution and to Chinese history in general is Quanjude Roast Duck Restaurant. Now, there are several Quanjudes in Beijing and even around China. Um, I've been to the one in on Qianmen and I've been to the one by Wangfujing.

Um, personally I think the best one is the original one at Tianman Shopping District just behind Tiananmen Square Drum Tower. Um, it's great stuff. Uh, it's got a Michelin star in fact, but uh, both Zhou Enlai and Lin Biao cited both cited it as their favorite restaurant. So, it had the stamp of approval from some of the top dogs of the Central Cultural Revolution group.

In episode three, you I told the story of how Quanjude got the red August treatment. To quote myself in that episode, quote, "A few days after the August 18th red guard reception in Tiananmen, Quanjude Roast Duck restaurant was attacked by a coalition of 2nd, 25th, and 63rd middle school red guards.

They all smashed the old antique decor within the restaurant, demanded all the restaurant staff join them as rebel workers, and posted up portraits of Mao and various dazibao all over the walls of the restaurant. While the duck was supposedly still quite delicious, Quanjude was now a revolutionary and red restaurant, accessible to all citizens of the city and not just an exclusive five-star dining establishment.

Quanjude also becomes an important player in the later half of the cultural revolution, too, as it was Zhou Enlai’s favorite place to take foreign dignitaries and comrades out to eat when they would come to visit. So if Ho Chi Minh or Enver Hoxha or Kim Il Sung or Robert F. Williams, if they were in town, you could bet they were going to get some of that succulent sweet but crispy oven roasted goodness.

Quanjude was the place where Zhou took Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger, who died today by the way, rest in piss, out to eat when the US and China began to ostensibly warm up relations in 1972.

And if I recall correctly, I might be wrong on this, it's it was at a dinner party at Quanjude that the famous picture of Nixon fumbling with his chopsticks was taken. But I might be wrong about that because there were actually several Peking duck banquets during the Nixon-Mao meetings. Some of them took place at Quanjude. Some of them took place at Zhongnanhai. So if anyone knows the specifics of that, I want to say it was taken at Quanjude, but I might be wrong. Let me know on my Twitter account or in the Discord.

You know, another thing that I was wondering is I wonder if Bob Avakian, chairman of the Revolutionary Communist Party USA or chairman Gonzalo of the Communist Party of Peru ever got the Quanjude treatment when they came over to China? Because I mean I know that the Black Panthers and a lot of the, you know, anti-revisionist Marxist Leninist organizations, they got treated to dinner there during foreign friendship tour. So I mean who knows maybe they did. Just kind of a funny idea of seeing Chairman Gonzalo and Bob Avakian chowing down on some on some roast duck. Yum yum yum.

Um, there were even signs of the cultural revolution in how people slaughtered animals. So, um, if I may quote directly from the cultural revolution cookbook, quote, "In one commune, the peasants found a novel way to express fidelity. They shaved the character for loyalty on the heads of the best pigs. Before anyone slaughtered a loyalty pig, it was custom to proclaim his or her devotion to Chairman Mao.” End quote

I'm assuming this took place probably in like late 67 or any time during 1968 when the big loyalty to Chairman Mao campaigns were in full swing. Um, we'll be talking about those loyalty campaigns a little bit more, especially with my thematic episodes about Mao badges, the Little Red Book, and music during the Cultural Revolution, because that stuff, that stuff just gets buck wild. Let me tell you that.

Speaking of wild forms of loyalty, let me tell you guys about the mangoes. Yes, the mangoes.

At one point in the cultural revolution, there was a wave of Maoist mango mania that I could honestly do an entire episode on because of how well frankly goofy the reverence for mangoes got because of their association with chairman Mao.

So what happened was on August 5th, 1968, the foreign ministry of Pakistan sent a massive box of mangoes to chairman Mao. There were far too many for Mao to eat. So as a gesture of goodwill, he sent them to the Maoadong thought propaganda teams at Qinghua University, who were groups of rebel workers sent in to restore order between feuding Red Guard factions on campuses.

The propaganda team saw this as a symbol of both Mao's generosity and of Mao's endorsement of them over the now fractured and dying Red Guard movement.

And soon the story of Mao's gift of mangoes to the workers swept across the country. Some of the workers preserved the mangoes in formaldehyde or preserved them in wax and sent them to tour the country where they would be greeted by throngs of crowd and great fanfare.

People who did eat the mangoes claimed to have experienced miraculous healing benefits from them. From curing tooth aches and gout to even curing deafness and blindness.

Mangoes were everywhere. Wax and plastic replicates became household decorations. Mango themed bed sheets and tapestries were found in many homes. And mango scented or flavored everything could be found in supermarkets across the country. I even have several Mao badges from late 68 and early 69 which have plates of mangoes displayed prominently under Mao's face.

The funniest thing to me though is the giant mango float that was part of the 1968 National Day parade at Tiananmen Square. I mean, don't get me wrong, I love mangoes. They're one of my favorite fruits. But yeesh, that's just crazy, y'all.

However, out of all culinary phenomena during the cultural revolution, I have to say that the down to the country side campaign of 1968 through 1976 was almost certainly the one that had the greatest impact on Chinese cuisine during that period and even into the modern era.

When Mao broke up the Red Guard movement in summer of 68 and decided to scatter millions of China's youth across the countryside to work alongside the peasants, a large cross-pollination of cuisine occurred.

Sent-down youth Guangzhou brought Cantonese recipes to rural Guizhou and kids from Qingdao got to learn traditional Uyghur cooking while out working on collective farms in Xinjiang. Exchange of recipes became a common thing as these young comrades were taught traditional cooking methods by the peasantry.

And after the cultural revolution, many went back to their home cities and opened up restaurants in which they would serve up the recipes they learned while working in the countryside.

You know, life could be really tough out there on the collective farms, but many Chinese who lived during that time actually fondly remember that delicious country cooking their peasant hosts' families would provide to them.

So, if you ever find yourself in urban China and you find an authentic halal place that's run by a Han Chinese family, or if you ever wonder why certain types of like tropical seafood from places like Hainan or Fujian are very popular in inland areas like Hunan or Shaanxi province, well, thank the 'down to the countryside' campaign for that.

Um, so before we finish this episode, I want to give you guys a couple of recipes for some desserts to add to your holiday table over the next few weeks.

Y'all are going to love these. Uh, Chinese people eat them in their households during the wintertime as snacks, and you can also find them like sometimes on street carts, selling them alongside roasted yam and corn on the sidewalk in a lot of Chinese cities. So, uh, let me give you guys some authentic Cultural Revolution Christmas munchies right here.

All right, so here's my recipe for sesame seed candy. So, our first recipe is a very common sweet treat in China. It only takes literally two ingredients, but watch yourself. Watch yourself. It's a bit tricky because you got to watch out not to overcook either the sesame seeds or the syrup. So listen real closely.

Um, so you get one cup or 120 gram of sesame seeds and one cup or 250 gram of sugar. Then using a flat pan, toast the sesame seeds over medium heat.

Um, you'll know they're done when you can smell their fragrance and a few seeds pop and begin to jump out of the pan. Remove them immediately from the pan.

Then place a wok over medium low heat and add the sugar very slowly. And then stir it thoroughly until it melts into a syrup. When no more white granules are visible, then add the seeds and mix well.

Then pour the mixture into individual molds. Um like the bottoms of the cups of a cupcake tin or um you know something like that. If you want it to be round, um, then allow it to sit or, you know, either on a window sill or in the refrigerator or something like that for 10 minutes until the individual pieces have solidified. Then remove and serve.

Um, you can make these in batches and give them out to your friends and family and comrades. And I bet they'll love it. And I bet you can't eat just one.

Oh, and hey, remember what I said about mangoes? Well, I got you guys a mangoes and sticky rice uh one. So, it's a good southern Chinese dessert that was commonly popular during the cultural revolution due to the mango mania. And uh I think honestly it would go great with any western holiday spread. Uh especially if you like rice pudding um and stuff like that, I think you'll like it and Chairman Mao would approve.

So here's uh mangoes and sticky rice. So you'll need one cup or 200 gram of sweet rice or what's called sticky rice or glutinous rice. Then you'll want um three cups of um or 750 milliliters of cold water. You'll want one large ripe mango. Then 2 to 3 tablespoons or 30 to 45 milliliters of sweetened condensed milk. Or if you're like me, the same amount of coconut milk mixed with two teaspoons or eight grams of sugar.

So wash and drain the rice. Soak the rice in the water in a pot. You know, put maybe put it in uh a rice cooker for 10 minutes. Bring it to a boil. Um, then after about five or 10 more minutes, let the rice absorb all the water. Remove from the flame. Allow to cool.

Then slice the mango in half. Remove the pit and uh cut the fruit lengthwise. So each is about half an inch or 1.5 cm thick and the full length of the fruit, removing the peel in the process.

Um, when the rice has cooled somewhat but is still warm, put it on a serving plate and then arrange the mango pieces around it, then drizzle the coconut or condensed milk over the rice and the fruit and then serve it. And uh, let me tell you, it's tasty. It's pretty tasty. Pretty simple, but pretty tasty.

All right, my friends. Well, it's time for us to wrap up this episode and uh, get some holiday planning done. I wish you all a very very happy holidays and a very happy new year.

Um, next month we will not be having an episode because I will just be so busy with administering final exams and tying up all the loose ends of fall semester 2023 here at Northwest University. Uh we will return at the very end of January to continue with our chronological episodes as we discuss the end of 1967 and the beginning of 1968.

So until next time comrades, zai jian.

Sources for today's episode include

The Cultural Revolution Cookbook: Simple, Healthy Recipes from China's Countryside by Sasha Gong and Scott D. Seligman and

Savoring the spice in Kung Pao Chicken. A special segment on NPR's All Things Considered.

Zai jian

The communist revolution is the most radical rupture with traditional property relations. No wonder that its development involves the most radical rupture with traditional ideas. – Karl Marx and Frederick Engels 1848

Da jia hao tongzhimen and welcome back to another episode of the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution podcast with your host Andrew Smith broadcasting it again from my comfy office here in Xi’an.

I hope everyone's having a great spooky season. I know we are here. Um, we had a fun Halloween cookout at the Bahe River yesterday, which is a tributary of the Wei River, which so it's just to the east of Xi’an.

Uh, and we had a delicious Halloween themed dinner party at Mina’s, which is a western bar and grill kind of joint that's popular among the foreign devils here.

And uh you know, I got a busy busy week ahead of me as my students are doing their midterms, but they're awesome kids, so I'm not really worried about them doing badly in the slightest. So, we can definitely say life is good.

Um oh, how could I forget? Um if you haven't been keeping up with uh my Twitter feed, Youkun and I are engaged now. So, [laughter]

Um, now I have my closest comrade in arms and I going to tie the knot probably in like January 2025, sometimes. Yeah, sometime after Chinese New Year 2025.

Um, we'll fly to the States and uh have ourselves a wedding. So, for any of my US listeners, um, yeah, look for an invitation in the mail. [laughter]

Um, but let's put that aside and now let us move on to the rest of the story.

Now, this episode's going to be pretty theoretically meaty. I'm going to concentrate a little less on all the little things that happened. A lot of stuff went on, but I kind of want to deal with some sharp questions, especially when it comes to the question of how to properly make revolution after revolution.

In the wake of the botched ‘arm the left' campaign during August, three major issues came about in the period of late summer and early autumn of 1967 that challenged Chairman Mau in an unusual way.

And far from opposing the cultural revolution, we find at this point several forces begin to challenge Chairman Mao from an ultraleft, almost anarchistic or left communist standpoint. And that's where it gets really interesting. So, let's bring you guys up to speed and let's um let's wrangle with these ideas.

Let's start with how things were going in Xi’an. Yes, here in Xi’an. Uh in late August, a series of fierce struggles between the Workers Alliance faction, aka the West faction, led by Northwest University Red Guards, and the Workers General Headquarters, aka the East Faction, led by Xi’an Jiaotong University Red Guards, had reached its crescendo. And across September 1st and second, a series of pitch street battles took place primarily between rebel workers aligned with the two factions.

Most of the fighting took place in the city's industrial areas and involved not only small armed but rocket launchers, armored personnel carriers, and even a few small tanks. [gasps] It was quite a kerfuffle. Ended up with over a 100 dead and 290 wounded with much of Shian's industrial infrastructure put out of commission.

Enraged at the news of what we here in Xi’an called the 92 armed battle incident, Mao and Zhou called for a ceasefire that very evening. Mao, Zhou and others in the CCRG who were part of the Shani party apparatus thought it was senseless as both sides lines were read and left in content and they had only split after the January storm over petty differences such as proportional representation in any future commune or revolutionary committee.

On September 8th, both the East and West factions had their leaderships called to Beijing to take part in a two-month Mao Zedong thought study group and issue a self-criticism for ultraleft sectarianism.

And a few days later, both factions turned in their weapons to the Xi’an PLA garrison. After the 92 armed battle incident, Xi’an, and this is interesting, became a relatively peaceful place with little in the way of violence for the remainder of the cultural revolution and a grand alliance of the two factions was achieved that resulted in the creation of a sha revolutionary committee in May of the next year. However, much of the rest of the country was not so lucky in curtailing the problem of ultra-leftism.

The car will overturn if it runs too fast, Mao warned. It is therefore necessary to be cautious. Ma also expressed frustration about the stalling of the formation of any new revolutionary committees in the country, saying that he wanted at least 10 new provincial ones by February of 68. And Mao hoped actually to wrap up the cultural revolution by December of 1969, though that would remain to be seen.

So, like I said, I don't want to stay entirely linear for this episode, and I'm going to break down the rest of this episode into four main categories. The Wang-Guan-Qi clique, the May 16th conspiracy, the Shengwulian incident in Hunan, and Mao reaching out to foreign friends for ideological support. The reason I'm doing this is because I think each part is worth examining for specific reasons and ideas so we can dig into the deeper problems of each one and we can begin a conversation on what can be learned from each incident.

Now I will say that a lot of these were ongoing things. So we will not be discussing these things in their entirety. [snorts] Um, we will continue talking about these in the January and February episodes and then maybe even further in.

So, but let's at least get you guys started so that you will be familiar when we're talking about it in next episodes and so you guys can start doing your own research for our conversations in the Twitter comments and on our Discord server.

[clears throat] So, let's start with the Wang Guan-qi clique. [gasps] Wang Li, Guan Feng, and Qi Benyu were all members of the CCRG who had been OG propagandists going all the way back to the Communist Youth League back in the 1940s prior to liberation and the establishment of the People's Republic.

So, they had the street cred and the fervent zeal to make them great fire brands of the cultural revolution.

They had that fervent zeal yet, but too fervent and too zealous as you guys will soon see. In August, Qi and Guan had been extremely critical of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, feeling that the rebellion inside the Ministry had not gone far enough.

Wang joined in the criticism, saying that the whole ministry should be overthrown and replaced by college students. The [clears throat] three men were also cheering on the increasing problem of red guard attacks on foreign offices, embassies, and consulates, including those of countries that were friendly or at least neutral towards China.

So, for example, there were problems like attacks on the Cambodian embassy and a lot of the African embassies because yes, technically those were capitalist regimes. So yeah, a lot of the Red Guards were still attacking those places even though they were not imperialist or at least antagonist countries and Zhou was getting really tired of this and frankly so was a lot of the rest of the CCRG.

It didn't help that Wang, Guan and Qi were major proponents also of the looting of PLA garrisons by the red guards and rebel movements that Jiang Qing was trying to curtail. When push came to shove, Jang Qing, Kang Sheng, and Chen Boda joined together and went on the offensive against the three men, bringing up the uncomfortable fact that Wang Li had had a conversation with newly appointed KGB chief Yuri Andropov several years ago, along with some other iffy, problematic statements and actions from his past.

Qi knew that he had to act to save his own skin as he realized that Wang and Guan were going down.

In a letter to Mao, Qi accused Wang Li and Guan Feng of thinking themselves more revolutionary than anyone else, leading to chaos in the ranks of the left. She gave a thorough self-criticism, but trying to distance himself from Wang and Guan, saying that they had made very grave errors and harmed the PLA.

Wang and Guan got the boot, were arrested, had to uh get uh put under house arrest at a villa outside of Beijing, and they were told to write thorough self-criticisms, [snorts] but she wouldn't be far behind them. But like I said, I'm going to tell you guys about that in the January or the February episode.

Next up, we have the curious case of the May 16th conspiracy. And this is a case personally I think Marxist historians need to put some more investigation into. And uh maybe we can go back to this in a mini episode before we wrap up the podcast here in a couple years, but I'm trying to get the basics down right here. At least up until the end of October of '67. [snorts]

In an important speech on September 5th, Jiang Qing told a Congress of Red Guards in Anhui province that the May 16th rebel organization in Beijing had been an actively counterrevolutionary ultra-left element attacking Zhou Enlai and the broader CCRG.

She said that beyond the May 16th core red guards in Beijing, the May 16th conspiracy was seeping into all aspects of government and the party and had to be stamped out. According to reports of an investigation by the CPC in the 1980s, the wave of arrest that swept the country in search of May 16th elements ended up in up to 1 million people arrested and held for questioning and possibly up to 100,000 people killed in struggle sessions or vigilante executions or having been driven to suicide.

While officially the investigation against the May 16th core red guards was ended by Xie Fuzhi in November of '67 in which he declared only about 60 members were counterrevolutionary. The paranoia of the ultraleft threat of the May 16th core lasted well into 1970 in some parts of the country.

And like when I say that it's a big it was a big thing. It was a big thing. Arrests included members of the Beijing Revolutionary Committee, people on the editorial board of Red Flag Theoretical Journal, several employees of the various ministries who were declaring that Liu and Deng's clique uh you know were thoroughly toppled and thus the only way to continue the cultural revolution was to attack the centralist the centrist elements around Zhou Enlai and also by targeting the army.

Mao and Zhou definitely had their differences. And Mao was firmly to the left of Zhou and his cohorts, but Mao knew that the centrists were a necessary part of the revolutionary headquarters at that point, and he could not afford to lose them, at least for now, especially with him once again losing control of the cultural revolution to a full civil war.

You know, I right now where I'm at with my research, I honestly don't know what to make of the May 16th conspiracy as much of what I've been examining, the scholarship I've been examining has been through mainly Western and liberal dissident sources.

But um let's hope that maybe more conversations can be had about whether or not um the May 16th conspiracy really was the big spooky threat that the CCRG had deemed it to be or if it was a matter of a small handful of ultra radicals and the hunt for them just spun terribly out of control.

I think uh we it's something that um further research needs to be dealt with. I will see what I can dig up by the time um February comes around.

Okay, now for the part that I really want to get into and that's the Shengwulian incident in Hunan.

Let me tell you guys about a group called the Hunan Provincial Proletarian Revolutionary Great Alliance Committee. Uh, say that five times fast.

On October 10th, 1967, a meeting was convened in Changsha, the capital of Hunan, to consolidate a new headquarters of the most radical factions in Hunan Province.

While most of the rest of the country was seeing a rolling back of new mass movements and attempts to curtail the ultra-left ascending out of the party's control. Um, you know, the party was more in favor of establishing more revolutionary committees, but a great number of Hunan rebels were unhappy with the CCRG's seemingly, you know, centrist turn towards more moderate positions, especially in the wake of the Wuhan uprising and the arm theft campaign in July and August.

So, the Xiang River Spring and Thunder Red Guards, the East is Red Rebel HQ, the Red Flag Army, the Changsha Workers Headquarters, and the Chong Sha Peasants Headquarters, all came to the table to say that they would resolutely refuse to kowtow to the PLA loyal elements of the um Workers Alliance of Hunan, and that any attempts to scale back the revolutionary fervor would met with resistance, even if that meant going against Chairman Mao's current wishes.

As you guys will see in the next few episodes, Shengwulian begins to slowly part from orthodox Maoism and goes for a more left communist position, feeling that it was time for the Chinese people to part from the party, that the revolutionary committees were a right-wing retreat, and that the model of the Paris Commune or the Shanghai Commune would be better for China.

Many factions began to support the idea of abolishing the People's Liberation Army in favor of a more decentralized and autonomous People's Militia.

Eventually, this would culminate in a young college student named Yang Xi Guang catapulting to the top of the Shengwulian. And in January of the next year, he would publish a pamphlet called Whither China, a polemic that would essentially argue for this semi-anarchist position.

It's a pretty interesting document. And uh we'll go more into depth with what Whither China had to say in our January and February episodes, but for now I'll say that Shengwulian did not please the top dogs at all from the onset. Within a few days of their foundation, they [snorts] had declared themselves to be a new grand alliance that would act as a new organ of mass rule in Hunan Province. Something that infuriated Zhou Enlai who told them to scrap this ultra-leftist ideal and uh unquote and to consult with the PLA and CCRG further.

Shengwulian would continue agitating for their new firebrand synthesis of left communist Maoism, but they were denied a permit to hold a mass rally to announce their grand alliance. [snorts] And um a lot of scholars are split on the question of Shengwulian. Wu Yiching, an East Asian studies professor at University of Toronto, is highly sympathetic to them and makes that clear in his journal article about them and in his book, The Cultural Revolution in the Margins.

Stanford University sociologist Andrew G. Walder, on the other hand, um, writes that Shengwulian's opposition to quote 'a red capitalist class', and this is what Walder has to say. He said that 'he feels that it did not issue from a coalition of the marginalized, but was instead the product of a split over tactics within the rebel movement and a rhetorical framing of diehard resistance was not widely shared even within the splinter faction that generated the Whither China essay.' End quote.

Shengwulian gets a lot of sympathy in our modern era from uh a lot of Trotskyist and anarchist scholars obviously like the analytical Marxist and left communist and Bordigaist and council communist scholars also are very much in line with Shengwulian. It seems while other schools of socialist thought and uh even some liberal professors seem to echo the official condemnation of Shongulong, the modern-day Communist Party of China is unsurprisingly silent about the issue.

And the thing is, honestly, and this might be me just being the contrarian heretic, I don't think that the questions that Shengwulian were asking were necessarily wrong. The question of, you know, is Chairman Mao and is the CCRG going far enough to thoroughly uproot the red bourgeoisie from the party and keep us on the road to communism? That's a valid question and it's a question that in my opinion is still unanswered today.

The problem I personally have with Shengwulian is that they openly and ultimately advocated for an anarchist position that said the party itself was the problem. [snorts] They're basically going for what post-Maoist philosopher Alain Badiou is going for, who you know as a philosopher, I really respect Baidou but I ultimately disagree with him on the one hand I agree that there were far more capitalist roaders in the party than Mao thought, but on the other hand and I'm a firm believer that every revolution be it a bourgeois democratic revolution or a communist people's war or a cultural revolution after the establishment of socialism it needs a class vanguard leading it.

And at that point in China, the Communist Party of China still had a sizable amount of revolutionaries still leading it that made it a salvageable project.

So I think Mao was correct in allowing the party form to continue leading the cultural revolution and allowing himself to continue having the final say. It's not an easy choice, but it's the best the revolution could do at that point, considering the material conditions that China found itself in in the world at that point.

Well, speaking of the world, September and October of 1967 were also interesting because it was a time where Mao wanted to take the cultural revolution on the global offensive.

China wasn't entirely cut off from the outside world, but diplomacy and relations with pro-Chinese and pro-Albanian communist parties in the West had [clears throat] definitely taken a backseat to the struggle on the home front in many senses and most foreign friends and comrades who had been living in China at the time had been called home in 1966.

Um, the only notable exceptions I know of is um [clears throat] I know that Sydney Rittenberg, the American communist, he was allowed to stay. A lot of the defectors from the Korean War, um, they were allowed to stay. Uh, I know that Vietnamese international students were allowed to stay. I know that for sure. Um, and it didn't help. Anyways, I digress.

It also didn't help that the violence against diplomats by university and high school red guards had become such a common problem after the sacking of the British consulate. So, like I said earlier, even many countries that were neutral towards China were beginning to pull their diplomats out of Beijing. [snorts]

So Mao called, cranked up the charm, and started inviting some of his old homies to come hang out at the crib. For one thing, the Canton Fair was declared in September to be relaunched that November. And uh which if you don't know what the Canton Fair is, it's this massive trade show that happens every year in Guangzhou, has happened since I think the 40s that brings international businesses from all over the world to showcase and sell their products to the East Asian market. It's a pretty big deal and it even rivals the Tokyo and Singapore showcases. [snorts] um having the Canton Fair still be open for business in such a wild and unstable time um showed that it was still safe for foreigners to do business in China, however limited in scale at that point.

Um, I do know that at that time China started putting more railroads and other kinds of infrastructure down in places like Tanzania, other East African countries with interest free loans alongside hefty donations of little red books and Mao badges of course.

Um, Mao also let groups like the Palestine Liberation Organization and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine open up some official offices in Beijing as lies on stations and you know from where he could uh float them some cash and weapons for the national liberation struggle cuz you know what are friends for now also had diplomatic groups and delegations of revolutionaries from Vietnam, Congo, Pakistan and Japan, Romania, Mauritania and Luxembourg visit him, bestow great praise upon him and toast the successes of the cultural revolution.

And a lot of my listeners will find this particularly juicy. Among this group of international friends was a delegation of Peruvians from the Communist Party of Peru Bandera Roja faction. All of whom spent about five or six weeks studying in Beijing. Among these Peruvian comrades was a charismatic philosophy professor from the Peruvian highlands of Ayakucha named Dr. Abimael Guzman who well let's just say he becomes quite the important character in the epilogue and aftermath of the story of the cultural revolution and the consolidation of post-Mao global Maoism.

On the last day of September Mao was in an important meeting with Albanian Premier Mehmet Shehu. [snorts] this was important as Albania was China's only remaining ally in Eastern Europe and Albania had not sent any official diplomatic delegations to China since the launch of the Cultural Revolution in spring of the prior year.

There he asked for Mao and the Chinese to provide an Albanian translation of the Little Red Book, which Mao agreed to, but warned the Albanians to not be dogmatic with his works. Quote, "See if you find my quotations useful. China's experience may serve other countries, but they must judge this for themselves." End quote. It was an overall positive meeting that showed that, you know, China wasn't entirely isolated from the world at that point.

And uh it was important because like I said, China needed all the support from the outside world that it could get with Mao admitting to Shehu that China's civil war had gotten much worse with so many arms in the hands of rebels.

And you know, say what you will of the Communist Party of China. uh you know, but like for whatever mistakes and wrongdoings that occurred during the cultural revolution, one thing that they never wavered from was their strong unconditional principles of proletarian internationalism and the belief that the working class has no nation, that all revolutionary struggles are interconnected, etc., etc.

National chauvinism and xenophobia were still major problems in Chinese society. That is no doubt and it can be seen in the actions of some of the red guard factions in Beijing who were just striking out at literally any foreigner they saw.

But at the end of the day, the cultural revolution central group and uh the party center, they never tailed those sentiments and always worked to uproot them and keep China at least somewhat tethered to the international struggle and a sense of we're doing this for global communism.

Now, on to my full analysis of the state of the cultural revolution in early autumn 1967.

I kind of want to go back. I mentioned Wu Yiching and his cultural revolution at the margins book as a framework. I want to use it as a framework. While I ultimately disagree with a lot of Wu's conclusions, I think it's a useful book to read because it's informative and it asks a lot of important questions about where Mao stood in terms of the mass movements in late 1967.

Even if I think Wu is wrong on the answers, at this point of the cultural revolution, we're left with the question of whose cultural revolution is it anyway? After all, people were beginning to wildly interpret Mao's directives in so many different ways. Indeed, you know, one thing that Woo mentions is how the word counterrevolutionary.

It was never precisely defined and could mean just about anybody to different factions. Determination of class formations became haphazard and very informal.

By separating himself above the party, Mao in fact did not become an all powerful autocrat, but au contraire set in motion new dynamics that meant that Marxism was no longer under the monopoly of the party and rather something that could be directly grasped by the masses.

However, the problem is that the ultra-left wing of the cultural revolution had no viable alternatives to the party state model. No major alternative economic ideas, no comprehensible social programs, power seizures, and local scale revolts that were led by ultra-left factions often left power vacuums that were easily rolled back by the PLA or by rightist factions with the correct connections.

There were no institutional relations of political participation or governance that could be put in place by a group like say Shengwulian. At the end of the day, things still needed to get done and the ultraleft didn't have a program, didn't have a basic plan on how to keep everyday things going.

Woo posits that and I'm quoting here quote ‘socialism without substantially meaningful democratic institutions and active popular participation is not only ethically indefensible but also historically unfeasible.’ End quote.

While I don't disagree and I think that Mao is on to something that Mao unintentionally smothered a lot of potential advances in socialist experimentation in math's role, the fact of the matter is is that at this point, the Red Guard movement was spiraling out of control with mass killings and guerrilla warfare being senselessly utilized across the first half of 1968 to resolve what I feel were far too often non-antagonistic contradictions.

To repeat what Mao said, a car will overturn if you drive it too fast. The cultural revolution at the end of the day still needed the party and the army to keep any momentum going. So, that's just my thoughts. What do y'all think? [snorts]

All right. So, now here's the part of the podcast where I reach out to my listeners and ask them for some help. If anyone knows anything about how to build a proper YouTube channel, please contact me via Discord at ----------

Email me at culturalrevolutionpodcast@gmail.com or DM me on Twitter because I'm thinking about making YouTube my [snorts] main home hub now. I've been putting it off for months now and it's mainly just because, well, I don't know where to start. I don't know how to make a video with a static image. I don't know how to build a solid sustained community via YouTube. I don't know how to do promotion.

I'm at a total level zero newbie when it comes to YouTube stuff. If anyone anyone out there has some good tutorials, guides, whatever, or just individual pointers, let me know. Cuz number one, not everybody has Spotify. And in terms of like our community, the community that we've built that I love so much.

Um, with the way that Twitter is going, I just don't know how much longer it's feasible to sustain our little crew staying on that platform. You all, you all know what I'm saying. Just Elon's running that platform into the ground and it's just getting so toxic. It's just, you know, so let's let's put our heads together and uh figure out some viable alternatives, particularly, you know, around YouTube.

All right, folks. Well, I better head out here for the afternoon. Um, the misses is going to be rolling by and I'm pretty much done with work for the day. We got some stuff to do and I didn't have much for lunch. So, I'm still a bit hungry.

So, until next time, be resolute, fear no sacrifice, and endure difficulty to win victory. Zai jian.

Today's sources include:

Mao's Little Red Book, a global history by Alexander C. Cook

The cultural revolution in the foreign ministry of China by Ma Jisen.

Agents of disorder inside cina's cultural revolution by Andrew G. Walder.

Fractured rebellion the Beijing red guard movement by Andrew G. Walder.

The cultural revolution at the margins. Chinese socialism and crisis by Wu Yiching.

The great retreat and its discontents. Examining the Shengwulian episode in the Cultural Revolution by Wu Yiching.

The world turned upside down. A history of the cultural revolution by Yang Jisheng.

Mao's last revolution by Roderick McFarquhar and Michael Schoenhals.

The Shaanxi provincial archives. The policy of the military supporting the left in the spread of factional warfare in China's countryside. Shaanxi 1967 and 1968 by Shinichi Tanigawa and

the Marxist Internet Archives, Peking Review Archive and Chinese Communism Archive.

All right, thank you so much everyone and I will see you next month with our holiday special about food and cooking during the cultural revolution.

Hope everyone is well out there. I know I am. Um been crazy busy lately with work. The semester is now in full swing and I'm not only doing research and studying Chinese as always, but I have to teach an extra class this semester.

And um [sighs and gasps] I've been helping with the IELTS practice exams for our students who are getting ready to um take that particular exam at the end of the semester so they can go study abroad. So I've been quite a busy beaver, but hey, you know, you know what they say, do what you love and you never have to work a day in your life and all that jazz. [clears throat]

Um I had a great time in Chengdu. the capital of Sichuan province, which I definitely will return to. Um, only had about a day and a half to go sightseeing because I was so busy with the conference and whatnot, but I mean, wow, the Sichuan museum's good. I like the Gini andWI night markets and Sichuan cuisine is honestly my favorite Chinese cuisine. It is so spicy and rich. So, I was, you know, I was in high heaven every time I went out to eat or at the big banquets.

Um, [snorts] also my 30th birthday came and went. Not 30th. Uh, 37th, huh? I wish my 30th. But, uh, I'm 37 now. Can't believe I'm almost 40. Oh my goodness.

Uh, so my partner Youkun and I went out and got Korean barbecue and had some birthday cake with some of my neighbors. Uh, which I was genuinely happy about. You know, when you're 37, it's not like your 18th or 21st birthday or your 50th or, you know, 65th birthday where it's a a milestone year. So, you know, I was okay with not with no big party or anything.

um for Mid-Autumn Festival and National Day which overlap this year. We'll be heading to a cabin in the Chin Mountains out in the Sha country side and uh you know that's going to be pretty dope. [clears throat] Um so anyways, now that we finished catching up, let's launch into our introduction today.

Hm yep. Today we're going to launch into our second thematic episode and possibly one of our most controversial episodes to date. This is one that could get some people uh riled up. You know, especially some of the Western liberals and Han Chinese ethno-supremacists, they could get up in their feelings cuz I'm talking about two very contentious regions that we hear a lot about in discourse around China. Yes, my friends, we are going to be talking about Xinjiang and Tibet.

Yeah, yeah, yeah. [clears throat] I see you fucking Buddhism fetishizing hippies and National Endowment for Democracy Internship motherfuckers coming outside my window with your goddamn torches and pitchforks. But shut up. This is my podcast and I've got something to say.

I'm about to drop something now on you guys that's going to blow your fucking minds. The cultural revolution in Tibet and in Xinjiang, especially Tibet, was an incredibly popular and organic mass movement that the ethnic Tibetans, Uyghur, and other national minorities of Western China took up enthusiastically in ways that the Han-Chinese didn't. Probably no one went fucking harder for the cause than Tibetan and Uyghur Red Guards. No cap. Full stop.

These people had experienced what Mao had done, lifting them out of feudalism and literal slavery and making them equals with their Han comrades in every way. And the idea that there were people in the party that wanted to bring back the old China terrified them. They were ready to fight tooth and nail to defend the new socialist order.

But that's just the beginning of our story, comrades. So, [clears throat] let's brew up a pot of Tibetan butter tea. Throw some Uyghur kao baozi into the oven. Bring in the dog and the cat. Get into your robe and bunny slippers. And let's tell the story.

Tibet, the mountainous and mysterious land at the roof of the world. After being liberated from theocratic feudalism by the people's liberation army in 1951 and after the democratic reforms of 1959 which launched the new democratic revolution in Tibet, the Tibetan Autonomous Region was the most remote and backwards of all China's provinces.

However, Tibet was kind of - well, it was kind of stunted in its development. One thing you guys should understand is that Mao and the leadership of the Communist Party were aware of the very specific circumstances that Tibet faced compared to the rest of China. While the rest of China was considered by Marxists to be semifeudal, Tibet was still seen as completely feudal. And because of that, the new democratic revolution in Tibet had to be much more gradual than that in in inland China.

Um because of this, by the time the cultural revolution broke out in 1966, collectivization still had not been implemented within agriculture and uh socialist industrialization had not been really implemented in Tibet's few urban areas except for Lhasa.

It did not help [clears throat] that um Tibet's regional party committee and PLA military rel uh region were headed by a guy who was very much part of Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping's good old boys club. Lieutenant General Zhang Guohua had made a name for himself as being the commander of the liberation of Tibet in 1951. But he was also a staunch Han nationalist and advocate for China adopting market socialism. He kept Tibet as his own personal fiefdom and was and it was infuriating to the Tibetan masses and revolutionary Han cadres.

So when the cultural revolution was declared in the May 16th circular, the Tibetan people felt it would be a major opportunity to accelerate the revolution in their region. By the end of May, the regional party committee had set up a cultural revolution leading a small group. Zhang Guohua appointed his friend Wang Qimei, a PLA commander who had also helped liberate Tibetan 51 as director.

Immediately, Zhang and Wang Qimei tried to figure out how to keep a lid on the cultural revolution, deciding who would be sacrificed in mass struggle and who would be protected and declared that all struggle sessions and mass rallies were to be orchestrated by him and his gang of cronies and no one else. But as you'll see, thankfully, that turned out to not be the case.

The cultural revolution in Tibet really got going in August of '66, August 12th, 1966 to be exact, when a mass rally in Lhasa in response to the first Red Guard reception in Beijing was held. 1,400 people took part in the rally, which doesn't sound like much to us, but that was pretty big by Tibet standards at the time.

Um, Tibet had only had a population of like a few hundred thousand at most. It's about only about 2 million today. The whole metro to uh Lhasa area. Also, something you might notice is that I had jumped immediately from the May 16th circular to the month of August. There's a reason for that. The rule of thumb with Tibet, and this is still very much true today, is usually Tibet will be about two or three months behind the rest of the country in terms of implementing policy. just, you know, because of the remoteness of that area.

Regardless of the late onset, the first Red Guard rally in Lhasa was a major success that brought thousands of young emancipated serfs to praise Chairman Mao's first big character poster and the August 8th 16th point decision.

Still, Zhang Guohua seemed very much in control of this rally. He gave the keynote speech and declared that the Red Guard should stay loyal to the regional party committee and the PLA's Tibetan command.

Zhang couldn't hold back popular struggle long at all, though, and 5 days later, the Cultural Revolution was already out of his control. On August 24th, 1966, the first mass action of the cultural revolution not initiated by the regional party committee or army took place with the Tibetan masses looting and laying waste at the Joel Kong monastery, an ancient monastery considered one of the holiest places in Tibetan Buddhism. [snorts]

Originally, the Han Red Guards assigned to the monastery were simply going to clear out the monastery, take inventory of its contents, ship the contents to a museum, and turn the monastery into housing. But when the local ethnic Tibetan red guards heard that Jokhang Monastery was going to be cleared out, they called for the masses to march on the monastery, and all hell broke loose.

That day, hundreds, maybe even thousands of Tibetan workers and peasants broke past their Han comrades and tore the monastery to shreds, burning the ancient texts, smashing every Buddha and Buddha statue to pieces, putting every monk and llama through humiliating struggle sessions.

For Tibetans, this was not seen as a destruction of their culture or of priceless historical relics, but a cathartic, intoxicating act of revenge upon a social institution that had oppressed them for centuries. For the people of Lhasa, it was a sign that the cultural revolution was to be a new birth of freedom for their people. The 50s were a time of reform, but the 1960s would be a time of socialist revolution.

The Red Guards of Lhasa High School also [clears throat] took to the streets, making street demonstrations against Han chauvinism and Buddhist theocracy an almost daily occurrence.

The children of the new Tibet loved Chairman Mao and hated the old society with every fiber of their being. And they showed it in the most bombastic ways possible. They began to organize some of the first struggle sessions against members of the old society that still had social influence, even if not so official social power in their communities.

The first public struggle sessions began on August 27th. Across the past prior weeks, the neighborhood committees, which were the people's committees of LOS's various districts, but reconstituted on a hard Maoist line, had been gathering lists of ox, demon snake spirits, as they were called, reactionaries from the old society that were still unrepentant about their past actions.

They were according to Tibetan scholar Tsering Woeser [clears throat] mostly clergymen, nobility, former statesmen, military officers from the old Tibetan army, landlords and merchants. They were gathered and humiliated in mass assemblies where their past employees and serfs and slaves would testify about the horrible oppression they endured at their hands and shame them for refusing to self-criticize and to help build the new China.

Dozens of these struggle sessions, mass struggle sessions took place across Tibet across September and October. Like in other parts of China, some ended in violent beatings and many targets were driven to suicide after their struggle session.

But honestly, the ratio of genuinely bad people compared to innocent people just caught in the crossfire of struggle sessions in Tibet was much more lopsided towards the former than the latter compared to say the rest of inland China. So, it's honestly harder for me to feel sympathy for the people I see in the photos and read about in the testimonies.

I mean, this is going to sound dramatic, but I think of it like this. Um, would I feel sorry if I saw the Taliban being put through struggle sessions by women and tribal people in a hypothetical socialist Afghanistan?

No. So, if I may come across as callous, why should I care about these people? I know that's mean, but it's true. I don't care. After the first wave of struggle sessions and the settling of unsettled affairs pre-liberation, the movement began to proliferate and red guards and rebel organizations began to form not just out of high schools and universities, but out of trade unions, women's committees, peasants committees, and other mass organizations across November through December.

National minorities like the Hui and Mongols began to set up their own rebel groups, too. and the Hui were known for their tenacious and enthusiastic organizers in Lhasa.

Revolutionary networking groups of red guards, mainly Tibetan students who were studying inland but many of them were also Han comrades, came and joined in the struggle. [clears throat] It was quickly a genuine popular movement that the majority of Tibetans were supportive of. One man whose parents died during the cultural revolution later admitted years later in uh one text I read that most of what they did in those days was out of genuine love for the communist party and chairman Mao. There were a lot of people with ulterior motives but most people were in fact of the former type end quote.

And uh Tibetans, this is interesting, they tended to have an almost mystical devotion to Chairman Mao. Uh saying that many held quote superstitious beliefs about him and dogmatically believed his words to quote hold the universal truths.

Uh you know, old habits die hard, I guess. And I'm not just, you know, laying it on thick when I'm saying this. Tibetans took the cultural revolution very seriously, possibly more than their ethnic Han comrades.

Even supporters of the Dalai Lama like John Avedon and the exile accounts acknowledge that the majority of Tibetans supported the cultural revolution.

Just like in the rest of China, old street names, uh, city names, factory names, etc. were changed to reflect the new revolutionary era.

Some Tibetans even change their names, not necessarily to Mandarin names, but to like Tibetan names with less Buddhist and more militant leftist connotations. Uh, many people born between 66 and 69 in Tibet have names like red thunderbolt, left victory, protract the red, and forever red.

And just like the rest of China, Lhasa was subject to a power seizure during the January storm. Well, kind of as always with, you know, Tibet was a bit late to the game due to the inevitable logistical delays with their January storm taking place on February 5th.

Well, okay, let me back that up. On January 10th, rebel organizations from the Revolutionary Rebels headquarters worked together to storm the Tibet Daily newspaper offices, but didn't get much farther than that.

On February 5th, however, red guards and rebel peasants groups were able to seize various municipal and regional offices such as the regional party committee headquarters and the public security bureau.

Zhang Guohua and his gang officially deferred to the revolutionaries and made their usual self-criticisms, but they had something else up their sleeve. Dividing the rebel movement. [sighs]

Well, uh, just like the rest of China, tensions began already mounting between the Red Guard groups.

Zhang was still determined to wrangle the movement back under his thumb and courted the favor of many of the official Red Guard groups to get them on his side.

In the aftermath of the January storm, two major umbrella factions emerged, the hardline Maoist Gyenlo (Rebels) and the conservative military-aligned Namdre. (Alliance)

Gyenlo was founded on the morning of December 22nd 1966 as the revolutionary rebels general headquarters and was originally meant to make up the sole core of the rebel movement in Tibet. Their leader was Tao Changsong, a teacher at Lhasa High School.

Their core membership was around the red guards of Lhasa University and Lhasa High School, the Red Rebels Regiment Red Guards of the Xianyang Tibetan Nationalities Institute, farmers and nomads who were members of the Revolutionary Rebels Commune and workers from the trade union branches of the cement factory, machinery back factory and transportation teams number one and two in Lhasa.

During the cultural revolution, they would consistently be the hardline red faction in Tibetan politics, even after they officially dissolved.

Nyamdre was founded on the evening of February 5th, 1967 by mass organizations and cadres who opposed the February 5th seizure of power and was officially known as the Great Revolutionary Proletarian Alliance headquarters. (Alliance)

They were led by Liu Shaoming, which who was one of Zhang Guohua's right-hand men and their membership mainly consisted of students from the Xianyang Tibetan National Institutes Serf Poleaxes Red Guards, peasants and nomads from the Peasants and Nomads headquarters and workers from several local trade unions that had coalesced into the Lhasa workers general headquarters.

They were notably pro-Zhang Guohua and had the backing of the Tibetan military region of the PLA. So soldiers stationed in Tibet almost universally gravitated toward Nyamdre with the exception of the people's militia and the people's police.

It seems like the militia and the cops sided with Gyenlo. That makes sense though because Xie Fuzhi was Minister of Public Security and as you guys probably know from uh listening to the rest of the podcast, he was [snorts] very hardcore Maoist.

So just remember these two words, Genlo were the left wing and Nyamdre were the right-wing.

The two factions, just like elsewhere in China, fiercely competed for the support of the masses and came to blows often. On March 5th, Nyamdre held an oathtaking rally of 30,000 people in which they called for Gyenlo, who they denounced as ultraleftist reactionary capitalist roaders, to be smashed, followed by a large parade through the city, which resulted in several scuffles with Gyenlo supporters.

Later that month, Beijing issued an order freezing all factional conflict in the border areas next to India in the interest of national security. But the rest of Tibet continued to seethe with low intensity civil conflict between Gyenlo and Nyamdre.

At first things started with fists, but then fighting turned to slingshots, then swords, then knives, then spears, finally guns, rockets, and artillery.

Gyenlo got lucky and got the official approval of the cultural revolution group in Beijing as the main revolutionary organization. But Nyamdre refused to back down. After all, they had the PLA on their side and all the street cred that followed with that.

By May of 67, Gyenlo won a major battle by convincing Beijing to transfer Zhang Guohua from Tibet to Sichuan, leaving a power vacuum among the rightists.

In June, however, Nyamdre counterattacked with PLA provided weapons and street battles between the two factions left dozens dead across the region.

Soon Gyenlo was able to get some support among the troops with the arm the left campaign of August 1967 and there came a saying among soldiers in Tibet at the time. There will be looting in the daylight and giving gifts at night. meaning that, you know, it had inferred, according to my sources, that they were arming both sides at an unofficial level.

Like elsewhere in China, things had become a cluster fuck of highest proportions.

On September 18th, 1967, Jiang Qing and Zhou Enlai met to talk with Gyenlo and Nyamdre leaders and drew up a plan called the five directives of ceasing armed conflict in Tibet, which calmed things down a bit in Lhasa. [clears throat]

But then fighting flared back up in the city of Chamdo, 400 kilometers east of Lhasa and in Nyemo County just southwest of Lhasa.

Fighting became an off again on again thing across autumn of 67 through summer of 68. And after that it seemed like the worst was over in Tibet.

Most struggle between the two factions between these two seasons. Uh, you know, it seems to have been more through debate and line struggle and less through arm struggle except in the more remote areas.

The most dramatic and brutal armed action of the factional fighting happened, however, on June 7th, 1968, when in response to a series of taunting propaganda pro broadcasts via the Gyenlo operated loudspeakers around Lhasa, Nyamdre-aligned PLA troops slaughtered 12 Gyenlo rebels and wounded 361 others in an attack on the Jokhang temple which had become Gyenlo's central offices of the time before being beaten back. [snorts]

While Gyenlo had sustained a severe loss of 12 ranking high-ranking members and permanent damage to their headquarters, Nyamdre was named and shamed in the Chinese press and was seen as having gone too far by even the PLA top brass in Western China.

And so Gyenlo gained the upper hand in terms of political influence. It didn't help that the attack gave uh Namrell a bad name and so many of its lower ranking members actually defected to Gyenlo in the wake of the June 67th incident.

A ceasefire was called and thus negotiations for the building of a revolutionary committee began over the next two and a half months.

On September 2nd, 1968, the Tibetan Revolutionary Committee was founded with Gyenlo firmly gaining a majority of seats in the party and masses section of the 3in1 combination. Nyamdre naturally gained a majority in the army section.

It was a major victory for Chairman Mao and the left wing of the Tibetan Communist Party.

Still, low-level fighting between former Gyenlo and former Nyamdre sections continued in the countryside until mid 1969, including the dramatic Nyemo incident of June 1969, where former Gyenlo activists in Nyemo County, led by a schizophrenic Buddhist nun who claimed that she could channel various Tibetan gods and Chairman Mao. How about that?

Which led to the death of 54 people before the nun and her cohorts were captured and executed by the PLA.

And you know that itself is this crazy story. I love to get into it. Uh I don't really have that much time, but I highly recommend everyone read Melvin C. Goldstein's short book on the Nyemo incident and how a weird Buddhist Maoist uprising happened. And oh, I digress. I wish we could talk more about the Nyemo incident, but we honestly have to keep moving forward. Maybe I can do a mini episode of it later on down the line.

After the September 68 foundation of the Tibetan Autonomous Regions Revolutionary Committee and the holding of the April 1969 9th Congress of the CPC, the revolutionary left within the Tibetan Party apparatus was able to institute large-scale socialist reforms across Tibet.

Tibet was finally able to institute the people's communes like the rest of China had in the 1950s and by early 1970 nearly 700 people's communes were in operation.

The people's communes irrigation uh you know they brought irrigation and drinking water to 80% of Tibet's farmland and many new crops previously impossible to grow in Tibet's rugged terrain were being planted and harvested in record numbers.

While there was some class struggle, uh, many middle class peasants did not want to collectivize and were content with the land reform of the 50s and that interrupted some harvests. Food production in Tibet actually doubled and hunger and starvation was essentially wiped out from Tibet and has never been a problem since. And much of Tibet was lifted out of the actual abject poverty by the people's communes. [clears throat]

A lot of cultural transformation happened on the Tibetan people's communes during the cultural revolution and it was actually a lot more wide reaching and thorough compared to the cultural transformation on the early people's communes in 1950s inland China.

Arranged marriage and polygamy were stopped and women became a majority of leadership of in the people's communes and revolutionary committees in many parts of Tibet.

The famous barefoot doctor's manual was published in Tibetan and used to train thousands of new doctors among the serfs.

Medical colleges in both modern medicine and traditional Tibetan medicine were opened in most major towns.

80% of Tibet's countryside now had access to modern health care with something like half of new doctors being women.

Socialist industrialization also accelerated at a breakneck pace compared to the rest of China and the economy within the Tibetan region thrived.

In 1964, there had only been 67 factories, almost entirely in Lhasa.

By 1975, there were 250 large state-owned enterprises operating across the entire region.

Hydroelectric dams were built and much of the Tibetan countryside began to have electricity.

By the end of the cultural revolution, half of the top leaders were native Tibetans. Half of them were new cadres in their early 30s, often from serf-enslaved backgrounds. Women became leaders at all leadership levels. In one county, the revolutionary committee was all women. And out of 27,000 Tibetan cadres, 12,000 were women.

After the fall of Lin Biao in 1971, Tibet began to run into trouble. Some of Lin's closest supporters were prominent members of Gyenlo and by extension Tibet's revolutionary committee and so many of them were stripped of their power.

In the following power vacuum, Ren Rong, a PLA general who had initially fallen from grace in 1967 because of his involvement in the February countercurrent, suddenly emerged as the new leader in Tibet. And with it, Tibet took a dramatic right-ward turn in late 1972.

Upper class Tibetans reappeared in high posts and Ren Rong wanted to reopen negotiations with the Dalai Lama. By the end of the year, however, a new mass campaign directed against Ren and his clique emerged which criticized quote “bourgeois extravagance, capitalistic profit motive and economic waste.”

In 1973, negotiations with the Tibetan government in exile were halted. In 1974, the criticized Lin Biao and Confucius campaign. And in 1976, the campaigns against Deng Xiaoping were launched and taken up quite enthusiastically among the Tibetan masses.

Sadly, like the rest of the Cultural Revolution, the story of Tibet doesn't have a happy ending. With Mao's death and the arrest of the Gang of Four, the Tibetan Revolutionary Committee and the Tibetan Military Regional Committee declared their allegiance to Hua Guofeng and Deng Xiaoping.

This led to the military suppression of the Tibetan people in the 1980s, the restoration of the monasteries, the whole-scale exploitation of Tibet for things like mineral wealth and lumber and oil, and the use of, you know, commercialized “Tibetan culture” to cater to the rich Western tourists. They also brought back severe Han-centered policies which subjected the Tibetan people to the national and cultural oppression which they are still subject to this very day. (note to Drew - questionable interpretation, maybe with truth but still...)

But let me tell y'all, for those 10 years, something amazing happened in Tibet that, in my opinion, undeniably changed Tibet for the better and really brought them a much better quality of life. So, here, let me get a sip of water.

Crazy story, huh?

And now let's turn our thoughts to Xinjiang.

Xinjiang, the ancient land of the big skies, the heart of the Silk Road and a crossroads for countless civilizations since time immemorial.

One of my favorite places in China to travel to. Honestly, it's China's largest province at 650,000 whopping square miles. And it's also its most ethnically diverse with dozens of ethnic groups scattered around the wide open terrain of mountains, deserts, prairies, and oasis towns.

Um, funny story, when I first got to Xinjiang, uh, last summer, when I got there, the security guards actually mistook me for a national minority. Uh, they didn't say what but they thought I might be a Uyghur or uh one of the ethnic Russians, one of the ethnic Kazakhs, something like that.

Um, but yeah, Xinjiang, it's a magical place. It really is. And alongside Sichuan cuisine, Uyghur cuisine is actually one of my favorite Chinese cuisines. Definitely if you can find a Xinjiang restaurant or a Uyghur restaurant um in your town. A lot of people out on the West Coast, you can actually find them. Definitely check it out. It's delicious.

Now, Xinjiang was not nearly as economically backwards as Tibet was. Mainly because it was far more assimilated into the Chinese Empire during the Qing Dynasty and during the Republican era than say Tibet was. It was still quite a backwater area throughout that time though, including in 1966, and still to this day a lot of Xinjiang is very remote and has a lower income level than most of the inland areas, like in Tibet and other border areas.

The PLA had de facto control of Xinjiang and the province was controlled by an army general who, like Zhou Enlai, just, you know, he was part of the Liu and Deng good old boys' club. He was a massive Han chauvinist, and the thing was, he held on to power because of his OG status. You know, he was the guy who led the liberation of Xinjiang in October of 1949.

His name was Wang Enmao. And let me tell you, just like how I feel about Zhang Guohua. As a historian of China, I am not a big fan of Wang Enmao. And you'll feel it across the next few minutes.

His second in command was a Soviet-educated Uyghur guy named Seypidin Azizi, who was usually known as just Seypidin, who was a moderate-leaning politician who flipped back and forth between Wang and his clique and the revolutionary forces in Xinjiang, although as you'll see he will end up eventually siding with the right wing.

On June 19th, Radio Xinjiang, which was firmly aligned with the left, declared that the Cultural Revolution had come to Xinjiang and the capitalist monsters and freaks that had been running the autonomous region's party apparatus would be swept away by a mass upsurge of people of all nationalities within Xinjiang. Wang Enmao was seriously concerned and asked for the Cultural Revolution to be restricted in Xinjiang, citing fear of the Soviets taking advantage of any disorder in a border region in order to invade.

Xinjiang Daily newspaper, which was much more aligned with Wang, released their own declaration of support of the Cultural Revolution, but declared that the regional party committee must lead the workers and peasants to simply creatively study and apply Chairman Mao's works through education, making it clear that they believe that revolution must always be a top-down affair. [snorts]

During the months of July and August, Red Guard groups sprouted all around Xinjiang, ranging from revolutionary to conservative to ultraleftist. Some attacks on mosques and Uyghur cultural heritage sites were reported during the Destroy the Four Olds campaign of August through December of '67, particularly by official Red Guard groups. But all reports from Beijing seem to report that Mao wanted to constrain overzealous attacks on Uyghur or Hui culture or even Islam for that matter for fear of pushing the national minorities into the camp of the Soviets.

This sensitivity and sense of tolerance towards minority cultures and religions seemed to work. Actually, with my research showing that Hui Muslims overwhelmingly supported the quote ‘rebel Red Guards and the leftist mass organizations after winter of '66.’

On August 20th, 1966, Wang Enmao celebrated a celebration of the August 18th Red Guard reception in Beijing with a military parade in Urumqi to once again establish his dominance over the movement with the usual denunciations of the bourgeois reactionary line, Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping, Soviet social-imperialist, yada yada yada.

But it's interesting, he himself refused to directly speak about himself at the rally, partially because he didn't want to have to be put on the spot as having to publicly align with the leftists, nor to self-criticize for his support of Liu Shaoqi's work teams.

The last two weeks of August were a tizzy with the Red Guard movement completely sweeping through students and teachers of both high schools and universities in Urumqi, Karamay, Kashgar and Turpan. The big character posters were posted everywhere. Name places were changed to more red names and soon mass organizations of revolutionary cadres and trade union workers were throwing their hat into the ring to support the Red Guard upsurge.

And uh, it seems to me, this is interesting, that teachers and professors, intellectuals in Xinjiang were overwhelmingly supportive and worked under the leadership of the student Red Guard groups, which kind of, you know, flies in the face of the whole narrative during the Cultural Revolution. You know, they killed all the intellectuals, the students murdered all the teachers, but I can tell you in Xinjiang, it doesn't seem like that was the case.

On August 26, a group of Red Guards from the mainland, primarily Han and Hui in their makeup, arrived in Urumqi to take part in revolutionary networking, while another group of Uyghur and Hui Red Guards pulled out of Urumqi's central train station to head east to do their own part in the revolutionary networking.

However, things quickly turned harsh when Wang Enmao refused to receive the incoming Red Guards, resulting in a sit-in protest outside of his offices by 300 Red Guards from inland. Despite attempts to get them to leave, these outsider Red Guards used the events to agitate in the immediate area and won the sympathy of the workers and cadres within the area.

By September 3rd, well over a thousand Uyghur youth came to join the sit-in protest. Wang met with the protesters and told them to call off the demonstration, calling the radical youths from Beijing and elsewhere children of landlords and capitalists and shut down the debate.

This became known as the September 3rd Incident. It was a major public gaffe for Wang because the radicals used his behavior and rigidness towards the protesters against him in big character posters and propaganda posters.

Another 5,500 Red Guards from the rest of China poured into Urumqi in September to help sharpen the struggle against Wang. The PLA was sent out into the factories and fields to work alongside the masses and help make sure production was not disruptive. This helped diffuse a lot of tension between rank-and-file soldiers and the masses, which benefited both the left and right within Xinjiang.

Most importantly, in my opinion, however, is it benefited the people. Serve the people was the slogan and it kept the Soviets from being able to use propaganda to encourage local residents to defect to their side. So, yeah, good on them.

In October, the factionalism between left and right Red Guard groups became far more pronounced. Soon, Wang and his faction set up the Urumqi General Headquarters of Revolutionary Rebels and Red Guards, which was called the First Headquarters. Immediately after that, the radical Maoist split and coalesced into the Xinjiang Revolutionary Red Guard Headquarters, which was called the Second Red Headquarters.

Um, which was called the Second Red Headquarters. So, from now on, I'm going to call Wang's faction the First Headquarters, and I'm going to call the Maoist faction the Second Red Headquarters. Both sides promised to hit hard, pull down, and completely discredit each other.

During the last weeks of December, it seemed that there was an uptick in attacks on religious institutes like mosques and Buddhist temples. Red Guards worked to close mosques and paraded an imam through the streets while covered in paint and subjected them to struggle sessions.

However, it seems that the anti-religious campaign was quite short-lived, possibly for reasons I said above.

And you know, one thing that my research, you know, for this episode really drove home was, you know, the most fanatical and destructive Red Guard factions were always the conservative factions that were indirectly tied with Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping.

In both the cases of Xinjiang and Tibet, with the exception of some attacks on temples in Lhasa in 1966, it was the rightists who tried to redirect everything during the opening months of the Cultural Revolution into the Destroy the Old World campaign by having their cliques target traditional heritage and cultural relics to bring the national minorities to heel.

For them, it was better for the masses to punch sideways rather than to punch up. And it was better for them to attack already toppled or politically irrelevant feudal nobility, lamas, and imams rather than revisionists who held actual political power within the local party and state apparatuses.

So when Mao, you know, when anti-communists tell you that the Red Guards were being sent by Mao to destroy ancient Chinese, Tibetan, and Uyghur civilization, they don't know what they're talking about. They don't see that the Red Guard movement had a Maoist wing, an ultraleft wing, and a right wing to it.

And you know, these factions all approached the mass campaigns in very different ways. As we always see on this podcast, there's always more than meets the eye when it comes to the Chinese Cultural Revolution.

The last week of December and the first week of January saw large-scale anti-Wang demonstrations in Urumqi and Kashgar that were put down by the PLA [gasps] and violent clashes between Red Guards and the PLA reported in other places.

However, Wang still had a right to be nervous as now it was seeming some PLA units were beginning to declare their support for the radicals against him in the Second Red Headquarters. On January 25th, the January Storm came to Xinjiang.

At first, the First Headquarters tried their own fake power seizure and started setting up provisional revolutionary committees, but it doesn't seem like these provisional revolutionary committees really went anywhere. Um, within a couple of weeks they were just not seen or heard about.

The Second Red Headquarters and a smaller leftist faction, the Xinjiang Red Guard Revolutionary Rebel Liaison Committee, say that five times fast, teamed up and seized control of Radio Urumqi and Xinjiang Daily.

Then they laid siege to the municipal and regional committee party offices. However, the power seizure seemed to only take hold in Urumqi with the rest of Xinjiang being held by Wang's PLA troops in the First Headquarters.

On January 26, a large bloody clash happened in Shihezi where rebels attempted to seize power only to be greeted by 10 truckloads of PLA troops who opened fire upon them. Dozens were killed and up to 500 wounded.

Power seizure attempts in Karamay, Mosuowan and Dushanzi were also reported to have failed due to PLA opposition.

One commander of the Xinjiang military region claimed, quote, “we will fight to the bitter end in spite of losing our heads,” which I guess he means, you know, Urumqi being seized by rebels. “We shall kill all the rebels within three days and we shall build a new Xinjiang in blood.”

Some PLA commanders even declared the January Storm rebels in Xinjiang to be agents of the Soviets.

The party in Beijing, however, horrified at what they were hearing, called for leftist PLA units to be sent into Xinjiang. 20 PLA commanders in Xinjiang were arrested and Zhou Enlai demanded that both sides come to the negotiation table.

The problem is is that, well, the conservatives in the First Headquarters refused to show up.

In response, on February 11th, the Second Red Headquarters took seven top Xinjiang officials and paraded them through the streets, then brought them to a struggle session in which they were denounced by 40,000 protesters in People's Square in Urumqi, which is just outside the regional people's congress building. It was obvious that the leftists now had the support of the people, and they were not going to back down.

Still, because of the constant threat of the Soviets, a compromise had to be reached. Mao and Zhou decided to let the Xinjiang military region directly maintain control of the region, and Wang was to remain as party chief of Xinjiang.

Some speculated that the revolutionaries in Beijing weren't just afraid of the Soviets, but that Wang might drown the rebels in blood if the top army brass weren't at least partially placated. This didn't mean that the Maoists had capitulated, though.

When it became obvious the Xinjiang leadership were supporting the February countercurrent, the Second Red HQ called for their arrests and street protests once again broke out.

Wang was called to Beijing to be admonished and a large contingent of quote “support the left units” within the PLA, particularly unit 7335 of the PLA Air Force, were called from Lanzhou and Gansu province and placed in command of the PLA in Xinjiang.

Leftist PLA troops from the east also took control of Radio Urumqi, the public security bureau, and all air, road, and rail transport in the region on March 3rd, representing a reshuffling of the deck in favor of the Maoists.

On May 7th, a clash between Red Guards and leftist PLA soldiers against conservative PLA soldiers took place in yet another attempt to seize the offices of Xinjiang Daily with 100 people wounded in the clashes. Similar reports of clashes continued in May.

In June, Mao and Wang reached an agreement that leftist troops from outside Xinjiang would control China's nuclear facilities in exchange for his continued control of Xinjiang.

And on the 14th of June 1967, China successfully detonated their first hydrogen bomb at Lop Nor in the deserts of Xinjiang.

On August 15th, the Xinjiang military region released all imprisoned members of the Second Red HQ. In exchange, the armed left campaign was not officially implemented in Xinjiang, something that Mao, Lin, Zhou, and Jiang thought for the best. Raiding the enemy armories of a region bordering with the Soviets was just too risky at this point.

Wang experienced another setback in September when some conservative organizations denounced his heavy-handed tactics and declared themselves now aligned with the left.

On September 15th, the Second Red HQ set up the September 15th Revolutionary Rebel Liaison Station to help consolidate the newly radicalized group into their wing of the movement. And the new rebel station declared its intention to strike down Wang. With all this factionalism, on National Day of October 1st, there were five different parades and rallies in Urumqi, one for each faction. Even the PLA did not march in a single parade, with leftist factions from Lanzhou and rightist factions from Urumqi holding separate military reviews.

In the wake of this, serious clashes happened in Shihezi, Hami, and Ili. By the end of 1967, 600 armed clashes between leftist rebels, ultra-leftist rebels, rightist rebels, leftist PLA units, and rightist PLA units had left Xinjiang in chaos and serious strains on the ability for the border defense to stave off the Soviets. [gasps] Oh my.

In late December of 1967, Wang and Seypidin flew to Beijing once again to once again try to defuse the situation. They were present at a New Year's Eve party with Mao, indicating that the Central Committee still wanted to keep Wang as the official leader of Xinjiang.

But on the same trip, he was required to attend a series of Mao Zedong Thought study classes, indicating that they had still viewed him as committing serious errors and needing ideological rectification.

Mao was being exceedingly merciful with Wang, in my opinion, especially with so much blood on his hands. But I understand why he did, you know, in the realm of realpolitik considering Wang was still considered one of the best strategists in the PLA in terms of border defense.

Another reshuffling of the Xinjiang military deck occurred, with more troops from Lanzhou pushed in, but clashes continued throughout the winter and spring of 1968.

Yet again, more troops from inland were sent in to force the Xinjiang military and party leadership through Mao Zedong Thought study groups in order to rectify their errors.

In May '68, border skirmishes with the Soviets began, putting more pressure on Mao and the rebels. But Mao was in luck. Across May and June of '68, more and more of Wang's forces began to defect towards the Second Red HQ, or at least created grand alliances with local left PLA units.

In the rest of the country, the Red Guard movement had spiraled completely out of control and Mao had to use the PLA to pull the plug on the Red Guard movement. And in Xinjiang, the Second Red Headquarters was forced to disband at the behest of the “support the left” PLA units flown in from the east coast.

By the end of summer '68, Xinjiang was far more peaceful. Wang and Mao's power base had significantly shrunk down.

And on September 2nd, 1968, the Xinjiang Regional Revolutionary Committee was established. Long Shujin, a general from Hunan who was a close associate of Lin Biao, was elected chairman of the revolutionary committee. Wang and Seypidin were elected as vice chairmen, but their places in the regional party committee and the military region were greatly downplayed.

It seemed like for now the left had been able to win out against Wang and his gang in the end.

Still, there was plenty of strained unity among the rebel groups. Bad blood still ran through people's veins. Like in Tibet, mass organizations might have been disbanded, but people were still sore about how things ended.

Mao Zedong Thought propaganda teams were dispatched across Xinjiang to keep the peace, but scuffles between old enemies were known to break out periodically in the rural areas.

This was bad because Mao knew that attacks by the Soviets were inevitably going to step up. So unity, even if imposed artificially from outside of Xinjiang, was going to be paramount. The propaganda teams were made into armed patrols that were to keep the former factions from tearing at each other and protecting the revolutionary order.

Wang, despite his place as a continued public official, was constantly lambasted in the regional national press, and he became less and less noticeable in terms of appearances at rallies and meetings. [snorts]

In early February 1969, the first 2,500 sent-down youth from the cities were rusticated and sent to the countryside to diffuse their factionalism and learn from the peasantry.

Many of the Red Guards who supported Wang were cleared from Urumqi and other urban areas and brought to the people's communes to be pulled leftward by the peasantry.

By the end of 1970, 70,000 youth were sent down to rural Xinjiang from all over China.

As border clashes with the Soviets continued to be a problem, Wang resigned from his position and disappeared from the public's eye.

In June 1969, a good harvest was reported in Xinjiang, signaling that production was not terribly disrupted in the area. Though a drought in the summer, followed by a blizzard in the winter of that year, disrupted things a good bit and caused harsh suffering in the rural areas.

Several frontier guards were killed and wounded by the Soviets across the summer and winter, with several fearing nuclear war being on the horizon. At one point, the Soviets were regularly entering Xinjiang, sometimes advancing several kilometers before being beaten back.

After the end of the Sino-Soviet border conflict in September of 1969, in which the Chinese successfully staved off a Soviet invasion, life returned to somewhat normal during that time.

Agriculture and industrial output grew by 20% each year with a good bit of help by the PLA in harvesting and production.

Food output in Xinjiang in 1970 was considered to be the highest on record since 1949, and the gross industrial output in Xinjiang in 1970 was considered 29% higher than 1965. Quality of life greatly improved in Xinjiang.

With the fall of Lin Biao in late '71, Xinjiang, just like Tibet, was shaken up. Long Shujin's place as regional party chief and chairman of the revolutionary committee was no longer stable and Xinjiang Press talked about a new wave of counterrevolutionaries trying to derail the Cultural Revolution in Xinjiang.

Many high-ranking posts were transferred to officers from the second and fifth PLA field armies. And by 1973, Wang had quietly resigned from his posts and Seypidin was brought to the forefront. A large-scale people's militia recruitment drive was initiated in Xinjiang by the Maoists to create a buffer against Lin's former associates and Deng Xiaoping's forces who were using the power vacuum to come back into the regional party committee.

The late Cultural Revolution period in Xinjiang was marked by a massive amount of autonomy and empowerment of the national minorities in Xinjiang.

By early 1972, 80% of the region's primary, middle school, and high schools in the rural areas were being taught by Uyghur, Hui, and Mongol teachers. Students were taught jointly in their household languages and in Mandarin.

Han chauvinism was greatly struggled against. 5,000 new doctors were brought into the countryside, and modern healthcare reached much of rural Xinjiang for the very first time.

Sadly, with Mao's death in September of 1976, things fell quickly. In the name of border stability, the classic excuse, Seypidin supported the new leadership of Hua Guofeng and Deng Xiaoping and supported the arrest of the Gang of Four.

On November 7th, Seypidin initiated a wave of arrests of quote “anyone guilty of beating, looting, and smashing,” unquote. A vague way of saying anyone who had taken part in any type of left-wing rebellion from '66 to '69 and consolidated the Xinjiang party committee for the capitalist reformers now in charge in Beijing.

Thus, we reached the end of our long but interesting look at the Cultural Revolution at the westernmost engines of China's frontier.

Da jia hao, tongzhimen, how are we today? You are tuned in once again to the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution podcast with your host Drew Smith broadcasting from the ancient city of X’ian. Um I'm just sitting here in my home office. Uh glad to be back. I'm terribly sorry that this episode is a little late but uh we've been a little busy.

We've been a little busy. You know, Qingming just happened, which uh - Qingming festival, the tomb sweeping festival here in China is the festival where you know where Chinese people honor their ancestors and burn offerings to give them in the afterlife. And uh well actually one fun thing is also I got to be on uh state media.

I got to be on the Shaanxi local news um for something about the yellow emperor because during the Qingming festival it's also a time to honor the yellow emperor because he is the ancestor of all of the Chinese nation. So that was pretty cool. That was pretty cool.

Um, I might uh show some clips to you guys um later on of my appearance. It was pretty cool. Um, nothing else much to report, but uh, I guess we're going to just go on ahead and get with the killing because I know a lot of you fans have been really thirsty and hungry for this episode.

So, as you guys know, we've had a couple of interviews so far on this uh on this show. We've had um a little red guard. We've had a People's Liberation Army soldier. So, shout out to them um to Uncle Zhang and to Uncle G Bing, respectively.

But today is going to be a very special interview. We have to uh thank um our anonymous source. Uh a fan of the podcast who wishes to remain anonymous um was able to secure an interview with her grandparents, who were red guards during the cultural revolution.

And I of course I've been trying to get um a red guard, an actual Hongweibing and not just a Hongxiaobing onto this show for some time now. But so many of the old folks I know, they're, you know, too shy and worried about things.

But we were able to reach a compromise and we will be giving our um guests um two pseudonyms. We'll be calling them Mr. Wang and Mrs. Wang. And we will be using uh voice actors for the uh interview so as to protect the uh names and uh voices of our guests. Um and uh that will be uh how it will go.

Um, but just some just some background. Our guests are from a city in here in Shaanxi Province about 2 hours train ride west of us. It's a city called Baoji. Um, it's a factory and railway manufacturing town. Um, it was also known for having a lot of uh amazing bronze back in the Zhou and Qin dynasties. So, it's a it's an interesting little town. I would say it's an interesting little city.

Um, and there we are going to, you know, there is where they grew up and we're going to get to hear what the cultural revolution was like from them today. So, kick back, maybe brew up some uh nice Chinese green tea or some jasmine tea. Uh get into a comfortable chair and let's go back. What we gonna do is go back, way back, back into time time.

Okay, so let's get on with the interview. Now, Mr. Wang, Mrs. Wang, great to have you on the show today. Thank you so much for coming and bringing history to life for us. It's a pleasure for me as a historian and as American communist to sit down with the two of you and listen to your stories.

Um, so let's get started. I'd like to hear maybe a bit about your life stories before the cultural revolution. Um, what years were you born? Tell me a little bit about your families, what life was like back then and what Baoji was like in the 1950s and 1960s if you can.

AS - Drew Smith

Mr - Mr Wang

Ms or Mrs - Mrs / Mrs Wang

Mr: I was born in 1945 and my parents were farmers in a small village in Henan province. We came to Baoji in 1960 because of the famine happening during the great leap forward. and I stayed in Baoji to study while my parents became factory workers in various industries.

Ms: I was born in 1948 in Liaoning Province in a village outside of Shenyang and actually during the old society my parents were rich landlords. After the revolution, they became railway workers and were sent to work in Baoji while I attended a technical secondary school there in the 1960s.

It was basically just a factory town, a railroad town at that point. Not very special. Maybe only 500,000 to 1 million people. But, you know, it used to be a very important city during the Zhou dynasty as a place for making bronze.

AS: Hm. Yes. I I know it's still a very much a manufacturing and railway town. I've only been to Baoji as a as a stopover on the highspeed rail.

Mr: Right. Right. Makes sense.

AS: Okay. So, next question. When the cultural revolution began in May 1966, uh do you remember feeling that there was something new or different happening around you? And how did you and your schoolmates react? Uh Mrs. Wang,

Ms: I was in my final year as a secondary school student at the beginning of the movement. I remember that the anti-rightist feeling in society seemed to be more serious than before. We were very concerned about the rightist taking over. We were very excited that something was being done about it.

Mr: Our respect and recognition of Chairman Mao didn't change. Our love of and admiration for Chairman Mao only deepened. However, when the first movements started, it seemed that the Baoji area had little impact, but we were affected to some extent. We did a lot more political rallies and had a lot of slogans at my school. And our city quickly established their own revolutionary committees. The Baoji Revolutionary Committee was established quite early but it was so long ago I can't remember a lot of things clearly.

AS: Okay. Um so what years were you all uh when you got involved with the Red Guard movement?

Mr: Oh well I was about 20 or 21 years old when I joined the Red Guard movement which was in summer of 1966. I am a pure follower of chairman Mao and I supported all the decisions of the central committee and the chairman. When the central committee launched this movement, I immediately knew I had to join in this movement. Under the call of the party in my college, I joined the school's red guard organization. AD: All right. And uh Mrs. Wang,

Ms: I had a little more trouble and it was another year or so before I got involved. Remember, my family were landlords, so I was classified in a black category because of my parents and grandparents. However, I actively participated in volunteering youth labor and attended study groups of Mao Zedong’s works and eventually I was found to be ideologically reliable enough that I joined the organization with the sponsorship of Mr. Wang who I had met around that time when I enrolled at the same technical college he was studying at.

AS: Um what faction of the red guard movement in Baoji were you two part of? which factions existed in Baiji at the time. Were y'all part of any cultural events? And uh did you get into any struggle sessions or anything like that?

Ms: We were lucky. We didn't participate in the fighting. There was some fist fights and riots due to disagreements around dazibaos around that time, but overall it wasn't a big thing. There wasn't as much factionalism in Baoji as there was in other parts of Shaanxi or places like Beijing.

Mr: Yes, we mainly worked through our school or community revolutionary committees. We set up revolutionary committees in our town very quickly in 1967.We were both members of our school's revolutionary committee. The two of us mainly worked on the same red guard unit to organize study groups and dazibaos campaigns and to hold meetings to carry out a more united movement. Our school's faction was far more interested in voluntary labor, book study, social investigation, and cultural activities than any fighting. I don't even remember any struggle sessions.

AS: Interesting. So, do y'all remember if your teachers in the school were organized in their own rebel group? And if so, uh what was that like? Did the students faction and the rebel teachers faction get along?

Ms: I can't remember anything about teachers organization. However, this relationship between teachers and students rebel groups was excellent. There was no struggle sections or violence against teachers by us. It was a relationship of teachers and students. We were revolutionary comrades, friends, and common learners. We would work together and teachers educated students in labor skills and factual knowledge through personal labor. And we would attend Mao Zedong Thought study sessions to study Mao's writings and discuss central instructions from the party center.

Mr: There was uh never any attacks on teachers, at least in our school. We heard about it in other cities, but our teachers were not rightists. They were communists.

AS: Interesting. Uh, so what were some of y'all's favorite memories of being a Red Guard? What were some of y'all's saddest memories of being a Red Guard?

Mr: Well, the cultural activities in the rallies were always fun. We felt like we were being part of something new. No real sad things. My memory isn't as good as it used to be, though, so I could be forgetting a lot.

Ms: It was thrilling. We got to have so many new experiences. At that time, me, Mr. Wang, and my younger brother often went to connect with each other. One time, my brother and I went to Guangzhou to take part in the revolutionary networking with other forces. And we were together shouting slogans, taking trains around Guangdong Province, walking on foot to promote new ideas. When we were not doing sports or culture events in Guangzhou, we studied the chairman's works, studied the central instructions and carried out labor studies and other work to promote production.

AS: Uh when you say promote production and labor studies, do you mean uh there was the campaign of grasp revolution and promote production?

Ms: Yes, that's it. We volunteered to part of a to be part of a study to grasp revolution and promote production in Guanjo. It's wonderful.

AS: Awesome. Um, what was similar and what was difference between the Red Guards, the Hongweibing of that time and the Young Pioneers or Communist Youth League, the Gongqingtuan of today?

Mr: Completely different. Um, in my opinion, the biggest difference though is that a Red Guard organization is a team that truly takes action. They put Chairman Mao's theories and teachings into actions and dare to break authority, question authority, and break social conventions. And the most important thing is they have a vibrant and energetic enthusiasm like young people who can truly create the next generation. However, today's communist youth league branches seem to be able to only learn a small set of ideas and there are no actions or events that break the authority and rules.

AS: Um, now I asked about this earlier, but from what you heard um from other people in your city, what was the factional fighting like in Baoji between Red Guard organizations and how and why did it happen? How long did it go on?

Ms: It was mainly in the counties around Baoji and not Baoji city. There seemed to be a very big fight between the Red Guard organizations outside of Baoji. There is a large part of Baji called Long County in summer of 1967 until summer of 1968. The Long County Red Guard headquarters and the Long County Red Guards League launched a fight. In August 1967, this mass fight broke out after a fallout between the two factions in Industrial and Mining Headquarters. In the armed fight, both sides dispatched about 6,000 people, more than 200 vehicles and weapons such as cannons, homemade guns, and sticks.

Probably last for almost a year. I should say that there were indeed some fights in Baoji, mainly the old city around the train station. Some people even had their jaws broken or knocked each other out in fist fights, sorry, around six. In my opinion, the people on both sides of the armed struggle were good soldiers of Chairman Mao. But one side was being deceived and used mostly. However, like we said, literary struggle was the main form at that time. The majority of the time if there was a problem instead Mao's teaching came to bring an agreement between them. Chairman Mao said that civil struggles should be fought rather than armed struggle. In my opinion, many armed struggles violated Ma's instructions.

AS: Uh when the Red Guard movement ended in summer of 1968, how did that change things for you? Uh did the People's Liberation Army come and dismantle your faction? Were you both sent down to the countryside?

Mr: Uh well, the movement ended in 1968 and afterwards we were assigned to work in a factory. We didn't have to go down to the countryside to work. We weren't sent-down youth. Uh we didn't remember anything though about the people's liberation army interacting with our faction.

Ms: After 1968 we spent the rest of the cultural revolution working in our factory and starting our family and we did not involve ourselves with such politics. We were happy with our place in life. Most people's lives were good during the second half of the culture revolution. Our city was rather quiet.

AS: Interesting. I read in the Shaanxi Provincial Archives that the death toll in the summer of 1968 in the fighting between the Red Guards and the PLA in Baoji was extremely high.

Mr: I've never heard that. Perhaps in the county surrounding Baoji. I don't remember the Red Guards fighting the army in our city.

Ms: I don't either.

AS: Uh well, when when Chairman Mao died, how did it affect the two of you? Uh where were you the moment you found out Chairman Mao died?

Ms: When Mao died, it was as if the sky had fallen. We felt scared because we knew something big was about to happen. We felt there would be a counterattack against the revolution.

Mr: We were both at work that day when we heard the news of Chairman Mal's death. We were so shocked, speechless, weeping silently. The whole factory was in despair. We had lost our great mentor, like we had lost a father. Our guiding light was gone.

AS: Yeah. Wow. That's really sad. Um, so when the gang of four were arrested, what were y'all's feelings? And how did most people in Baoji feel? After all, seeing people that were considered Ma's closest comrades suddenly denounced as an anti-party clique must have been shocking.

Mr: Oh, it it was incredible.

Ms: Shocking.

Mr: We thought that Zhang Chunqiao and Wang Hongwen would go on to do great things and help China modernize, but honestly, it was just so unheard of in China for four powerful politicians to be arrested publicly at the exact same time.

Ms: I remember we were reading the newspaper together that day and couldn't believe it. I thought the official explanation was impossible. Something was wrong. I thought maybe it was just Jiang Qing who was the culprit. I always thought she was a little too obsessed with power.

Mr: Yes, most working class people in Baoji of our generation think this was a bad thing. We thought they would achieve great things, but now Chairman Mao's cultural revolution had obviously failed. I did however meet a soldier who met Lin Biao, and that soldier said he felt that he was the main traitor within the party and not the gang of four.

AS: Wow. So, tell us about how your lives changed after the cultural revolution ended and what you did with your lives and career afterward.

Mr: Well, we continued to work as factory workers and raising kids. Uh, we didn't get involved much in politics. In the 1990s, the factory went bankrupt after being privatized and ran into the ground by the new owners. So, we were both laid off. We tried opening up a restaurant after that with some of our money, but I got into a car accident and I've been disabled since. So, our restaurant went out of business. We went on into our workers pension and have lived a quiet life in retirement ever since. We miss the era of Chairman Mao though and we still think of his quotations every day.

AS: All right. Well, what are y'all's overall feelings about this experience of the cultural revolution? What are some final thoughts you'd like to share with our listeners?

Ms: The cultural revolution in my opinion gave people the prospect of a new era to a certain extent. It can be said that this movement was not everything described. Many horrible things happened, yes, but mostly it was full of validity and significance. The Mao Zedong era is a time that we miss today very much. But we should not return to hastily launching an imperfect movement of that time. Young people should carry out socialism in the new era in a more mature way through nearly half a century of study, development and thinking to carry out a more perfect communist movement that chairman Maul hoped.

Mr: I will tell your listeners this. Although there were internal problems in the Red Guard movement, this movement still has great educational value for future generations. We should always view this movement with dialectical materialism. One divides into two. Although it had its own systematic and policy shortcomings, it was a good learning experience for the Chinese people. It is by thinking and relearning about the past and its mistakes that give us new solutions and ideas. The cultural revolution was not the end of Mao Zedong thought but the beginning. Mao Zedong thought is always developing and it is always a truth that the proletariat must win, communism must win and Marxism Leninism Mao Zedong thought must win.

Ms: Yes, long live chairman Mao.

AS: Amen to that. Long live Chairman Mao. Wow. Well, Mr. and Mrs. Wang, thank you so much for being here today. It truly was an eye-opening conversation and I'm glad that you came to set the record straight with all that you've seen and experienced and I really hope my listeners can learn from the stories of your youth and let's carry things forward in our new history of the cultural revolution.

Mr: Likewise. Thank you so much, young man.

Ms: It's been a pleasure. Thanks

AD: All right, listeners. Well, there you have it. That was our exclusive interview with two red guards. I will see you later next month at the end of next month with our next chronological episode, Blood for Blood, February through April of 1968. All right, my friends. Much love. I'm out of here. Catch you later, zai jian.

Da jia hao tongzhimen. Welcome back to the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution podcast with your host Drew Smith. Back in the studio after a very long, hot, sweaty, and expensive summer vacation. I mean, I had a good rest. Spent it almost entirely with the partner. We went to Beijing to meet her paternal side of the family as you know. Had a great time really, you know, saw the major sites and an ex a few extra ones that I'd never seen before.

Um, I wanted at one point during that time to go to the campuses of some of the major battlegrounds of the Red Guard factional fighting, but honestly, my partner has absolutely no interest in the Cultural Revolution. And honestly, one point it was just too hot to go out. Uh Beijing is one of those places where despite being far north, it has a very hot and humid summer. And their summers in Beijing are long.

If we're talking in Fahrenheit, uh I'm talking high 90s to low 100s with 90% humidity for weeks on end. and then add hordes and hordes of tourists who haven't been able to go out traveling for the past few years due to COVID. And needless to say, it was not my favorite time I've ever been to Beijing. I've been to Beijing a few times now and uh definitely was not my favorite time to come, but you know, we still had fun and it was a good family bonding experience, so that's what matters, I guess.

But, uh oh, and guess what? Uh we are now well over 2,500 subscribers uh on Spotify. Hooray, hooray. So, next thing we're going to do is we're going to launch on YouTube. You know, do the static image plus audio thing and see if that helps broaden the podcast outreach. Uh, I know a few history podcasts like the China History podcast that Lazlo Montgomery does actually gets a sizable chunk of their listenership on YouTube and not just on the mainstream podcast platform. So, it's definitely something I'm looking into.

So, where did we leave off? We left off in the story where China was entering a long hot summer of 67.

In San Francisco, they were having the summer of love. But in that year in China, things were a bit different.

It was a grueling summer of struggle, intrigue, and mass movement that had never been seen in a socialist state, including a massive right-wing uprising in a major city and an order to arm the population in a way that would make the average national rifle association chapter shit themselves.

So, brew yourself up a cup of oolong tea, grab some durian flavored cookies, settle down, and let's get back to the story. Now, a lot was going on in the during the first few weeks of June. Factional fighting in between the anti-power seizure and pro power seizure factions in Nanjing had flared up once again. In Heilongjiang, a group of ultraleft dissidents against the provincial revolutionary committee called the bombardment group Red Guards went on the offensive and vandalized the revolutionary committee's administrative offices.

Chongqing and Chengdu and Sichuan continued to fall into brutal fighting. Shanghai, which had been a rather stable city since the end of the January storm, had some problems with ultraleft red guard sex, causing hoodlum behavior and engaging in petty vandalism. Mass organizations in Changsha, Hunan province went to war with each other, leaving dozens dead and hundreds wounded in street riots.

In response to this, Mao called for a central directive condemning armed conflict and the evil wind of beating, smashing, robbery, confiscating, and arresting. He felt that the armed conflict had gone too inward and that the mass organizations were mainly fighting themselves and not the right wing within the party and army. But Mao's calls fell on deaf years. It was only about to get more out of control as the summer went on.

Mao later went on to reminisce everywhere people were fighting, dividing into two factions. There were two factions in every factory, every school, every province, every county, every even every ministry was like that. The foreign ministry was split into two factions. The foreign ministry was in chaos. In July and August of 1967, nothing could be done. There was massive upheaval throughout the country.

Lin Biao joyously proclaimed at one point in July, "The great proletarian cultural revolution has turned into a great marshallizing revolution."

On June 14, a group called the May 16th Capital Red Guards began circulating dazibaos and leaflets, declaring war against Zhou Enlai, saying that he was one of the main culprits behind the February countercurrent. This caused a massive stir within the Beijing Red Guard movement with pro Zhou and anti-Zhou factions stepping up their offenses against each other in both the realm of ideas and in the streets. And uh this May 16th Capital Red Guard group, well, I'm going to tell you guys a little more about them in our October episode, but honestly, we would be going on all freaking day if I told you guys everything that happened in June across most of China.

So, let's turn our attention to what I really want to talk about today. In my opinion, the most dramatic of all the major uprisings during the summer of 67 has to be the Wuhan incident in central China's Hubei province. Get ready, y'all, cuz this is one will have y'all's fucking jaw jaws dropping at the audacity of some of the fools in this story.

Okay, so a little backstory on the city of Wuhan. The city of Wuhan has become a household name in the past three years because it's where the first cases of COVID were reported. Remember when we were all calling it the Wuhan virus? Oh, simpler times, simpler times.

But yeah, Wuhan is centered smack dab in the middle of China, making it a very strategic place in the economic and political life of China. It has a very rich revolutionary history as it's the city where the 1911 revolution against the Qing dynasty began and set into motion the foundation of the Republic of China. Um, by 1965 it was a city of 2.5 million people and the headquarters of the Wuhan military region which oversaw all PLA operations in central China.

It had experienced its own January storm and factional struggles across 66 and 67. But like in many provinces, the power seizure was somewhat incomplete. In Wuhan's case, it was because the PLA Wuhan military region was still tightly controlled by a right-wing officer corps. As a result of this, a revolutionary committee had failed to be established, and the city's 54 rebel groups and mass organizations became increasingly polarized between left-wing and right-wing camps.

On June 3rd, a headquarters for the pro PLA and conservative groups loyal to Chen Zaidao, the general who was head honcho of the Wuhan military region and de facto leader of Hubei province coalesced and declared themselves the million heroes. According to Mao's Last Revolution by Mcfarquhar and Schoenhals, they took the name Million Heroes in view of the claimed size of its membership as 1.2 million.

Although just my note uh according to Maurice Meisner, this was more around 500,000 and was drawn mainly from the party. 85% of Wuhan party cadres were apparently enrolled in it and from government trade union and youth league cadres and rank and file along with older workers and the people's militia.

Some of the workers belong to a red people's militia created by the Wuhan city people's armed police department in January and as such constituted the fighting arm of the million heroes. Pitted against them were the workers’ general headquarters, the radical pro-CCRG faction that was made up mostly of younger workers, students, peasants from the surrounding countryside and the troops from the local air force base.

Uh just so you guys know, the air force tended to lean more left-wing than the army or navy during the cultural revolution. And the workers headquarters, they claimed the same number of adherents, about a million. Although again, Meisner says they were about 500,000.

Clashes between rightists and leftists had already drawn blood in May. But by June, they were fighting each other and building to building, fighting with lances and knives. On June 24th, the Million Heroes captured the headquarters of the Workers HQ and killed 25 of its members and arrested thousands of Red Guard activists aligned with them.

Oddly enough, despite their leadership being more aligned with Liu Shaoqi and Deng Xiaoping, the Million Heroes often proclaimed that the workers HQ was the rightist group because they had insufficiently criticized Liu and Deng in their dazibaos. Sneaky, sneaky.

The amount of bloodshed coming out of Wuhan had begun to rival even that of Sichuan or the southeast of China. And this deeply concerned Mao and the CCRG, causing them to feel a need to take direct action. Indeed, one Chinese report from the 1980s said that the million heroes’ attacks on workers’ HQ positions had caused 108 dead and 2,774 wounded. Much of the city's infrastructure had been destroyed due to the fighting, and the city's industrial output and military capability had been paralyzed by the battles.

Jiang Qing cabled to Chen Zaidao, urging him to cease the senseless violence, disavow his association with the million heroes, and informed him that soon Mao would call for both sides to the negotiating table in Beijing. A ceasefire was called, but the drama was just beginning.

Zhou Enlai flew to the Air Force uh went to the Air Force Ministry in Beijing with Xie Fuzhi and Wang Li to meet with representatives of the two factions after which Xie and Wang flew to Wuhan to be the public face of the negotiations.

Arriving in the city on July 16th, things got a little crazy immediately because Wang wanted to go out into the streets and check out what all the dazibaos and posters around town were saying when he, Xie, and their entourage were spotted by crowds.

It was like the opening scene in a hard day's night where the screaming throngs of girls are chasing hysterically after the Beatles. People rush after Wang and Xie, cheering and waving little red books, red flags, banging symbols and gongs, joyously welcoming the chairman's representatives.

Xie was actually pretty angry at Wang for this, saying he had attracted undue attention.

Mao, Zhou, Xie, and Wang had drawn up a summation of the fighting in Wuhan and what they felt needed to be done. The four main points of their communication concluded,

one, the Wuhan military region had committed an error in general orientation in the course of the ‘support the left’ campaign and had in fact not supported the left.

two, a decision by the military region to outlaw and disband the workers general HQ should be publicly rescinded.

and three, the military region should publicly announce that the Wuhan headquarters, which had been labeled as monsters and freaks, were in fact revolutionary.

and four, the military, the million heroes constituted a conservative organization.

These declarations were read out to the leadership at the two main offices of the workers HQ. And on the morning of July 19th, the rebels broadcast the tape recordings of the two men's speeches throughout the city. Chen Zaidao later blamed those speeches for triggering the Wuhan incident, by the way. But, you know, that's just his opinion, man.

Chen Zaidao and the other officers of the military region issued their self-criticisms that morning, but many of the PLA troops aligned with the Million Heroes refused to stand down. By the time Wang Li had finished speaking with the local PLA commissars at 11 o'clock that night, the front gate of the Wuhan military region headquarters was blocked by a group of angry soldiers who demanded that Wong explain to them what he had meant at the speeches at the rebels HQ.

Some of them called Chen Zaidao a capitulationist for writing a self-criticism. Chen's own troops refused to carry out Chen's order to implement the ceasefire between the two factions. Soon the compound where Xie and Wang were staying was surrounded by throngs of angry armed pro-million heroes PLA troops and there was even a severe fear of a local coup.

Chen was pulled out of his by his former henchmen and beaten savagely for capitulating to the Maoists and Xie and Wang had to have their bodyguards beat back the attack.

However, a couple of nights later on July 20th, Xie and Wang were finally captured by the mutineers and were held hostage alongside Chen Zaidao with the fielders of a full-scale regional military revolt on their hands.

Zhou flew into Wuhan on July 20th and Mao flew into Wuhan on July 21st, escorted by fighter jets to rescue their comrades and diffuse the situation.

Lin Biao and Zhou Enlai issued a joint statement declaring the July 20th revolt a counterrevolutionary incident and the millionaire heroes were not only a rightist group but an illegal counter-revolutionary group. On July 25th, special forces from the 15th Airborne Corps, which was loyal to Lin Biao, rescued the hostages and arrested the mutineers.

In Beijing, on July 27th, a mass rally was held with hundreds of thousands of people denouncing Chen and the million heroes in Tiananmen Square with Lin proclaiming victory of Chairman Mao's line within the PLA over those capitalist roaders attempting to push right in China's heartland.

The Million Heroes organization collapsed and the Wuhan military region was brought under direct supervision from a specifically chosen group of Maoist officers. But factional fighting between the remnants of the Million Heroes and the now in charge workers HQ continued until May of 1968.

The Wuhan incident shook the Central Cultural Revolution Group and the broader party center badly. There had been problems with right-leaning units of the PLA revolting here or there, attacking leftists in situations like the Qinghai massacre earlier that year, but nothing was this dramatic.

I mean, after all, Mao had just almost lost a full military region to the rightists in this case and in a far more populated and strategically located part of the country. He was pissed. Mao said to Xie, Wong, and Zhou afterwards, "Why can't we arm the workers and students? I say we should arm them."

And Jiang Qing began popularizing the slogan attack with reason, defend with force, which she got from the factional fighting in Zhengzhou that July, which had resulted in 34 dead. With that, Mao gave the mass organizations carte blanche to raid military armories and distribute handguns, assault rifles, and even bazookas and mortars among each other. Some leftist PLA units even began loaning out armored cars and small tanks to certain factions. I mean, it was crazy, y'all.

Zhang Chunqiao called up Mao and asked to get in on the action and called for the raising of a workers armed self-defense force to defend Shanghai.

Many in the party center began to call for the general arming of the broader population, especially with the fact of the Soviets amassing large amounts of troops on the Chinese borders, calling for quote the Soviet social imperialists to be drowned in a sea of people's war in the event of Bref authorizing a land invasion.

Mao and his allies were talking about arming the citizenry in ways that even the most zealous libertarian second amendment advocate would hesitate to endorse. Except maybe like Dale Gribble from King of the Hill. I mean like could you imagine Dale Gribble getting in on the ‘arm the left’ campaign? If Chairman Mao says I can get a bazooka then damn it I'm going to get a bazooka. Hell yeah.

Um, according to Yang Jisheng’s scholarship, on August 4th, Mao who was in Shanghai at the time wrote Jiang Qing a letter in which he said that at least 75% of military cadres supported the right and therefore the crucial issue was to arm the left against the PLA.

After the slogan arm the left was raised, violence escalated from fists and clubs to bullets. In the first half of 1967, large-scale armed conflict broke out in Nanjing, Changchun, Shenyang, Chongqing, Changsha, and other major cities.

The whole south of China saw the ‘arm the left’ campaign go wild. Guangdong province's armories got depleted and urban guerilla warfare in Guangzhou became the norm. In Ningxia and Gansu, Kang Sheng gave Hui Muslim rebel groups permission to storm PLA outposts and began turning their guns on soldiers who they had deemed as killing innocent Muslim civilians.

In Hangzhou, the capital of Zhejiang province, the CCRG-backed Revolutionary Rebel United headquarters went to war with the PLA and militia backed Red Storm provisional headquarters, revolting resulting in hundreds dead and the loss of millions of rounds of ammunition from weapons factories.

Uh, speaking of weapons factories, Sichuan and Shaanxi were two major provinces for the defense industry. And because of that, rebels in Chengdu, Chongqing, and the rural parts of our province, Shaanxi, got their hands on some super fancy military merchandise with some scholars estimating that 10,000 mortar rounds were fired in Chongqing alone during the second half of '67.

Uh I mean I know you know, here in Shaanxi while Xi’an was pretty peaceful across June, July and August, you know, August in rural Shaanxi got really bad, like just silly. Um, it didn't help, of course, that Mao, who Mao saw as the left and who individual PLA generals saw as the left, were often quite different, with PLA generals choosing to arm conservative organizations. And with all that that entailed, things had gotten so crazy that people started fleeing to Shanghai, a city that was still experiencing relative calm and stability.

By the end of the summer, 15,000 refugees were living in Shanghai, and thousands more from around the country were calling into refugee liaison stations in the city, inquiring on the possibility of applying for refugee status.

Just to give you guys an idea of how vast this fighting went, I'll cite Yang Jisheng again. According to incomplete figures, as of September 1969, mass organizations had seized 1,844,216 weapons and 2,131,036 weapons were reclaimed from them.

Um, these included 10,266 pieces of heavy artillery and 14,822 were recovered. Uh, 442 million rounds of ammunition seized and 340 million rounds recovered. 39642 artillery shells seized. 293,000 and 2.7 million hand grenades seized. Yikes.

So, yeah. Now, the all-around civil war of May of 67 was a true war with tanks and planes and guns being used in factional fighting between mass organizations and red guard factions on a daily basis.

This is it, boys. The cultural revolution had become a true and utter cluster fuck.

Okay, so let's move on to our next story of summer of 67. And this is this one's pretty wild, too, y'all. The sacking of the British embassy in Beijing on August 23rd of 1967.

So you guys might remember how during this whole time, pro-Beijing Maoist rebellions kept breaking out in Hong Kong. Well, on August 20th, crown authorities in Hong Kong had shut down multiple communist newspapers and arrested the staff. In protest, the Chinese cabled the British embassy and told them to release all communist journalists in Hong Kong being held within 48 hours or else.

Or else what, you ask? Well, let's hear it from the British charge de affairs Donald Hopson who was there.

“As night fell, the crowd outside increased rapidly in numbers. The official Chinese report put it at 10,000."

"They were quiet and orderly, sitting down and packed tight in their ranks. While the preparations for the drama were made, searchlights and loudspeakers were beamed at our building and a sort of presentium was rigged up our gateway. There were speeches, recitations, songs, and a rather festive atmosphere prevailed. We did not know that the audience were later going to take over the role of actors in the grand finale."

"We dined together in the office hall with a dinner of tin, sausages and peas, claré and biscuits and cheese prepared by the ladies. After dinner, I went to the first floor to play bridge while those of the staff, who were not at work, watch Peter Sellers in a film entitled, not inappropriately, the wrong arm of the law."

"At 10:30 p.m., I had just bid three no trumps when I heard a roar from the crowd outside. I ran to the window, which looked over the main gateway, and saw that the sea of masses had risen to their feet and were surging like an angry sea against the wall of soldiers who linked arms three feet, three deep before the gates. It was an extraordinary sight which shall remain imprinted on my memory."

"Card players, filmgoers, and all 23, including women, moved at speed into the area on the ground floor, leaving the leading to the secure zone. Outside, the crowd broke the glass of the windows, but the bars and shutters held."

"The mob then started to burn straw at the windows. We threw water through the gaps, but the room began to fill with smoke. Smoke in the room was making breathing difficult. We could see the glare of many fires. And now it was clear that the mob would soon be through the wall, and there was a danger that we would be burned alive if we stayed. I gave orders for the emergency exit to be open."

"The mob greeted us with howls of exultation and immediately set about us with everything they had. The time was then about 11:10 p.m., barely 40 minutes since the attack began. From that moment, we were split up except the girls who had all had one or two men with orders to stick by them. We were hailed by our hail, half strangled with our ties, kicked and beaten on the head with bamboo poles."

"I do not know how long this lasted, but I found myself eventually more or less out of my feet by what turned out to be the side gate of the compound, though I had little idea of where I was at the time. Most of the staff who had been at the office had similar experiences to my own."

Some were paraded up and down the street, forced to their knees and photographed in humiliating postures. All were beaten and picketed, and the girls were not spared lewd attention and prying fingers of the mob. Most of those who were wearing wrist watches had them removed, and shirts, trousers, and knickers were torn. So much for the morals of the Red Guards."

"Most of the staff were eventually rescued by the People's Liberation Army and plain clothes police agents and put temporarily in police boxes as I was."

"The embassy is a total loss though the strong room was untouched. All official transport was destroyed except the heavy lorry and one bus which we kept for emergencies in a garage in the international compound."

"My house was sacked and its contents, including all of my clothes, were destroyed. The signed photograph of the queen, which I had earlier placed in the security zone of the office, survived, though slightly singed."

Dang. Pretty crazy, huh? Damn British imperialists got a taste of their own medicine.

Well, in response, Zhou Enlai, who was furious at the sacking of the British embassy, had Wang Li dismissed. Mao said of Wang and his clique, "Wang Lee, Guan Feng, and Qi Benyu are bad people. They are turning the cultural revolution upside down’ and told Zhou to have them arrested for ultra-leftist excesses.

Wang Li and Guan Feng were arrested and told to write self-criticism, but Mao and Zhou decided to hold off on arresting Qi for now.

I'll get back to those guys at a later date because they're kind of an interesting bunch. In October during our next uh episode, we'll be discussing them.

Our next uh chronological episode, sorry. We will be discussing them. the May 16th plot/ conspiracy and the continuing spread of the civil war across China during the autumn and early winter of '67.

Uh but let's put a bookmark there in our stories and next month we will have a thematic episode about XInjiang and Tibet for you guys.

Uh so I had some thoughts I just wanted to fire off to you guys as a conclusion piece for today. Uh what do you guys think of this? So in his text, Failure of Charisma: The Cultural Revolution in Wuhan, Chinese political scientist Wang Shaoguang states,

"In the case of the cultural revolution, it was Mao who opened the floodgates of social control. If he had not done so, the laden tensions in Chinese society might have persisted for decades without finding expression in open conflict."

And you know, this brings up a thought I've had for a while there, and that's as rough as the cultural revolution sometimes got, especially in the first two or three years.

If the GPCR had not happened, would these tensions ended up causing a collapse of the People's Republic and an upheaval that would have actually cost far more lives? I honestly suspect it would have because you know if you know Chinese history like I do when China collapses it gets ugly.

You know example see the massive civil wars that happen every time there's a dynastic change in ancient Chinese history. You know those often rack up body counts in the tens of millions. Um, I mean, I don't want to be too utilitarian of like thinking about the greater good, and I'm not trying to downplay mass killings of any kind, but 700,000 dead in factional fighting versus potentially 20 to 30 million dead in a full social collapse. Yeah, I think Mao made the right decision.

And before we end today's episode, I wanted to clarify something. In the next few episodes, a lot of what I will talk about will get crazy, sometimes downright ugly as we enter August of 1967 through June 1968. Yes, factional fighting gets to be at its worst at this point in this GPCR. Lots of people die for sometimes silly reasons, but but a lot of great stuff was still going on at that time.

Society was still being transformed and the sky was changing. The PLA was, when not bickering with the red guards, helping the workers and peasants and taking part in production and building up infrastructure in the standard of living. The barefoot doctors were bringing free and accessible health care to the most remote and backwards parts of China.

Red guards, when not fighting each other, were doing their share in communities and helping with construction projects, transporting food and medicines, and aiding in the education of the people. You know, really taking the two slogans serve the people and grasp revolution promoting production and making them a reality. Really another slogan by Mao helping people become red and expert.

And at the end of the day, from what I've heard from old folks here, for the most part and for most people, life continued on as usual. If you weren't directly involved in factional fighting or if you weren't a deliberate target of the rebels, it usually didn't concern you except in a, you know, different times, different cities. But like for large swats of China, it just really wasn't a thing.

So as we move into the bloodiest period of the cultural revolution, please keep all of this in mind. At the end of the day, even at its absolute worst, even at its most horribly excessive, The Cultural Revolution was not the horror movie that K through 12 educational western textbooks and 1980s Chinese scar literature makes it out to be. So stay tuned.

Okay, folks. Well, I'm going to roll out. Um going to try to grab some lunch and uh then hit the gym with the misses.

Um I'll be in Chengdu for a very important conference this upcoming week. And uh you know school year is also beginning this week. So I will be swamped with work. But rest assured next episode Tibet and XInjiang during the cultural revolution will be eye opening and engaging.

As always, your criticisms, engagements, and feedback are always welcome. If you would like to get in touch with me, you can DM me at GPCR podcast on Twitter, email me at culturalrevolutionodcast@gmail.com, or join our Discord server, which I'm trying to get uh resurrected. But until next time, from the ancient city of Xi’an, zai jian.

Today's episode's bibliography includes

Mao's last revolution by Roderick Macfarquhar and Michael Schoenhals.

Agents of Disorder: Inside China's Cultural Revolution by Andrew G. Walder.

Failure of Charisma: The Cultural Revolution in Wuhan by Wang Shaoguang,

The World Turned Upside Down: A History of the Chinese Cultural Revolution by Yang Jisheng.

Turbulent decade, a history of the Cultural Revolution by Yan Jiaqi and Gao Gao.

The Battle for China's Past Now and the Cultural Revolution by Gao Mobo.

And the politics of the cultural revolution, a case study by Lee Hongyung.

and Evaluating the Cultural Revolution in China and its legacy for The Future by the Marxist Leninist Revolutionary Study Group.

All right, y'all have a good day and I'll catch you at the end of next month.

Zh: Zhang

Drew: All right, everybody. Here we are. Welcome to episode 4 of the GPCR podcast. We are here, having our first interview for the podcast. I’m here right now with my friend Uncle Z(hang).

Zhang: Yes. Yes. Glad to see you, Mr. Drew. (laughs)

Drew: Yes. It's great to see you again, Uncle Z. Uncle Z and I met through an English corner a few months back and we have been corresponding back and forth and uh he and I are going to chop it up a bit and I've got 10 questions to ask him about what life was like being a kid growing up during the Cultural Revolution. So, here we go. Here's my first question. Are you ready?

Zhang: Ready.

Dr: All right. So, uh I know you were born here in Xi’an in ' 67, right?

Zh: Uh 1967 in Xinjang, not in Xi’an.

Dr: Oh, so you're Xinjiangren. Uh what city?

Zh: Do you know this small city, nearby Urumqi? Uh 150 kilometers, the distance between Urumqi and Shihezi

Dr: Okay. Interesting. Interesting. But um obviously since you were born in 1967, you were much too young to remember the most radical phase of the cultural revolution. Uh but maybe you could tell me a quick bit about your familyhood and your childhood overall before we get into talking about the revolution.

Zh: Let's talk together. Are you interested in history? Let's go together.

We have some passers by. We had some passers by say hello to us. Uh although I was young, I remember a lot. I can remember my dad, he also joined one party (faction?). One party fight against another party. Uh but the party my dad joined, they lost. So they escape here and there because they are afraid of uh revenge, that they will take revenge.

Dr: Mhm. So your dad joined one Hongweibing faction

Zh: in Chinese, zaofanpai (rebel)

Dr: Zaofanpai… Interesting. All right. Okay. Well, keep on going. Tell us tell us more.

Zhang: Yes. Uh my mother told my father, "Don't worry. Don't worry. Uh both of us, we believe in Mao Zedong, Mao Zhuxi (Chairman Mao) so nothing happened. My dad, she he feared he feared uh what if the enemy uh take range (aim) at me but nothing happened. My mother said you do not need to go out, just stay at home. So nothing happened. I can remember my mom told the story. Uh but when I was in primary school, I took part in many meetings, parade like uh sing a song or uh dance.

Dr: I'll get to that in a second. Uh but my next question is um I know you told me uh the first time we met your aunt was a red guard. Um, do you remember her being particularly active?

Zh: Uh I was a hongxiaobing (red child guard) but auntie she was a hongweibing (red guard). I saw her in the school. Uh she wore an armband in her left arm. I thought I saw her. She was a real hongweibing. I was a real hongxiaobing, but we were not so crazy. We were not crazy.

Dr: So she was not part of a particularly radical faction of the of the Red Guards.

Zh: No, no, no. She wasn’t, uh when she was in her uh second school, most of her uh classmates they joined include uh hing including her. Uhhuh. I saw her um but most of them, they were not crazy. They were just students in the school. They never did uh what happened similar to uh in Beijing or in some other cities such as uh fight some people they think they are enemies. No, they never did this.

Dr: So you would definitely say that a lot of the factional violence is exaggerated in in history.

Zh: Uh in my hometown um never happened. Never happened. Violence never happened. At least within our school, it never happened. But in the society I know happened. Some people, they how to say this, they took suicide.

Dr: Oh wow.

Zh: Commit suicide.

Dr: Yeah. Yes. Some people did commit suicide. So some people did commit suicide because of of like humiliation and things like that.

Zh: Yes. Yeah. Yeah.

Dr: Well that that that did happen. Okay. So, uh, what year did you enter primary school? So, our listeners can get a good frame of time.

Zh: Let me see, uh, when I was seven, I think it should have been in 1974.

Dr: Okay. So, near the So, near the So, you were in the near around 74. Um, so what was school like at that time compared to say primary school today for your kids? Like what were your teachers like? What subjects did you take?

Zh: Um I think similar like in uh in what happened now because most our pupils we study, although sometimes we take took part in some meetings some activities, it was not very clear what the revolution was. We were just led by our teachers, our principle. Uh they ordered or they ask us what we do. We just do uh like what they ask us to do. So we are not real uh crazy. We what we perform we should be led by the leaders. for what we perform. We are not very clear what it mean what it means.

Dr: It was just okay, you know, we're kids. We're going to have fun. We don't really know the deep politics behind it, but but it's pretty and we're having fun. (No indeed)

Zh: Uh it's but it's very interesting. Interesting.

Dr: Yeah.

Zh: I also take to put in some activities. We we dance. We singing uh in uh in a club. Uh I I felt it was very interesting.

Dr: Awesome.

Zh: Uh some of the songs uh I can remember Pi Lin, Pi Kong 2x.

Dr: Yeah. Yeah. Denounce Lin Biao, denounce Confucius.

Zh: Yeah. In in the song we condemn, we condemn Kong Qiu, [...] and Lin Biao

Dr: Yes. So I do remember reading that uh primary school students were often uh mobilized and brought to uh be part of the criticize Lin Bao and Kong Fuzi campaign. Um so uh how would you say being a Hongxiaobing was different from say being a young pioneer in today's China? Was there any difference you think?

Zh: No big difference. I have to say, no big difference. Although in some movies, in some TVs uh they exaggerate what happened but I know um when I was hongxiaobing ,what I did is exactly the same that what the students, what the pupils do. Now we study,we learn from Lei Feng, we help the old, we help our neighbors, we do many things that can benefit our society and benefit our neighbors. So this is what we should do. Until now, I still think as a hongxiaobing, uh I did many good things similar to what the young uh pioneers do.

Dr: Now, that's great. That's great to hear and I'm glad to see that that spirit is still continuing among Chinese youth. Um, here's a more difficult question. So some western historians say that during the cold war, children were viewed in a very different way in China than in the rest of the world. They say that in the west and in the Soviet Union, children were portrayed as innocent and defenseless victims of war and aggression. But in China, children were taught to be little red warriors and not to be protected from the harsh reality of world revolution. Uh, would you say that this was true?

Zh: I cannot explain, it is not very clear what you mean.

Dr: Okay. So a lot of uh American historians say that um the way that children were viewed in uh China during the cold war. What is different from the way that children were viewed in other countries like the USA and Soviet Union especially when it came to the idea of war, um in like western movies and in Soviet movies, children are seen as hapless victims of war. Whereas in China, it seems like western historians often say that children were not protected from the cruel reality of war. They were taught, you know, that to be little red warriors of the world revolution. Would you say that that's true?

Zh: Somewhat. I don't think we commit {such} things. We are victims. Uh we uh yes uh we were taught we should be a brave red warrior only if there's an enemy that tries to invade us. In fact, the invasion did not happen. So although we all, some, uh some students older than us they often uh took part in some military training, I can see they were training in the square but nothing happened, Soviet Union, they didn't uh attack us, NATO, they didn't attack us, so we just prepare for the possible invasion war but it didn't happen.

Dr: But I think what’s interesting is that it seems like a lot of American and Russian historians say that they did not mobilize their youth for potential war in the same way that China did.

Zh: Uh yes it happened during that period. We think uh we were driven by two parties. One is from the West, one is from the Soviet Union. We had to prepare for a fight against potential attack from the Soviet Union or from the west.

Dr: Yeah, indeed that's true. Uh that was it. China was in a very very difficult situation to say the least. Zh: But we are not afraid. We we said we are prepared for fight enormously fight fear fierce uh even we we aren’t afraid fight use nuclear weapon

Dr: But the atom bomb is a paper tiger as Mao Zedong said. Okay. Uh next question. So what are some of your favorite memories about growing up at that time? You talked about some song and dance. What are some other common activities, dances, and games that Hongxiaobing would play that maybe aren't so common among kids anymore?

Zh: Okay. Um we often held a meeting uh, some pupils perform in front of the stage, including me. Uh somehow we simulate the heroes. Uh once we saw a movie, we will do what the heroes do in the movie. Uh this is the performance. The performance often means some political science. Uh although it was not clear. I know uh it is a kind of propaganda, propaganda. I know it, our teachers, they taught us what we do, what we perform. We are like puppies. [Laughs]

Dr: Um you might remember um, were loyalty dances still popular?

Zh: No -

Dr: Yeah, okay. Yeah, those were done by 1969

Zh: Very early earlier than where I was, I think when I was born they no longer perform the loyalty dance but my mom, she remember, even now sometimes, she shows us this kind of dance very interested very funny but since 1974 when I was in stage one, I no longer saw the dance like is because this is so funny, so stupid. Even some leaders, some creators, they don't agree.

Dr: Mhm. Even Mao actually did not like the loyalty dances. He sent a communique. He sent a letter to um a bunch of collective farms telling them to stop with the loyalty dances cuz he thought that they were silly and getting in the way of production and getting in the way of class struggle. So, even Mao didn't like the loyalty dances.

Zh: No, he didn't. He didn't agree.

Dr: Yeah. Um, so, uh, we have three more questions. So, what are some misunderstandings that you think a lot of people have about the cultural revolution, both Westerners and the younger generation of Chinese?

Zh: You mean some of our Chinese they have - we have some misunderstanding?

Dr: uh do you think that there is some misunderstanding of what really happened and uh what are some of the most common misunderstandings among both young Chinese and westerners?

Zh: uh some westerners they can only uh realize uh know this history period from the propaganda in western {perspective} but the western reporter journalist they often distort what happened so most of their propaganda are not the fact so I don't believe them even though In that crazy time uh most of us we are how to say it we are uh mo more mental mental mental. uh we're not {totally} crazy because we are human being we have to work we have to work to make necessary resources to make a living. Yes, some propaganda, some politics are necessary but most of the time we are busy on uh studying, working in factories, in schools, uh in in farms most are very busy.

Dr: So yes, a lot of times you hear the cultural revolution called 10 years of chaos, but what you're saying is yes, there was a lot of chaos, but at the end of the day, most people just got up, went to work, went to school, had fun, lived life just like you would any other time uh in history,

Zh: Right? Only a very short time. I think it should have happened only in 1970? uh there's a violence took place somewhere especially in uh Beijing in Chongqing even in Xi’an and even in Shihezi, I know there are some violence but not so crazy.

Dr: Mhm. Oh, you're talking about basically the factional fighting from August of 1967 to June of 1968.

Zh: Only a very short time during that uh only no more than two or three years. Yeah. Very soon chaos stop because the leaders, the government, they stop them. They they think it's crazy. We cannot fight within ourselves.

Dr: Indeed. Indeed. Um our our last two questions. So number nine, what do you think we can learn from the experience of that time period? Uh what do you think was like uh the worst parts and what were some of the better parts?

Zh: You mean in revolution?

Dr: Yeah.

Zh: Uh the best parts I think since I was in school. Uhhuh. Uh all things are getting better and not so crazy. But before I was in school, uh yes, some bad things really happened. So just like what I said, uh two parties they fought. Some people even were forced to commit suicide. Suicide. Uh some crazy uh some [Chinese words], they even try to uh kill people. But very few, only a few victims were killed or were forced to commit suicide very few. Not so many.

Dr: Yeah. So uh you know I often hear you know in American history they'd say that 50 million people were killed in the cultural revolution. 60 million. No it is probably much much lower.

Zh: If you you can calculate the uh statistics you can find supposing there are so many people, population, that were killed in that time at least one family, they have one victim can you imagine this crazy

Dr: yeah um I I've I've heard that more likely the if we count uh the factional fighting, the suicides and things like that. If we count all those together, I think it's probably it was more about 700,000 to a million.

Zh: No, no, no, no. Not not even. Not so many. Even less. Very few. Very few. I think no more than uh 50,000. No more all together in all our China country. No more than 50,000.

Dr: Wow. Only 50,000. That's a pretty low estimate, but that's really interesting. All right, so um our last question is any other comments you'd like to add to our western listeners? Uh what should Western listeners know about China today for our modern age?

Zh: Oh, you mean uh let let us give your western audience some comments.

Dr: Yeah, sure. Say say whatever you want. uh cuz like I said my my the vast majority of my listeners of my radio show are are in the west.

Zh: So in most likely you can see the communication is so convenient. Uh the the whole country, the whole world becomes become so small we can easily find what happened in the whole cities here and there. Uh so we know what happened in western countries. Um if some people try to make rumors to try to badmouth our Chinese, it is impossible. I wish we human being here and there, in the west or in the east, we can understand each other more.

Please don't believe too much from your country's journalists.

Dr: yes

Zh: They are not uh they are not honest journalists they are deceivers they are cheaters don't believe them. I give you example you are westerner you visit China can you see there's a very big uh uh contrast between what you hear what you heard in the West and what you see in China.

Dr: Absolutely. Absolutely. Things are much better in China. You know, there's no crazy stories about, you know, soldiers marching, you know, marching on every corner. You don't have huge concentration camps. You don't hear about people getting shot for not wearing a mask. You know, it's Yeah, the Western journalists and social media just can have some of the most outrageous things.

Zh: They don't believe or they don't want to believe uh what happened in China. We Chinese are so diligent so smart. We grew up so fast. So sooner or later ch China will become the strongest in the world or strongest country in the world. Nobody can stop it. the tendency. Dr: Yeah.

Zh: So just believe the belief, try to uh communicate, try to cooperate each other. Don't believe the rumors. If you trying to uh try to slow down the development of China, it's impossible. It's impossible. You you should realize you should uh you should uh know it's impossible.

Let our human beings from west and from China correct to make the world more beautiful make the the world more uh vivid. We Chinese, we also want to make friends with westerners. But some bad guys. Just what I said. Uh I I mean I point out the journalist they try to uh divide us from here from Western and our Chinese. Mhm.

Dr: Okay. One last question. Um when we were having dinner earlier, uh we were talking a little bit about you know various communist movements. We talked about Nepal and Peru and we talked about India. Um, do you as a former Hongxiaobing being have any advice for young communists in the west and uh maybe some ideas that they should be thinking about?

Zh: Believe in your uh thinking. Believe your believe in your uh not religion. believe in what you should believe. We Chinese, when we are very young, we already we already uh accept the formal education from primary school. We everyone knows uh we should be a good student, a good people uh good student. Uh do not try to uh pro promote pro pro

Dr: promote

Zh: promote, do not promote other people. Be a good man. Uh be uh be smart. Don't believe in some extremist. You know in modern society many people in other countries they try to believe in other uh thinkings other uh ideas different from your religion such as extremist is also very bad.

Dr: Yeah, like fascism and and things like that.

Zh: Yes. uh try try to try to believe what our party ask us to believe because our party only show us the way let us go forward along with the good the best way the good way so just what I said before now we both of us we believe in communism so the best system is socialist not capitalist even though what you try hard to to try our Chinese to turn to believe your religion or your thinking. It's impossible. It's impossible. We don't believe what you think. And we most of Chinese we don't believe any religion. But most westerners uh they like to believe religion. They eager to educate us, educate us to believe their religion. This is ridiculous. We Chinese we have our own tradition. When in when we were in Qin dynasty uh we were not uh very crazy on religion. We believe in Buddhist. Mhm. But we are, mind you, kind hearted. We don't believe we should uh we should enlarge our territory. We should kill more people to make our uh country bigger, stronger. No, this is what we should do. We don't believe this. We just want to develop ourselves to make our country make our hometown more beautiful. If you want to communicate with us, if you want to um you you want to uh make friend with us, just visit our ch China and see what happened in Chinese in China.

Dr: So your advice to young communists and young revolutionaries around the world is is visit China and stay strong, stay faithful to the communist ideals and know that it's inevitable that capitalism will fail.

Zh: Don't be any very various believing re uh religions. Most our Chinese we are very kind-hearted. We don't believe some very various belieings. Still by now I still don't understand why so many westerners they believe in in God. In my mind God does not exist. So as long as you believe in God you cannot communicate with a Chinese we in the same level, in the same platform. We are different only in this stage. We are different.

Dr: Well, you remember that remember what Marx said, religion is the opium of the people. It's the hope in a hopeless world. So in a capitalist country, people turn to religion as a comfort mechanism. For them, it's a source of comfort. So I think there's something that is lost on a lot of people who live in socialist society.

Zh: It can only make you happy for the time being. I don't believe it, but I think communism can make our the whole world better because as long as you believe in communist, what you do will uh what what will what you should do or what you do will benefit the whole society because communism or our communist party never let you do some harmful things to other people. But in western countries things are different. Some in churches some people uh such as pre preach preach (preachers). Yeah. Preachers some only tell you believe in God. Believe in God. If if some people don't believe in God, try to overturn them. Try to diminish them. Although they don't say this but in a very straight way but their what in their mind they think like this

Dr: man that's true that's true in America religion has a has a very deep uh grasp on our minds but uh hopefully um young communists and young people around the world will will cast off the shackles of dogmatic thinking be it religion or dogmatic ideas about socialism or racism, fascism, and things like this. And I hope they really will take your advice. Well, Uncle Z, thank you so much for uh this interview. Uh I've learned a lot, and I'm sure that my audience is going to learn a lot. Um I'll definitely send you a link of the interview when it's ready. Um and uh thank you so much.

Zh: Thank you, Drew. Maybe later we can talk in another place and let's go on our discussion.

Dr: Yes, definitely you can. Uh we are always here at the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution podcast. We're always uh you're always welcome to come back uh to you know talk about other things. Um if you have any other family members or friends who live during that time who would be open to uh talking um you know if they they're more than welcome to come on too.

Zh: I like to do I like I really want to enjoy uh to uh to introduce some people to uh tackle our uh discussion that the most difficult thing is they cannot speak English.

Dr: Yeah. Well, we could you know maybe have uh like a three-way discussion where they're here and you're here as the translator fi and then me as the interviewer.

Zh: I am not eligible translator. (humble)

Dr: Uh, your English is fantastic, man.

Zh: Thank you for your uh propagation. Thank you for your

Dr: Well, we'll figure something out. We'll figure something out sometime. All right, my friend. Well, thank you. And I guess we're going to cut this short. And uh to all of my other listeners, uh I hope that you have a great evening, have a great National Day, and I will be dropping another episode in uh maybe about 3 weeks where we will continue on uh where we left off after Red August and uh build things up to the January storm of 1967. How does that sound, guys? All right, from the lovely city of Xi’an, this is your host Drew Smith saying zai jian.